Mió- to Late Cretaceous Microbiostratigraphy/ Palaeo-Ecology and Palaeogeography of the Sergipe Basin, Northeastern Brazil Dece

University of Plymouth PEARL https://pearl.plymouth.ac.uk

04 University of Plymouth Research Theses 01 Research Theses Main Collection

1989 Mid- to late Cretaceous Microbiostratigraphy, Palaeo-ecology and Palaeogeography of the Sergipe Basin, northeastern Brazil

Koutsoukos, Eduardo Apostolos Machado http://hdl.handle.net/10026.1/2016

University of Plymouth

All content in PEARL is protected by copyright law. Author manuscripts are made available in accordance with publisher policies. Please cite only the published version using the details provided on the item record or document. In the absence of an open licence (e.g. Creative Commons), permissions for further reuse of content should be sought from the publisher or author. Mió- to late Cretaceous

Microbiostratigraphy/ Palaeo-ecology and

Palaeogeography of the Sergipe Basin,

northeastern Brazil

Eduardo Apostólos Hachado Koutsoukos B.Sc. Geology

Ihesis submitted in partial fulfilment of the requireménts

for the Degree of.Doctor of Philosophy.

to tbe Council for National Acndemic Awards

Research oonducted at the Departuaent of Gecflogical Sciences oC Pofyfcedinic South West^ dymoutfa, in ooDabacatìon with IMxfileo BrasDeiro SJV. (EGTROBRAS), Rio de Janeiro

December 1989 V O I. D M E 1

PCI.YTECKN:O£CUTHV/:3T U3RARY SERVICES Item NO. 5500611-fc Class NO. Conti No. HZD- TO LATE CBETACEOUS MICROBIOSTHATIGRAHT, PALAEO-ECOLOGY AHD PALAEOGEOGRAPHY OF THE SERGIPE BASIN, NORTHEASTERN BRAZIL

Eduardo Apostólos Hachado Koutsoukos

The palaeo-ecology and biostratigrajdiy of foraminiferal, radiolarian and diatom assesii^lages have been studied throu^ the i^iper Aptian to Maastrichtian sedimentary successicxi of the Sergipe Basin, northeastern Brazil, The systematic taxonomy of the microfauna studied is documented and conpletely revised. Palaeo-environmental models, nostly derived from micropalaeontological and sedimentological criteria, are proposed for the distribution of the foraminiferal morphogroups. The palaeogeographic reconstructicn of the studied area, frcsn the upper Aptian to Maastrichtian, is presented. A refined raicrobiostratigraphic zonation scheme, based on ali secticns studied, is proposed and primarily defined for regional applicatici. Ihe conposition and distribution patterns of the foraminiferal assanblages (diversity and abundance of norphogrOLÇJs) are shown to be a direct respcxise to overall palaeoceanographic conditicns and to conmunity strategies of exploitation of the trophic resources in the microhabitats. The foraminifera recovered - from the oldest, late i^tian, marine sediments reveal a characteristic Tethyan affinity and suggest that this area had at least minimal surface water exchange with low latitude central North fttlantic-western Tethyan bicprovinces, even possibly at intermediate (epi- to mesopelagic) water depths. A shallow Calcite Conpensaticn D^th within Upper mesopelagic depths (c. 3Q0~500m) is inferred for the Upper Aptian-Albian. Twelve foraminiferal palaeocoitnoinities can be recognised in the succession. These are characterised by the relative dorainance of the major foraminiferal groups and related to variations in trophic structures. Iheir palaeo-environnental distributicn is proposed as a model with référence to the Sergipe Cretaceous séquence. Radiolarians and diatoms are documented for the first time from the mid-Cretaceous succession of the Sergipe Basin. Prevailing palaeoceanograj*iic conditicns are inferred for the épisodes of siliceous radiolarian and diatcsn bicBtiineralization/preservaticn. The study indicates that intermittent hypoxic/anoxic events occurred in the basin, most likely associated with the Interplay of various processes. Three nexima in oxygen depletiíMi (dysaerobic-anaerobic conditicns) are recorded in the succession : Ist) in the iipper Äptian-lowernost Albian; 2nd) in the lower Cenomanian; 3rd) in the uppermost Cenomanian-lowermost Turonian. Waning low-oxygen conditiois (dys^robic to aérobic) are apparent in the middle-içjper Albian and middle-ufper Turonian to Ccniacian.

- I - DECLARATION

I hereby dedare that the work submitted in partiaL fiilfilment of the requirements fot the Degree of Doctor oE PhilosofAiy under the tibie "MID- TO LATE CRETACEOUS MICROHEOSTRATEGRAPHY, PALAEO-ECOLOGY AND PALAEOGEOGRAPHY OF THE SERGIPE BASIN, NORTHEASTERN BRAZIL" is the true result of my own independent originai research. AH authors and'wrarks consulted are acknowledged and referred in fuIU No part of this wcrk has been accepted in suhstance far any ofcher degree nor is it being currentiy submitted for candidature for any other degree.

During the course of this research the following papers have been published or submitted for publicati£»i ai the results obtained :

1) "Late Cretaceous anoxic events in the Brazilian continental margin", by M.R. Hello, EJV.M. Koutsoukos, M.B. Hart, S.C. BrasseU & J.R MaxweU - Organic Geochemistry, 14 (5): 529-542 (1989).

2) "Favus^a Michael (1972): evidence of ecof^ienotypic adaptation of a planktcmc fcaramirafer to shallow-water carbonate envìronments during the mid-Cretaceous", by E.A.M. Koutsoukos, P.N. Leary & M.B. Hart - Journal of Foraminiferal Research, 19 (4): 324-336 (1989).

3) "Latest Cenomanian-earliest Turonian low-oxygen tdlerant benthcaiic fcrarainifera: a case study from the Sergipe Basin (NE Brazil) and the western Anglo-Paris Basin Southern England)", by E.A.M. Koutsoukos, P.N. Leary & M.B. Hart - Palaeogeography, PalaeoclimatcQogy, Palaeoecology (in press).

4) "The upp^ Aptian-Albian succession of the Sergipe Basin, Brazib an integrated palaeo-environmental assessment", by E.A.M. Koutsoukos, M.R, Hello, N.C. de Azambu^ Filho, M.B, Hart & J.R. Maxwell - American Assocdation of Petroleum Geologìsts Bulletin (in press).

- II - 5) "Radiolarians and diatoms froiii the mid-Cretaceous successdon a£ äie Sergipe Basin, northeastem Brazili palaeoceanograftóc assessment", by E.A.M. Koutsoukos & M.B. Hart - Journal of Micropalaeontology - Loidon (in press).

6) "Cretaceous fcraminiferal morphogroup disbdbution patterns, paJaeocommunities and troEtóo strucbjres: a case study from the Sergipe Basin, arazil", by EJV.M. Koutsoukos & M.B. Hart - Transactims of the Royal Society of Edinburgh: Barth Sciences ^bmitted).

7) "Late Aptian to Maastrichtian fcrarainiferal biogeography and palaeoceanography of the Sergipe Basin, Brazü", by E.A.M. Koutsoukos - Proceedings of the Symposium on "Biogeographic Pattems in the Cretaceous Ocean" (Strasbourg, France, 20-23rd M arch, 1989), European Union of Gecsciences - Palaeogeografhy, Palaeoclimatology, Palaeoecology ^bmitted).

8) "MicropalaeontolDgical and geochemical evidence of mid-Cretaceous hypoxic/anoxic envircnments in the Sergipe Basin, NE Brazü", by E.A.M. Koutscxikos, M.R. MeUo & N.C. de Azambup Filho - Proceedings of the Meeting on "Modem and Andent Coitinental Shelf Anoxia" (Lcndon, 17-19th May, 1989), Special PutÜcatirHTs of the Geological Society of Loidon (submitted).

Copies of the published p^iers are bound into this thesis as Appendix 3.

EDUARDO A. M. KOUTSOUKOS

MALCOLM B. HART (Research Supervisor)

- III - TO TANIA, KARINA AND VICTOR

WITH LOVE

- IV ACKNOffLEDGNENTS

I am deeply grateful for the advixx and financiali Support of Peträleo BrasÜeiro SA. (PETROBRAS), Rio de Janeiro, ftrazil, without whose support this research woold not have been accompli^ed, and to Professor Malcolm B. Hart {POLYTECHNIC SOüTH WEST), fear his supervisión and guidance during the research. My sincere gratítude is also due to the EoEowing people; F-T. FetjS (PETROBRAS/DINIER-Aracaji), foc the assistance and support given during the Visit and sampling of outcrop locaüties in Sergipe and in sampling core sections of onshore wells stcced in Aracaji. Alexandre J. Ric^iter (PETROBRAS/CENPES/DIVEX-SEBIPE, Rio de Janeiro), fcr his inestimable hélp in the planning of the fíeld work in Sergipe, mapping guidance and location of several impoctant outcrops of the Riachuelo Formation, lang forgotten in distant areas. Luiz CS. Freitas (CENPES/DIVEX), fca: his feUowship and assistance in the field work, Reginalde P.M. Campcs and Nivaldo Lima (CENPESAiIVEX-SEHIPE), for the high guality microfossa picking they have achieved. Mario G. da Silva and Werceny Cardoso (CENPES/EiEVEX-SEaiPE), for the sample processing. The personnel of the 'Setca: de Preparacäo de Amostras" (CENPES/tJIVEX-SEPRAM), for the preparation of the petrografáiic thin secticsis. Ihe 'Setra: de Geoquímica' (CENPES/DIVEX-SEGEQ), far the geochemical weE lo^ they provided. Hildeberto A. O^da y Ojsòa. (PETROBRAS/DEPEX-SECASU ), Ubirapra Mello and aU coUeagues of the 'Setor de Sergipe-Alagoas" (DEPEX-SESEA), fca: their assistance and guidance in the selectdiMi of ofcrpctive weil sections fcc the research . and the interpreted seismo-stratigraphic profües they suppUed, Walmyr S. de Abceu (CENPES/DIVEX-SEHIPE), fcc his sincere friendship and assistance. Ali cdDeagues and friends cf the 'Setor de Bioestratigrafia e Paleoecologia' (SEHTPE) and CENPES/PETROBRAS, fcc their sincere support and friendship during several years of working together, which has contributed to the strengthening of this research. My thanks also go to the draft section of CENPES/PETROBRAS for providing the excellent final versions of figures 1.2, 1.4, 2.4, 5.3-6, 5.13{A-E), 7.1-2, 8.1-11, 8.13-19, 8.23-24 and 8.27. John Abraham (POLYTECHNIC SOUTH WEST) fa: drawing the final versions of figures 6.1-3. Antony Smith and Francis Reis (Media Service/POLYTECHNIC

- V SOüTH WEST) for assistance and excellent quaUty wc»:k in the jAiotographic processing and reproduction of figures, tables and S.E.M. plates. Roy Moate and Brian Lakey (Electrcn Miccoscopy Unit, POLYTECHNIC SOUTH WEST), for technical assistance during the inicroE*iotograFäic study. I thank the 'Paleontologiska Instibitamein' of the Uçpsala University, Sweden, in raaking avaiiabLe the sample coUectirxi of ammonite-dated localünes from Sergipe fcr suppOementary sampling, which has contributed to the completeness of the Cenomanian-lower ConiacLan microbiostratigraphic and palaeo-envirtximental framewerk. I am greatLy indebted to coHeagues and friends fcr numerous discussions and exchange of ideas, e^)ecLally to Màrcio R. MeUo, Nilo C. de" AzamjDup Filho and Renato P. de Azevedo (PETROBRAS). I am also deeply grateful to M.R. Mello fcr supervising thé drawing of the anal versicxis of the figures in CENPES/PETROBRAS, and to N.C. de Azambup Filho,whose help with the palaeogeographic reconstructions was greatly apprecdated. Numerous other people have also contributed, both directly and indirectiy, to this theas. I would like to exEsress my thanks to all of these. I must also give e^)ecial thanks to my wife Tania M.M,S, Koutsoukos, who asEdsted me in assembling and trimming the S.E,M. microf^iotographs for the plates, and fcr her help in the final mountdng of the tables and several figures. My personal gratitude is due to Tania, my daughter Karina and my son Victcr, who accompanied me during this study giving me all the family support, comprehensim and neceœary harmony to accomplish the présent research.

- VI - COHTBNTS

VOLÓME 1

Page

ABSTRACT . I

DECLARATION . n

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS . V

CONIENTS . Vn

CHAPTER 1 : INTRODDCTION .1

1.1 - Scope of tile Research .2

1.2 - Experimental and analytdcal procedures .7 1.1.1 - Field vcxk .7 1.2.2 - Sample preparation .8 1.2.3 - Scanning ElectrcHi Mkxoscopy .9 1.2.4 - Microhiostratigraphy .10 1.2.5 - Fcramirúferal palaeo-ecolDgY .10

1.3 - Previous bLostratigraphic studies fe>cst-1960} .12

CHAPTER 2 : GENERAL GEOLOGICAL SETTING .14

2.1 - GecQogy of the Brazüian continental margin .15

2.2 - Tlie Sergipe Basin .20 2.2.1 - Mesozoic-CenozaLC geological settdng 2.2.2 - Geohistccy and HthostratigraphY .24 2.2.2.ti) - Ihtracratonic Phase .24 2.2.2.CÍÍ) - Pre-Rift Phase .25 - VII - Page 2.2.2.(LÌi) - Rift Phase .25 2.2.2.tLv) - Proto-marine evaporitic Phase ,26 2.2.2.(v) - Marine Phase .26

CHAPTER 3 : STSTEMATIC PALAEONTOLOGY .29

3.1 - FORAMINIFERA .30

Suborder TEXTQLARIENA . .31

SuperfamUy Astcorhizacea Brady, 1881 .31 Family Bathysij^ionidae Avnimelech, 1881 .31 Family Rhabdamminidae Brady, 1884 ,32 Family Psammosphaeridae Haeckel, 1894 .35 Family Saccamminìdae Brady, 1884 .35

Superfamily Hippocrepinacea RhumbQer, 1895 .37 Family Hifpocrepìnidae Rhumhler, 1895 .37

Superfamily Ammodiscacea Reuss, 1862 .38 Family Ammodiscidae Reuss, 1862 .38

Superfamily Rzehakinaoea Cudiman, 1933 .43 Family Rzehakinidae Cudiman, 1933 .44

Superfamily Hocmosinacea Haeckel, 1894 .46 Family AschemoceUidae Vyalov, 1966 .46 Family Hormosinidae Haeckel, 1894 .47

Superfamily Lituòlacea de BlainviUe, 1827 .49 Family HaplDE^iragmoididae Maync, 1952 .49 Family Discamminidae Mikhalevich, 1980 .54 Family Lihuotubidae LituotubLdae, 1984 .55 Family Lituolidae de Blainville, 1827 .57

- Vili- Page Superfamily HapLsfiiragmiacea Eimer & Fickert, 1899 .61 Family Ammosfíiaeraidinídae Cushman, 1927 .61 Family H^jlophragmiLdae Eimer & Fickert, 1899 .64 Family Nezzazatidae Hamaoui & Saint-Marc, 1970 .66

Superfamily Cydolinacea Loebüch & Tappan, 1964 .66 Family Cydamminidae Marie, 1941 .66

Superfamily Spiropilectamminaoea Cuáiman, 1927 .68 Family Spircpiectamminidae Cu^man, 1927 .68

Superfamily Trocham mina cea Schwager, 1877 .74 Family Trocharaminidae Schwager, 1877 .74

Si^ierfamily Vemeuilinacea Cuáiman, 1911 .76 Family Vemeuilinidae Cu^man, 1911. .76 FamÜy Tritaxiidae Plotnikova, 1979 .83

Superfamily Ataxoi*iragmiacea Schwager, 1877 .84 Family Rtaxophragmüdae Schwager, 1877 .84

Superfamily OrhitcQinacea Martin, 1890 .85 FamÜy Ortàtcilinidae Martin, 1980 .85

Superfamily Textulariaoea Ehrenberg, 1838 .85 Family Eggerellùaae Cushman, 1937 .85 Family Textulariidae Ehrenberg, 1838 .91 Family Pseudogaudryiradae LoebtLch & Tappan, 1985 .94 Family Válvulamminidae Loebüch & Tappan, 1986 .95 Family Valvulinidae Berthelin, 1880 .96

Suborder INVOLUTINA Hohenegger & PDler, 1977 .97

FamÜy IhvcOutinidae Butschli, 1880 .97

- IX - Page

Suborder SPTROIiININA Hohenegger & Filler, 1975 .97

FarailY Spirillinidae Reuss & Fritsch, 1861 .98 Family PateHinidae Rhumhler, 1906 .99

Suborder MHJDLINA DeOage & Hérouard, 1896 .100

Superfamily Mib'olacea Ehrenberg, 1839 .100 Family SpürcOoculinidae Wiesner, 1920 .100 Family Haueriniäae Schwager, 1876 .101

Suborder LAGENINA Delage & Hérouard, 1896 .103

Superfamily Robuloidacea Reiss, 1963 .103 Family Ichthydarüdae Loeblich & Tappan .103

Superfamily Nodosariacea Ehrenberg, 1838 .103 Family Nodosariidae Ehrenberg, 1838 .104 Family Vaginulinix3ae reuss, 1860 .112 Family Lagenidae Reuss, 1862 .124 Family PolymorEÄiimdae .126

Suborder ROBERTENINA LoeblLch & Tappan, 1984 .130

Superfamily Cerat(±>uliminacea Cushman, 1927 .130 Family Ceratobuliminidae Cushman, 1927 .131 Family Epistominidae Wedekònd, 1937 .131

Superfamily Ccnorboidacea Ihalmann, 1952 .134 Family Ccnorboididae Thaljnann, 1952 .134

- X - Page Subocder ROTAUINA Delage & Hèrouard, 1896 .135

SuperfanaLy BcQivinacea Glaessner, 1937 .135 Family Bcilivinidae Glaessner, 1937 .135 Family BoEvinoididae LoetÜdi & T^jpan, 1984 .138

Si^jerfaraily Eouvigerinacea Cuäiraan, 1927 .139 Family Lacosteinidae Sigal, 1952 .139

Superfamily Turrilinacea Cuäiman, 1927 .140 Family Turrilinidae Cushman, 1927 .140

Superfamily Bulimiiiacea Jmes, 1875 .148 Family Siphogenerinoididae Saidova, 1981 .148 FamÜy BuÜmineDidae Hafker, 1951 .151 Family Reussellidae Cu^man, 1933 .154

Superfamily Fursenkoinacea Loehüidi & Tappan, 1961 .155 Family Fursenkcdnidae Loetüich & Tappan, 1961 .155 Family Caucasinidae Bykova, 1959 .156

Superfamily PleurostomeHacea Reuss, 1860 .157 Family PleurostomeHidae Reuss, 1860 .157

Superfamily StüostomeDacea Finlay, 1947 .159 Family StüostomeBidae Finlay, 1947 .159

Superfamily Discorbacea Ehrenberg, 1838 .161 Family Bagginidae Cu^man, 1927 .161 Famüy Epcmididae Hofker, 1951 .162 Family Rosalirddae Reiss, 1963 .163

Superfamily HanorbulLnacea Schwager, 1877 .164 Family Planulinidae Bermùdez, 1952 .164 Family Citdcixaidae Cushman, 1927 .165

- XI - Page Family Cymbatoporidae Cu^man, 1927 .167 Family Epistomariidae Hofker, 1954 .167 '

Superfamily NcMiionacea Schultze, 1854 .168 Family Nonionidae Schidtze, 1854 .168

Superfamily ChilostomeUacea Brady, 1881 .171 FamiLy Chilosbamellidae Brady, 1881 .171 Family Quadrimorphirridae Saidova, 1981 .172 Family AnomaUràidae Cushman, 1927 .172 Family GtoborotalLtìdae LoetìlLA & T^an, 1984 .178 Family Osanguladidae Loeblidi & Tsppan, 1964 .182 FamiLy Gavelinellidae Hofker, 1956 .185 FamiLy Karreriidae Saidova, 1981 .201

Suborder GLOHIGERININA Delage & Hérouard, 1896 .202

Supoiamily HeteroheUcacea Cushman, 1927 .202 Family GuembeUtriidae Montanaro GaMteDl, 1957 .202 FamiLy Heterohelicddae Cushman, 1927 .203

Superfamily Planomalinacea Bolli, .211 Loehlidi & Tsppan, 1957 Family GlobigerinellDididae Longoria, 1974 .211 Family Plano malinidae Bolli, .217 Loetaicii & Tappan, 1957

Superfamily Rotaliporacea Sigal* 1958 .218 Family Globuligerinìdae LoeMich & Tappan, 1984 .218 Family HedbergèHidae LoeblLCh & Tappan, 1961 .220 Family Rotaliporidae Sigal, 1958 .238

Superfamily Globotruncanacea Brotzen, 1942 .248 Family Globotruncanidae Brotzen, 1942 .248 Family Rugoglobigerinidae Subbotina, 1959 ,270

- XII - Page 3-2 - Radioilarìans .274

Suborder Nasséllariim .274

Suborder SpumeUariina .276

3.3 - Diatoms .280

CHAPTER 4 : HICROBIOSTRATIGRAPHT .282

4.1 - liitroductiOT .283 4.1.1 - Methods .283 4.1.2 - Types of fcáostratigraphic units .283

4.2 - Proposed Faraminiferal Zcmal Schemes .285 4.2.1 - Planktonic Forarainifera .285 4.2.1.0) - DefinitiDn of the zones .286 4.2.2 - Benthorac Foraminifera .306 4.2.2.ÖJ - Definition of the zones ,307

CHAPTER 5 : PORAHINIFERAL MORPHOGROHP DISTRIBUTION PATTERNS, PALAEOCOHHUNITIES AND TROPHIC STRUCTURES .353

5.1 - Introductdon .354 5.2 - Fcaraminiferal palaeo-ecctkjgy ,355 5.2.1 - Function of the fca:aminifa:al test .357 5.2.2 - Forâminiferal trophic groups .358

5.3 - Morphogroups and inferred modes of life .362 5.3.1 - Definition of the morphogroups .365

- XIII - Page 5.4 - MoEphogroups and palaeo-environments .377 5.4.1 - ParaHc hdotopes .377 5.4.2 - Shélf hdotcpes .378 5.4.3 - EOope tdctopes .382 5.4.4 - Pélagie tdobopes and palaeoceanographic conditions .386

5.5 - Low-oxygen tolérant focaminifaral asseraldages .394 5.5.1 - îîie Upper Aptian to Ältdan succession .394 5.5.2 - llie Cenomanian to Turcmian successjcïïi .398 5.5.3 - Previous studies of benthcHiic foraminifera from tnid-Cretaceous hypoxic/anoxic environments .401 5.5.3.0) - northem Soutii Atlantic .401 5.5.3,(0) - North Atlantic and Mediterranean Area .403 5.5.4 - Hypoxia and tiie forâminiferal response, .405

5.6 - Forâminiferal palaeocommunities ,411 5.6.1 - Trophic grotps and Substrates .411 5.6.2 - Palaeocommunity distribution patterns and trcçAùc structures .415 5.6.3 - Global mid-Cretaceous disbribution patterns and trophic structures .417

5.7 - Diversity patterns and environmental gradients .418

5.7.1 - Palaeocommunities and stratigraphie cycles .426

CHAPTBR 6 : ECOPHENOTTPIC AND ONTOGENETIC POLYHORPHI5H OP PLANRTONIC FORAMINIFERAL COHNDNITIES DÖRING THE HID-CRETACEODS ,428

6.1 - üTtroductiDn .429 6.2 - Distribution of favuseUids ,430 6.2.1 - Stratigraphie distributicn and variabdlity in test raorphology .432 6.2.2 - Evidence of palaeo-environmental contre! .433

- XIV - Page 6.3 - Favusenids Ë:om the Sergipe-Älagoas Basin .433

6.4 - DiscussÎDn .439 6.4.1 - H^lagenetic relaticaiships .439 6.4.2 - Palaeo-environraents and functional inorpholDgy .441

- XV - LIST OF PIGORBS Page

CHAPTER 1 Fig. 1.1: LocatiDn map of tàie Sergipe Basin. .4 Fig. 1.2: Location map of studied localities and wéR-sections. .5 Fig. 1.3: Lithostratigraphy of ttie basin. .6 Fig. 1.4; Pàlaeobathymetric zcnes and marine environments. .11

CHAPTER 2 Fig. 2.1: Location m^ of Brazilian marginal basins. .17 Fig. 2.2: Evolutionary phases on tiie Brazilian continental margin. .18 Fig. 2.3: Soutti Atlantic palaeogeographic reconstruction during the late Aptian-Albian showing the the Walvis Ridge-Rio Grande Rise separating the BrazH-Angola Basin, to the North, from the Argentine-Cape Basin, to the South. .19 Fig. 2.4: Géographie distribution of lithostratdgraphic units in the Sergipe Basin. .22 Fig. 2.5: Basement structural framework. .23

CHAPIER 5 Fig. 5.1: Mapr forâminiferal frophic resources and suhstrates (type and relative physLcal statrility) in the marine environments (inferred for the Cretaceous of Sergipe). .356 Fig. 5.2: Palaeo-environmental distribution and relative abundance of mapr forâminiferal trophic groups (A) and morphogroups (B). Inferred for the Cretaceous of Sergipe. .364 Fig. 5.3: Schematic palaeo-envircnmental di^ributiDn of mapr taxonomic groups in the upper Aptian to Albdan succession of Sergipe. .379 Fig. 5.4: (idem) Cenomanian succession. .380 Fig. 5.5: (idem) Turonian to Coûacian successim. .381 Fig. 5.6: &dem) Santoiian to Haastriditian succeminn. .384 Fig. 5.7: Planktonic fccaminiferal assemblages and water-depth steatifLcation during the late Aptian. .388

- XVI - Page Fig. 5.8: (idem) eadiest Cenomanian to early-middle Cenomanian. .390 Fig. 5.9: tidem) late Cenomanian. .391 Fig. 5.10: (idem) early Turonian. .392 Fig.5.11: Mealised palaeo-enviroimental reconstructicMis of the sea-bottora (deep neritic to upper batiiyal envircximents) under oxygen depleted (dysaerotâc) pelagic conditdrMis in the Sergipe Basdn and the western AngLo- Paris Basin Southern England), during the latest Cenomanian-earliest Turcïiian, depicting the characteristic fcraminiferal taxa that wore usually présent. .407 Fig. 5.12: Distrihutdon patterns of benthonic forâminiferal palaeocommunities in Cretaceous ^élf and slope environments of Sergipe. .413 Fig. 5.13{A-E) - Diversity patterns, cummulative parcentage pûots and pàlaeobathymetric evblutLon (Captions). .422 Fig. 5.13(A-B): Planktcmic foraminifera cummulative percentage pilot and total diversity histograms. .424 Fig. 5.13 (C-E): Calcareous benthcnic and agglutînated fcaramirrifera cumulative percentage plots and pàlaeobathymetric évolution. .425

CHAPRR 6 Fig. 6.1: Distribution of favuseUids in the mid-Cretiaceous. .431 Fig. 6.2: WéU 7-CP-252-SE (upper Aptian succession). .434 Fig. 6.3: Proposed scherae fer the distribution of microfossil assemblages in upper AptLan-middle Alfcdan marginal marine envircffiments. .437

- XVII - LIST OF TABLES Page

CHAPIER 4 Bistratigcaphic dJ^xibution and relative abundances of foraminifaràl assemblages: Table 4.1(A-B): Planktonic Foraminifera ^çper Aptian to Albian). .328 Table 4.2(A-C): Benthonic FOTaminifera (upper Aptian to Albian). .330 Table 4.3: Planktmic Fcramirdfera (Cenomanian to lower Coniacdan). .333 Table 4.4 (A-B): Benthonic Foraminifera (Cenomanian to lower Coniadan). .334 Table 4.5(A-B): Planktonic FOTaminifera (uçper Cotiiagan-Santonian to Maastrichtian). .336 Table 4.6(A-C): Calcareous Benthoiic Fcramimfera (upper Comacian-Santonian to Maastrichtian). .338 Table 4.7(A-B): Agglutinated Benthonic Focamimfera (upper Coniacian-Santonian to Maastrichtian). .341 CorrelaticHi of liie zc«ial schemes proposed in tiiis study with other bicstratigraphic zonal schemes for the mid- and Late Cretaceous : Table 4.8: with ammonites (upper Aptian-Albian). .344 Table 4.9(A-B): with microfossils (upper Aptian-Albian)- .345 Table 4.10: with ammonites (Cenomanian-lower Coniacdan). .347 Table 4.11(A-B): with microEogàils (Cenomanian-lower ConiacLan). .348 Table 4.12: with mirrofossils (upper Coniadan-Santonian to Maastrichtian)- .350 Table 4.13: Biochronostratigraphic Summacy. .352

CHAPIER 5 Table 5.1: Summary of morphogroups catégories of benthcMiic fccamirriferàl assemblages, infa:red mode of life and représentative taxonomic groups from the upper Aptian to Maastrichtian succession of Segipe. .363

-XVIII- Page

Table 5.2(A-B): Dpper Aptian-Albian fccaminiferal assemblages brom hypoxic (dysaerobic to quasi-anaerobic) environments. .395 Table 5.3: Tentative corrélation among ttie relative posidcn of the oxygen minimum zone, ttie degree of oxygen depletion and ttieic effect OT the sélection and atundance oE forâminiferal assemblages patterns ofceerved in the upperraost Cenomanian-lowermost Turonian successÏDn af the Sargipe Baân). .399 Table 5.4: General characteristic patterns o£ occurrence of benttionic forarainiEeral assemblages in relation to oxic (aérobic) and hypoxic (dysaeroblc to quasi-anaerobic) bottora conditions. .406 Table 5.5: Benttionic foraminiEeral palaeocommunities, trophic structures and tdotic reEponse. ,412 Table 5,6{A-^: Ideàlised scheme showing the probable interaction among changing palaeoceanographic conditions, the trof*iic resource continuum, overaH sélection re^xxise and rates of biotic diversity. .420

- XIX - LIST OP TEXT PLATES

Page

CHAPKR 6

Hate 6.1, Figs 1-15: Hedberg'='"na (FavuseDa) wa^tensis (Carsey) lowing progressive morpholDgical change with cytogenetic development. .444

Hate 6.2, Figs 1-14: HedbergeHa (FaviispTIa) wa^tensis (Carsey) showing progressive morphological change with ontogenetic development. ,447

4 - XX V O L U H E 2

FuU ]ist of Contents in VcQume 2.

Page

CHAPTER 7 : RADIOLARIANS AND DIATOHS FROH THE HID-CRETACEODS SUCCESSION : PAIJWO-ECOLOGICAL IHPLICATIONS .449

CHAPTER 8 I PÄUVEO-ENVTRONHENTAL EVOLUTION AND PALAEOGEOGRAPHY .458

CHAPTER 9 : FORAHINIFERAL PALAEOBIOGEOGRAPHIC

PATTERNS .523

CHAPTER 10 : CONCLüSIONS .549

REPERENCES .572

APPENDIX 1 : DESCRIPIIONS OP LOCAIXOES AND WELL SECHONS .1

AFPraiDIX 2 : FORAHINIFERAL AS^HBLAGBS REF0B3ED IN THE LQSRATDRE FROH THE CREEACEOOS OF SRGIPE .17

APPENDIX 3 : PUBLISUED PAPEBS .36

PLATES (SYSTEMATEC PALAEONTOLOGY - CHAPTER 3) ESates Subordec FORAMINIFERIDA .1-34 Subclass RADIOLAREA .35-37 nag; DIATOM ACE A .38

- XXI - CHAPTER 1

INTRODUCTION

- 1 - During the last two decades a number of palaeontolDgical studies have been carried out abng the Brazilian contmental margin, eêdaUy foIlDwiiìg the start of actìve offshcre cdl expiloration by Petróileo Brastleiro S.A. (PETROBRAS), the Brazilian state cài company, in 1968. The understanding of the bicstratigraE*iical and palaeobdogeographical characteristks of its Cretaceous stratigcaE*uc sequence is c£ focemost significance Eoe studies relating to tìie early geolDgical histcary and subsequent palaeoceanograjîic evoluticMi of the northem South Atlantic Ocean. The present research was directed towards raicrc^àostratigraphical, palaeo-ecological and palaeohdogeographical studies of the marine Cretaceous succession of the Sergipe Basin, a passive marginai basin in ncttheastem Brazil 1.1, 1.2). A marpr part of the research was also concemed with the systematdc taxonomy of the fcxraminiEeral, radiolarian and diatom species. Por the basin, the availatdlity of well sections (cores and ditch-cuttings) and estensive outxrop samples, wifch refined biostrabigrapto: control (e.g., the mid-Cretaceous ammonite ztxial schemes for the basin of Beurien, 1967a,b, 1970; SchaEer, 1970; and Bengtsoi, 1983), affords an almost corapletie marine Cretaceous sedimentary record ^)anning the late Aptdan to Maastriditian (Fig. 1.3). Part oE the investìgatim has been carried out an the Cretaceous outcrops, where several localities were studied. A mcgor part of the research was subsequently concerned with wéH-sections drilled OTôre and offshcre in the basin.

1.1 - SCOPE OP THE RESEARCH

The principal aims of the research were as fcQlow:

1) Ihvestigation and systematic taxonomy of the planktmic and benthcaiic fcxaminifera, radicOarians and diatoms with a quantitative evaluation of the relative abundances of the microfauna, curating of a type ccQlectdon and the scanning electron EAiotomicrograEAiic record of the ^cies.

- 2 - 2) To estabiish a refined micrctoLOstratigraphical fcamework, based mairiLy on foraminiferal asserablages, whix:h can be applied to the studied sections enhancing cross-basin sbratigraphical correlation.

3) To delineate the general distribution pattems of fcararainiferal morphogroups and palaeocom munities and tfie main envirOTimental and 5*iysicQogical controUing fccces behind tìiera. Eraphasis has been pilaced upon the determination of tbe palaeo-envircmmental evolutìon and the identificatiCHi c£ speciaUsed micxofaunal pattems in mid-Cretaceous organic- rich sediments tìiat are associated with hypoxic/anojdc events.

4) To provide a set of regional data that aLow the reconstruction of the' palaeogeographical and palaeoceanographical history of the tiasin from tìie late Aptìan to MaastrLchtian, with emphasìs cai the foDowing :

.to identify palaeoceanographical events of regional and/oc worldwide scale.

.to agysR the impcM±ance and magnitude of unconfcarmities, palaeo- environmental disoontinuitìfiS, facies changes, and structural controls of pre-oceanic tectonism;

.to reconstruct the basin palaeobathymetric and palaeogeographic evcOution and evaluat^ the distribution trend-pattems oE deposits with reservoir-bearing potentLal on the cxishore area and on the continental mar gin.

- 3 -

UTHOSTHATIQRAPHy BASIN SERIES FACIES RELATIONSHIPS EVGLUTIOrJARV & STAGES ••N.W. S.E.-^ MEMBERS FORMS PHASES

PALAEOGENE ^MT^d^'—_PJA GAL Marlluba / ca MAASTRICHT. <

CAM PAN¡AN CalumbI

SANTON!A N a OCEANIC CONIACIAN SapucBtl 3 13 Z tf) TURONIAN O Aracaju LU CENOMANIAN (Matine Carbonates u Aguilhoda B elastics) LU DC U ALBIAN Maruitn LU I Taquarl U < TO ^ ce; Anglco Upp sr PROTO-OCEANtC §3 (Eiapoillvi APTIAN Oltelrlnhos Carbonai** w///////m[jRo\T 1^ > Claatlc»!

LEGEND

_j Gonalointtal* r~' - — •hi lai -1- muililDnst

j j i'j oolJIlc/oncollllr. llinti1on«t N^^ÌÌoHm •nhmni. |J-IJ| h.M1. .w,^ iiiicanra.mlty 1.2 - EXPERIMENTAI. AND ANALYTICAL PROCEDURES

Part oE this research has been carried out cn Qàld sampling tìie Cretaceous marine sediments o£ the Setgipe Basàn. There, forty-eight outcroping localities were sampled, comprising 127 sampOes representatìve of ali the maj^Jed chrono-lithostratdgraE^Tical umts in the basin. These samples were subsequently processed ^long wilh borehcde material (ditch-cuttings and cores) from selected onshore and c±^ore wéU sec±ions. A compQementary sampling programme was carried out in November, 1987, from the sample collectixi of Cenomanian-early Ccniadan ammonite-dated localitìfis firom Sergipe at the "Paleontologiska Institutionen' of Uppsala University, Sweden. AH the samples from outccops and weH sectdcffis were submitted to micropalaeontdlogical analyses (taxonomy and a quantitative evaluation of the relative abundances of the microfauna). An estensive type coDection was curated for aU the biochronostratigraphical units. The speoes and their variants were carefully selected to be photomiarographìcally recorded using the JEOL pSM - T20) Scanning EOectron Microscope in the Electron Miccoscopy Unit of Polytechnic South West. A total of 2550 jhotomicrograEhs have been taken. The figured specimens wiU be registered and depcsited in the micropalaeontological collections of the PETROBRAS' Research Centre (CENPES), in Rio de Janeiro, Brazil.

1.2.1 - Field Work

The selection of the surface locaüties to be sampQed was undertaken as fcQlows. The geological guide 'Roteiro Geològico da Bada Sergipe-Alagoas' of SchaUer et ^ (1980, 'Roteiro 1: Sergipe', PETROBRAS' alternai Reportj, with 13 plotted sections, gave a reascmable initial coverage to weH-known localities of the Riachuelo and Cotinguiba Formations; the wocks of G. Beurlen (1967a, 1968) were partía ilarly helpful in the location of the Albian strata (Riachuelo Formation). The ammonite-based biostratigraphical map and locality descriptàons provided in the work of Bengtson (1983) was a further leading refsence to the outcrops oE the Cotinguiba Fcrmation (Cenomanian to lower Ccniadan). FinaUy, tiie field expérience and assist3nce of geologists F*J. Ferjb and A-J. Richter, in the pLanning and locatiOT c£ most of the iDcàlities, was essential fcc the success of the Hetd work.

Ihe typical tropical dimate (humid and hot) of Sergipe acts as a stimulant to the rapid weathering processes, which contributed to the destruction of several cûd, wéE-known, localities (e.g., outcrops of the Calumbi Memlier, Piacabucu Focmatim, near Aracarji). However, the modem quarries of limestcxie beds (Riachuélo and Cotinguiba Formations) presented good opportunities of sampling virtually unweathered secticxis. In badly weathered localities a throuôut cleaning of the surface was carried out in ccder to readi the less oxidized and decalcified levels. Usually around 0.5kg of sédiment was taken fa: each sample. A trief lithological and stratigrajîical descriptiDn, fîotograjîic record and plotting on topographie maps CPETROBRAS' urpubliêd topographical map^ "Bacia de Sergipe- Alagoas", 1:25000, produced by Services Aarofotogramètricos Cruzeiro do Sul SJi., 1964) were routinely undertaken fa: aU sampled localities.

Œhe location of sampled localities can be found in Fig. 1.2. Complète locality descriptions {UTM coordinates, local références and lithology) ^e referred to in Appendix 1. There are also additional trief descriptions of the locality data from the complementary outcrop saraples (not plotted in Fig. 1.2) and studLed well sectôais.

1.2.2 - Scunple Préparation

The studifid microfosaf] asse mblages were coUected as a resuit of conventiaial preparatiai of samples for foraminiferal analysis. Laboratory sample préparation was raostly carried out in the 'Setor de Bioestratdgrafia e Paleoecologia' of the PETROBRAS Research Centre (CENPES), in Rio de Janeiro. AU the indurated sampiLes were crushed pria: to parocessing. Représentative cuts of 60g (ditch-cuttings) and 120g of sédiment (cores and cxitcrops) were taken from each sample and then immersed in a solution of concentrated hydrogen peroxide (120 v/V), and allowed to sit for about 6-8 hours in a fume cuptoard until fcceakdown. The disaggregated sédiment was then washed through one fine-mesh sieves of 63^ to eliminate the clay, ïtie residues were allowed to dry fca: 24 hours at 60° C and were, subsequently, dry-sieved with tiiree screens cf 125^m, 250^ and 500^m mesh. All the size fractirms were examined and the microfcssils (fcraminifera, ostracods, radidlarians, micromolluscs), and any other sigitificant fossil debris, were picked out on a gridded tray and collected into cne-hole slides, until a minimum representative count of ^)proximateILy 300 ^cimens was readied. The samples rich in microfossils were usually divided into two or more equivalent parts prior to picking. It is strongly emphasized the use of this small-size 63^m mesh, which increases ^jecimen recovery and yields a more representative and palaeo-ecologically significant pflanktonic and benthonic fcaraminiferal assemblage (Leckie, 1987; Schroder et 1987). Ihis is particularly important when an ontogenetic analysis is undertaken prummer et 1986) - see Chaptçr 6. About 30 samples from the compdementary sampled localities were processed at the laboratcties of the Department of Geological Sciences of Polytechnic South West, in a standard manner as follows. Samples were broken down into small-pieces using a mortar and pestle. Crushed samptles were then dried and soaked in *White Spirit' overnight. Excess solvent was decanted off and baUing- water added (Ih) until breakdown. Normal wa^ung procedures and packing followed (as above).

Some of the processed sampOes Surface, ditch-cuttings and cores) did not succeed in yielding microfossils, because they were either too highly indurated or to non^ireservation. In the case of the cxitcrop sections this is mostly due to the exfremely weathered condition of some localities, from where all the microfossils have been probably di^cdved.

1.2.3 - Scanning Blectron Microscopy

All the selected specimens to be E*iotograj*iically recorded were mounted on standard copper stubs with doutfle-sided tape, shadowcasted with ^proximately 13A° 'of gold, and observed on a JEOL trSH-T20) Scanning Electron Microscope, operated at 20Kv. Elemental analysis of test compositiMi were carried out under a JEOL pSM-35C) SX.M. with a Link System X-Ray Spectrometer {860B Series), cperated at 25Kv.

- 9 - 1.2-4 - Hicrobiostratigraphy

The integration of the ammonite hiostratigrafÄiical framework (Beunlen, 1967a,b, 1968, 1970; Schauer, 1970; Bengtsc«, 1983} with the microfossa aasemtilages, fcr the upper Aptian to lower Ccniacian outcrop succession, made pcesible the proposai of a preliminary composite microbiozonal scheme. This was subsequently af^üied to the driUed sections, improving the final proposed raicrobiostratigrc^Jhical zonation (Chapter 4). Ihe microfossa biozonatdons (fcr the planktonic and bentìicnic fccaminiferal assemblages) proposed here are primarily defined fcr regional application. However, there are close analogies between the proposed foraminifaral zaial schemes and others established fcs: coeval strata elsewhere. Ihis makes it poesiMe to ag^-sFi their significance on a larger scale as weil to allow correlatici with, and identification of, worldwide palaeoceanographical events.

1.2.5 - Poraminiferal Palaeo-ecology

The palaeo-ecological stucty demonstrates an intimate relationship anongst the distributdon of foraminiferal palaeocoramunities, community trophic structures, palaeobathymetric niches (water-depth, inferred micrc^abitat and sulEtrate type and statdlity) and pelagic conditìons, depth-related in part, such as temperature, salinity, oxygen concentratdons, calcium carbonate availabUity (Chapter 5). Palaeobathymetric terms and general depth values may be summarised as foUows ^e Fig. 1.4) : Paralic: hyper-/hyposaline marginai environments (lagocsTs, bays, tidal flats, esbiaries, marshes and mangroyes); c 0-lOra Inner ^haUow) neritic (shelf): e 0-30/50m Middle neritic: c 30/50-lOOm Outer (deep) neritic: c 100-200m l}gg&: bathyàl ^pe): c 200-500m Middle bathyali c. 500-lOOOm Lower bathyaL e 1000-2000m Abyssal (Oceanie deeps): >2000m

10 - •e- 0 N P T A NERITIC 1 R N A E SHALLOW MIDDLE I DEEP L I N H OUTER HBATHYAL T I 1^ INNER I I lABYSSAL A C I U iM| L L

sorso M lÙOR 2Ò0M 5b0M 2000 N (PALEOBATH.) 1000 •

FIGURE 1.4: Palaeobathymetric zones and marine environments. 1.3 - PREVIODS BIOSTRATIGRAPHIC STUDIES (pOSt-1960)

Several studies have dealt with the palaeontology and hiostratigraphy of the marine Cretaceous succeœïDn of Sorgipe. The following review gives a summary account of the more recent )ïxist-1960) contributions. The CretacecHos foraminiferal aœemhlages repeated in the literature are listed and briefly discussed in Appendix 2. The first attempt at an ammonite zcnation was presented by K. Beurien (1961) foe the upper Aptian-Altaian sediments, while Petri (1962) proposed a foraminiferal zcffiation for the Altdan-Maastrichtian succession. The latter authOT also attempted to correlate the microbdostratágrapáiical scheme with the macrofosFril zonation that was based, in part, cn Maury (1937). and Beurlen's (1961) work. Ostracods were reported by Krommelbein (1964, 1966, 1975) from the mid-Cretaceous sequence. MuHer (1966) proposed a palyncdogical zonation for the Cretaceous of northeastern Brazil, with one palynozone defined for the Cotinguiba Formatdon. G. Beurien (1967a, b, 1968, 1970) proposed ammonite ages for the upper Aptian to lower Coniacian succession, complementing K. Beurlente (1961) Aptian-Albian zonation. Viana (1969) presented the ftxaminiferal zonation used by PetrcAràs for the Cretaceous of the Sergipe. SchaHerte (1970) work, on the stratigraphical revision of the Sergipe-Alagoas Basin, described the zonal schemes establi^ed by Petrolxas* bdostratigrapAïers for the mid- to Upper Cretaceous, based on ammonites, fcraminifera, ostracods and palynomorphs. A ztxial scheme based on calcareous nannofosssils was later developed by Petrotràs fcr the Brazilian marginal basins, and presented in Troelsen & Quadros (1971) and Quadros & Gomide (1973). G. Beurien (1972) presented palae-ecological studies of the fcraminiferal microfauna from the Caliirabi Member, Piacabucu Formation {Campanian-Miocene), in the area of the Sao Francisco low, mouth of the Sao Francisco River, between the states of Sergipe and Alagoas. Noguti & Santos (1973) erected a zcmatdon based upon Edanktonic foraminifera, recognising five hiozcnes fa: the Cretaceous. Regali et aL (1974, 1975) subsequently estcdüshed a palynological zonation for the continental margin. At the same time Herngreen (1975), based on palynological studies of cored sections, recognised two pollen zones in the Cenomanian-Turonian and late Senonian of Sergipe-Alagoas. In an attempt to reconstruct the early history of the South Atlantic, Reyment & Tait

- 12 - (1972) prcposed further ammonite ages for aie mid-Cretaceous succesion. Late Cretaceous cstracod assemblages were described by NeufviUe (1979). Quadros (1981} presented a palaeo-ecological study of the i^iper Cretaceous from Ole Brep Grande area, Sao Francisco low, based on Statistical accounts of calcareous nannofossu populations. Bengtson & Berthou (1982) described, fciy means of microfacies studLes, the microfossils, echinoderms and algal ^>ecies firom the upper Alhian to lower Ccniacian deposits, A maJDr investigatim was carried out by Bengtscn (1983), who established a detailed ammonite taLostratigraE^iical zcnation for the Cenomanian-lower ConiacLan succession. Freitas (1984) discussed the stratigraphy and disbdbutim of the calcareous nannofossils in the basJn. Kauffman & BengtsOTi (1985) disünguished three Turonian assemhüage zaies of inoceramids. Further hiostratigraE¿iic and palaeo-ecological studLes cxi the area cf the Sao Francisco Low were presentied by G. Beurien et ^ (1986), far the Cretaceous marine succession. Lower Turcmian inoceramid bivalvas were later described by Hessel (1987) with a palaeo-ecological ancdysis of the regìcn. Mere recently Berthou & Bengtson (1988) repOTted studies on the Potential ef microfacifis analysis for stratigraphical -correlation cf the Cenomanian-lower Ccniacian succession.

13 - CHAPTER 2

GENERAL GEOLOGICAL SETTIN6

- 14 - 2.1 - GEOLOGY OF THE BRAZILIAM CONTINEHTAI. HASGIN

The BrazÜian marginal basins (Fig. 2.1) are directly related to tìie rupture of tìie Afidcan-South American plates and occur en a typical divergent, rifted, Atìantic-type continental margin (Paite & Asmus, 1978; Ojsda, 1982; Estrella et 1984) extending for almost aOOOkm._.In general, they can be linked to a single evcOutdonary geological hisbxy (Fig. 2.2) and subdivided into tìiree main tectono-sedimentary stages: pre-rift, rift and drift. The drift stage is subdivided into two distinct phases: a gulf proto- marine evapccitic phase, and a subséquent marine E*iase (Asmus, 1975, 1981; Asmus & Baisdi, 1983).

The late Juraœic-early Cretaceous preîft stage is assodated with stretching of the continental crust and lithoêre. Block faulting, subsidence and localised mafie vcûcanism occurred, associated with thinning of the underlying crust and manüe (Bott, 1976). The sedimentary succession is composed mairily of red beds of fine to coarse süLcudastíc sédiments deposited under highly oxygenated conditions in fluvial and delta-lacustrine envirOTiments, associated with aecûian sédiments (Schaller, 1969; Medeiros et aL, 1971; Mello, 1988). The early Cretaceous rifting stage is generally associated with basement-involved block faulting on a subsiding crust, and wide^read mafie vcûcanism Pott, 1976; Mcîriak & Dewey, 1987). It is represented by the déposition of a thick sedimentary successii^ coraprising süicLclastic, carbonate and ev^xañtic sédiments in fresh to saline water lacustrine envircaiments (Bertani & Carezzi, 1985; Mello, 1988). In some áreas, the sectám overlies, and is intercalated with, baski-volcanic rocks. After rifting, tectcnic acüvity ^pears to have been restricted to subsidence and basinward tüting, with the development of gcavity sliding features and localised réactivation of faults (Opda, 1982; Estrella et aL, 1984), The first marine incursicais into the northem coastal basins occurred during the Aptian when the S3o Paulo Plateau-Walvis Rií3ge complex was bypaffied and saline waters flooded the central rift-graben system from the south ^roto-marine jhase) - (Asmus, 1975). A narrow and elongated embayment was then fcarmed between South America and Africa, extiending ncrthwards along the eastern marginal basins from Santos to Sergipe-

- 15 - Alagoas îgs 2.1, 2.2). Tectonic quiesœnce and isolation by topographical barriecs, together with warm and arid cUmatic conditions, led to low clastic influx and restricted conditions ^^cçriate Cor high evapcaration. This aUowed tiie cyclic déposition of a thick and widespread succession of ev^xmtLc sédiments Oîalite, anhydrite, dolomite, gypsum) intercaHated with carbonate and sûiciclastLC sédiments (Asmus, 1975; Opda, 1982). Two marjor restricted basins were then located in the Proto-South Atlantic; the Brazil- Angcûa Basin in the north and the Cape-Argentine Basin in the south, separated by the SSo Paulo Plateau-Walvis Ridge (Arthur & Natland, 1979; Reyment & Bengtson, 1986) - Fig. 2.3. As .a conséquence of increased sea floor ^reading and progressive subsidence, the envirOTimental conditions became less restricted and near normal marine conditions were establidied by late Aptian times ê Chîters 4, 8 and 9), initdating the marine phase in the marginal basins. Local basait flows, progressive basin subsidence, seaward tUting and large adiastrophic growth-faulting structures marked the tectono-sedimentary activity cf the whcQe marine succession (EstréDa et aL, 1984).

The marine p*iase can be further characterised into three distinct depositional sequences;

(i) the late Aptian-Albian marine pilatfctm and slope sequence, mainly composed of fine to coarse carbonate sediments accumulated under the predominantly neritdc environments ctf a narrow epicontinental sea (Koutsoukos & Dias-Britio, 1987). As a result of the dynamic balance between subsidence and sedimentation en. the continental margin, the northern area maintained an almost unifcrm p)alaeogeograpiiical setting during that time. The marine carbonates and subordinate silidclastic sediments of the pilatfcrra and slope ware depKJsited mainly under conditions of tectonic quiescence, with the development of growth faults probably produced by parogressive gravity sliding of carbonate rock slabs as the basins tilted seaward (Falkenhein, 1981; Opda, 1982). Geochemical and micropalaeontcilogical evidence suggest deposition of organic^dch marls and calcareous raudstones in hypersaline stratified water-masses) and intermittent oxygen-depOeted bottom conditiOTS {MeHo, 1988; see also Chapter 5, section 5.5.1).

- 16 - so' 48°

.CASSIPORE FOZ DO AwaZONAS 36

BARREIRINH4S PIAui- CEARA POTIGUAH

PERNAMSUCO/ PARAIBA

SERGIPE/Q lALAGOAS

iCUMURUXATIBA/ JEOUITINHONHA

MUCURl

ESPIRITO SANTO

PELOTAS

B*v'\*J -PALEOZOIC BASIN

-MES020IC-TERTIARY BASIN

FDSDRE Zls Locatdon map of Brazüian marginal basins (from 1982, Pig. 1).

17 FTGUKE 2JZz Evcduticnary phases c£ the Brazilian continental margin (adapted after MeDo, 1988).

GEQLDGICAL EVOLUTION

RIFT-VALLEÏ EARLY tRETACEOUS

G u APTIAN L F OCEANIC CRUST

M A late R. Aptian C A / R B Albian O N A T E M A SEA LEVËL- B. C INDU 111 111 A M / 0 X 1 C

/ HiatiRicHiuiii

ANOXIC OCEANIC CONDITION MOXIC

18 FEURE 2.3: South Atlantic palaeogeograEàùc reconstaictìon during the late Aptian-Alhian showing the Walvis Ridge-SSo Paulo Plateau separating the Brazil-Angola Basin, to the Ncrth, firom the Argentine-Cape Basin, to the South.

19 Öi) the Cenoraanian • to Palaeogene marine shelE-alope sedimentary îstem, is characterised by predominantly süiciclastic deposLtion in progressively deepening basins, which iead ultimately to bathyaVahyssal condltiDns in the more Htiâi áreas êquence of coastal onlap; Beurlen, 1982). Wide^read oxygen-depleted conditions were estahlished Erom Cenomanian to Santonian times, with Öie deposition of OTganic-

2.2 - THE SERGIPE BASIM

2.2.1 - Hesozoic-Cenozoic Geological Setting

ttie basin is tÜe southern part of the Sergipe-Alagoas sedimentary compQex, a structurally-elongated marginal basin located between the latitudes 9° and ll'SO'S, and the longitudes 37° and SS'SO'W ff-ig. 1.1). It has an area of ^)proximately 6000km^ onshore, extending to more Üian 5000km offshore. Onshore, it covers a narrow coastal strip, approximatély 16 to 50km wide and some 170km long, extending from near Indiaroba, at the mouth of the Real River, up to the Säo Francisco River, in the north. In this area, between the states of Sergipe and Alagoas, the basin is at its

- 20 - maximum width of 50km. It is limited, on the continent, by a boundary system of normal faults, constituting the topographic high called 'Serra de Itabaiana', and offshore by the continental slope. South of the Itaporanga fault, in the southwestern area, is the 'Estanda Platform' where oily a t±iin sedimentary record of mid-Cretaceous marine deposits is found (Schaller, 1970; Meister & Aurich, 1972; Opda & Fugita, 1976; Bengtson, 1983; Petri, 1987) - see Figs 2.4 and 2.5.

The Sergipe Basin fcrms a half-graben with a regional dip averaging 10-15° to the southeast (Opda & Fugita, 1976), which is the result of the continental drifting of South American and African continents in the Late Mesozoic. It is part of a group of MesozoLc-Cenozaic extensional basins formed along the western continental margin of the northern South Atlantic during that event and is, therefore, classified as an Atlantic-type basin ftiassive margin; Dickinson, 1974; Wilsoi & Williams, 1979; Asmus, 1981). Its prcAtable counterpart in the African continent is offishore Gabon (Femandes, 1966; Reyment & Tait, 1972; Castro Jr., 1987). B: has a sedimentary thickness onshore which generally varies fi:om 1000 to 3000 meters. 3h local areas offshore, the basin may contain 9000m of sediments, with a stratigraphie record canning a time interval from the Carboniferousf?) to Recent (Asmus & Pente, 1973; Ponte et aL, 1980). This sequence is thought to be one of the most complete of the northern South Atlantic basins (cf. Bengtson, 1983), with virtually aH the rift and post-^dft succession represented.

The Sergipe Basin has been extensively drilled since 1963, when the first cdl field was discovered near Carmôpxuis. It was also in Sergipe, in 1968, where the first cdl field was found in the Brazilian continental pilatform, the Guaricema field (Aurich et aL, 1972). The stratigrajAiy, sedimentcOogy and geological history of the basin has been discussed in more detail in the works of Schaller (1970), Ojsda S Bisd (1972), Reyment & Tait (op. cit.), Meister & Aurich (1972), Opda & Fugita (1976), Bandeira Jr. (1978), Ferji (1980), SchaHer et ^ (1980), Bengtson (1983) and Berthou & Bengtson (1988). The middle to Upper Cretaceous lithostratigrajhy and evolutionary phases of the Sergipe Basin are presented in Fig. 1.3.

- 21 - FTCORE 2-4: Geograçiiic distribution of ]iüicstratigraphic units in tiie Sergipe Basin (adapted after Asmus & Ponte, 1973, Fig. 6}

2.2.2 - Geohistory and Lithostratigraphy

Ttìe Mesozcàc succesEdon of tiie Sergipe Basìn is cOosely related to the rifting and drifting fiiases and exe mp1i.fiRs the early geological history of other nortiiem Soutìi Atiantic marginai basins. The basement is characterised by locai structural highs, lows and intermediate areas, these iDeing evidence c£ the strong tecttmc acdLvity that has affected the basìn since its formatim. Normal faults, arranged in preferential trends along zones of weakness in the Precamtrian basement, give rise to a system of horsts and grabens tìiat constitute the more remarkahOe structural character of the basin - see Fig. 2.5.

BasLcaHy, five majx tectOTO-sedimentary phases (adapted after O^a & Fugita, 1976; Pente & Asmus, 1976; Pìgueiredo, 1978; Pente et 1980; Opda, 1982) can be distlngui^ed (Fig. 1.3): intracastonic phase (Permo- Carboniferous); pre-rift phase (late Jurassic (?)/ear1iest Cretaceous; Dom JoKo locai stage); rift phase (Neocomian to early(?) Aptìan; Rio da Serra, Aratu, Buracica, Jiquid and lowermost Alagoas locai stages); {robo-manne evapaàtìc phase (Apdan; Alagoas locai stage), and; marìiie ^lase ^te Aptian to Recenti. These corre^xxid to the general evolution of the Brazilian continent3l margin and have been Identi'fied, in whcle or in part, in aU noirthem South Atlantic basins.

2.2.2.(1) - Intracratonlc Phase

The intacratonic phase is characterized by contdnental lacustrine depcsits that once covered a large area of the Gondwana Continent, from the northeastem Brazilian to the centrai and western AfrLcan basins. During this phase the sediments of the Batinga Formation (C arboniferous?) ; siltstcnes, paraconglomerates, OTtoconglomerates and coarse arenites), of the Aracaré Facmation (Permian; ^lales interbeded with bands of fine sandstone, siltstOTie and ^xaradic limestones, ali associated with flint bands) and their lithostratigraphic African counterparts were deposited over metamorphic rocks of the Precamtrian basement.

- 24 - 2.2.2.(ii) - Pre-Rift Phase

Ehase of crustaL uplift (mtumescence) with continental sédiments (Eluvio-lacustrine dastLcs) being deposited in the perijrfiecal intracratonic basin. During this phase, in late Jurassic-earliest Cretaceous times, the depcsits of the Banandras Facmation (red and green shales) and of the Serrarla Formatíon (thick-bedded to maffiive, coarse-grained, poorly sccbed, white to grey quartziüc sandstones) were extensively accumulated in a continuous "and progressive subsiding system, the Balzo S3o Francisco Group.

2.2.2.(111) - Rift Phase

This is a taphrogenic phase of intense tectonic actLvity with stretxhing of the crust. The tceakup of the continental crust of the Goidwana continent in early Cretaceous times gave rise to the formation of a long central graben and rift-valley Systems, where süiciclastic and carbonate sediments were being deposited in deltaic-lacustrine environments. The Rift Phase is represented by the Barra de ItiiSba, Penedo, Rio Pitanga and Morro do Chaves Formations. The Barra de ^Hi^hñ cOTisists of a thick successim of greenish-grey diales with some intercalatÌOTis of fine- grained sandstones and rare calcareous bands. The Rio Pitanga and Penedo Formations are considered to be lateraRy équivalent, i.e., fades variations (Schauer , 1970; Meister & Aurich, 1972). They are represented, re^ctively, by red to green coarse conglomérâtes and bceccLas mainly consisting of metamorphic rocks (Rio Pitanga FormatiDn), and by poorly sort:ed, greyish white to yellow sandstones (Penedo Formation). The Harro do Chaves Fermation has a restricted occurrence in the Sergipe Basin, wheré it consists cf chalky, coquinoidal or dolomitdc limestones, with intercalations cf sandstones, áiales and marls. The Cogueiro Seco and Ponta Verde Formations are predominantly süiciclastic units regarded as pr(±iatly différent faciès variatÌOTis oE the Mcrro do Chaves Formation (Reyment & Tait, 1972) and only recorded in the northem part of the Sergipe-Alagoas sedLmentary complex, the Alagoas Basin. Fdlowing the déposition in the basin of the Lower Cretaceous sediments occurred a widespread erosijMial event that removed msçJDr parts of the previous stratigraphie record (Opda & Fugita, 1976). This hiatus is known as the pre-Muribeca unconfcrmity.

- 25 - 2.2.2.(ivi - Proto-Marine Evaporitic Phase

The proto-marine evapoitic phase, initiated in early Aptian times, cocre^xxids to a terminal rift cycle with 3ess pronounced tec±omsm. At that time were t3epQsited the oil-productive beds cf the Muriheca FcnuAÌDn, a hypecsaline sedimentary sequence unconfcrraahLy restìng over Qlder Mccro do Chaves strata. It represents the record of the first marine advances that occurred in the northem proto-South Atüantic. The Muriheca Formation is represented in Sergipe by three superimpcsed members: Carmöpcais, Ibura and Oiteirinhos. The Carm^oitis Hember sequence, deposited in a system of infiHed palaeotopographic depressions and delta fans, begins at its base with a coarse conglomerate interbedded with grey and bituminous ^ales that gradually fines upwards, grading into the next unit. The overlying Ibura Member, deposited in a transitional evaparitìc envircnment, is represented by a succession of bituminous shales, scQufcüe salts (halite, tachyhydrite, camaHte and süvinite), dolomitic limestones, dcdomites and anhydrites, readiing a considerable thickness in the basìn (Szatmari et aL, 1979; Opda, 1982). The uppermost Oibeiriidu3S Member consists of intercalations of grey to dark bituminous shales, limestones and siltstones, deposited cn a carbonate and clastic platform system.

2.2.2.(v) - Macine Phase

Fòllowing a short erosìonal period that succeeded the Muribeca Formation, and as the South Atlantic rift progressively expanded, the sea transgressed over the scwthern part of the basìn from late Aptian to Albian times . It reached as far north as the S3o Francisco River región and the southemmost part c£ the Alagoas Basin ö^ear the 'Peritai de Coruripe' graben). At that time deposLÜon c£ the first true marine carbonate sediments (the Riachuelo Focmatior^ occurred, initdating the marine phase. However, in the present cnshore región of the Alagoas Basin, there was, apparently, no further recorded Sedimentation until the la1:e Tertiary (Pliocene ?), although there are some scattered records of aramonite-bearing late Cenomanian beds (Beurlen, 1961; Muniz et 1975; Bengtson & Nordlund, 1987). In the Sergipe Basin, the outcrops of the Riadiuelo Formation extend along a band from It^xranga, south of Aracaja, to the valley of the Poxùn

- 26 - River, north of Pacatiiba, with a width of cÇproxiniateLy 20km. Ihe formation has an average thickness of 500m, but locaHy attains a maximum of 1700m. Four members can be distinguished (Figs 1.3, 2.4). The Angico Hember occurs mainly near the base oE the sequence, overlying the Muribeca Formation, cQose to the western interic»: margin of the basin, where it represents a synbectonic facies, It consists of conglomeratic to very fine-grained sandstones, interbedded with sütstones, aiales and rare thin beds of limestones with bivalve Shells (Chapter 8, Photos 8.4-6. Towards the east the Angico Member grades ' into • the sediments of the TEiguan. Hember (Photo 8.7). The latter consists of altemating depcsits of shales, sütstones and, occasimally, thin beds of greyish limestOTies, which cppear to have accumulated in a slightly deeper water environment. The overlying ManiiiD Hember is mainly represented by ooli ti c/oncolitic and hioclastic limestcnes, and some red algal, patch reef structures (weU preserved in oubcrops - see Photo 8.11), with a few intercalations of süicicilastic material (Photos 8.8-9). It reaches a maximum thickness of 600m towards the east. The lithological characteristics of the Maruira Member indicate an envircnmental change from the relatively deep and quiet waters cf the Taquari depcsiis to a ^lallower and more turbulent, higher-energy facies. The saccharcddal dolomites of the AguÜbada Hember (Kioto 8.10) commonly occur with some intercalaticHis of fine to conglomeratic sandstones, shales and ^xxadic non-dolomitázed limestOTies. It represents a dolomitic fades of the Maruim Member, Overlying the Riachuelo Formation is the Cotinguiba Fcrmatian (Cenomanian to lower Coniadan), previously kown as the Sapucari- Lararrpiras Formation. It outcrops in Sergipe along a band of 5 to 10km Wide, from Üie Real River, in the south, area of the Estancia Platform (where it is known to lie directly over the Precamboan basement - Bengtson, 1983), to J^aratuba, in the north. The Cotinguiba Formation represents a time of sedimentation/subsidence balance on a tectonically stable platform wüh áreas of low terrigenous influx, where thick séquences of calcareous mudstaies are to be found (cf. Bengtson, op. dt.; Berthou & Bengtscxi, 1988). Two lithological units are identáfied: the Sapucari and Aracajj Members. The SapicacL Memhpr is composed of a very thick succession of calcareous mudstones (maximum thickness around lOOOm) with occasionai

- 27 - thin peli tic levéis of marls ce shales and some conglomeratic sandstones near the base (Photos 8.12, 8.15-26). "Hie Aracatji Member is a pelagic facies with an average thickness of lOOm (maximum around 300m in the subsurface) and consists of ^ales interbedded with tìiin calcareous mudstones and raarls. Tt occurs predominantly in the sufcsurface sectdons (only ane exposure has been studied in Sergipe; località A-9, see Chapter 8, Photos 8.13-14). _ . - - — Unconformably restìng over the previous unit and dosing the carbonate-dominated deposicic»ial cycüe are the süiciclastic depcsits of the Piacabucu Formatdon (upper ConiacLan/Santonian to Miocene/ Pliocene? - Asmus, 1981; Opda & Fugita, 1976) - (Photo 8.27). This event marks the reacüvatdOT of the source area with streng terrigenous input leading to a change in the sedimentary regime, from a carbonate-dominated {Cotinguiba Formation) to a süiciclastic deposüdónal cycle. Two lithostratigraphic units are described: the Calumbi and Marituba Members. The Calumbi Member occurs stratigraphically below and basinward of the Hosqueiro carbonate system, in the south, and represents deposüdon in middle/outer shelf and contdnental slope environments. It consists of a thick sequence of dark grey shales (maximura thickness around 3000m) with minor amounts of fine and coarse grained sandstones deposited as turbòjditdc submarine fans pisher et 1973). The shaHower coeval depcsits were probably eroded as a result of the progressive eastward tilting of the basin and consequent uplift of most of the present cnshore area (ppda & Fugita, 1976). Ihe Narituba Hemb^ is chiefly comp>osed of sandstones and calcarenites commonly occurring in the north, offshore the mouth of the Sao Francisco River. It comprases a mapr fan delta system that prograded over a narrow äielf cxi which were developed the Mosqueiro carbonates. These sediments were not studied during this research. Düring the Pliocene the Barrearas Fcrmatim was deposited, consistdng of fine to coarse grained continental clastios with a maximum thickness around 300m. Its deposLts occur in a widespread area, passing over the borders of the basin and focming cÜfEs along the present coast. The Quatemary sediments consist mostly of contdnental aHuvium and sands being extensively depcstted along the Valleys of the great rivers and along the piresent-day äioreline.

- 28 - CHAPTER 3

SYSTEMATIC PALAEONTOLOGY

- 29 - 3.1 - FORAHINIPBSA

A systematic cecord is given of the planktonic and benthcnic foramlnifera whicài have been recovered during this study frora the upper Aptian to MaastcLchtian succession of Sergipe. Each species is iHustrated by scanning électrcMi photoraicxographs using ^)ecimens selected from tiie curated type coUectim. The taxa are arranged at supragenerLc level chiefLy according to the classifications of Haynes (1981) and Loeblich & Tappan (1988). The generic définitions used are mostly according to the diagnoses of Loeblich & Tappan (1988), for the benthonic fccaminifera, and Masters (1977), Robaszynski & Carcn (1979), Rc^aszynski et aL (1984) and Caron (1985), for the planktonic ^)ecies, except where stated-otherwise.

Enfries for each qpecies are tnef giving only the author, date, pílate and figure numbers. Each référence is restricted to the first original descripticffi of the ^des, subséquent generic narae changes and to aU relevant références used in this study. AU are Usted according to their year of publication. Since most of the species iHustrated in this work have been described in detau in easily accessible literature, only tcief taxonomic remarks are made within the text about pertinent, distinctive and diagnostic morphcuogical features where these are necessary. More extensive taxonomic entrries aind remarks are given where criginal descriptions have béera emended, redefined and/or modified in any manner. The recorded hLochrcKiostratdgraphic range, sites of occurrence and palaeo-environments (fa: the benthonic microfauna) are also repccted. Several gaps were observed in the táostratigr^hic record of long ranging benthonic sped^ {e.g., Superfamily Astrcrhizacea), in these cases reflectdng exclusion due to majx changes in palaeo-envirc»imental conditicsTs.

Phylum PROTOZOA Sub^ylum SARCODINA riatgî RmZOPODBA Subclass GRANDLORETCCDLOSIA Order FORAHINIFERIDA

- 30 - Suborder TEXTDLARIINA Delage & Hérouard, 1396

Superfamily ASTRORHIZACEA.

Brady, 1881

- Remarks on tbe tazonomy o£ the primitive types of agglutinated foramlnifera -

T5ie genera Batliysi{^cgi, Dendrophrya, Hyperammina {Siçserfamily Hippocrepinacea), Rhabdammina and Rhizammina are ref érable to a morphogroup of long^ranging primitive elongate agglutinated fccaminifera whœe test is wholly oc in part arenaceous, composed of single-chambered tubes, straight oc tcanched, and regular cr irregular in size and arrangement. In tiïe northem hemiîiere tliey are mostly known ârora the Eurcân flysch faciès (Bavaria, southem Germany: PElaumann, 1967; GumigeVSchlieren, Switzerland: Butt, 1980, Winkler & Van Stuênberg, 1982, Winkler, 1984; Solignano and Monte Cassio, northem Italian Apennines: Morloti, 1988; Moravia, Czechoslovakia: HanzUková, 1966, 1969; Nauss, 1947; Suh^xitina, 1950; Rumania: Neagu, 1970; Carpathian flysch, Poland: Ksiazkiewicz, 1975, Morgiel & Olszewska, 1981). As regards tiie taxonomy of these spécimens, the views oE Bartenstein (1974, p. 684) are fcûlowed herein: "différences in test size ^malU intermedíate, gianQ; in wall material ^mooth, coarse, fine grained, coarser grained); a: in ccûour (white, reddish-brown, ca: differently colored), do not jjsti^ tiie érection of new species or even genera". Furthermore, because c£ the fragmentatdcBi cf tests and common post-depositional defcrmation, no décision could be made en spécifie attributicn of several morphotypes. Such forms were lumped in single ^)ecies-groups, each regarded with bcoad morfhological variabality.

Family BATHTSXFHONIDAE Avnimelech, 1881

Genus BATHYSCPHON M. Sars, 1872 Type ^)ecdes: Bathysjghm fnifnrmis M. Sars, 1872

- 31 - Bdthyaifhon ex gc vìtta Nauss (EL 1, Figs 1-3)

Bathysiiôn vitta Nauss, 1947, p. 334, pL 48, fig. 4. Bathysiôn vitta Nauss. TTUÌLDD, 1960, p.302-303, pL43, fig.2a-b. Bathysipôn trosgei T^pan. Sliter, 1968, p. 39-40, pL. 1, fig. 1. BathysipAion vitba Nauss. SUter, 1968, p. 40-41, pL 1, fig. 3. BathysiphOTì ap., Bartenstein, 1974, p. 684-685, pL 1, Sgs 1-4. Bathysifdicyi brosgei T^p^ Haig, 1980, p. 91, pL 1, figs 1-2, pL 9, fig. 1. BathysiÔTi vitta Nauss. Haig, 1980, p. 91-92, pL. 1, fig. 3, pL 9, fig. 2. Bathysj^gi micrcarhaphidus SamueL Kaminski, Gradstein, Berggren, Geroch & Beckmann, 1988 p. 182, pL 1, figs la-b. Bathysiphon sp., Kaminski, Gradstein, Berggren, Geroch & Beckmann, 1988 p. 182, pL. 1, figs 2-3.

Remarks: Mccphotypes assigned to tìiis qiecies-group occur as cnly fcagmental unLlocular chambers of a strai^t, ce sli^tly curved, unbranched elongate tubular diape, open at both ends (fragments varying from c 760/ira to 1900)am in maximum length); waH structure ttiick and fine-grained; cement of crganic cind/or sUiceous odgin; test surface typicaUy smooth, homogeneous, sometimes showing annoiar constrictions at irregular intervals; test usuaUy compressed by po^-mortem compaction. Range: late Aptian to Albian, late Ccttiiadan to Maasteichtìan. Occurrence: weUs 1-AU-l-SE, IrCA-l-SE, 1-CN-l-SE, 1-US-l-SE, 1- SES-IA, l-SES-3, l-SES-9, l-SES-24. Palaeo-environments: deep neritic to upper bathyal Qats Aptian to late Albian tdotopes); middle to lower fcathyal (late Ccxiiacian to Màastrichtdan bLotopes).

Family RHABDAM MINIDAE Brady, 1384 SubfamHy RHABDAMHININAE Brady, 1884

Genus RHABDAHHINA M. Sars, 1869 Type species; Rhabdammina abyssorum M. Sars, in Carpenter, 1869

- 32 - Rhahrtamiirina ex gr- disotta Bra^ (PL 1, Figs 4-5)

Rhabdammina discreta Brady, 1881, p. 48, pL 22, figs 7-10. Rhabdammina discreta Brady. Cushman, 1946, p. 14, pL 1, figs 1-2. Rhabdammina sp., Hoaing, 1988, p. 135, pL 1, figs 1-2. Rhabdammjjia ex gr. discreta Brady. Kaminski, Gradstein, Berggren, Geroch & Beckmann, 1988 p. 183, pL 1, figs 8-9. Rhabdammina sp. äff. abyssorum Sars. MouUade, Kuhnt S Thurow, 1988, pL 1, fig. 1.

Remarks: Rhabdammina ex gr. discreta morphotypes are represented by Ehca±, rarely branched {PL 1, Fig. 4) or single fragments of straight cylindrical tubes {c 1010-1640^ in maximum length), of nearly ccMistant diameter, mostly without annular constrictions, cpen at both ends; thick- walled and coarsely aggUitinated; rough test surface, with little cement, of crganic and/or sUiceous csdgin; test usually cdrcular in cross section, but may be compressed by post-mortem compaction. Range: late Campanian. Occurrence: l-SES-9. Palaeo-envircnments: middle to lower bathyal.

Genus RHIZAHHIHA Brady, 1879

Type specdes: Rhizammina algaefcrmis Brady, 1879

Rhizammina ex gr. indivisa Brady {PL 1, Figs 6-8)

Rhizammina indivisa Brady, 1884, p. 277, pL 29, figs 5-7. Rhizammina indivisa Brady. SUter, 1980, p. 368, pL 1, fig. 1. Rhizammina indyvisa Brady. Morgiel & Olszewäca, 1981, p. 7, pL 1, fig. 2. Rhizammina indivisa Brady. Kaminski, Gradstein, Berggren, Geroch & Beckmann, 1988 p. 183, pL 1, figs 10-13.

- 33 - Remarks: Rhizammina ex gr. indivisa morphotypes are charac±erised by narrow, etongate and cyündnical test fragments (varying from c 580;im to 1400(wn in maximum length), commonly flat±ened and distorted; tiiin-waUed and flexible test, with little cement, oE organio and/or sHiceous angin; coarsely agglutinated. Fragments of Rhizammina are distingui^ed from those of Hyperammina gaultdna ten Dam by tiieir coarser agglutinated and slender test, commonly distorted, wiüi less cement and a rou^er surface (cf. Sliter, 1980, p. 368). Range: Campanian to Maastrichtian. Occurrence: wells 1-SES-lA, l-SES-3, l-SES-9, l-SES-24. Palaeo-enviraiments: middle to lower bathyaL

SubfamiLy DENDROPHRYINAE HaeckeL 1894

Genus DENDROPHRYA T.S. Wright, 1861

Type species: Dendropfarya erecta T.S. Wright, 1861

Daadrqghrya ex gc. exoetea Grzybowski (EL 1, Figs 9-10)

Dendrc^hya excelsa Grzybowski, 1898, p. 272, pL 10, figs 1-4. Dendroghrya excelsa Grzybowski. Hanzllkovà, 1972, p. 32, pL 2, fig. 6. Hyperammina gaultina ten Dam. Bartenstein, 1974, p. 685, pL 2, fig. 4 (?). Kalamopsis grzybowskii (Dylazanka). Bartenstein, 1974, p.685, piL 1, flg. 34, pL 2, fig. 35. Dendroghrya excelsa Grzytx>wäd. Mcargiel & • Olszewska, 1981, p. 7, pL 1, figs 5-6. Dendroghrya ex gr. excelsa GrzybowskL Kaminski, Gradstein, Berggren, Geroch & Beckmann, 1988, p. 182, pL 1, figs 4-5. Dendrot^irya latdssima GrzybowskL Kaminski, Gradstein, Berggren, Geroch & Beckmann, 1988 p. 182, piL 1, fig. 6. Dendrophrya sp., Höfling, 1988, p. 135-136, piL 1, figs 11-12.

Remarks: Dendrophrya ex gr. excelsa morphotypes are characterised by large-sized, elongate, tubular test fragments (c. 2220-2230jim in maximum - 34 - length); wide tube, usually compressed, with a longitudinal groove; Sne- grainad agglutinated waH; smooth, even surface; non-constricted and paraHel-^ided chamber. No branched spedraens have been found. Range: Maastriditian. Occurrence: well 1-SES-lA. Palaeo-envircmments: middle to lower bathyáL

Family PSAMMOSPHAERIDAE Haeckel, 1894

SubfamiLy PSAMMOSPHAERINAE Haeckel, 1894

Genus PSAHHOSFHAERA Sdiulze, 1875 Type species: Psammosphaera fusca Sdiulze, 1875

Rsammoephaera scn^osa ^erthelin) (EL 1, Figs 11-13)

H^flophragmium scruposum BertheHn, 1880, p. 21, pL 1, fig. 1. Psammoâera laevigata White, 1928 a, p. 183-184, pL 27, fig. la-b. Psammosghaera laevigata White. HanzUkovA, 1972, p. 33, piL 1, figs 7-8. feammoÂiaera scruposa êrtiielin). HanzUková, 1973, p.136, pL 1, fig.4a-b. feammosâera scruposa pertheUn). Kaminski, Gradstein, Berggren, Geroch & Beckmann, 1988, p. 182, piL 2, fig. 5.

Remarks: P. scruposa comprises ^)ecimens with a large sgherical test (c. 1470-1530|Am in maximum diameter), commonly compressed by post mortem compaction; non-septate; wall tíiick and rather coarsely agglutinated. Ttie morphotypes differ from Saccammina sghaerica Sars in having a larger test with agglutinated grains that are finer and more urafcarm. Range: late Ccmiacian to Haastrichtian Occurrence: wells 1-CA-l-SE, 1-SES-lA, l-SES-9, l-SES-24. Palaeo-envircaiments: upper to lower bathyaL

FamÜy SACCAHHNIDAE Brady, 1884 Subfamily SACCAHHININAE arady, 1884 Genus S&CCÄMIONÄ Carpenter, 1869 Type ^)ecies: Saccammina ^aerica Brac^, 1871

*;afx?ain urina T'H^CT-ir-a Sars (EL 1, Fig. 14)

Saccammina ^¿laerica Sars, 1872, p, 250. Saccammina compLanata (Franke), saiter, 1968, p. 42, pL 1, fig. 7. Saccammina pflacenta (Grzybowski). Hanzllkovà, 1972, p. 33, jìL 1, fig. 9. Saccammina complanaba (Franke). Krasheninnikov, 1974, p. 644, pL 7, figs lOa-b. Saccammina sphaerica Sars. MouEade, Kuhnt & Thurow, 1988, piL 2, fig. 12.

Remarks; S. ^Aiaerica is characterised by having a large ^Äierical test (c. 840-850^ra in maxijnum diameter), commonly compressed by post-mortem compactioi; small, rounded, terminal ^jorture, often obscured [which makes it difFicult to be distinguished from specimens of Psam mosphaera sccuposa (Bertìielin)]; tìiick-walled and coarsely agglutinated, with a rough test surface. Range: late Campanian to Maastrichtian. Occurrence: wélls l-SES-3. Paiaeo-envircnments: upper to middle bathyaL

SubfamiLy mJIUNINAE Brady, 1884

Genus RILDUNA Carpenter, 1870 Type Speeles: Pilulina :^grey5Ü Carpenter, 1875

Bilulina sp. A (EL 1, Figs 15-16)

Remarks: Specimens of Pilulina ap. A have a large single-chambered nericai test (e. 1020-1240^ in maximum diameter), usually compressed by compaction; long ovai, sLit-like, terminal aperture; rather fine-grained agglutinated walL It is similar to Saccammina from which it diffecs in possessìng an elongate sLLt-like aperture. The ^cdes has affinities with Püulina antiqua described by Krasheninnikov (1974) from the Upper Cretaceous of the NE part cf the Lidian Ocean, but differs in its much

- 36 - largar size, depresseti terminal aperture and coarser-grained agglutinated walL Range: late Campanian. Occurrence: wéU l-SES-9 (rare occurrence). Palaeo-environments: middle to lower bathyaL

Superfamüy HITOOCREEDIACEA Rhumbler, 1895

Family HIFPOCREPINIDAE Rhumbler, 1895

Genus HYPERAHIONA Brady, 1878 Type ^iecies: Hyperammina élongata Brady, 1878

Hypecammiiia ex gr. gaiiltina ten Dam (RL 1, Figs 17-20)

Hyperammina gaultina ten Dam, 1950, p. 5, pL 1, fig. 8. Hyperammina gaultina ten Dam. Bartenstein, 1974, p. 685, pL 1, figs 5-30, 35-36, piL 2, figs 1-4. Hyperammina sp. 1, Bartenstein, 1974, p. 685, pL 2, figs 5-14. Hyperammina ex gr. subnodosiformis GrzybawskL Kaminski, Gradstein, Berggren, Geroch & Beckmann, 1988, p. 184, pL 1, figs 16-17.

Remarks: Hyperammina ex gr. gaultina specimens are distingui^ed by their simple, elongate tubular test fragments (varying from c. 660^m to 1350^m in maximum length), usually compressed, with an irregular growth; slender ex large long tests, of Constant diameter but tapering sUghfly at one end; annular constrictioTs at irregular intervals may be present; Einély agglutinated wall, with abundant cement oE arganic and/or sÜiceous origin; smooth test surface. Hyperammina ex gr. ganH-jn;:; and BathysiphCTi ex gr. vitta Nauss morphotypes are closely related, based only cn simfüe morphological characteristìcs, and it is not always possible to differentìate one from the other. Range: late Aptian to middle-late Albian, Maastrichtian. . Occurrence: 1-US-l-SE, 1-CN-l-SE, 1-SES-lA, l-SES-9. Palaeo-environments: deep neritic to upper bathyal (Late Aptian to middle-late Albian bìotopes), middle to lower bathyal (Maastrichtian).

-37- Si^rfamily AHHOniBCACEA Reuss, 1862

Family AHHOCOSCIDAE Reuss, 1862

SuhEamily AHMODECINAE Reuss, 1862

Genus AMMODOSCaS Reuss, 1862

Type q)ecdje^ Ammodiscus inHinnn L. G. Bcmeraann, 1874

Remarks: Ih the studied sampQes specimens belonging to tìiis genus commonly áiow post-mortem deformation.

Ammodìscas CTetaoeus (Reuss) (PL 1, Fig. 21)

OpercuUna cretacea Reu^, 1845, p. 35, pL 13, figs 64-65. Ammodiscus cretaceus (Reus). Cudnman, 1946, p. 17, piL 1, fig. 35. Ammodiscus cretaceus (Reuss). T^pan, 1962, pi.130, piL30, figs 1-2. Ammodiscus cretaceus (Reuss). Sliter, 1968, p. 42, piL 1, fig, 8. Ammodiscus cretaceus (Reuss). HanzUková, 1972, p. 34, piL 3, figs 1, 9. Ammodiscus cretaceus (Reuss). Kaminski, Gradstein, Berggren, Geroch & Beckmann, 1988, p. 184, piL 3, fig,7, Ammodiscus glafcratus Cu^man & Jarvds. Kaminski, Gradstein, Berggren, Geroch & Beckmann, 1988, p. 184, pO. 3, ñg. 8a-b. Ammodiscus cretaceus (Reuss). MouUade, Kuhnt & Thurow, 1988, pÌL 1, fig.7.

Remarks: This ^)ecies is distinguished by having a large discoidal test (c. 800^m in maximum diameter); biconcave; an undivided, planispiraL wide tubular chamber, partially overlapping preceeding whixls; finely agglutinated wallf surface smooth. Range: late Ccniacian to Maastrichtian. Occurrence: weUs 1-SES-lA, l-SES-3, l-SES-24. Palaeo-envirOTraents: middle to lower bathyaL

- 38 - AmmodiscuB glafcratus Cushman & Jarvis (H. 1, Fig. 22)

Ammodiscus glatratus Cushman & Jarvis, 1928, p. 86, pL, 12, flg. 6. Ammodiscus giahratus Cushman S Jarvis. Hanzllkovà, 1972, p. 35, pL 3, Sg. 7. Ammodiscus cretaceus (Reuss). Scheihnerovà, 1976, pL2, figs 3-4.

Remarks: A. glatratus is characterised by its small discoixial test (e. 230-240ftra in maximum diameter), biconcave, involute; wall very finely agglutinated, with cement of crganic and/or siliceous cañgin; homogeneous and smooth test surface. Tiiis species differs from A. cretaceus (Reuss) by its smallar size and more compressed test, usually more involute. Range: late Campanian to Maastrichtian. Occurrence: locality A-18, wéUs 1-SES-lA, l-SES-24. Palaeo-envircnments: middle to lower bathyaL

Ammodiscus inoeitus (d'Orblgny) (PL 1, Fig. 23)

Operculina incerta d'Orblgny, 1839, p. 49, pL 6, figs 16, 17. Ammodiscus incertus (d'Orblgny). Bartenstein, 1974, p. 687, pU 3, figs 14-17. Ammodiscus rotalarius Loeblich & T^pan, 1949, p. 247, pL 46, fig. 1. Ammodiscus rotalarius Loeblich & T^pan. Haig, 1980, p. 96-97, pL 2, figs 3-4, pL 9, fig. 5.

Remarks: A. incertus is distinguished by its small, compressed, discoidal test (c. 320^m in maximum diameter), involute, with radiate constrictions. The ^cámens differ Erora GlomospireUa gaultina (Berthelin) in having a more regular, planispiral coiling throu^out. Range: late Aptian to middle-late Albian. Occurrence: weUs 1-ÜS-1-SE, l-SES-9. Palaeo-environments: deep neritic to upper bathyaL

- 39 - AmmodiBcas pdanus Loeblich (EL 1, Fig. 24)

Ammodiscus planus Loeblich, 1946, p. 133, pL 22, fig. 2. Ammodiscus planus Loeblirdi. Kaminski, Gcat3stein, Berggren, Geroch & Beckmann, 1988, p. 185, pL 3, fig. 13.

Remarks: A. piani IR is distinguished by having a small, very ttun-waUed, compressed, discoidal te^ (c. 220-300^m in maximum diameter); finely agglutinated, with cement, of crganic and/or sÜLceous origiiv smooth test surface. It differs frora A. glatratus Cushman & Jarvis by its more compressed and regular test. Range: late Maastrichtian. Occurrence: weUs l-SES-9, l-SES-24 (rare occurrence). Palaeo-envircHiments: middle to lower bathyaL

Ammodiscus tiPTiníggiTnus (GuembelJ (EL 1, Fig. 25)

Spirillina tenulssima Guembel, 1862, p. 214, pL 13, fig. 2. Ammodiscus tenuissimus (Guembel). Bartenstein, 1974, p. 687, pL 3, figs 7- 13.

Remarks: Specimens of A. tenuissimus are characterised by their slender, very compressed, discoidal test (c. 450^m in maximura diameter), involute. Range: late Aptian. Occurrence: wéU. 1-US-l-SE fcare occurrence). Palaeo-envirOTiments: deep neritic to upper bathyaL

SubfamUy AHHOVERTEUJKINAE Saidova, 1981

Genus AHHOVERTELLINA Suleymanov, 1959 Type ^lecies: Ammovertellina prima Suleymanov, 1959

- 40 - AminogerteDnia A (PL 1, Figs 26-27)

Remarks: A single speàraen referable to Ammovert)='nina sp. A was recovered from the lower to middle Campanian. It is characterised by having a tubular chamber with an early stage plani^irally enrciUed in an evolute pattern, as in Ammodiscus Heuss, later uncoìling with irregular growth (c. 640^m in maximum length); wall somewhat finely agglutinated, comparessed by compactám. The early streptospiral stage, as in the descriptim of the genus (cf. Loeblich & Tappan, 1988, p. 50), is not observed in this single qjecimen. This feature may actually be absent or rather masked by post-deposüdonal deformation. Range: late Campanian. Occurrence: wéD. 1-SES-lA tare occurrence). Palaeo-envircaiments: i5)per to middle bathyaL

Genus GLOHOSFIRA Rzehak, 1885

Type ^cdes: Trochammina squamata Jones & Parker

var. gordialis Jones & Parker, 1860

Caomcepira charoddes (Jones & Parker) (PL 1, Figs 28-30)

Trochammina squamata var. charcddes Jones & Parker, 1860, p.304. Qomospira charcddes (Icnes & Parker) var. corona Cushman & Jarvis, 1928, p. 89, pL 12, figs 9-11. Glomo^ira charoides 0cxies & Parker). Hanzllkovà, 1966, p. 101, pL 1, fig. 6. Glomospira charoides (Tenes & Parker). Bartenstein, 1974, p. 686, pL 2, figs 45-50. Glomospira charoides pones & Parker). Kaminski, Gradstein, Berggren, Geroch & Beckmann, 1988, p. 185, piL 3, figs 14-15. Glomorirà charoides pones & Parker). MouUade, Kuhnt & Thurow, 1988, pL 1, fig. 6.

- 41 - Remarks G. charcEÌdes is diarac±erised by a fairly regular cylindrical test (varying from c. 250/240jum to 600/400/am in maximum diaraeter/height ratio), witìi almost paraUel lateral sides; a tìiin tube in a near trocho^iral cedi in horizcxital planes; the last txie or two whorls irregularly coiled; finely-grained agglutinated wall, with cement of orgarac amVor sìliceous origin; smooth and homogeneous test surface. Range: late Coniacian to Maastriditian. Occurrence: wèlls 1-SES-lA, l-SES-3, l-SES-9, l-SES-24. Palaeo-enviroiraents: middle to lower bathyaL

CJomoepna gcxdìalìa pcnes & Parker) (PL 1, Fig. 31)

Itochammina squamata Jones & Parker var. gordialis Jones & Parker, 1860, p. 304- Glomospira gorrtiaiis Jcnes & Parker. Bartenstein, 1974, p. 686, pL 2, figs 51-53 (not fig. 54 and pL 3, figs 1-3. Glomospira gordialis Pcnes & Parker). Kaminski, Gradstein, Berggren, Geroch & Beckmann, 1988, p. 185, pL 3, fig. 17. GLamospìra geriti ali h Jones & Parker. MouUade, Kuhnt & Thurow, 1988, pL 1, fig. 4.

Remarks: G. geriti ^1''^ is characterised by having a moderately large, subglobular test with an irregularly coiled tube (c. 410/200/im in maximum diameter/height ratio); finely agglutinated waH, with cement of organic and/or sdliceous origin; smooth and even test surface. Range: late Campanian to Maastrichtian. Occurrence: wèEs l-a:S-lA, l-SES-24 (rare ocurrence). Palaeo-environments: middle to lower bathyaL

Genus QX)HOSFIREUA Plummer, 1945 Type species: Glomo^àra umhilicata Cudiraan & Waters, 1927

- 42 - GaomogáraPa gauMiia (Berth&lii^ (EL 1, Figs 32-35)

Ammodiscus gaultinus BertheUni, 1880, p. 19, pL 1, fig. 3a-^ Glomospira gordialis Penes & Parker) var. rtiffundens Cu^man & Renz, 1946, p, 15, pL 1, fig. 30. Glomospira gordialis Jones & Parker. Bartenstein, 1974, p. 686, pL 2, fig. 54, pL 3, figs 1-3. Glomo^àra sp„ Bartenstein, 1974, p. 687, pL. 3, fig. 4. GLomo^òrglIa gaultina PertheÜn). Krasheninnikov, 1974, p. 643, pL 7, figs 6-7. Glomospirella gaiütina (Berthelin). Magniez-Jannin, 1975, p. 26-27, pL 1, figs 2-4. Glomo^áreUa gaulüna perthelin). Haig, 1980, p. 97-99, pL 2, figs 5-7, pO- 9, fig. 4. Glomospirella gaultina (Bertìielin). Sliter, 1980, p. 368, piL 1, figs 11-13{?). Glomospirella gaultina perthelin). Crittenden, 1983a, p. 17, pL 1, figs 8-9. Glomo^àra diffundens (Cushman & Renz). Kaminski, Gradstein, Berggren, Geroch & Beckmann, 1988, p. 185, pL 3, figs 18-19. Glomo^àrella gaultina (Berthelin). MouUade, Kuhnt & Thurow, 1988, pL 1, fig. 5.

Remarks: This species is characterised by having a compressed discoidal test (varying from c. 310-320/im in maximum diameter, in the lower Albian, to c 720-730jttm, in the i^jper Campanian-lower Maastrichtian); thin tubular chamber arranged in an initial strepto^iral coil, later becoming pQani^irally coüed, overlapping previous whorls; wall very finely agglutinated, with carganic and/or siliceous cement; smooth test surface. Range: Altdan, late Campanian to early Maastrichtian. Occurrence: weDs 1-US-l-SE, 1-SES-lA, l-SES-9, l-SES-24. Palaeo-environments: deep neritic to upper bathyal (Alhian bLotopes), middle to lower bathyal (Campanian-Maastrichtian biotopes).

Superfamily RZEHAKDÍACEA Cuáiman, 1933

- 43 - Family RZEHAKINIDAE Cushman, 1933

Genus RZEQAKINA Cushman, 1927 Type ^>ecies: SJUcdna epigona Rzehak, 1895

Rzdiakina epigona (Rzehak) CPL 2, Fig. 1)

Silicina epigona Rzehak, 1895, p. 214, pL 6, fig. 1. Rzehakina epigona (Rzehak). Cudiman, 1927a, p. 115, pL 23, fig. 4. Rz^ìakina epigona (Rzehak). Sliter, 1968, p. 43, pL 1, fig. 18. Rzehakina epigona (Rzmhak). Hanzllkovà, 1972, p. 38, pL 4, figs 1-4. Rz^akina epigona (Rz^ak). Kaminski, Gradstein, Berggren, Geroch & Beckmann, 1988, p. 186, pL 7, figs 6-7.

Remarks: Rzeh. epigona is characterised by an ovai to nearly sfAierical (subcircular) test, fusiform shaped (c. 750/600/im in maxiumum length/width ratio); compreffied, with centrai depression; periphery subacute; two chambers per whorl, planiqjiral, involute; waH finely agglutinated. with cement of organic and/or sfliceous origin. Range: late C caria dan to Maastrichtian. Occurrence: weUs 1-SES-lA, l-SES-9, l-SES-24. Palaeo-envircximents: i^sper to lower bathyaL

Rzdialdna fì*™^na^ (Grzybowski) (EL 2, Figs 2-4)

Spirdloculina fissistomata Grzybowski, 1901, p.261,pL7, figs 22-24. Rzehakina fissistomata (Grzybowski). Hanzllkovà, 1972, p. 39, pL 4, figs 6- 10. Rzehakina fisFìistomata (Grzybowski). Morgiel & Olszewska, 1981, p.9, pL 2, fig. 12.

- 44 - Remarks Ttiìs qiecifis is distinguished by having a flat±ened elUptical test (varying from c. 480/340/im to 520/38C|^m in maximura length/width ratio) , almost plani^aral, depressed on both sides; slightly evolute; several coüs, oE 2 tubular chambers per whorl, partially overlapping previous anss; finely agglutinated waU, with cement of carganic aniVor siUceous cògin. differs frora Spirdlocammina sp. A in having an aUiptical test with a more symmetrical planispiral coil pattern. Range: late Campanian to Maastrichtian. Occurrence: weUs 1-SES-lA, l-SES-24. Palaeo-envircaiments: ipper to lower bathyaL

Genus SIUCOSEGHOILINA Cushman S Church, 1929

Type species Silicosigmoilina c^iifamica Cu^man & Church, 1929

?ìiHnnFgqmagìna ccdàfacnìca Cu^raan & Church (RL 2, Figs 5-6)

Siligosigmoiltna c?ì1ifomica Cushman & Church, 1929, p. 502, pL 36, figs 10- 12. Silicosigraoilina califccnica Cuáiman & Church. SUter, 1968, p. 43, pL 1, figs 13-15. • SilicosigraoiLina futabaensis Asano. Beckmann, 1978, p. 769, pL 1, fig. 2.

Remarks The ^Jecdes is distinguished by its ovai, compressed test (c. 610/270^ra in maximum length/width ratio), with sigmoidal chambers; waU finely agglutinated, with carganic and/or sfliceous cement; smooth surface. Range; late Campanian to early Maastrichtian. Occurrence: well l-SES-24 (rare occurrence). Palaeo-envircHiments: middle to lower bathyaL

Genus SHROLOCAMKINA Earland, 1934

Type spedes; Spirolocammina tenuis Earland, 1934

- 45 - (HL 2, Figs 7-8}

Remarks: Spirolocammina sp. A is characterised by an elongate and flattened test (varying from c 540/240/im to 590/280;im in maximum length/width ratio), sigmoid in outline; coiling nearly plani^iral* two tub liar chambers per whorl, with a sli^t sigmoid curve in the long axis; wall thin, very finely aggultìnated; smooth test surface. Range: late Campanian. Occurrence: weE l-SES-9 &:are occurrence). Palaeo-environments: upper to middle bathyaL

SuperfamUy HORMOSINACEA Haeckel, 1894

Family ASCHEMOCEIUDAE Vyalov, 1965

Genus RALAMOFSIS de FcOin, 1883 Type ^)ecies: Kalamopsis v^^iHant-i de Fcfllin, 1883

Kalamopas grzyfaowsfcii (Dylazanka) (EL 2, Figs 9-10)

Hyperammina grzybow^di Dylazanka, 1923, p. 65-66 (nomen nudum). Kalamopsis grzybowskii (Dylazanka). Hazllkovà, 1972, p. 36, pL 2, fig. 8, Hyperammina gaultina ten Dam. Bartenstein, 1974, p. 685, pL 1, Hgs 9- 10, 35-36, pL 2, fig. 4. Kalamopsis grzyfaow^di (Dylazanka}. Bartenstein, 1974, p.685, cd. 1, figs 31- 34, pL 2, figs 27-35. Kalamopsis gczybow^di (Dylazanka). Kaminski* Gradstein, Berggren, Geroch & Beckmann, 1988, p. 187, pL 1, figs 18-20.

Remarks: K. grzybowskii morE^iotypes are characterised by large, sLngle-charabered, flattened, elongate fragments (c. 1510-1520^m in

- 46 - maximum length), usuaEy displaying constrictk»is at one end; very finely aggUitinated walL with abundant ceraent, c€ organic and/or süiceous origiii; smooth and even tast surface. Range: late Caiiadan tx> early-labe Santmian. Occurrence: weU l-EES-24 frare occurrence). Palaeo-envircaiinents: middLe to lower batiiyaL

Family HORMOSDODAE HaeckeL 1894

Subfamily HORHOSDONAE HaeckeL 1894

Genus HORHOSDüA Bcady, 1879 Type ^)ecdfis: Hocmosina globiiifera Brady, 1879

Hcrmoana ex gr. ginhitifara Brady (PL 2, Figs 11-13)

Hormosina globiiifera Brady, 1879, p. 60, pL 4, figs 4-5. Hormosina globilifera Brady var. ta±Tita1:ensis Cushman & Renz, 1946, p. 14, pL 1, figs 15-19. Rec^ax globosus SÜter, 1968, p. 43, pL. 1, fig- 12. Reoghax trinitatensis (Cushman & Renz). HanzHkovä, 1972, p. 37, pL 3, fig. 10. Hormosina trinitatensis Cushman & Renz. Kaminski, Gradstein, Berggren, Geroch & Beckmann, 1988, p. 187, pL 3, fig. 1. Reoghax globosus Sliter. Kaminski, Gradstein, Berggren, Geroch & Beckmann, 1988, p. 187, pU 3, fig. 4.

Remarks: Spedmens of Hormosina ex gr. globulifera are characterised by their uniserial test (varying from c 1290jum to 2550jiim, in maximum length), straight to slightly arcuate; large globular Chambers increasing rapidly in size, commonly compressed by compaction, partially overlapjrfng

- 47 - the previous cnes; terminal aperture, pcoduced at the end o£ a distinct tubulär neck; wall thick, moderately to coarsely agglutinated, with abundant cement, of organic and/or sÜLceous origin. Range: late Caiiacian to Maastrichtian. Occurrence: wells 1-CA-l-SE, 1-SES-lA, l-SES-3, l-SES-9, l-SES-24. Palaeo-enviroiments: i^jper to lower bathyaL

Hcrmoedna ogulum (Grzybswski) (RL 2, Figs 14-16)

Rec^hax ovolum Grzybowski, 1896, p. 276, pL 8, figs 19-20. Hormosina Ovulum (Grzybowski). Maslakova, 1955, p. 41, pU 1, fig. 9. Hormosina Ovulum (Grzybowski) var. gigantea Geroch, 1960, p^ 43, pL 2, figs 18-19. Pelosina caudata (Mcntanaro-Gallitelli). HazllkovÄ, 1972, p. 34, pL 1, figs 2-6. Hormosina Ovulum Ovulum (Grzybowski). Kaminski, Gradstein, Berggren, Geroch & Beckmann, 1988, p. 186, pL 2, fig. 10. Hormosina gigantea Geroch. Mcxiüade, Kuhnt & Thurow, 1988, piL 2, fig. 11. Hormosina Ovulum (Grzybowsfcü. Moullade, Kuhnt & Thurow, 1988, pi. 2, figs 7-9.

Remarks: Tliis ^)ecLes is characterised by a Öiick-waHed, finely agglutinated test, wiüi subsfherical chamber-shape. The ^lecimens are mostly found in uralocular fragments of large size (varying from c. 350fim to 750/im in maximum length, morphot^pes of Hormosina Ovulum var. gigantea Geroch ).

Range: late Santonian to Maasbichtian.

Occurrence: weUs l-SES-3, l-SES-24.

Palaeo-environments: middle to lower bathyaL

Subfamüy REOPHACIHAE Cushman, 1910 Genus RBOPQAX de Montfort, 1808

Type q)ecies: Reogrfiax scorpiurus de Montfoct, 1808

Reo|tiax tezanuB Cu^man & Waters (PL 2, Figs 17-18)

Rect^ax texanus Cuáiman & Waters, 1927, p. 82, pL 10, £ig. 2. Rec^ax texanus Cu^man & Waters. Cushman, 1946, p. 16, pL 1, figs 18- 20. ReoFhax hyatti Petri, 1962, p. 44-45, pL 1, fig. 2. Reoghax sp. 2, Kamin^d, Gradstein, Berggren, Geroch & Beckmann, 1988, p. 187, piL 3, figs 2-3.

Remarks: Re^ax texanus is characterised by having an elongate, sbrai^t, uniserial test fvarying frora c 1600^m to 2230/im in maximum üength); globular embracing chamiDers, gradually increasing in size; terminal aperture, cai a short neck; tìiick, rather coarsely agghitinated walL Ihis form resembles specimens of Hccmosina ex gr. glob ili fera Brady, but differs in possessing globular chambers tiiat are smaller, less inflated, more embcancdng and increasing gradually in size. Range: late Campanian to Maastrichtian. Occurrence: wells 1-SES-lA, l-EES-3. Palaeo-environments; upper to lower bathyaL

Superfamìly IIPOOLACEA de Blainvüle, 1827

Family HAPLOPHRAGMOODIDAE Maync, 1952

Genus &SANOSEIRA TakayanagL, 1960 Type specdes: Lenti tellina? teshioensis Asano, 1950

Remarks: Ihis genus differs Erom Haplo^hragmoides in its lenticular form, subangular marginai perijiiery, and rounded rather tìian lobate equatCBñal peripiiery {cf. Loetüich & Tappan, 1988, p. 65).

- 49 - Asanoepara ex gc. glabra (Cushman & Waters), emended (PL 2, Figs 19-22)

Haploghragmoides glabra Guzman & Waters, 1927, p. 83, pL 10, fig. 6a-b. Haploghragmoides glabra Cu^man & Waters. Cushman, 1946, p. 20, pL 2, figs 16-17. Haplot^agmoides wilgunyaensis Cre^rin. ScheibnerovA, 1976, p. 39, pL 4, figs 2, 7, tejct-fig. 5. H^ilDghragmoides(?) ;^rvisl fJttialmann). Kaminski, Gradstein, Berggren, Geroch & Beckraann, 1988, p. 190, pL 7, figs 1-2, pL 10, figs 8-9.

Remarks: PiSanospira ex gr. glabra qiecimens are characterised by having a large, somewhat compressed, lenticular test (varying from c. 800/im to 1490^ in maximum diameter); plani^iral and involute; marginal periphery subacute; 8 to 15 chambers Qhe greatest number of chambers in the largest specimens) in the last wheel, increasing slowly in size; circular equatorial periphery; wall finely agglutinated; smooth test surface. The species' original descriptiDn is emended here to include ^cimens with larger size and more chambers than the holotype and paratypes. The morphotypes are similar to Cyclammina Brady and Daxia Cuvillier & Szakall, but there is no evidence of the alveolar subepidermal meshwcrk of the former. They have le^ numerous chambers in the last whorl than Daxia and the ^lertural face, althou^ somewhat obscured, appears to be a sunpOe low interiomarginal arch.

Range: late Santonian to Maastrichtian.

Occurrence: weUs 1-CA-l, 1-SES-lA, l-SES-3, l-SES-9.

Palaeo-envircximents: i5)per to middle bathyaL

Asancqiira wailted (Grzybowsk:^ (EL 2, Figs 23-24)

Trochammina waiter! Grzybowski, 1898b, p. 290, piL 11, fig. 31. Haploghragmoides excavata Cushman & Waters. Cushman, 1946, p. 21, pO. 2, figs 13-15. - 50 - Haplo^agmcddes walteri {Grzybowski). Kaminski, Gradstein, Berggren, Geroch & Beckmann, 1988, p. 190, pL 5, figs 14-15.

Remarks: Asan. walteri is distinguished by having a very compressed lenticular test (c. 630^m in maximum diameter); pLanispiral and involate; acute marginal peij^iery; 7 to 9 Chambers in the last whorl, increasing gradually in size; neady dccular equatodal peripiiery; finely agglutinated walL a is morphcQogicalLy sunüar to Asano^ira ex gr. glabra (Cu^man & Waters), from which it differs in possessing a smaller test that is more laterally compressed and with fewer Chambers in the last whorL Ihe ^)ecimens may eventually be äiown bo.be early cntogenetdc stages.of the A. glabca qecies-group, but this could not be properly assessed in this study because of the scarcity of spedmens referable to this taxon. Range: late Santonian. Occurrence: weU 1-CA-l-SE Orare occurrence). Palaeo-environments: L^jper to middle bathyaL

Genus CKIBROSTOHaiDES Cushman, 1910 Type q)edes: Cribcostomoides bcadyi Cushman, 1910

Ciihcosbomcddes ex gr. trinitatMieäs Cushman & Jarvis {EL 2, Figs 25-27)

Critarostomoides trinitatensis Cushman & Jarvis, 1928, p,91, pL 12, fig. 12. Crihrostomoides cretacea Cushman & Goudkoff, 1944, p. 54, pL 9, fig. 4. CriJarostomoides trinitatensis Cu^man & Jarvis. Cu^man, 1946, p. 22, pL 3, fig. 3. Crihrostomoides trinitatensis Cudiman & Jarvis. HanzHkovä, 1972, p. 42, pL 6, figs 2-3. Crihrostomoides trinitatensis Cushman & Jarvis. Kaminski, Grattetdn, Berggren, Geroch & Beckmann, 1988, p. 188, pL 6, figs 1-2.

Remarks: Spedmens of Cribrostomoides ex gr. trinitatensis have a large, involute plani^piral test {varying from c. 370/310^m to 710/690^m in maximum diameter/width ratio), sometimes deformed by post-mortem

- 51 - compactìon; 5 to 7 Chambers in tìie last whccl, gradually increasing in size; low ^)ertural face, with an areal dentate c^ìerture, usuaRy obscured; rather coarsely agglutinated walL Larger specimens di^üay a slLght tendency towards a spreptospiral coil. Distorted ca: poorly preserved ^)eclmens, with obscured ^)ertural diaracteristics, are morphologically similar to Haplo^hragmoides ex gr. buTloides (Beissel) and diföcult to distinguish from eacìi other. Range: late Santonian to Haastrichtiaru Occurrence: weUs 1-SES-lA, l-SES-3, l-SES-9, l-SES-24. Palaeo-envircnments: i^iper to lower bathyaL

Genus HAEI.OPHRAGHOn>ES Cushman, 1910 Type ^)ecies: Ncnionina canariensis d'Orbigny, 1839

Haplophragmoides ex gr. tyiTifTnA*g ^eissel), emended (PL 2, Figs 28-31)

HaplopAiragmium buHoides BeisseL 1891, p. 17, pL 2, figs 1-3, pL 4, figs 24-30. HaplopAiragmoides kirki Wickenden. SUter, 1968, p. 44, pL 2, fig. 2. HaplopAiragmoides eggeri Cushman. HanzHkovà, 1972, p. 40, pL 5, figs 1-2. HapQo^âgmoides impensus Martin. HanzHkovà, 1972, p. 40-41, pL 5, figs 6- 7. Haplophragmoides kirki Wickenden. HanzHkovà, 1972, p. 41, pL 5, fig. 4. Haploghragmoides buHoides (Beissel). Krasheninnikov, 1974, p. 636, pL 1, figs 9-11. H aplotâgmoides peeudokirki Krasheninnikov, 1974, p. 635-636, pL 1, fig. 8a-b. H^Jophragmoides sp. cf. buHoides peissel). Malumiàn & Proserpio, 1978, p. 439, pL 2, figs 1-2. Haplogâgmoides ex gr. suborbjciiiarjs (Grzybowski). Kaminski, Gradstein, Berggren, Geroch & Beckmann, 1988, p. 189, pL 5, figs 12-13. H^dophragmoijdes buHoides (Beissel). MouHade, Kuhnt & Thurow,1988, pL 6, figs 3, 7-8.

- 52 - Remarks: H^üDEAiragmoides ex gr. bnilnjdes is here considered to comprise several raorphoi^pes of common origin (eco^enotypes and ontogenetic poLymorpiis), which have have been ascribed to several different ^jecdes by previous authccs and are, henceforth, included in the synonomy list of this ^JecLes-group. The ^iedmens are characterised by large, inflated, nearly nericai planispiral tests (varying from c. 380/im to 910/im in maximum diameter); involute; 5 bo 8 chambers in the last whorl, gradually increasing in size; marginal periphery broadly rounded; apertural face low and broadly arched; wall finely cr somewhat coarsely agglutdnated; post-depositirwial deformation commonly cteerved. Range: late Santcxiian to Maastrichtian. Occurrence: weUs 1-SES-lA, l-SES-3, l-SES-9, l-SES-24. Palaeo-envirOTiments: upper to lower bathyaL

HapLophragmcddes rugosa Cu^man & Waters (PL 2, Figs 32-35)

H^Jophragmoides rugosa Cushman & Waters, 1927, p. 83, pL 10, fig. 4a-b. Haplophragmoides rugosa Cu^man & Watera. Cu^man, 1946, p. 20-21, pL 2, fi^ 18-19. H^aophragmoides topagorukensis T^)pan. Eicher & WOTStell, 1970, p. 280, pL 1, fig. 12a-b. Haplophragmoides rugosus Cushman & Waters. HanzHkovà, 1972, p. 41, pL 5, fig. 8.

Remarks: Hapl'des rugosa is distinguished by having a moderately small, closely coiled, planispiral test (c. 300-320pm in maximum diameter); rounded marginal perij*iery; 5 bo 6 subsE*ierical chambers in the last whorl, rapidly increasing in size; circular equatxadal periphery; coarsely agglutdnated walL It differs from Haplophragmoides ex gr. buUoides (Beissel) by its smaller size, more compressed laterally, less numerous chambers in the last whorl, more rapidly increasing in size, and more coarsely agglutinated walL Range: late Santtxiian to Campanian. Occurrence: well 1-CA-l-SE. Palaeo-environments: i^iper to middle bathyaL

- 53 - Family mSCAHHINIDAB Mikhalevich, 1980

Genus DISCAHHIHA Lacrcáx, 1932 Type ^cies: Discammina falLax Lacrcáx, 1932

Discammina A {PL 3, Figs 1-5)

Remarks: SpecLmens oE Discammina sp. A are characterised by having a moderately 3arge, plani^iral test (varying from c. 360;im to 530^m in máximum diameter), sli^tLy evotute, sbrcngLy compressed; aperture a facoad iov interiomarginal equatorial arch; finely to moderately aggLutmated walL They are similar to morpAiotypes described by Sdieitxiecová (1976) as Ammomarginulina paterella Eicher (p. 46, pL 6, Eig. 2, pL 7, fig. 1, text- fig. 18), Discammina sp. tp. 41, pL 5, fig- 5, pL 6, Sg. 1, text-fig. 9) and H^Jophragmoides sp. ^ 4, figs 5-6), and to ^)ecimens described as H^dophragmoides coUyra Nauss by Eicher {1967, p. 180-181, pL 17, fig. 9, not fig, 7). Range: latest Cenomanian. Occurrence: tocalities A-9, A-45. Palaeo-environments: shallDw-middle neritic to upper bathyal.

Genus GLAPHYRAHHDIA Loeblich & T^ípan, 1984 Type ^)ecies: AmmobacuHtes americanus Cushman, 1910

Glaphyrammina spi. A (PL 3, Figs 6-11)

Remarks: Specimens of GIaE*iyrammina sp. A are distinguished by having a large, plani^iral, discoidal test (c. 520-630^m in máximum diameter), lateralLy compressed, partíaUy evolute and tending to uncoü in tíie later stage; 5 to 6 chambets in the last whorl; terminal aperture an elongate narrow, slit-like c^)ening; coarsely agglutinated walL They are similar to Discammina sp. A morphotypes, but differ in tiie apertural characteristícs and in having coarser agglutinated tests. Range: late Campanian. Occurrence: well 1-CA-l-SE (rare occurrence). Palaeo-envircximents: upper to middle bathyaL - 54 - Family UTDOTOHIDAE Loefcìlich & T^pan, 1984

Genus TROCHAMHDIQIDES Cushman, 1910 Type ^jecies: Tirochammina proteus Karrer, 1866

TtiyfeiiniiiìiiaìdeB ex. gr. dubia (Grzybow^d) (PL 3, Figs 12-15)

Ammodiscus dubius Grzybowski, 1901, p. 274, pL 8, figs 12, 14. Trcx:hammincàdes ypi/^^^coensis Cushman. Hanzlikovà, 1972, p.44, pL8, Eig. 3. Trochammincñdes duHns (Grzybowski). Kaminski, Gradstein, Berggren, Geroch & Beckmann, 1988, p. 191, pL 4, figs 16-17-

Remarks: Trocha m minoides ex gr. dubia morphotypes are characterised iDy having a large, somewhat compressed, planiîral* evoMte test (varying feom c 550/im in maximum diameter, in the towermost Albian, to c. 1060- 1070^m in the iîpér Santonian), with a circular equatorial perifîery; rounded bo subacute perdpheral margin; moderately to coarsely agglutinated. Range: earliest Albian, late Santonian. Occurrence: wells 1-CA-l-SE, 1-ÜS-l-SE. Palaeo-envircximents: deep neritic to Upper bathyaL

'Pcocfaamip^'^'^pg flaglpri Cushman & Hedberg (FL 3, Figs 16-21)

Haplothragmoides Elagleri Cushman & Hedberg, 1941, p. 82-33, pL 21, fig. 2a-b. H aplothragmoides fr aseri Wickenden. TnriLUo, 1960, p. 305, pl. 43, flg. 6a-b.

Remarks: Specimens oE Trocham minoidesdes flagleri are distinguished by having a large, planispiral and evolute, discoidal test (varying from c. 520/230fim to 1160/540;im in maximum diametsr/width ratio), commonly distorted by corapaction; 7 to 9 Chambers in the last whorl, increasing gradually in size; marginal periphery taroadly rounded; wall finely to

- 55 - coarsely agglutinated. They differ from Trochamndnoijjes dubius (Grzybowsltü in possessing moce Chambers in Öie last whorl and a discoidal tasí^ Crom Trochamminoides proteus (Karrer) fFrochamminoides velascoensis Cuáiman, pardaably a jinior synonym) in their fccoadly rounded marginal peripäery. Range: late Santcmian to Maastrichtian. Occurrence: weUs 1-CA-l-SE, 1-SES-lA, l-SES-9. Palaeo-environments: middle to lower bathyaL

'Itodiamip^"^'*« sp. cf. T. subcoconata (Grzybowski) (EL 3, Figs 22-23)

cf. Trochammina subcorOTiata Grzybowski, 1898b, p. 283-284, ptL 9, fig, 3a- c. HaploE^iragmoides corcmaba Brady. Cushman, 1946, p. 20, pL 2, figs 20- 22. TTochamminoides irregularis White. HanzHková, 1972, p. 44, pL 8, figs 1-2, piL 9, fig. 1. 'nrocham-minoides irregnlaris White. Kaminski, Gradstein, Berggren, Geroch & Beckmann, 1988, p. 191-192, pL 4, fig. 18. cf. Trocham minoides sufacorcnatus (Grzybowski). Kaminski, Gradsbein, Berggren, Geroch & Beckmann, 1988, p. 192, pL 4, fig. 19.

Remarks: Rare ^lecimens tentatìvely asslgned to Trocham minoides sp. cf- T. subcoronata were recovered from the Alfcdan. Itiey are characterised by having a large test (varying from c 600/im to 1010/ira in maximum diameter), commonly crushed and distocted by compactiixi; 5 to 7 flattened globular Chambers, in an irregular coiling; rather finely agglutinated walL The morphotypes differ from Trochamminoides flagLeri Cushman & Hedberg in posse^ing a test strongly distccted, with fewer globular Chambers in the last whorL Range: Älfcdan. Occurrence: wells 1-CA-l-SE, 1-üS-l-SE. Palaeo-envircHiment: deep neritíc to L5>per bathyaL

- 56 - Fandly LETOOLIDAE de EflainviUe, 1827

SidiEamily AHMOHARGDinLININAE Podobina, 1978

Genus AHHOBACUIiEIES Cushman, 1910 Type specdes: Spirdlina agglutinans d'Orhigny, 1845

Remarks: Ttie genus is characterised by having an elongate test, rounded in secticai; plani^äral early stage, closely coilsd, later uncoiled and strai^t to soraewhat curved; aperture terminal, rounded to sLLt-like, partially due to post-depositional distortim of tests; waE finely to coarsely agglutinated. A great Variation in test size and shape, number of Chambers of the uniserial stage, depresión of sutures, and coarseness of the waH texture is found in tiie asemblages oE ihe area studied. Because of this^ broad specific definitdons are accepted herein fca: the genera Ammobaoiiit'=>g and Haplophragmiu m Reuss {family H^lophragmüdae).

AmmobariiTitrs ex gr. cogrolitfaifjaciius (Schwager), emended (RU 3, Figs 24-26)

Haptot^iragmium coproEthifcarme Schwager, 1867, p. 654, pL. 34, fig. 3. Ammobaci]litj?s coprcJithiftymis (Scíiwager). Cushman, 1946, p. 22-23, pL 3, figs 7-9- Ammobaculites jjnceus Cu^man & Applin. Eicher, 1967, pw 181-182, pL, 17, ägs 11-12. Ammobaculites alexanderi Cushman. HanzHková, 1972, p. 45, pL 9, fig. 4. AmmobacuUtes copralithifcarmis (Schwager). HanzHková, 1972, p. 46, pL 9, fig. 5. Ammobaailites compositus Hagniez-Jannin, 1976, p. 44-45, pL 1, fig. 27a-b. AmmobacuHtes erectus Crespin. Scheibnerová, 1976, p. 44, pL 7, ägs 4-5, text-ägs 14-15. AmmobacuHtes fisheri Crespin. Scheibnerová, 1976, p. 42, pL 7, figs 8-10, text-figs 11-12. Ammobaculites Eragmentarius Cuäiman. Scheitnerová, 1976, p. 45, pL 7, fig. 11.

- 57 - Ammobaciilites irdmmus Creían. Scheibnerová, 1976, p. 44, pL. 6, fig, 6, pL 7, figs 2-3. Ammobaculites humei Nauss. Haig, 1980, p, 106-108, pL 4, figs 4-10, pL 10, fig. 2. Ammobaailites obscurus Loe blich. Stelck & Hedinger, 1983, pL 1, fig. 37, pL 2, figs 5, 11-12. Ammobaculites pacalis pattersoii Sutherland & Stelck. Stelck & Hedinger, 1983, EiL 2, fig. 13.

Remarks: Spedraens of Ammobaculites ex gr. coprolithiformis are characterised by having a large elongate test (varying from c 1300/im to 288(ifim in máximum length), sometimes compressed and distorted by compaction; globular, inflated Chambers, of unifcarm width in the uncoiled uniserial stage; coarsely agglutinated waH, with organic and süiceous cement. "nie synomyi^ list exemplifies Öie broad variabüity of morphotypes here considered to belong to this specLes group. Range: late Santonian to Maastrichtian. Occurrence: weHs 1-CA-l-SE, 1-SES-lA, l-^S-3, l-SES-9. Palaeo-environments: ipper to lower bathyaL

AmmobacuKtES sp. cC A. cqpCQlitliiIJa.iius (Schwager) (PL 3, Figs 27-28) . cf. Hsplop^agmium coprolithiforme Schwager, 1868, p. 654, pL 34, fig. 3. cf. AmmobaailitJ^s Sragmentarius Cudiman. Stelck & Hedinger, 1983, pL 1, figs 33-36, 38-40,

Remarks: Spedmens tentatively assigned to A m mobacuUtes sp. cf. A. copräUthifCa:mis were recovered from paralic (lagoonal) enviroiments of the uppermost Aptian. The morphotypes are distinguished by having a very large and robust test (c. 1450jum in máximum length); few Chambers in the early coiled stage and 3 to 4 rauch larger inflated globular charabers in the uniserial porticffi; finely agglutinated wall with OTganic and calcareous cement. Range: late Aptian. Occurrence: weHs 1-CA-l-SE, 1-CN-l-SE. Palaeo-environments: paralic (lagoonal environraents).

- 58 - AmmdaaaiBbes ^ c£. A. firagmentaria Cushman (H. 3, Pigs 29-32)

Am mobacuUtes fcagmentaria Cuäiraan, 1927b, p. 130, pL 1, fig. 8. Ammobaculites fragmentarius Cushman. Cu^man, 1946, p. 23, pL 3, figs 10- 13, 16 (not fi^ 14-15).

Remarks: Spedmens referatüe to Ammobaqjlites sp, cf. A. fcagmentaria are distinguished by having a large, elongate test, of variatfle size (varying from c 630/im to 1070/im in maximum length), commonly compressed by compaction; uniserial stage with Chambers increasing graduaUy or irregularly in size; sutures distinct, depcessed; waH coarsely agglutinated; very rough test surface. They differ from A. ex gr. coproHthif«:mis (Schwager) morphotypes in possessing an irregulär Chamber growtii in the uniserial stage and coarser wall texture. Range: latest Campanian to eady-late Maastrichtian Occurrence: weUs 1-SES-lA, l-SES-9. Palaeo-environments: Upper to middle ba1±yaL

AntmobacuMtes inpexus Eicher (PL 3, Figs 33-34)

Ammobaculites impexus Eicher, 1965, p. 895-896, pL 104, figs 3-5. AmmotiaculLtes impexus Eicher. Eidier, 1967, p. 181, pL 17, fig.6a-b. Ammobaculites impexus Eicher. Abdel-Kireem & Sultan, 1988, p. 265, pL 2, figs 6, 8-10.

Remarks: Spedmens of Ammobaculites impexus are characterised by having a large, elongatie test (c. 490-680/xm in maximum length); püanispiral and evolutDe early stage, later uncoiled and straight, usually distorted by compaction; early coiled pOTticn greater in width than the later uniserial ^ge; cxjarsely agglutinated walL Range: latest Cenomanian. Occurrence: localities A-9, A-46. Palaeo-environments: shallow-middle neritic to Upper bathyaL

- 59 - AmmobOT^'Kt^ leophaooides Bartensbein {EL 3, Figs 35-36)

Ammobaailites reo^acoijes Bartenstein, 1952, 307, fig. 1. Ammobaailites reog*iaa3li3es Bartenstein. Flandrin, Mou]lat3e & Porthault, 1961, FL 215-216, pL 1, fig. 3. Ammobaculites reophacoixtes Bartenstein. Bartenstein & BoUi, 1977, p. 546, pL 1, figs 10-13. Ammobaculites aff. reoE^iacoijes Bartenstein. Crittenden, 1983a, p. 20, pL 2, figs 7-8. cf. Ammobaculites subcretaceus Cushman & Alexander. Crittenden, 1983a, p. 19-20, piL 2, figs 2-3.

Remarks: A m mobaculites reophacoides is characterised by having a large, elongate test {c. 590^m in maximum length), somewhat compre^ed, with a ^crt early planispiral stage, of about 3 chambers, followed by a high uniserial stage of equal-sized chambers; coarsely agglutinated walL Range: late Aprtian. Occurrence: well 7-CP-252-SE ö^are occurrence). Palaeo-enviroiments: diallDw to middle neritic

AmmobaailitEs ^ A (PL 3, Figs 37-39)

Remarks: Ammobaculites ^ A is characterised having a large, elongate test (c. 460-630^m in maximum length); 4 to 5 chambers in the coil stage, and 3 globular chambers in the uraserial portiOT, increasing gradually to rapidly in size; wall finely to coarsely agglutinated. The ^dmens of smaller best size have a more regular chamber growth in the uniserial stage and resemble Ammobaculites sp. cf. A. corprolithiEccmis morphotypes. Range: earliest Altdan. Occurrence: locality A-32. Palaeo-envircximent: paralic (lagoonal environment).

- 60 - Genus AHHOHARGINDLINA Wiesner, 1931 Type ^ìecdes; Ammomarginulma engis Wiesier, 1931

AmiBOiiiacginaliiia jvrtrr'^Tl^ Elcher (EL 3, Figs 40-41)

Ammomargiiìiilina patereUa Eictier, 1967, p. 182, pL 17, figs 15-16. Ammomarginiilina paterelLa Eicher. Scheihnecovà, 1976, p. 46, text-fig. 18, pL 7, fig. 1. AmmomarginulLna patereTla Eicher. Abdel-Kireeni & Sultan, 1988, p. 266, pU 1, figs 17-18, 20.

Remarks: The species is characterised by having a moderatély large, plani^iral, evolute, stcongly corapressed test (e. 310-500;4m in maximum diameter); coarsely agglutlnated walL Range: latest Cenomanian. Occurrence: locality A-9. Palaeo-environments: i^iper bathyaL.

Superfamily BACLOPHRAGHIACSA Eimer & Fickert, 1899

Family AHMOSPHAEROmiNIDAE Cushman, 1927

SubfamiLy RECURVOIDINAE Alekseychik-Mitskevich, 1973

Genus BUDASHEVAECXA Loeblich & T^^)an, 1964 Type spedes: Circus multicameratus Voloshinova & Buda^eva, 1961

Rudadievaéna iMiriomncddes (Reuss) (EL 4, Figs 1-3)

HagdDghragmium nonioninoides Reus, 1863, p. 30, pL 1, Eig. 8a-b. HapJoghragmoides nonioninoides (Reuss). Magniez-Jannin, 1976, p. 30-37, pL 2, figs 9-18, text-fig. 11-12.

- 61 - Latraspira nonioninoides (Reuss). Haig, 1980, p. 104, pL 3, figs 12-19. Haplo^agmoides nonioninoides (Reuss). Sliter, 1980, pU 2, figs 5-6. Haplofhragmoides nonioninoides (Reuss). Crittenden, 1983a, p. 18, pL 1, figs 17-18.

Remarks: Specimens of Budashevaella nonioninoides are characterised by having a large test (c 410-430/im in maximum diameter) with an involute strepto^riral initial coil, later stage partly ewdute and nearly plani^àral; 4 to 5 chambers in the last whorl; finely or coarsely agglutinated walL Range: late Aptian to early AlbLan. Occurrence: wells 1-CA-l-SE, 1-US-l-SE. Palaeo-environments: deep neritic to upper bathyaL

Budadievaella tdnitataBis (Cushman & Renz) (PL 4, Figs 4-5)

Haplo^hragmoides Qagleri Cushman & Hedberg var. trinitatensis Cushman & Renz, 1946, p. 18, pL 2, figs 2-3. Recurvoldes gerochi Hanzllkovà, 1972, p. 43, pL 6, figs 4{hcilotype)-6. Budashevaella trinitatensis (Cushman & Renz). Kaminski, Gradstein, Berggren, Geroch & Beckmann, 1988, p. 188-189, pL 5, fig. 2, pL 10, figs 2-3.

Remarks: Budashevaella trinitatensis is distinguished by its larger test (c. 900um in maxiumum diameter), with a somewhat more evolute later ptlam^jiral stage than B. nonicmnoides (Reuss); 6.5 chambers in the last whorl; coarsely agglutinated walL Range: late Campanian. Occurrence: weE 1-SES-lA (care occurrence). Palaeo-environments: upper to middle bathyaL

Genus RECDRVOIDES Barland, 1934 Type ^secdfis: Recurvoides confacytus Earland, 1934

RecurvOEJdes gr. ginKiifsa (Grzybowski), emended (PL 4, Figs 6-8)

Cyclammina globulosa Grzybowski, 1896b, p. 285, pL 9, fig. lOa-b. Crifcrostomoides cretaceus Cushman & GoudkofE. HanzUkova, 1972, p. 42, pL 6, fig. 1. - 62 - HeploFdTragmoides cetroseptus (Grzybowski). HanzUková, 1972, p. 41, pL 5, fig. 5. Recurvoides deflexiforinis (Noth). HanzUková, 1972, p. 42, pL 6, fígs 2-3 Recurvoides globulosus (Grzybowski). HanzUková, 1972, p. 43, pL6, fig. 7, pL 7, fígs 1-4. Recurvoides sp. 1, Kaminski, Gradsbein, Berggren, Geroch & Beckmann, 1988, p. 191, pL 6, fig. 4a-b, Recurvoides sp. 2, Kaminski, Gradstein, Berggren, Geroch & Beckmann, 1988, pw 191, pL 6, figs 10-11. Recurvoides imperfectus HanzUkovi. Kamin^ti, Gradstein, Berggren, Geroch & Beckmann, 1988, p. 191, pL 6, figs 5-6, pL 10, fíg. 4a-c

Remarks: Spedmens of Recurvoides ex gr. globulosa are characterised by having a sEîerical to subîherical test, of variable size (varying from c. 520^m to 800/im in maiximum diameter), sometimes distcoted by compaction; 4 to 7 chambers in tíie last whorl, arranged in a streptoîral coil; wáE. moderately to coarsely agglutinated.

Range: late Coniadan to Maastrichtian.

Occurrence: weUs 1-CA-l-SE, 1-SES-lA, l-SES-3, l-SES-9, l-SES-24.

Palaeo-envircHiments: upper to lower bathyaL

r Recurvoides sp, cf. ^ Sübtnrfaánata (Grzybowski) (PL 4, Figs 9-10)

Haplophragmium subturbinataim Grzybowski, 1898b, p. 280, pL 10, fig. 23. Ihalmannammina subturbdnata (Grzybowski). Kanzllková, 1972, p. 43-44, pL 7, fíg. 5. Thaljnannammina walberi (Grzabowski). HanzUková, 1972, p, 44, pL 7, fig. 6. Recurvoides cf. subturfalnatus (Grzybowski). Kaminski, Gradstein, Berggren, Geroch & Beckmann, 1988, p. 191, pL 6, figs 8-9.

Remarks: Spedmens of Recurvoides sp. cf. R. subturbinaba have a large sub^erical test (c. 940/720/im in máximum diameter/treadth ratio); involute streptospiral coüing; 3 to 5 chambers in the last whorl; finely to moderately coarse agglutinated walL They dlEfer firom Recurvoides ex gr.

- 63 - globulosa (Grzytowsld) morphotypes by their large irregular ^herical test, with fewer chambers in the last whorl and smoother surface. The spedes was designated Öie genotype of Ihalmannammina Pokorn^, which is probable synonymous with Recurvoides (cf. Kaminski et 1988, p. 191). Range: Carapanian to MaastriciitLan. Occurrence: wells 1-SES-lA, l-SES-3. Palaeo-envircnments: middle to lower bathyaL

Family HAEIOraRAGHIIDAE Eimer & Fickert, 1899

Genus HAfLOPHRAGHIDH Reuss, 1860 Type Speeles: Spirolina aequ^^li?^ Roemer, 1841

Remarks: H^>lo^feagmium is morphologically sLmilar to Ammobaculites Cushman, from which it diffiers in having an initial streptc^äral to trocho^iiral coü rather than plani^iraL

Haplophragmiim ex gc. fog^j*"™"™ (Reuss) (PL 4, Figs 11-13)

Dentalina foedi^ima Reuss, 1860, p. 45, pL 3, fig. 23 (fide Hofker, 1957). Haplothragmium foedissimum (Reus). Hofker, 1957, p. 25-27, text-figs 9a-c, lOa-c. Ammobaculites irregiilarifcarmis Bartenstein & Brand. Scheil^rovà, 1976, p. 43, pL 6, fig. 5, text-fig. 13. Haplophragmium swareni Stelck & Hedinger, 1976, p. 135-136, 139-140, pL 1, figs 8-10, 21-22, pü. 2, figs 2-3. HapJophragmium swareni Stelck & Hedinger. Stelck & Hedinger, 1983, pL 2, figs 7-8, 16-18.

Remarks: The morpho^pes belonging to the H^do^agmium foedippimum ^»des-group are characterised by having a large, rather elongate test (c. 470-540^m in maximum length); an earUer irregular, streptospiral to trochoepiral/nearly pilani^iiral coil^ foUowed by an uniserial stage, straight rectüinear to slightly curved, somewhat distorted by compaction; outline slightiy lobate as Chambers are somewhat inflated and sutures, on the rectüinear stage, are slightly depressed; initial coiled pxartion is very low;

- 64 - aperture a single terminal opening, sometimes jroducted on an indfáent neck; waü ratìier coarsely agglutinated, with calcareous and organic ceraent. Range: earüest Älfcdaru Occurrence: locality A-32. Palaeo-envircnment: paralic (lagoonal environmentj.

Hapaopfaragmiim luecJcei (Cushman & Hedberg) (RL 4, Figs 14-16)

AmmobacuUtes lueckei Cushman & Hedberg, 1941, pw 83, piL21, fig. 4. H^dopAiragmium foedi.ssimum (Reu^), megalo^eru; form. Hofker, 1957, p. 25-27, text-äg. IIa (?). Haplophragmium lueckei (Cushman & Hedberg). HanzUkova, 1972, p. 46, pL 9, fig. 8. Haplo^hragmium engleri Stelck & Hedinger, 1976, p. 140-141, pL 1, figs 1- 5. H^dofhragmium swareni Stelck & Hedinger, 1976, p. 135-136, 139-140, piL. 1, figs 25-26. HapOophragmium sp, cf. H. swareni Stelck & Hedinger, 1976, p. 140, pL 1, fígs 15-16, 23-24, 27-28, pL 2, fig. 6. Hapdophragmium engleri Stelck & Hedinger. Stelck & Hedinger, 1983, pL 2, figs 3-4, 6, 14-15. Haplophragmium swareni Stelck & Hedinger. Stelck & Hedinger, 1983, pL 1, figs 31-32. Bulbobaculites lueckei (Cushman & HedDerg), Loeblich & T^:pan, 1988, p. 83-84, pü. 70, figs 14-16.

Remarks: Spedmens of H^lophragmiu m lueckd are characterised by having a very large test (varying from c. 2140/im to 2810/im in maximum length), with few Chambers in the coilsd pcetion and inflated globular chamtiers in the uniserial stage; finely agglutinated waB, with calcareous and carganic cement. Range: late Apüan. Occurrence: weUs 1-CA-l-SE, 1-CN-l-SE. Palaeo-environment: paralic (lagoonal environment).

- 65 - PamiLy NEZZAZAUDAE Hamaoui & Saint-Marc, 1970

Sufcfanuly NEZZAZATTNAE Hamatxii & Saint-Marc, 1970

Genus TROCHOSPIRA Hamaoui, 1965 Type qpecLes: Trochospira avnimelechi Hamaoui, 1965

Remarks: Genus known from the Cenomanian of the Middle East (Lebanon, Israel, Iran) - (cf. Loeblich & Tappan, 1988, p. 87).

ttodK3epira(7) ^ A (EL 4, Figs 17-19)

Remarks: Rare ^)ecijnens tentatively assigned to Trocho^ira (?) sp. A were recovered from the i^iper Santonian-lower Campanian sectdon, They are characterised by having a large, plano-convex, trocho^riral test (c. 520-630jam in maximum diameter); flattened trocho^rire and slightly convex ventral side; numerous chamtiers in the last whccL* digitate chamt>er interior; very finely agglutinated walL Range: late Santonian to early Campanian- Occurrence: well l-^S-9 (rare ocurence). Palaeo-envircnments: upper to middle bathyaL

Superfamily CTCLOLINACEA

Loeblich & Tappan, 1964

Family CYCLAHIONIDAE Marie, 1941

SubfamiLy BDCdCRENATIMAE Loeblich & T^an, 1955

Genus BDCCICRENATA Loebtich & Tappan, 1949 Type ^>ecies: Am mobaculites subgoorn^^ndensis Vanderpool

- 66 - Buocìccaiata ep, <^ ^ Übyca Gchrbandt CEO. 4, Edgs 20-25)

Buccicrenata libyca Gohrbandt, 1966, p. 67-68, pL 1, figs 11-16.

Remarks: Rare ^secimens, tentatively assigned to Buccicrenata sp. cf. B. Ubyca, were recovered frora the uppermost Aptìan- They are distìnguished by Üieir lateraHy compressed test, of variatile size fvarying from c 1000- 1560fim in maximum diameter, in tìie upper Aptian, to 300-370^m in the lowermost Alfcdan) with a planispiraU involute, stage, later tending to uncoil; 4 to 5 chambers in Üie last coü, with a reduced uniserial stage of 1 or 2 chambers; aperture elongate, terminal, and irregular sLLt-like; wall finely agglutinated, with calcareous and organic cement (cf. Loeblich & T^pan, 1988). The morphotypes are similar to Buccicrenata libyca described from the Cenomanian of northwestern tjbya. They differ from B. subgoodiandensis (Vanderpool), described from the Albian of North America (Loeblidi & Tappan, 1949) and of the Central Oman mountains (Simmons & Kart, 1987), and from B. australis (Howchin), described from the Aptìan- Altáan of the Great Australian Basin (Scheibnerovà, 1976, p. 47, text-fig. 19, pL 8, Sgs 1-4), ty having generally smoother surface, less compressed test and bcoad, crescent-shaped rather than petaloid chambers. Because of the scaròty of the recovered qiecimens the precise taxonomic atributim of the present specdes is uncertain, and it may eventually be shown that they represent a different specLes. Range: late Aptian to earliest Albian. Occurrence: locality A-32, weH 1-CA-l-SE. Palaeo-envircximent: paralic (lagoonal environmentj.

SubfamiLy ALVEOLOFHRAGHIINAE Saidova, 1981

Genus ALVEOLOPHRAGHIDM Shchedrina, 1936

Type spedes: Alveolo^agmium orbiculatum Shchedrina, 1936

- 67 - fllgecOoptiragmium ^ A (PL 4, Figs 26-27)

Remarks: AlveolopAiragmiu m A is Gharac±erised by having a large, involute, pilani^àral test (varying from c.l200/im to 1910jum in maximum diameter), commonly distorted by compactìon; 3 to 10 chambers in tìie last whorl; marginai perifiiery tcoadly rounded; cdrcular equatorial perij*iery; coarsely agglutinated wall with alveolar subepidermal layer. Range: latest Campanian to early-late MaastcLchtian. Occurrence: weUs 1-SES-lA, l-SES-9. Palaeo-envircffiments: upper to middle bathyaL

Superfamily SPIR0I1£CIAH1CINACEA

Cu^man, 1927

Family SHROPI£CTAMMINIDAE Cushman, 1927

SubfamiLy SEDtOrafCTAHHUnNAE Cu^man, 1927

Genus QDASlSPIROFIfCTAHIONA LoetOich & Tappan, 1982 Type qjecies: Spiroplectammina nuda LaUcker, 1935

Remarks: TITÌS genus differs from Spiroplectam mina Cushman in having an early planispiral coil that is of lesser diameter than the succeeding first few pairs c£ fcdserial chambers, whereas in Spiroplecta m mina the coUed stage is larger (LoeblLch & T^an, 1982, p. 60).

QiiriKiqiiroiiLectainiirina ex gr. aitirandal (LaUcker) (PL 4, Figs 28-29)

Spirc^jlectammina alexanderi Lalicker, 1935, pu 1, pL 1, figs la-c. Spiroplectam mina linki Retri, 1962, pw 47-48, pL 1, fig. 5 (not fig. 4). Quasispiroplectammina alexanderi (Lalicker). Loeblich & Tappm, 1982, p. 60, pL 1, figs 11-17.

- 68 - Remarks: Specdmens of Quasifpjroplgctam mina ex gr. alexanderi are distìnguished by having a smaU, elongate, slightìy fc^)ering test (c. 360- 370/im in maximum length); minute, cxsmpressed, early plaraspiral coil, usually indistinct and sometimes troken a£E, faUowed by a short biserial stage of somewhat inflated chambers, increasing slowly to gradualLy in size; rounded to ovai perigheral margin in cross sectìon; waU rather coarsely agglutinated. Range; late Aptian to middle Albian. Occurrence: localLtìes A-15, A-38, weLs 1-CA-l-SE, 7-CP-252-a:, 1- OS-l-SE. Palaeo-envircnraents: shaEow to raiddlfi neritic.

Qiidsbj^iUuiJilectammìna sp, cf. Q. anneps (Reuss) (EL 4, Fig. 30)

Texti il ari ?ì anceps Reuss, 1860, p. 234, pL 13, fig. 2. SpiropQectammina anceps (Reuss). Hofker, 1957, p. 60, text-figs 56a-d.

Remarks: Spedmens referable to QuasùspiropQectam mina sp. cf. Q. anceps are diaracterised by having an elongate, slightìy t^)ering test, of medium size (c. 50C(um in maximum lengtii); minute, compressed, early plani^àral coil, usuaUy indistinct and sometimes troken off, EoUDwed by a long biserial stage of chambers increasing ^raduaHy in size; subacute to somewhat rounded peripheral margin in cross section; waU finely agglutinated. Range: late Aptian to middle Albian. Occurrence: locality A-15, weU 1-OS-l-SE. Palaeo-envircHiments: middle neritic to upper bathyaL

QiirtKJHiii mitpctTimadna ex gr. gonHijmAana (Lalicker) (EL 4, Fig 31-32)

Spiroplectam mina goodiandana Lalicker, 1935, p. 2, pL 1, figs 2-3. Spiroplectam mina lalickeri Albritton & Phleger. Cu^man, 1946, p* 29, pL 6, figs 28-29. (?) Spdroplectinata lata Grabert. Gradstein, 1978, p. 675-676, pL 2, figs 1- 3, 6-7 (? not figs 4-5, 8).

- 69 - Quasispiroplfictammina goodlandana (Lalicker), Loetflich & T^jpan, 1982, p. 60, pL 1, figs 31-33.

Remarks: Quasi^pirc^dectammina ex gr. goodlandana is characterised by its elongate, compressed test (varying from c. 260/im to 430^ra in majojnum length), which has an early minute plani^iral stage tìiat is often troken off. This is foUowed by a flaring biserial pcotion; ovate outline in cross sectiiMi with narrowly rounded perifhery margin; wall finely agglutinated. It differs from QuasiE^iarogdectam mina ex gr. alexanderi {Lalicker} by possessing a more compressed and elongate test, with a flaring biserial portion. Range: late Aptian to middle Albian. Occurrence: localities A-15, A-32, A-38, weBs 7-CP-252-SE. Palaeo-environments: shallow to middle neritic

QiMKb^iitotflectamnuna lìrid. (Petri) (EU 4, Figs 33-34)

Spiroplectam mina Unki Retri, 1962, pw 47-48, ptL 1, fig. 4 (not fig. 5).

Remarks: Spedmens of Qasispircîlecta m mina linki are characterised by possessing a large, elongate, sli^tly tapering test (c. 400-530/im in maximum length); minute, corapresed, early coil, usually indistinct, fcQlowed by a biserial stage of inflated chambers, increasing gradualy in size, sometimes slightìy twisted; rounded perifAieral margin in cross secticn; wall finely agglutinated, It differs from Qu^^gi'-'piroplectam mina ex gr. alexanderi (Lalicker) in its larger and more elongate test; from Qu.=¥^îropQectammina Ep. cf. Q. anceps (Reusi) and QuaqJFpiroplectam mina ex gr. goodlandana (Lalicker) in having more inflated chambers in the biserial stage, with a rounded perderai margin in cross section. The paratype illustrated by Retri (1962, pL 1, fig, 5) is rather referable to Quasispiroplectam mina ex gr, alexanderi ê above), as it has a much smaller, less elongate and more compressed test. Range: late Aptìan to middle Albian. Occurrence: locality A-15, well 7-CP-252-SE, 1-US-l-SE. Palaeo-environments: middle neritic to upper bathyaL

- 70 - QuaHgpirotflectainmina navarroana (Cushman) {PL 4, Figs 35-36)

SpiroplectammiJTa mvarroana Cu^man, 1932, p. 96, pL 11, fig. 14. Spiroplectammina navarroana Cushman. Cu^man, 1946, p. 27, pL 5, figs 13- 14. Spircplecfcammina regoi Petxi, 1962, p. 48-49, pL 1, fig. 6a-b. Spiroplectammina navarroana Cu^man, HanzHkovâ, 1972, p. 47, pL 10, figs 6-7 (not fig. 5).

Remarks: QuasL°pirogdectam mina navarroana morphotypes are distinguished ty their large, eOongate, sli^tly taç>ering test, of variable size (varying from c 600fim to 98Cl^m in maximum length); minute, compressed, commonly indistinct, eady planispiral coil, fcŒlDwed by a biserial stage of broad, somewhat inflated Chambers, increasing slowly to graduaUy in size; rounded per^Aieral margin in cross section; slighüy depressed sutures, nearly transverse; waU rather coarsély agglutinated. The early coiled stage is usuaJIly bçcJcen off. The spécimens differ Ecom Q. linki (Petr^ in having largar and more élongate tests, with more inflated, globular-shaped last Chambers in the fcdserial stage. Range: Maastriditian. Occurrence; wells 1-SES-lA, l-SES-9. Palaeo-envirOTiments: i^jper to middle bathyaL

Genus SF[R07I£CTAHiaN& Cushman, 1927 Type ^)ecLes: Textularia agglutinans d'Orbigny

Spmmplpctaminiiia cìriooana Lalicker (EL 4, Figs 37-38)

Spirc^ilectammina chicoana Lalicker, 1935, p. 7> pL 1, figs 8-9. SpiropOectammina chicoana Lalicker. Tnijllo, 1960, p. 310, pL 44, fig. 6a-b. Spiroplectam mina chicoana Lalicker. Sliter, 1968, p.46, pL 2, fig.8. Spiroplectam mina sp. aff. S^. dentata (Alth). Kaminski, Gradstein, Berggren, Geroch & Beckmann, 1988, p. 192, pL 7, fig 10 (not fig. 11).

- 71 - Remarka Specmens of Spiroplectain mina chicoana are characterised by tìieir 3arge, compcessed, élongate, tspering test fvarying frora c. 440/200fim to 530/240^m in maximum iength/width ratio); early planispiral coìU distinct; bisetial stage with low, tcoad charabers, rapidly increasing in hreadth; ìrregiilar periphery outline; walL rather Cinely agglutinated. Range: late Santoiian to Maastrichtian. Occurrence: weEs l-SES-3, l-SES-9, l-^S-24. Palaeo-envircnments: middle to lower bathyàL

gpàroEflgctcuniirina laevis (Roemer) (H. 4, Figs 39-40)

Textularia laevis Roemer, 1841, p. 97, pL 15, fig. 17. SpJropJectammina laevis (Roemer) var. cretosa. Cu^man, 1946, p. 27-28, pL 6, figs 1-3. SpiropOectammina laevis (Roemer). Hofker,1957, p.61-62, figs 58a-f. Spiroplectammina laevis (Roemer). saiter, 1968, p. 46, pL. 1, fig. 9. Spìrcplectammina cretosa Cushman. HanzUkovà, 1972, p. 47, pL 10, fig. 9.

Remarks: Spirc^dectam mina laevis is distinguished by its tapering compressed test (varying from c. 290A90;im to 770/520fim in maximum length/width ratio) ; early pSanispiral stage, later hdserial, with sli^tly inflated, low and tcoad chambers, increasing rapidly in size; sutures distinct, gently curved to horizoital; peripiiery subacute to acute; wall finely agglutinated. Range: late Santonian to Maastrichtian. Occurrence: weUs 1-CN-l-SE, 1-SES-lA, l-^S-3. Palaeo-environments: upper to lower bathyaL

gpjrotflectamndna agmcddina Lalicker (PL 5, Figs 1-2)

Spirc^ilectammina sigmoidina Lalicker, 1935, p. 7, pL 1, figs 10-11. Spiroplectam mina semicomplanata (Carsey) var. yncea Cushman. Cushman, 1946, p. 29, pL 6, fig. 15. Spiroplectam mina sigmoidina LaHcker. Sliter, 1968, p. 46, pL 2, fig. 12. Bdivinopsis spectabilis (Grzybowski). HanzUkovà, 1972, p. 48, pO. 10, fig. 8. SpiropOectammina sigmoidina Lalicker. SUter, 1977b, piL 2, fig. 3 (not fig. 2) SpiroplectaniinijTa spectabilis {Gczybow^d). Kaminski, Gradstein, Berggren, Geroch & Beckmann, 1988, p, 193, pL 7, fig. 18 {not figs 16-17).

Remarks: Specimens oE Spiroplectam mina sigmoidina bave a very élongate, compressed, stender test (varying from c840/230jum to 870/250;im in maximura length/width ratio); early small plani^iiral coil, followed by a long bìserial stage of chambers tiiat increase slowly in size, with neady parallel sides; subacute to acute perigheral margin in cross section; wall finely agglutinated. It diEEers from S. chicoana LaUcker in its narrower, eloigate, test and smooth ratìier than lobate perijhery. Range: latest Campanian to early Maastrichtian. Occurrence: wéD. l-SES-9. Palaeo-envirOTiments: upper to middle bathyaL

^piroplectamiirina ex gc. sper^HìKa (Grzybowski) (PL 5, Figs 3-4)

Spirc^decta spectabiUs Grzbowski, 1898b, p. 293, pL 12, fig. 12. Spiroplectam mina mordensis Wickenden. Cushman, 1946, p. 28, pL 6, fig. 4. Spicoplectaramina regiii.^'-iH HoEker, 1957, p. 58-59, figs 54a-k. Spiroplectam mina regni ^^ri a HoEker. Beckmann, 1978, p. 769, pL 1, fig. 6. (?) Spdrcplectammina c£. se mico mplanata (Carsey). Beckraan, 1978, p. 769, pi. 1, fig. 7 (not fig. 13). Spìroplectaramina spectabilis (Grzybowski). Kaminski, Gradstein, Berggren, Geroch & Beckmann, 1988, p. 193, pL. 7, figs 16-17 (not fig. 18).

Remarks: Spiroplectam mina ex gr. ^ctabUis morphotypes are characterised by having a soraewhat compressed, élongate test (varying from c 590/210^m to 770/430^m in maximum length/width ratio); weH developed early pilani^iral coil, foUDwed by nearly parallel sided biserial ^ge, almost rectangular; wall moderabely to Einely agglutinated. Range: early-late Maastrichtian. Occurrence: weE 1-SES-lA. Palaeo-environments: upper to middle bathyaL

- 73 - SLperfamily TROCHAN HIN ACEA Schwager, 1877

Family TROCHAHMnUDAE Schwager, 1877

SubCamily. TROCHANHMINAE Schwager, 1877

Genus AHMOGLOmGERINA Eimer & Fickert, 1899 Type Speeles: Ammoglobigerina buHoides Eimer & Fickert, 1899 = LitucOa nautlloidea Lamarck var. globigerinifcarmis Parker & Jones, 1865

AmmoghAägerina ex gc. glnhjgm'njrormis (Parker & Jones) (PL 5, Figs 5-7)

IJtuola globigerinifcBrmis Parker & Jones, 1865, p. 407, pL 15, figs 46-47, pL 17, figs 96-98. Trochammina globigeriniformis (Parker & Jenes). Cushman, 1946, p. 51, pL 15, 8, 10-11. Trochammina globigeriniformis Cushman (non Parker & Jones). HanzUkovà, 1972, pw 50, piL 10, fig. 12a-c. Trochammina globigeriniformis altiCcymis Cushman & Renz. Krasheninnikov, 1974, p. 641-642, pL 6, figs 4-5. Trochammina ex gr. Ixüloides (Parker & Jenes). Malumiàn & Proserpio, 1978, p. 411, pL 2, figs 9-10.

Remarks: Spécimens of Am moglobigerina ex gr. globigerimfca: mis are charactetised by having a large trocho^jiral test (varying from c. 640/520^m to 680/530nm in maximum diameter/breadth), which is usuaHy cru^ed by compaction; 4 subglobular to bcoadly oval Chambers in ventral view, increasing rapidly in size; depressed sutures, almost straight; narrow and small umbálicus; lobate equatccial periphery; moderately to coarsely aggkitinated walL Range: late Campanian to Maasbichtian. Occurrence: wells 1-^S-lA, l-SES-9. Palaeo-envircaiments: Lçper to lower tathyaL

Genus TROCHAHHINA Parker & Jones, 1859 Type ^Jeedes: Nautilus inflatus Montagu, 1859

- 74 - TtorJYfUTnTnìna gateflMsis Stélck & Wall {EL 5, Figs 8-10)

Trochammina gatesensis Stelck & WalL 1955, p.53, pL 4, figs 9-11. Trochammina gatasensis Stelck & WalL Eidier, 1967, p. 183, pL 18, fig. lla-c.

Remarks: The ^lecLmens are dìstànguished by their large, compressed, trocho^iral test (c. 530-540;im in maximum length); 6 to 7 Chambers in ventral view; sutures depressed and radiai to slighüy curved on the umbüical side; lobate equatorial peri{*iery; waH moderately to coarsely aggkitinated. Range: late Santonian. Occurrence: weR l-SES-9 tare occurrence). Palaeo-envircximents: upper to middle bathyaL

Tfcocfaamnana ex gr. nrinuta Crespin

(RL 5, Figs 11-12)

Trochammina minuta Crespin, 1953, p. 32, pi* 5, figs 19a-b.

Trochammina minuta Cre^àn. Scheuxierovà, 1974a, p. 710, pL 1, figs 18-20, piL 10, figs 9-10, Trochammina aff. lattai LoebLLch & Tappan. Magniez-Janrdn, 1975, p. 60-61, pL 4, figs 21-29. Trochammina aff. wetteri Stélck & WalL Magniez-Jannin, 1975, p. 57-60, pL 4, figs 1-8, 19-20 (? figs 9-18). Trochammina minuta Crespin. Scheitnerovà, 1976, p. 54, pL 15, figs 4-8, pL 16, figs 1-3, text-fig. 37. Trochammina minuta Grebin. Haig, 1980, p. 117-118, pL 6, figs 8-10, pL 11, fig. 6. Trochammina umiatensis Tappan. Sliter, 1980, pL 4, figs 1-2, 6-7.

Remarks: Trochammina ex gr. minuta morphotypes are distingui^ed by their trocho^iral test (c. 570-580/im in maximum diameter) which is commonly compressed; 4 to 5 globular Chambers in ventral view; sutures depressed and radiai; circular equatorial periphery; wall rather finely aggludnated.

- 75 - Range: late Aptáan. Occurrence: weUs 1-CN-l-SE, 1-üS-l-SE orare occurrence}. Palaeo-environments: middle to deep neritic.

(RL 5, Figs 13-16)

Remarks: Specimens oE Trochammina sp, A have a smaU, strongLy compressed and distcoted trochcepiral test {varying ñrom c. 360fim to 580;im in maximum diameter); 4 to 5 Chambers; waU thin and moderately coarsely agglutinabed. Preservatíon chairacteristics prevenís tìie precise taxcsiomlc attribution of the morphotypes. The closest morphcdogical afSnity, however, ^jpears to be with Trochammina ex gr. depressa Lozo, but with fewer Chambers in the last whorL Range: latest Cenomanian ta earliest Turonian. Occurrence: localities A-9, A-35. Palaeo-environments: deep neritic to upper bathyaL

Superfamüy VERNEDUIHACEA Cushman, 1911

Family VERNEmUNTOAE Cushman, 1911

Genus EGGEREEUNA Marie, 1941 Type ^des: Bulimina hcevis d'Orblgny, 1840

Eggeréffina mJ^Hat» ten Dam (RL 5, Figs 17-13)

Eggerellina mariae ten Dam, 1950, p. 15, pL 1, figs 17a-e. Eggerénina mariae ten Dam. Magniez-Jannin, 1975, p. 94, pL 6, figs 12-21. Eggerellina mariae ten Dam. Carter & Hart, 1977, p. 17, pL2, fig.7. Eggerellina mariae ten Dam. Hart et 1981, p. 176, pL 7.2, figs 1-2. Eggerellina mariae ten Dam. Hart et aL, 1989, p. 318, pL 7.2, figs 1-2.

Remarks: Specimens of Eggerellina mariae are characterised by their sraalL briserial test {varying from c. 310/260fim to 330/280nm in maximum

- 76 - lengtii/breadtli ratio), with inflated, subglobular chambers which increase rapidLy in size (c. 280-290^m in maxiinum width); aperture a narrow vertical hooklike slLt extending up the apertural face; wall finely agglutinated. Range: late Aptian to early Albian. Occurrence: well l-SES-9 tare occurrence). Paiaeo-enviroiments: middle to deep neritic.

Genus GADDRXINOFSIS Podobina, 1975

Type ^)ecies: Gaudryina vulgaris KiprLyanova, 1960

Remarks: The genus differs Erom Gaudryina d'Orblgny in its early triserial stage which is rounded in section; firom Vemei"lìnoides LoebUch & Tappan in the later biserial stage; from Dorothia in having caüy three chambers per whorl in the early stage (cf. LoebLLch & Tappan, 1988, p. 133).

GaadryinopBÌs filificnnìs (Berthelin) (EL 5, Figs 19-20)

Gaudryina filiformis Berthelin, 1880, p. 25, pL 1, figs 8a-d. Dorothia fìliformis (BertheHr^. Cuáiman, 1937, p.73, pL8, figs 1-2. Dorothia fìliformis Perthelin). Bartenstein, Bettenstaedt & BcOli, 1966, p. 144, pL 1, fig. 43. Dorothia fìliformis berthelin). Magniez-Jannin, 1975, p. 83-86, pL 8, figs 1-2, text-fig. 34. Gaudryina bevissensis Ludbrook. Scheitsierovà, 1976, p. 60, pL 21, figs 5-6. Dorothia füiformis (Berthelin). Carter & Kart, 1977, p. 7, pL 1, fig. 3. Gaudryina fiUformis BertheÜn. Haig, 1980, p. 120-121, pL 8, figs 1-5, fu ll, fig. 2. Dorothia fílifccmis berthelin . Hart et aL, 1981, p. 174, pL 7.1, figs 11-12. Dorothia filifcarmis (Berthelin . Hart et aL, 1989, p. 316, pL 7.1, figs 11-12.

Remarks: Specimens of Gaudryinopsis Fili f oc mis are characterised by having a narrowly elongate, slendec test (varying from c. 470/130;im to - 77 - 620/150^ in maximum length/breadth ratio), commonly compressed fcy compaction; triserial early portion of few chambers, followed by a long biserial stage of globular and inflated chambers, increasing slowly in size; rounded to ovoid peripiieral margin in cross section tiiroughout; wall moderately to coarsely agglutinated. The ^>ecies is here assigned to Gaudryinopsis fcdlowing the usage of Loeblich & T^ipan (op. cit., see above). Range: late Rptìan to middle ftlbian. Occurrence: locaUties A-15, A-38, weUs 1-CA-l-SE, 1-US-l-SE. Palaeo-envircximents: middle to deep neritic.

Gaucteyinopsis glatxata (Cushman) (PL 5, Figs 21-23)

Dorothia glatrata Cu^man, 1933b, p. 56, pL 6, fig. 10. Gaudryina glatrata (Cudiman). Sliter, 1968, p. 48, pL 3, figs 4-5.

Remarks: Gaudryinopsis glatrata is characterised by having a sQightiy tapering, ^ngate test (varying Erom c. 350/im to 1130;im in maximum length); eady triserial stage, subtriangular in cross section, followed by a short hdserial pra±ion of moderately inflated, overlapping chamtiers, increasing rapidly in width; wall rather coarsely agglutinated. Range: middle to late Maastrichtian. Occurrence: wells 1-SES-lA, l-^S-3. Palaeo-environments; upper to lower t^athyaL

Gaudryjnopsis ap, cC gradata berthelin) (PL 5, Figs 24-27) cf. Gaudryina gradatia Berthelin, 1880, p, 24, pL 1, figs 6a-c. cf. Gaudryina di^)ansa, Ctiapman, 1892, p. 753, pL 11, fig. lOa-b. Dtrothia gradata (Berthelin). Magniez-Jannin, 1975, p. 86-87, pL 8, figs 3-6, text-fig. 38. Gaudryina sp, cf. G. gradata Berthelin. Haig, 1980, p. 122, pL 8, figs 21-24. Gaudryina gradata Berthelin- Crittenden, 1983a, p. 22, pL 2, fig. 21. cf. Gaudryinopsis gradata perthelin). LoebUch & Tappan, 1988, p. 36, pL 140, figs 28-29.

- 78 - Remarks: Specimens referable to Gaudryinopsis sp. cf. G. gradata are distinguished by having an elongate and narrow test (c. 420-660)am in maximum length) of nearly parallel sides; short early triserial pcrtion, followed ty an elongate biserial stage of subglobular chambers, increasing slowly in sdze; test rounded to ovoid in cross section thoroughout; wall finely agglutinated. The species is here assigned to Gaudryinopsis fdlLowing the usage of LoebLLch & Tsppan (op. dt., see above). Distorted ^>ecimens ^ee PL 5, Figs 26-27), prcisabLy by post-mortem compaction, are commonly observed Similar to the morphotypes described as Gaudryina di^)ansa by Chapman, cp. cit.). Range: early to middle Albian. Occurrence: locality A-15, weHs 1-CN-l-SE, 1-US-l-SE, l-a;s-9. Palaeo-enviriximents: middle to deep neritic

Subfamily VERNEDIUNINAE Cu^man, 1911

Genus GAODRYINA d'Orbigny, 1839 Type ^)ecies: Gaudryina rugosa d'Orbigny, 1840

Gapdcyina laevigata Franke (PL 5, Figs 28-31)

Gaudryina laevigata Franke, 1914, p. 431, pL 27, figs 1-2. Gaudryina laevigata Franke. Cudiman, 1946, p. 33, piL 8, fig. 4. Gaudryina pyramidata Cushman. Trujllo, 1960, p.308, pi. 44, fig. 9. Gaudryina laevigata Franke. Sliter, 1968, p. 48, pL 3, fig. 8. Gaudryina laevigata Franke. SUter, 1977b, pL 2, fig. 8.

Remarks: Gaudryina laevigata has an large, elongate, tapering test (varying Erom c. 920/4m to 1530/im in maximum length); early triserial portLtxi, áiarply triangular in cross section with subacute angles, later biserial stage of inflated and overlapping chambers, subrectangular in sectiOTi; aperture an arch at the inner margin of tìie last chamber; wall finely agglutinated. Range: late Coniacian to Maastrichtian.

- 79 - Occurrence: wélls 1-CA-l-SE, 1-SES-lA, l-SES-3, l-SES-9. Palaeo-environments: i^jper to lower bathyaL

Gaudryiiia pyramiifata Cu^man (PL 5, Figs 32)

Gaudryina laevigata Franke var. gyramidata Cushman, 1926b, p. 587, pL 16, fig. 8. Gaudryina pyramidata Cushman. Sliter, 1968, p.48-49, pL 3, fig. 9. Gaudryina carinata Franke. HanzUkovà, 1972, p. 51, pL 11, fig. 4. Gaudryina pyramidata Cuäiman. Sliter, 1977b, pL 2, fig. 9. Gaudryina pyramidata Cushman. Beckmann, 1978, p. 766, pL 1, figs 9-10. Gaudryina. pyramidatia Cushman. Kaminski, Grac3sbein, Berggren, Geroch & Beckmann, 1988, p. 194, piL 8, fig. 7.

Remarks: Specimens of Gaudryina pyramidata are distinguished by having a moderately elongate, tapering test (c. 680/530^m in maximum length/breadth ratio), ^arply triangular in cross section with acute angles; early portion triserial, rapixJly increasing in size, followed by a short táserial stage with stL^Üy inflated chamtiers; aperture a low interiomarginal arch; waH fiiKly agglutinated. Range: late CcaTiacdan to MaastcLchtian. Occurrence: weUs 1-CRL-l-SE, 1-SES-lA, l-SES-3, l-SES-9, l-SES-24. Palaeo-envircmments: upper to lower bathyaL

Gems KEDDOGADDRYINELLA Cu^iman, 1936 Type q)ecies: Gaudryinella capitosa Cushman

Remarks: This genus diffo^ from Gaudryina d'Orblgny in its later uniserial portion, and firom Tritaxia by possessdng an intermediate biserial stage,

IteudogaudcymeDa ex gr. capibosa (Cushman) (PL 5, Figs 33-34)

Gaudryinella capitosa Cushman, 1933b, p. 52, pL 5, fig. 8a-c. Pseudogaudryinella colombiana Cushman & Hedberg, 1941, p. 84-85, piL 21, figs 9-10.

- 80 - feeudogaudcyinella capitcsa (Cushman). Cushman, 1946, p. 40, pL 10, figs 15-19. Eteudogaudryinella capitcsa (Cushman) var. serrulata (Cu^man). Cuáiman, 1946, p. 40, pL 10, figs 20-23. Tritaxia capitosa (Cuáiman). HanzUkovà, 1972, p. 54, pL 12, fig. 2. 'mtaxia capitosa (Cuáiman). Beckmann, 1978, p. 769, pL 1, fig. 11.

Remarks: PseudogaudryineTla ex gr. capitosa specimens are distinguished by having a large, elongate test (c. 980-1050^m in maximura length); eariy triserial stage, triangular in cross sectim, fcQlowed by a biserial portion of bcoad chambers, later stage uncoiled, uniserial, with inflated globular chambers, circular in cross secticai; ^jerture small, rounded, terminal in the uniserial stage; waU moderately coarsely agglutinated. Range: late Ccmacian to Maasteichtian. Occurrence: weUs 1-CRL-l-SE, 1-SES-lA, l-SBS-9. Palaeo-envircximents: upper to middle bathyaL

Genus SEZROtlfCQNATA Cushman, 1927 Type specdes: Textularia annectens Parker & Jones, 1863

feaigaudcyìneina-^pirogaecbiiiata plezus

Reraarks: Specimens asigned to this plexus show consideratile variation in morphology (either triserial-biserial oc triserial-tdserial-uniserial) and test size. The specimens from Sergipe fall within the plexus of Pseugaudryinella ex gr. dividens-Spiroglectinata of Aptian-Albdan age ^nsu Gradstein, 1978, pu 675).

feeadogaudcyineiD^/SpirGtflectinata ex gr. dividens (Grabert) (PL 5, Figs 35-37)

Tritaxia D4 Hecht (Gaudryina cf. alexanderi Cu^man). Bettenstaedt & Wicher, 1955, p. 504, pL 4, figs 23-25. Gaudryina dividens Grabert, 1959, p. 9, pìL 1, figs 3-5, piL 2, figs 16-30, pìL 3, figs 53-59. Gaudryina dividens Grabert. Bartenstein, Bettenstaedt s BoUi, 1966, p. 141, piL 1, figs 56-57. - 81 - Gaudcyina aff. dividens Grabert. Magniez-Jannin, 1975, p. 66-67, p. 5, figs 1-4. Gaudryina dividens Grabert. Gradstein, 1978, p. 675-678, pL 2, figs 16-18. Gaudryina dividens Grabert var. reichéli Bartenstein. Gradstein, 1978, p, 675-678, pL 2, figs 14-15.

Remarks: Specimens of PseudogaudryineUa/SpiropJectinata ex gr. dividens are characterised by having a large, elongate test {c. 760-900pm in maximum length), wilii an early, small, triserial stage, followed by a biserial and later uniserial chamber arrangement^ tests usually deformed by corapactÌOT; wall finely agglutinated. The morphotypes are similar to the late Cretaceous Pseudogaudryin^na ex gr. capitosa (Cu^man}, but differ in having a smallar test size (usually distorted), with a small and less sharply angled triserial pOTtion. Range: early Albian. Occurrence: weUs 1-CA-l-SE, 1-US-l-SE, l-SES-9. Palaeo-envircximents: middle to deep neritic.

Genus VERMBOIUNA d'Ortdgny, 1839 Type ^Jecìes: Vemein'lina tricarinata d'Orbigny, 1840

Vemeuilìiia CTctaoea Karrer (RL 5, Figs 38-40)

Vemeuilina cretacea Karrer, 1870, p. 164, pi. 1, fig. 1 (fide Krasheninnikov, 1974, p. 643). Vemeuilina cretacea Karrer. Krasheirrinnikov, 1974, p. 643, pi- 7, fig. la-c.

Remarks: The species is distinguished by its moderately large, pyramidal triserial test (varying from c. 340/290pm to 380/320^m in maximum length/breadth ratio), tiiat is triangular in cross section; trapeziform chambers increasing very rapidly in wiath; slight concave lateral sides; subacute to acute pericolerai margins in cross section; wall very finely agglutinated. Range: Santonian to Maastrichtian. Occurrence: weUs 1-CA-l-SE, 1-SES-lA, l-SES-24. Palaeo-envircsiments: i;pper to middle bathyaL

- 82 - Vctnemlina mtasa Cu^man (EL 5, Figs 41)

Vemeuilina cretosa Cu^man, 1933a, p. 31, pL 5, âg. 7a-b. Vememlina cretosa Cudiman. Cushman, 1946, p. 31, pL 7, fig. 7.

Remarks: Specimens of Vememlína cretosa are characterised by tìieir large, elongate, triserial test (c. 990^m in maximum length); numerous chambers in a triserial arrangement throu^out, increasing graduaUy in size; triangular outline in cross sectiCHi, with acute angles and serrate peri{*iery; waU finely to moderately agglutinated. Range: latest Campanian to early-late Maastrichtian. Occurrence: wèlls 1-SES-lA, l-SES-9. Palaeo-envircnments: Lçper to middle bathyaL

Family TREEAXnDAE Plotnikova, 1979

Genus TRITAXIA Reu^ 1860 Type species: Texhilaria tricarinata Reus, 1844

TVil-OTia oTKgr»-;» Cushman (m. 6, Figs 1-2)

Tritaxia elUsocae Cuáiman, 1936a, p. 5, pL 1, Sg. 9a-b. Tritaxia ellisorae Cu^man. Cu^man, 1946, p. 32, pL 7, figs 10-11.

Remarks: Tritaxia pllisnrap morphotypes are distinguished by having a large, elongate test (c. 860-910pm in maximum length), triangular in cross sectim throughout; triserial early stage with carínate angles, followed by a few uniserial chambers; terminal aperture, usually bcoken or indistinct because of recrystaHization; waU moderatiely to coarsely agglutinated. Range: Maastrichtian. Occurrence: weUs 1-SES-lA, l-SES-9. Palaeo-environments: upper to middle bathyaL

- 83 - SiJperfanuly ATAXOPBRAGfOACEA Schwager, 1877

Family ATAXOraRAGHIIDAE Schwager, 1877

SubEamily ATAXOPHRAGHnHAE Schwager, 1877

Genus HAGEHOWEUA Cushman, 1933 Type ^jecdes: Valvulina gibbosa d'Orbigny, 1840

Hagaiowélla ex gr. subsphaepca (Reuss), emended (FU 6, Figs 3-5)

BuUmina subschaerica Reuss, 1846, p. 109, pL 24, fig. 23. ArenobuUmina ex gr. sub^Oiaerica (Reu^). HanzUkovà, 1972, p. 56, pi, 13, fig. 4a-b.

Remarks: HagenowePa ex gr. sub^haerica morphotypes are distinguished by having a subglDbular to ovoid, trochospiral test, variatile in size (varying from c 210A9C^m to 420/340pm in maximum length/breadth ratio, in the neanio and early ephebic stages, to c 770/590^ra in tìie late ephebic/gerontic stage); conical early pcrtion, indistinct, followed by an inflated trocho^àral stage; 3 to 4 greatly inflated and subglobular chambers in the last whorl; single aperture, a low interiomarginal arch at tìie base of tìie last chamber; circular perÌE*ieral margin in cross section throughout; waU moderately finely agglutinated. The qjecimens are herein placed in HagenowéUa by having intercameral sutures nearly parallel to the axis of ccdling, rather than at a fccoadly acute angle as in Arenobulimina Cushman (cf. Loeblich & Tappan, 1988, p. 139^140). The morphotypes are similar to Eqgerella Cushman, but difiEer in apertural features (low interiomarginal arch posLtioned at the base of the last chamber, rather than a low sUt near the base of the apertural face). Range: Campanian to Maastrichtian. Occurrence: weLs 1-SES-lA, l-SES-3, l-SES-9, l-SES-24. Palaeo-environments: upper to middle bathyaL

- 84 - Superfamüy ORBEIOUNACEA Martin, 1890

Family OBHECOLINIDAE Martin, 1890

SubEamily DÜCTnOCOlONAE MouUade, 1965

Genus PARACOSfONOLENA MouUade, 1965 Type species: Coskinolina sunnUandensis Maync, 1955

ParaccekJncfliiiaCT ^ A (EL 6, Figs 6-7)

Remarks: A single ortdtolinLd specimen was recovered Erom tnrhi^H'- depcsits (Angk» Member) oE the lower Albian. It is characterised by having an highly conical test (c. 400/370;im in maximum height/tareadth ratio), with a ccncave base; nuraerous chambers, with interior partially subdivided by radiai or transverse partitions; ^)erture not observed; waU finely agglutinated, oE organic and microgranular calcareous cement. The lack oE further ^)ecimens made it impossible to carry out a thin-sectdoning of the ^jecimen, which, conseguently, ruled out its precise generic attribution. It seeras, however, that the closest morphcQogical affinila may be found with ParacoskinoHna MouUade l^nsu Loeblich & Tappan, 1988, p. 162), to which the pcesent ^cdes is tentatively assigned. Range: early Albian (rare occurrence). Occurrence: weH 1-US-l-SE. Palaeo-envircximents: shaUow neritic cartonate platforms Specimen dtlEted by gravity down-Elow currents to deep neritic-upper bathyal envircmments).

Superfamüy TEXTOLARIACEA

Ehrenberg, 1838

Family EGGERELUDAE Cushman, 1937

SubfamÜy DOROimiNAE Balakhmatova, 1972

Genus D0R01HIA Plummer, 1931, emended, Desai & Banner, 1987, p.16. Type ^cdes; Gaudryina bulleta Carsey, 1926.

- 85 - DcpjÜlia ex gr. bulleta (Carsey) (EÍL 6, Fig. 8)

Gauc3ryina biHt'-ta Carsey, 1926, p. 28, pL 4, fig. 4. Dorothia bulleta (Carsey). Cudiman, 1946, p. 46, pL 12, fígs 21-26. Dorothia retusa (Cudiman). Cu^man, 1946, p. 46, pL 13, fígs 1-4. Dorothia buUeta (Carsey). Sliter, 1968, p. 49, pL 3, fig. lla-b. Dorothia bulleta (Carsey). HanzUkovà, 1972, p.57, pL 12, figs 4, 9. Dorothia pupa (Reuss). HanzUkovà, 1972, PL57, piL 13, fig. 3 (not piL. 12, fig. 8, pfl. 13, fig. 8a-b). Dorothia bulleta. (Carsey). SUter, 1977b, pL 3, fig. 7. Dorothia \3ì^^e't•^ (Carsey). Beckmann, 1978, p. 765, pL 1, fig. 18. Dorothia retusa (Cushman). Kaminski, Gradstein, Berggren, Geroch & Beckmann, 1988, p. 195, piL 9, fig. 6 (not fig. 11)

Remarks: Dcrothia ex gr. bulleta morphotypes are distinguished by having an elongate, subcylindricaL robust test (varying firom c. 400/im to 1240/im in maximum length); early trochospiral coü, conical-shaped, followed by a biserial stage of inflated chambers; peripheral margin nearly circular in cross section throughcxat; elongate interiomarginal ap)erture; wall finely agglutinated. Ihe synonymy list exemplifies the morphological variability of this specdes-grcxip. Range: late Ccniacìan to Maastrichtian. Occurrence: wells 1-SES-lA, l-SES-3, l-SES-9. Palaeo-envircximents: upper to lower bathyaL

Genus HARSSONELLA Cushman, 1933 Type species: Gaudryina oxycona Reuss, 1860.

Remarks: The marsscxiellids are basically, distinguished from dorothiid forms by their characteristic conical to subcorneal test and concave apertural face. Close morphological affinity suggests very prdDabLe intergrading variants (ecophenotypác variations) among the identified qjecies and varieties. However, this tias not been precisely estatiished in this study because of a lack of ^dmens and their sporadic occurrence.

- 86 - Hcgajmiana kummL ZedLer (PL 6, Figs 9-10)

MarssoneUa kummi Zedler, 1961, p. 31, pL 7, fig. 1. HarssoneJla kummi Zedler. Bartenstein & BQDÌ, 1977, p. 548, pL 1, figs 23- 24. Dorothia kummi (Zedler). SUter, 1980, pL 5, figs 5-6. cf. Praedorothia zedierae (MouUade) luterbadieri Desai & Banner, 1987, p. 20, pL 5, figs la-b (not figs lc?-d). Protomarsscmella kummi (Zedler). Desai & Banner, 1987, p.24, piL5, figs 2a-e.

Remarks: This ^Jedes is characterised by a narrow and slowly tapering, subconical test (varying from c 200/250jum to 260/270/im in maximum length/tareadtìi ratio), with very weakly depressed sutures; last chambers of the biserial stege are usuaBy fccoader than high and strongLy overlaKàng; waU finely agglutinated. Desai & Banner (1987, p. 24) assigned Mai^scnella kummi to a new genus. Proto marsscxieUa, based on the scUid, noncanaliculate, waH structure of the ^cies, which differs from the canaUculate waH character of Marsscaiella. However, internai waU structure is a feature not readily visihle without the use of a Scanning Ellectronic Hiaroscope which, for obvious reasOTis, cannot be used for the study of aU recovered specimens. It is also probable that this waH character may actualLy be either an inter^dfic differentiation ce an ecophenotypic feature among the marssoneUid morphogroup, and because of this the ^jecies is maintained in the Harsscaiella genus. Giving . suppcrt to the latter hypothesis of ecophenotypic variatdons is the evidence presented by A. Almogi-Labin, A. Bein & E. Sass (orai communicatdon, Tubingen, 21st S^itember, 1989) from the upper Cretaceous of IsraeL Specimens of agglutinated foraminifera with a canaUculate wall structure (Gaudryina pyramidata Cu^man) were shown to predominate in nearly anoxic sedimenta of the lower Maastrichtian, in the southeastern Zin Valley. Ncn-canaliculate species dominate in more diversi fied asemblages from dysaerobic sediments of the uppermost Campanian in the western, less restricted basin of the Shefela. Range: late Aptian to early Albian, latest Cenomanian.

- 87 - Occurrence: Iccality A-9, wélls 1-CN-l-SE, 1-CPB-lR-SE, 7-CP-252-SE, 1-üS-l-SE, 1-SES-lA. Palaeo-envircaiments; shaUow middle to deep neritic (Late Aptian-early Albian biotopes), i^iper fcathyal (Latest Cenomanian bLotopes).

HaCTonéPa ozawai Cushman (PL 6, Figs 11-12)

Harssonella ozawai Cudiman, 1936, p. 43, pL 4, Eigs lOa-b. MarssOTiella ozawai Cushman. Bamard, 1963, p.41-42, text-figs la-c.

Remarks: Tlús species is characterised by its large, conicál test (varying from c 330/190;4m to 530/320pm in maximum Isngth/treadth ratio); initial trochoepire with 3 to 5 chambers, later becoraing táserial; usually straight outline, but occasionally sUghtly arcuate (x even arranged in several sb^ped stages; waU coarsely agglutinated, with Uttle calcareous ceraent (cf. Bamard, 1963). Range: late Aptáan to early Albian. Occurrence: weUs 7-CP-252-SE, 1-US-l-SE, 1-SES-lA. Palaeo-environments: middle to deep neriti::.

MarsBonpUa ex gr. trocfaus (d'Orbigny)

Textiilacia trochus d'Orbigny, 1840, p. 45, pL 4, figs 25-26.

Remarks: Specimens referred to this spedes-group have a consixterable variable morphology. The morphotypes include specimens desccibed as M^. turris (d'Orbigny) and M. oxycona (Reuss), here considered as intraspecific variants of ri. trochus, fcOlowing the usage of Jarvis et ^ (1988, p. 21, fígs 8, lOe, 11c) and Leary (1988, p. 65-70).

M^t*»yT»jla trochus (d'Orbigny) sensu stricto (EL 6, Figs 13-15)

Textularia trochus d'Orbigny, 1840, p. 45, pL 4, figs 25-26. Marsscnplia trochus (d'Orbigny). Hofker, 1957, p. 81-82, text-fígs 82a.a-e (not text-figs 82a-g, 83a-i). - 88 - Dccothia ocycona (Reus^. Kaminski, Grac3stein, Berggren, Geroch & Beckmann, 1988, p. 195, pL 9, fig. 9.

Remarks: Specimens of Marssonpn^ trochus s.s. are distinguished by having a large, rapidly flaring, conical test (varying from c. 430/380/im to 520/410/im in maximum length/tceadth); wall finely agglutinated, with OTganic and/ca: calcareous cement (cf. Bamard, 1963). The morpiiotypes are similar to Marsscmella trochus var. oxycona (Reuss), which has been considered as a janior synonym of fi. trochus by several previcus authcas (e.g., Hofker, 1957, Bamard, opp. cit.). "Riey diEfer, however, in in the more rapidly flaring, cycundrical-sh^ied test, rather than fccoadly flaring and rounded.

Range: late Aptian to middle Altian, early Ccmadan to Maastrichtian. Occurrence: locality A-15, wéHs 1-SES-lA, l-SES-9, l-SES-24. Palaeo-environments: middle to deep neritic (late Aptian-middlé Albian biotopes), i^jper to middle bathyal (early Ccniadan-Maastrichtian táotopes).

MdiaaoiKJla trochus (d'Orbdgny) var. oxycana (Reuss) (PL 6, Figs 16-18)

Gaudryina oxycona Reuss, 1860, p. 229, pL 12, fig. 3. MarsscftelLa oxycona (Reuss). Cu^man, 1946, p. 43-44, pQ. 12, fig. 3a-b friot figs 4-5).5 MarsscneUa oxycona (Reuss). Bandy, 1951, p. 492, piL 72, fig. 8. MarsscneHa oxycona (Reuss). Hofker, 1957, p. 85-87, text-figs 87a-c, 88a-d, 89a-e (not text-figs 86, 90 Dorothia oxycona (Reiiss). Trujllo, 1960, p. 309, pd. 44, fig. 5. Dorothia oxycona (Reuss). HanzUkovà, 1972, p. 57, pL 11, fig. 8. Dorothia oxycona (Reuss). Krasheninnikov, 1974, p. 643, piL 7, fig. 2a-b. Dorothia cf. oxyc:ona (Reuss). Beckmann, 1978, p. 765, pL 1, figs 14 (not fig. 15).

Remarks: MarssOTella troc:hus var. oxycxjna morphotypes are ciiaracAerised by their conical test, of variabile size, with a bccjadly flaring outline (varying from c. 190A80^m to 530/510/im in maximum length/breadth ratio); early trochospire with 4 to 5 chambers per whorL fcdlowed a táserial stage with cdiambers rapidly increasing in tceadth; circular in cross - 89 - section throughout; walL finely agglutinated, with

MargonePa trochus (d'Orbigny) var. tanris (d'Orbigny) (PL 6, Figs 19-20)

Textularia turris d'Orbigny, 1840, p. 46, pL 4, figs 27-28. cf. MarssoneHa oxycona (Reuss), Cu^man, 1946, p. 43-44, pL 12, figs 4-5 (not fig. 3a-b) MarssoneUa turris (d'Orbdgny). Hofker, 1957, p.83, text-figs 84a-e, 85a-e. MarssoneUa turris (d'Ortdgny). Bamard, 1963, p. 42-43, text-figs 2a-h. MarssoneUa oxycona (Reuss). Haig, 1980, p. 126, pL 8, fig. 19.

Remarks: MarssoneUa trochus var. turris is distinguished by its generaUy long and narrow, conical test (varying from c. 430/310^m to 630/390pm in maximum length/teeadth ratio), with a more slowly tapering elcaigated ^ape; wall finely agglutinated, with crganic and/or calcareous cement (cf. Bamard, 1963). Range: late Aptian to Cenomanian, late Coniacian to early-late Maastricditìan. Occurrence: outccops A-9, A-15, wéDs 1-CA-l-SE, 1-CN-l-SE, 1-CPB- IR-SE, 7-CP-252-SE, 1-US-l-SE, 1-SES-lA, l-SES-3, l-SES-9, l-SES-24. Palaeo-envircsiments: middle neritic to upper bathyal (late Aptìan- Cenomanian biotopes), i^iper to middle bathyal (late Ccniaclan to early-late Maastrichtian biotopes).

Subfamily EGGBBELLINAE Cushman, 1937

- 90 - Genus KAKRERIELUV Cushman, 1933 Type specdes; Gautjryina sifhonpTia Reuss, 1851

gai-rurirfia ex gr. conversa (Grzybowskd) (PL 6, Fig. 21)

Gaudryina conversa Grzybowski, 1901, p. 235, pL 7, figs 15-16. Gaudryina bentonensis (Carmen). Cushman, 1946, 33, pL 7, figs 15-16. Gaudryina foeda (Reuss). Tnipllo, 1960, p. 307-308, pi. 44, fig. 7a-b. Gaudryina bentOTiensis (Carman). saiter, 1968, p. 48, pL 3, fig, 10. Gaudryina tailleuri CT^Jpan). Hanzllkovà, 1972, p. 52, pL 11, fig. 6. Rlectina conversa (GrzytaDwski). Hanzllkovà, 1972, p. 59, pL 13, figs 10, 14- Rlectdna afE. conversa (Grzybaw^. Kra^eninnikov, 1974, p. 643, pL 7, figs 3-4. KarrerieUa conversa (Grzybowski). Kaminski, Gradstein, Berggren, Geroch & Beck'mann, 1988, p. 196, pL 9, figs 17-18. PLecfina conversa (Grzybowski). MouEade, Kuhnt & Thurow, 1988, pL 9, figs 1-33.

Remarks: KarrerieUa ex gr. conversa morphotypes are characterised ty having a larga elongate test fr^arying from c 720/210;im to 1220/240^m in maximura length/treadth ratio); early multiserial, trocho^iral pcrtion, cylindrical in shape, fdUowed by a longer biserial stage of somewhat inflated chambers, sli^tly twisted; test ovoid to rounded in cross section; Wall moderately coarsely aggUitinated. Ranger late Campanian to Maastrichtian. Occurrence: wéUs 1-SES-lA, l-SES-9, l-SES-24. Palaeo-enviraiments: upper to lower bathyaL

Family TEXTOTARiroAE Ehrenberg, 1838

Subfamily lElcrULARIINAE Ehrenberg, 1838

- 91 - Genus TEXTDIAKIA Defeance, 1834

Type Epecdss: Texi-iiij^rja sagiHniia Defrance in í3e SLainviDe, 1824

TextiílaEÍa ex gr. subcomca Franke (ÎO. 6, Figs 22-24)

Textularia trochus cïOrhigny var. subconica Franke, 1928, p. 131, pL 12, fíg. 1. TextaJaria subconica (Franke). Cushman, 1946, p. 30, pL 6, figs 21-22. cf. Texhilaria alexanderi. (LaHcker). Haig, 1980, p. 112, pL 5, figs 1-4.

Remarks: Spedmens of Textniarja ex gr. subconica are characterised by a t^sering bdserial test (varying from c. 270/170;im to 350/310^m in maximum IsngthAareadtli ratio); inflated chambers, gradually to rapidly increasíng in size; ovate to nearly circular ouüine in cross-section in the last Chambers; wall very finely agglutinated. Most of ttie ^lecimens recovered örom Sergipe seem to be biserial throughout. Rare Neimens Show a minute, indistinct, early coü and are, Öierefore, somewhat simüar to Queensland ^dmens described by Haig (1980, see synonymy üsQ and attributed to Texti.ilaria alexanderi (Lalicker). Several of the Sergipe morphotypes have a tìùcker and nearly circular outline in cross-section of the last Chambers Öian have the QueensOand spedmens. According to Loeblidí & T^pan (1982, p. 60), "Haig's ^dmens are not conspedSc with Q. alexanderi". However, it is possible that the early coiled stage be completely raasked by agglutinated overgrowtii during lattee Cfitogenetic stages» and/or much reduced in rapLdly growing individuáis. In whatever the case, the morphcdogical différences are too erratic and insuffídent to support the proposai of a différent taxon. üntü further évidence is produced, the Sergipe morphotypes are regarded as Textularia, fcdlowing, therefore, the usage of Haig (op. dt.). Range: middle/late Albdan to Cenomanian, Coniadan. Ocurrence: localities A-1, A-3, A-9, A-10, A-15, weU l-SES-3. Palaeo-environments: middle neritdc to upper bathyaL

- 92 - Ti^tiilaiia ndimta Beth&Iin CEO- 6, Figs 25-28)

Textularia minuta Berthelin, 1880, p. 26. Textailaria convexa Antonova et aL, 1964, p. 36-37, pL 4, fíg. 7a-b. Textularia chapmani LalLcker. Magniez-Jannin, 1975, p. 54-56, pL 3, figs 1- 9. Textularia minuta Berthelin. Critbenden, 1983a, p. 20-21, pU 2, figs 9-10.

Remarks: Textularia minuta is distinguished by its moderately smaU, compressed, tapering biserial test (varying ñrom c 260/200/im to 330/220/4m ih maximum length/treadth ratio); süght lobate perighery; waU finely agglutinated. It differs from Texhii;^rLa ex gr. subconica Franke in its sraaHer and more compressed test, with fewer charabei^ Range: late Aptìan to middle Albdan. Occurrence: locaUty A-15, weUs 7-CP-252-SE, 1-OS-l-SE. Palaeo-environments: shallow to middle-deep neritdc

FamìLy PSEOpOGADDRTIHIDAE LoetOich & Tappan, 1985

SubfamìLy PSEOOOGADDRYDDHAE Loeblich & Tappan, 1985

Genus CLAVOiaNOroES Cushman, 1936 Type ^)ecLes: Clavulina trilatera Cushman, 1926 (sensu Banner & Pesai, 1985, and Loeblich & T^an, 1988)

ClavuMnaides ex gr. trilatera (Cushman) (RL 6, Fig. 29)

Clavulina trilatera Cushman, 1926b, p. 588, pL 17, fig. 2. Clavulina trilatera Cudiman var. aspera Cushman, 1926b, p. 589, piL 17, fig. 3.

- 93 - davuUncddes trilatera (Cushman). Cuáiman, 1946, p. 38, pL 9, figs 11, 13, 16 (not figs 10, 12?, 14-15). Clavulinoides trilatera (Cushman) var. concava (Cu^man). Cu^man, 1946, p. 38, pL 9, figs 13-19, 21 (not figs 17, 20, 22). ClavulinQides a^)era (Cushman). Cushman, 1946, p. 38-39, pL 9, figs 24-30. Tritaxia a^ra (Cuáiman). SUter, 1977b, pL 3, fig. 2 (? not figs 3-4). Tritaxia trilatera (Cushman). Beckmann, 1978, p. 769, pL 1, fig. 17. davulinoides aspera (Cuáiman). Kaminski, Gradstein, Berggren, Geroch & Beckmann, 1988, p. 194, pL 8, figs 11-12. davulirtoides trilatera (Cushman). Kamin^d, Gradstein, Berggren, Geroch & Beckmann, 1988, p. 195, pU 9, fig. 2.

Remarks: Specimens of Clavulinoides ex gr. trilatera are diaracterised by having a large, elongate test (varying from c 1460^m to 2430pm), triangular in sectÌOT throu^out with carínate angles; early triserial stage foOowed by a longer uniserial portim with chambers increasing slowly in size; wall finely to moderately agglutinated. Range: middle to late MaastriditLan. Occurrence: wéHs 1-SES-lA, l-SES-9 tare occurrence). Palaeo-envircximents: upper to middle bathyaL

Genus PSEUDOCLftVDLINA Cu^man, 1936 Type specdes: Clavulina cLavata Cushman, 1926

Remarks: The genus differs from Clavulinoides Cushman in possessìng an uniserial stage rounded in cross section (cf. Loeblich & Tappan, 1988, p. 179).

Keudoclavulma arenata (Cushman) (RL 6, Figs 30-31)

Clavulina arenatia Cu^man, 1933, p. 54, pL 6, fig. 5a-b. . feeudoclavulina arenata (Cu^man). Cushman, 1946, p. 37, pL 9, fig. 9. Tritaxia gauldna (Morozova). SUter, 1977b, piL 3, figs 5-6.

- 94 - QavulLnoídes globulifera (ten Dam & Siga]). Kaminski, Gradstein, Berggren, Geroch & Beckmann, 1988, p. 194, pL, 8, figs 14-15.

Remarks: Spedmens of Pseudoclavulina arenata are distingui^ed by having a large, elongate, cylindrical test (varying from c. 1250/430jam to 1730/450^m in maximum lengtii/ tceadth ratio); early triserial pCRidon, triangular in croas section, foüowed by a long uniserial stage, drcular in section, with Chambers increasing very slightly in size; wall moderately to coarsely agglutiiated.

Range: late Haastrichtian.

Occurrence: weUs 1-SES-lA, l-SES-3, l-SES-9.

Palaeo-envircximents; upper to middle bathyaL

Famüy VALVDIAMHIHIDAE Loehlirh & Tappan, 1986

Genus VÄLVÜIAMMINÄ Cushman, 1933

Type Riedes: Valvulina globularis d'Orfcágny, 1826

VahnJamminai?) ^ A (H. 6, Figs 32-33)

Remarks: Rare ^)eciraens tentatively assigned to Valvulammina (?) sp. A are distinguished by having a moderately large, concavo -convex trochoepiral test (varying from 440/220^m to 450/220/4m in maximum diameter/height ratio); Chambers in a moderately low trochospire, increasing rapidly in size; wall änely agglutinated, with a rather smooth test surface.

Range: earliest Älbian.

Occurrence: well 1-US-l-^ (rare occurrence).

Palaeo-environments: deep neritic. Family VALVUUNIDAE Bertheün, 1880

Subfamily TREF&XHJNINAE Loeblich & Tappan, 1986

Genus TREEAXnJNA Cushman, 1911 Type ^5ecdfis: Oavulina caperata Brady, 1881

(PL. 6, Figs 34-35)

Remarks: Rare specimens tentatively ceferred to Tritaxilina(?) 3p. A were recovered firom the L^Jpermost Cenomanian. They are characterised by having a large, elongate test (varying from c. 480/230jura to 620/250pm in maximum length/h:eadth), strcHigly distorted by compaction; high trochospiral eady coil, fciDowed by an uniserial stage, partiaUy fcroken off; wall rather coarsely agglutinated.

Range: latest Cenomanian.

Occurrence: locality A-46.

Palaeo-envircaiments: äiaUow to middLe neritic.

- 96 - Suborder INVOLDUNINA Hchenegger & PiUer, 1977

Remarks: Pcotoculus CoIlDwed by enrcdled tubular second Chamber; waU calcareous, perforate, radiate, originaUy aragonitdc but coraraonly recrystaUised to homogeneous microgranular sCructure (cf. Loeblich & Tappan, 1988, p. 294).

Family TOVOLOTODDAE Butsdlli, 1880

Subfamüy INVOUTHNINÄE Butschli, 1880

Genus TROCHOUHA Paalzow, 1922 Type specdes: Ihvolubina conica ScMumtierger, 1898

Ttocfaolma ^ A (PL 7, Figs 1-2)

Remarks: A single specimen referred to TrochcJina sp. A was recovered from the lowermost Altáan. It is characterised by having a high conical, trochospiral test {c. 380fim in maximura height), poorly preserved due to recrystallization; umbüical side contains nodes and pUlars of lamellar structure. Range: earliest Altrian- Occurrence: weU. 1-üS-l-SE tare occurrence). Palaeo-environment: oolitic/oncolitic carbonate äioals (specimen drifted by gravity down-flow currents to middle-deep neritk: environments).

Suborder SPOOIUNIIIA Hchenegger & PiUer, 1975

Remarks: Coüing plani^iral to high trocho^iral, prcilDculiis fcJlowed by enrcUed tubular undivided Chamber or with few Chambers per whorl; wall calcareous, hyaline, optically a single calcite crystal or few to a mosaic of crystals (cf. Loeblich & Tappan, 1988, p. 303).

- 97 - Family SPQauJNIDAE Reuss & Fritsch, 1861

Genus SFEEOUJNA Ehrenbecg, 1843 Type sped.es: SpiriTlirw vivipara Ehrenberg, 1843

?^»w-nKna nrinjina Sdiacko (RL 7, Figs 3-4)

SpirilUna minima Schacko, 1892, p. 159, pL 1, fig. 4. Spirillina minima Schacko. Petei, 1962, pp. 105-106, pL 13, fig. 4. Spiriüina minima Schacko. Bartenstein & Kovatcheva, 1982, p. 652, pL 4, figs 38-39, pL 5, figs 43-44.

Remarks: Spirillina minima is characterised by having a small (c. 200- 320jtfm in maximum diameter), discoidal, plani^iral and evolute test; prcüoculus foLowed by an undivided tubulär second Chamber, graduaEy enlarging; surface with numerous pares randomly distributed. Ihis is a long ranging Riedes, Range: late Aptian to middle Alhian, Cenomanian to Turonian. Occurrence: localities A-1, A-6, A-7, A-12, A-15, A-18, A-22, A-38, tt^xxanga 2, weUs 1-ÜS-l-SE, l-SES-9. Palaeo-environments: shaHow to middle neritic frrare drifted spedmens occur in Albian turtdditic sedments cf deep neritic-L^per bathyal settings).

Genus TDRKISPIRIUJNA Cushman, 1927 Type specdes: Spirillina conoidea Paalzow, 1917

T^irrigpiriltma subconica Tappan (PL 7, Figs. 5-8)

Turrispirillina subconica Tappan, 1943, p. 510, pL 82, figs. 2-3. Turri^jirillina subconica T^pan. Haig, 1982, p. 40, pL 8, fig. 12.

Remarks: Spedmens of Turrigpirillina sutx:onica are distinguished by having a small (c. 200-300^m in maximum diameter), low conical, concave- convex test; prdlDculus fcQlowed by a long undivided tubulär second Chamber; wall finely perforated. This is a long ranging spedes. Range: late Aptian to middle Albian, Turonian.

- 98 - Ocxnirrence: localities A-7, A-12, A-22, A-38, weUs 1-üS-l-SE, 7-CP- 252-SE. Palaeo-enviroiraents: äiallow to middle neritic (rare drifted spedmens occur in Albian turtdditLc Sediments of deep neritic-i:pper bathyal settings).

Family PRSEUJSSDAE RhumbOer, 1906

Subfamily PAIELEJNINAE Rhumküer, 1906

Genus PASEUJHA WÜLiamson, 1858 Type ^)ecies: Pat^nina corrugata WÜUamson, 1858

PateTHna subcretacea Cushman & Alexander (PL 7, Figs 9-12)

PatelUna subcretacea Cushman & Alexander, 1930, p.10, pL3, fig. 1. PateUina subcretacea Cushman & Alexander. Petri, 1962, p. 109-110, pL 13, figs 8-9. Patellina subcretacea Cushman & Alexander. SUter, 1968, p. 92-93, pL 13, fig. 14. PateSina subcretacea Bartenstein & Kovatcheva, 1982, p. 652, pL 4, fig. 37.

Remarks: Ihis ^jecdes is characterised by its smaU (c. 210-230^ in maximum diameter), low conical, plano-convex test; spiral side convex and evolute; umhUical sdde Elattened to sLL^tly concave, involute; Chambers subdivided by numerous radial septula extending inward from the Chamber perifhery. Ihere is considerable Variation in test height. This is a long ranging spedes. Range: late Aptian to middle Albian, early-middle Cenomanian, latest Turonian. Occurrence: localities A-1, A-6, A-15, A-16, A-18, A-38, Itapcaranga 2, weUs 1-CA-l-SE, 1-CN-l-SE, 1-CPB-lR-SE, 1-US-l-SE. Palaeo-environments: ^allow to middle neritic tare drifted ^dmens occur in Albian turfcdditic Sediments oE deep neritic-i:5)per bathyal settings).

- 99 - Suborder KUJDIINA Delage & H&rouard, 1896

Remarks Test of fine randomly oriented i-i-yq* aig of high magnesium calräte, resuldng in a müky opacity er porceHaneous appearance in reflected Üght (cf. Loeblich & T^pan, 1988, p. 309).

Superfamüy HmDLACEA Ehrenberg, 1839

Famüy SHROLOCDLMIDAE Wiesner, 1920

Genus SEtROLOCDUNA d'Orbigny, 1826 Type ^JecLes: Spirolocalina depressa d'Orbigny, 1826

^nroloculina ocetacea Reuss (PL 7, Figs 13-16)

SpirolocuHna cretacea Reuss, 1854, p. 72, pU 26, fig. 9. SpircJoculLna cretacea Reuss. Cushman & Todd, 1944, p. 3-4, pL 2, figs 1-4.

Remarks Spedmens referred to Spiroloculina cretacea are characterised by a troadly eHiptica], longer than troad, much compressed test (c. 400/250 to 460/290pm in maximum length/width ratio), poorly preserved due to recrystalization; perifhery slightly rounded; Chambers one-half coil in length added in a Single plane. Ihey are morphcQogically similar to spedmens attributed to Ma=ffd1ina planoconvexa Tappan by Eicher & Warstell (1970, p. 283-284, pL 2, fig. 6a-b) . They differ, however, in lacking the early, apparently quiraqueloculine stage, which is observed to protrude on cne side of most spedmens reported by Eicher & WocsteE (op. dt.) from the Greenhorn Formation oE South Dakota. Range: early Cenomanian, Occurrence: locality A-3. Palaeo-envircaiments: äiallow to middle neritic

- 100- (PL 7, Figs 17-20)

Remarks: SpircJociitina sp. A morpAiotypes are distinguished by an eBipdcaL sli^tLy longer than broad, tiûck test (c. 430/270/im to 440/29C^m in maximum length/width ratio); concave in the early pcrtion; periç*iery squarely truncate, üat or sliç^tLy convex, äiarply angled at the margins; Chambers Mie-half ccdl in length added in a single plane, increasing graduaHy in lengtii and tceadth but rapidLy in thickness; last two Chambers are much bcoader than previous caies, with thickened keels along the margins. The ^>ecimens have morphcdogical aCSnities with some late Neogene-Quatemary ^jedes of Spirdoculina iUustrated in Cushman & Todd (1944), for instance: S. angulosa Terguem tp- 34-35, pL 5, fig. 17; Püocene), S. dentata Cushman & Todd (p. 71-72, pL 9, fig. 34a-b; Hcüocene), and S. soldanii (p. 37, pL 6, figs 5-8; Pliocène).

Range: Cenomanian to early Ccmacian.

Occurrence: localities A-3, A-9, A-10, A-45.

Palaeo-environments: diallow middle neritic to upper bathyaL

Family HAUERINIDAE Schwager, 1876

Remarks: Occasional hauerinid ^dmens occur in the mid-Cretaceous succession of Sorgipe. These are mostly represented by poorly jsreserved, recrystalized tests or internai casts. As the spécimens are not well enough preserved to support a ^lecdfic détermination, they are placed in open nomenclature.

Subfamily HAOERININAE Schwager, 1876

Genus QtnNQDELOCQUNA d'Orbigny, 1826 Type ^)ecies; Serpula seminulum Linné, 1758

- 101 - <^iiiiqaeLDCoaiiia (?) ap. A (EO. 1, Fig. 21)

Remarks: Spedmens assigned to Quinquéloculina (?) sp, h have a minute, ovate test (c. 160/100/im in maximum length/width ratio); rounded equatorial periphery; quinqueloculine coiling, with 4 Chambers visible from one side and 3 from that appCGÍts. Range: late Aptdan to Albian. Occurrence: locaUty A-33, weUs 7-CP-252-SE, 1-US-l-SE. Palaeo-environments: shallow to middle neritic frare drifted ^)edmens occur in turtdditic depoeits from deep neritic to upper bathyal settings).

Subfamily IDUDUNELLINAE Vélla, 1957

Genus FSEDDOSIGHaiIJHA Bartenstein, 1965 Type Riedes: Triloculina lecalvezae Kaaschieter, 1961

t^eudoagmoflinaíT) ap. A (PL 7, Figs 22-23)

Remarks: Spedmens tentatively referred to PseudosigmoUina (?) sp. A have been recovered from tíie Albian. They have a moderately large, elongate, somewhat compressed, fusifccm test (c. 360/160jim in maximum length/width ratio); quinqueloculine arrangement with Chambers one-half coil in length. Range: Albian. Occurrence: locality A-33, wéE 1-US-l-SE. Palaeo-environments: áiaUow to middle neritic orare drifted spedmens occur in turhiditic deposits from deep neritic to upper bathyal settings).

- 102 - Suborder UVGENINA Délage & Hérouard, 1896

Remarks: WaU of monolameUar, radiate calcite crystals, with c-axes perpendicular to the outer surface (cf. LoetQich & Tappan, 1988, p. 386).

Superfamily ROBOLGIDACEA Reiss, 1963

Family ICHTHYOLARHOAB LoebLldi & Tappan, 1986

Genus UNGDLONODOSARIA A. SÜvestri, 1903

Type specLes; Ejngulina nodosaria Reuss, 1863

ÜngolcnodnBaria nodosaria (Reuss) (RL 7, Figs 24-27) làngulLna nodosaria Reuss, 1863, p. 59, pL 5, ñgs 12a-b. LJnguUna nodosaria Reuss. Hagniez-Jannin, 1975, p. 217-219, text-Eig. 112. linguUna nodosaria Reuss. Sdieit^ierovà, 1976, p. 68, pL36, fig. 1. LinguHna sp. cf. L. nodosaria Reuss. Haig, 1982, p. 19, piL 3, fig. 9, 16. IJrtguJina nodosaria Reuss. Haig, 1981, p. 346, ptL 2, fig. 27, Ungulonodosaria nodosaria (Reuss). Loebüch & Tappan, 1988, pL 433, figs 13-16.

Remarks: Specimens of Lingulonodosaria nodosaria are characterised by their elongate, uniserial, sbraight or sUghÜy arcuate test (c. 250-340/im in maximum length); few globular Chambers increasing slowly in size; ovai to rounded peripheral margin in cross section; slit-like terminal aperture; smooth test surface. Range: late Aptìan. Occurrence: weUs 7-CP-252-SE, 1-CPB-lR-SE. Palaeo-environments: shallow neritic,

Superfamüy NODOSARIACEA Ehrenberg, 1338

- 103 - Family NODOSARIIDAE Ehrenberg, 1838

Subfamily NODOSAIODiAE Ehrenberg, 1838

Genus DramMJNA Risso, 1826 Type specáes: Nodosaria cuvieri d'Orbigny, 1826

DePt?ìH"^ baripi?>nata Cushman (PL 7, Fig. 28)

Dentalina basiplanata Cushman, 1938a, p. 38, pL 6, figs 6-8. Dentalina basiplanata Cushman. Cushman, 1946, p^ 68, pL 24, fi^ 1-6. Dentalina mirandai Petri, 1962, p. 72, pL 8, fig. 6, Dentalina basiplanata Cuáiman. Sliter, 1968, p.57, pU 5, figs 8-11.

Remarks: The ^)ecies has a large, very elongate, slightly curved and tapering uniserial test (c. 1000-1200/im in maximum length); early Chambers strcffigly overlapping; Chambers increasing alowly in size and becoming more inflated and somewhat élongated in the late stage, with more depressed sutures; smooth test surface. Range: late Campanian. Occurrence: weH l-SES-9. Palaeo-environments: upper to middle bathyal.

Dmtalma communis d'Orbigny (PL 7, Figs 29-30)

Nodosaria (Dentalina) communis d'Orbigny, 1326, p. 254. Dentalina communis d'Ortágny. Bartenstein, Bettenstaedt & Bolli, 1966, p, 153, pU 3, figs 187-194, 208. Dentalina cf. deflexa Reuss. Bartenstein, Bettenstaedt & Bolü, 1966, p. 153- 154, pL 3, figs 206-207. Lenticulina / Dentalina/ distincta (Reuss). Magniez-Jannin, 1975, p. 147-148, pL 11, figs 37-39, text-Eig. 75. Dentalina distincta Reuss. Bertenstein & Kovatcheva, 1982, p. 637, pL 2, figs 6-7.

- 104 - E>enta1.ìna sp, cf. D. communis d'Orbigny. Haig, 1982, p. S-6, pL 1, figs 13- 15.

Remarks; Specimens referred to Dent-aiìna communis have an eLangate, slightìy arcuate, uniserial test, variable in length; moderately inflated Chambers, increasing slowly in sLze and becoming somewhat élongated in the last Chambers; sutures distinct, progressively more depressed; smooth test surfacfi. This spedes is often recorded as broken firagments (individuai Chambers varying from 130p,m to 200pjn in maximum length). Range: late Aptian to earliest Cenomanian. Occurrence; locaUty A-38, weUs 1-CN-l-SE, 7-CP-252-SE, 1-CRL-l-SE, 1-US-l-SE. Palaeo-envircBiments: shallow middle to deep neritic tare drifted specimens were recovered from turbiditic Sediments of deep neritic to uj^r bathyal settings).

Doitailina ex gc. legumen Reuss (RU 7, Figs 31-33)

Dentalina legumen Reuss, 1851, p. 10, pL 1, fig. 14. Dentalina legumen Reuss. Cushman, 1946, p^ 65, pL 23, fi^ 1-2. Dentalina legumen Reuss. SUter, 1968, p. 58, pL 5, figs 17-18, 24.

Remarks: Spedmens of Dentalina ex gr. legumen are characterised by having a large, elongate, stightly arcuate, uniserial test (c. 500-520;im in maximum length); early chambecs strongLy overlapping, later stege of elongatied, inflated ciiambecs, with oblique sutures. This is a long ranging ^des-group.

Range: earliest Albian, Turonian to Maastrichtìan.

Occurrence; weUs 1-CA-l-SE,, 1-CRL-l-SE, l-SES-3, l-SES-9.

Palaeo-environments: middle to deep neritic (earliest Albian biotopes); deep neritic to upper bathyal (Turonian-Maastrichtìan biotopes).

- 105 - Dartaliiia cj*rfa*n'ata (Chapman) (PL 7, Figs 34-35)

Nodosaria (Dentalina) raristriata Chapman, 1893, p. 591, pL 9, fig. 4. Dentalina cf. parcatiiiata Loeblich & Tappan. Bartenstein, Bettenstaedt & BdUi, 1966, p. 154, pL 3, fig. 226. cf. Nodosaria spectrum Reuss. Bartenstein & Bolli, 1977, p. 553, pL 2, fig, 13. Dentalina raristriata Chapman. Haig, 1982, p. 9, pL. 2, figs 8-11.

Remarks: Specimens of Dentalina raristadata are characterised by having a slender, elongate, slightly curved uniserial test, with longitudinal costae; globular Chambers, slightly inflated, increasing graduaEy in size and length; sutures distinct, depressed. This spedes is often recorded as broken ftagments (individuai Chambers varying from 110/ira tö 2S0fim in maximum length). Range: late Aptian. Occurrence: weil 7-CP-252-SE. Palaeo-environments: shaHow to middle neritic.

DaitaÜna vistaiTae Pozaryska (PL 7, Figs 36-38)

Dentalina cf. D. consobcina d'Orbigny. Cushman & Hedberg, 1841, p. 89, pL 21, figs 30-31. Dentalina cf. D. consobrina d'Orbigny. Cushman, 1946, p. 69, pL 24, figs 23-27. Dentalina vistulae Pozaryska, 1957, p. 89, fig. 18, pL 7, fig. 10. Dentalina vistulae Pozaryska. Sliter, 1968, p. 59, pL 5, fig, 25. Dentalina cf. D. consobrina d'Orbigny. Tinoco, 1978, p. 1036, pL 2, figs 6-7.

Remarks: Spedmens referred to Dentalina vistulae are represented by large, very elongate fragments, showing Chambers rapidly increasing in length (individuai chamtiers varying from 200^m to 660^m in maximum length); smooth test surface. Range: late Cenomanian to Campanian. Occurrence: wells 1-CA-l-SE, 1-SES-lA, l-SES-9. Palaeo-environments: deep neritic to middle bathyaL

- 106 - Genus NODOSARIA Lamarck, 1812 Type ^îecâes: Nautilus radioila IJnné, 1758

Nodcsada ex gc. aCDnis Reuss (RL 8, Fig. 1)

Nodosaria a£finìs Reuss, 1945, p. 26, pL 13, fig. 16. Nodosaria paupercula Reuss. Cushman & Hedberg, 1941, p. 89, pL 21, figs 32-33- Nodosaria afFinip Reuss. Cushman, 1946, PL70-71, fiL 25, figs 8-23. Nodosaria paupercula Reus& Cushman, 1946, p. 75, pi, 27, figs 10-12, DetaHna alternata acxies). SlLter, 1968, p. 56-57, pL 5, figs 12-13. Nodosaria affinis Reuss. Tinoco, 1978, p. 1035, pL 2, fig. 1. Nodosaria pauperculata Reuss. Tinoco, 1978, p. 1036, piL 2, figs 2-4. Nodosaria sp. "A", Tinoco, 1978, p. 1036, pL 2, fig. 5.

Remarks; Specimens of Nodosaria ex gr. affinis are recognised by having a very elongate, ^aight to slightly arcuate, uniserial test, with longitudinal costae; chambers inflated, subglobular, increasing gradually in àze, with distinct, depressed sutures. Broken fragments of variable sizes are commonly found (individuai chambers varying from 140^m to 190pm in maximura length). Range: late Santonian to Maastrichtìan. Occurrence: localLty A-19, weUs 1-CA-l-SE, l-SES-9, l-SES-24. Palaeo-environments: upper to lower bathyal.

NorlnRaria Hmbata d'Orbigny (PL 8, Fig. 2)

Nodosaria limbata d'Orbigny, 1840, p. 12, pL 1, fig. 1. Nodosaria Hmbata d'Orbigny. Cu^man, 1946, p. 74, pL 27, figs 1-2. Nodosaria limbata d'Orfcrigny. SHter, 1968, p. 53, pL 4, fig. 15. Nodosaria limbata d'Orbigny. Beckmann, 1978, p. 767, pL 1, fig. 24.

- 107 - Remarks: Ncxjosaria Hmbata morphotypes are characterised by a large, elongate, uniserial test; few subglobular, inflated Chambers, of neaüy uniform size; distinct, depressed sutures; smooth surface. This ^lecies is often recorded as tcoken fragments (individuai Chambers varying from 100/im to 180/im in maximum length). Rar^e: Turonian to Campanian. Occurrence: weD. 1-CA-l-SE. Palaeo-environments: deep neritic to Upper bathyal.

SpHr»sin'a ^ gr. ohBCUTa ReUSS (RL 8, Figs 3-4)

Nodosaria (Nodosaria) obscura Reuss, 1845, p. 26, pL 13, figs. 7-9 (Sde Haig, 1982, p. 13). Nodosaria proboscddea Reuss. Cushman, 1946, p. 72-73, pL 26, p. 12-13. Nodosaria fcöghornensis Young. Eicher & Worstell, 1970, p. 287, pL 3, figs 21-22. Nodosaria barrisi Vieaux. Magniez-Jannin, 1975, p. 195-196, pL 12, figs 38- 42. Nodosaria obscura Reuss, Magniez-Jannin, 1975, p. 192-194, pL 12, figs 22- 34, text-fig. 105. Nodosaria gidya Ludbrook. Scheibnerovà, 1976, p.78, pL 34, fig. 2, text-fig. 92. Nodosaria obscura Reuss. Haig, 1982, p. 13, pL 2, figs 39-43,

Remarks: Specimens referred to Nodosaria ex gr. obscura have a short, elongate, straight, uniserial test, with proe minent longitudinal costae, commonly widely ^saced; globular Chambers increasing gradually to rapidly in size. They are similar to Nodosaria ex gr. afHnis Reuss morphotypes, but differ in the usuaHy smallar, less elongate test with few, widely spaced costae. This specdes is c^ten recorded as fcroken fragments (individuai chamtìers varying from 85/im to 140;im in maximum length). Range: middle-late Cenomanian to Turcxüan. Occurrence: locality A-2, weHs 1-CA-l-SE. Palaeo-envircaiments: deep neritic t:o Upper fcathyaL

- 108 - Genus PSEDDONODOSABIA Boomgaart, 1949

Type specdes: GlanduÜna discreta Reuss, 1850

IteudcKiodoRflria ex gr. humiKg (Roemer) (RLS, Fig. 5)

Nodosaria huiriili^ Roemer, 1841, p, 95, pL 15, fig. 6. Pseudoqlandulina manifesta (Reuss). Cushman, 1946, p. 76, pL 27, Sgs 20-26. Pseudonodosaria manifesta (Reuss). Sliter, 1968, p^ 72, pL 8, äg. 18. Rectoqlandulina hu milis (Roemer). Bartenstein & BoEi, 1973, p. 406, pL 6, ags 9-12. Pseudonodosaria hu milis (Roemer). Magniez-Jannin, 1975, p. 198-200, text- fig. 106. Pseudonodosaria äff. scotti fTappan). Magniez-Jannin, 1975, p. 200-201, text-fig. 107. Pseudonodosaria manifesta (Reuss), Tinoco, 1978, p. 1038, pL 2, fig. 19. Pseudonosaria humiliw (Roemer), Haig, 1982, p.15-16, pL3, figs 4-5. Pseudonodosaria manifesta (Reuss), Dailey, 1983, pL 3, fig. 1.

Remarks: Pseudonodosaria ex gr. humi'li^ morphotypes are characterised by having an elongate, nearly cylindrical and relatìvely bcoad, tapering, uniserial test (c. 540/290^ra in maximum length/tceadth ratio); strongLy overlapping Chambers in the early stages, with Qush sutures; Chambers increasing gradually in size and becoming Inflated in later stages, with distinct, depressed sutures; smooth surface. This is a long ranging specdes- group.

Range: late Aptian to early Albian (rare occurrence), late Campanian to Maasbdchtian.

Occurrence: weUs 7-CP-252-SE, 1-SES-lA, l-SES-9.

Palaeo-environments: äiallow middle to deep neritic (late Aptian-early Albian biotopes); Upper bathyal (late Campanian to Maastrichtìan biotopes).

- 109 - Iteudono«*»gwia obesa (Loeblich & Tappan) (EL 8, Fig. 6)

Rectoqlandiilina obesa Loeblich & Tappan, 1955, p. 5, pL 1, Sgs 5-6. RectoglanduHna pygmaea (Reus). TrujHo, 1960, p. 326, pL 47, fig. la-b. Pseudonodosaria obesa (Loeblich & Tappan). SHter, 1968, p. 72, pL 8, fig. 7.

Remarks: Pseudonodosaria obesa is characterised by having a large, ovate, subglobular, uniserial test (c. 580/450;im in maximum length/ treadth ratio); pointed eariy chambers and large last one; chambers strongly embrancdng; sutures distinct, flush; smooth surface. Range: Santonian to Maastrichtian. Occurrence: weDs 1-SES-lA, l-SES-3, l-SES-9. Palaeo-environments: i^ìper to middle bathyaL

Subfamily UNGOLDaHAE LoebLLdi & Tappan, 1961

Geruis LINGDIJNA d'Orbigny, 1826 Type ^Jedes: Lingulina carinata d'Orbigny

lingulina k*^"n*^ Petri (PL 8, Fig. 7)

Lingulina keHeri Retri, 1962, p. 82, pL 10, figs 3-4.

Remarks: the specimens are characterised by having an elongate, straight, lateraHy compresed, uniserial test (c. 250-500;im in maximum length), which is often poorly preserved because of recrystaHisation; chambers arcuate, stroigLy overlapping earlier ones; smooth test surface. Range: early Cenomanian. Occurrence: locality A-1 tare occurrence). Palaeo-envircaiments: shallow to middle neritic.

- 110 - SubEamdly FRONmcnLABUNAE Reuss, 1860

Genus FROHEOCaiASK De&ance, 1826 Type ^)ecies: Renulina cxjmplanata Defrance

Ptondìcularìa cUgfci Bagg (RL 8, Figs 8-9)

Frondigilaria clarki Bagg, 1898, p. 48, pL 3, fig. 4. Frondiciilaoa clarki Bagg. Cudiman, 1946, p. 92, pL 38, figs 1-5.

Remarks: Ihe species is characterised by having a large, elongate test, flattened and slender, with a somewhat lanceolate shape; uniserial chambers; sutures distinct, strongLy curved; surface smooth. This ^des is often recorded as broken firagments (c. 930^m in maximum length). Range: early Maastrichtian. Occurrence: weH l-SES-9 (rare occurrence). Palaeo-environments: upper to middle bathyaL

Ftondiailaria nricrodiaca Reuss (PL 8, Fig. 10)

Fcondicularia microdisca Reuss, 1860, p. 195, pi. 5, fig. 4. Frondicularia microdisca Reuss. Cushman, 1946, p.90, piL 30, fig. 2.

Remarks: Frcsidicularia microdisca is characterised by its large, flattened, palmate test, nearly as fcroad as long (c. 3330/2800/im in maximum length/fcreadth ratio); chambers numerous, broad and low, increasing gradually in size; sutures distinct, strongly curved; surface smooth. Range: early Campanian. Occurrence: wéll 1-AU-l-SE (rare occurrence). Palaeo-environments: deep neritic to upper bathyaL

- 111 - Genus THESQX MaofacSyen, 1941 Type specLes; Rhabdogonmín Uasinuin Berthelln, 1879

TVísriT ex gr. ecavata (Reuss) (RL 8, Figs 11-13)

Rhafadoqonium excavatum Reuss, 1863, p. 91, pL 12, fig. 8a-c. ReusseHa moraisL Petri, 1962, p. 103-104, pL 13, fig. 2 (not fígs 1, 3). Iristíx excavaba (Reuss). Magniez-Jannin, 1975, p.224-225, pL 12, figs 7-11. 'Msüx excavatus (Reuss). Gradstein, 1978, pL 3, fig. 10. 'ndbcachia australiana Ludbrcwk. Scheibnerovà, 1978, pi. 1, fig. 16. TTitcachia sp., Scheitnerovà, 1978, pL 1, fig. 15.

Remarks; Specimens of Tristix ex gr. excavata have an elongate (c. 300-470^m in length), uniserial, rectüinear test which is triangular in cross section throughout with sharp acute angles and concace sides; chambers narrow, curved, increasing gradually in size; sutures distinct, slightly depressed; aperture terminal, slightly produced; smooth test surface. Range; middLe to late Albian. Occurrence: well 1-US-l-SE. Palaeo-environments; middle neritic to upper bathyaL

Family VAGINULENIDAE Reuss, 1860

Subfamily LEirm:DLDaNA£ Chapman, Parr & CbUins, 1934

Genus IfNlSCDLIHA Lamarck, 1804

Type specdes: Lenticulites roHii?tta Lamarck, 1804

Remarks: One of the most typical and frequent coiled vaginulinids in the marine realra, specimens belonging to the genus are characterised by having a lenticular, pQanispiral test; generaHy boumbonate; aperture at

-112 - perijrfieral angls of last Chamber, radiate. Ttie difficultdes in specLating Cretaceous Lenticulina, e^>eciaILy unomamented fcrms, have been discussed in detail by several authors (e.g., Bartenstein, Bettenstaedt & Bolli, 1957, p. 12-13, 22, and 1966, p. 145-151). Most Neimens recovered from Sergipe are, therefore, lumped into highly variable specdes-groups, which include morphotypes similar to the nominated species types.

Laiticiiliiia ex gc. gatiltina (Bertheün) {PL 8, Figs 14-16)

CristpTlarla gaulüna BertheUn^ 1880, p. 49, pL 3, figs. 15-19. Lenticulina gaulüna (Berthelin). T^ipan, 1940, p. 101, pL 15, fig. lla-b. Lenticulina ^) subgaultina Bartenstein. Bartenstein, Bettenstaedt & BoHi, 1966, p. 147-148, pL 2, Sgs 128-129 Lenticulina AentLculina-Ästacolug/ gaultim ßerthelin). M agniez-Jannin, 1975, p. 102-104, pL 9, fig. 17.

Remarks: Specimens assigned to LenHmiina ex gr. gaultina are characterised by having a large plani^riral test (c. 530-860;im in maximum diameter), tending to become partially evolute in the last Chamber, with a subacute to tiiinly keeled perifAiery; 8 to 10 Chambers increasing gradually in size; smooth test surface. Range: late A^sdan to Albian, Turonian. Occurrence: locality A-15, weDs 1-CA-l-SE, I-CPB-IR-SE, 7-CP-252-SE, ' 1-US-l-SE. Palaeo-environments: äiallow middLe neritic to upper bathyaL

L^ìrii^iTìna ex gc. nodosa (Reuss) (PL 8, Figs 17-19)

CristeTiaria nodosa Reu^ 1863, p. 78, pL 9, fig. 6. Lenticulina 5*,) nodosa nodosa (Reuss). Bartenstein, 1974, p. 540-547, pL 1, figs 1-17, pL 2, figs 5-6, 9-12, 16-17. Lenticulina CL.) nodosa (Reuss). Bartenstein & BoHi, 1977, p. 550, piL 1, figs 34-36. LentLcuHna (M nodosa nodosa (Reuss). Aubert & Bartenstein, 1976, pL 1, figs 1-2, 4-13, 17-21, pL 2, figs 6-8, 13-15, 20-24, piL 3, figs 6-8, pL 4, figs 1, 4-8.

- 113 - Lenticulina ex gc. nodosa (Reuss). Gradstein, 1978, pL 4, fig. 10.

Remarks: Specimens referred to Lenticatina ex gr. nodosa have a táumbonate test (c. 240-370jum in maximum diameter), with distinct knot- like thickenings of the ledges on the keel edge and a nearly circular equatorial perijáiery; 8 to 9 chamtjers in the last whcrL increasing slowly in size; sutures moderately to strcffigly raised. Range: late Aptian- Occurrence: wéU. l-üS-1-SE (rare occurrence). Palaeo-environments: middle to deep neritic.

LgìHnitiiia revoluta (Israelsky) (PL 8, Figs 20-22)

Robulus revcQutus Israelsky, 1955, p. 49, pL 15, figs 3-6. Lenti a ili na revoluta (la^aelsky). SlLter, 1968, p. 67, pL 7, fig. 11.

Remarks: liie specimens have a moderately smaH, lenticular, plani^ñral test (c. 300^m in maximum diameter), with a keeled periphery; 8 to 10 chambers in the last whorl, increasing gradually in size; sutures distinct, ñush, strongly curved; smooth test surface. Range: Turonian to late CcmacLan. Occurrence: weHs 1-CA-l-SE, l-SES-3 (rare occurrence). Palaeo-environments: upper to middle bathyaL

Lenticulina ex gr, cotulata (Lamarck) (PL 8, Figs 23-25)

Lentia ili tes cotulata Lamarck, 1804, p. 188. Robalina munsteri Roemer, 1839, p. 48, pL 22, fig. 29. Robulus munsteri (Roemer). Cushman, 1946, p. 53, pL 17, fígs. 3-9. Lenticulina gaultina (Berthelin). Retri, 1962, p.62, pL 6, figs 1-4, pL 7, fig. 1. Lenticulina muensteri (Roemer). SUter, 1968, p. 66, pL 7, figs. 9, 13.

- 114 - Lenticiiiina /Lenticulina/ rotiilata (Lamarck). Magniez-Jannin, 1975, p. 100, pL. 9, fig. 3a-b. Lenticulina IJj.) muensteri (Roemer). Bartenstein & BoHi, 1977, p. 550, pL 1, fig. 33. Lenticulina (Lenticulina) muensteri (Roemer). Bartenstein & Kovatcheva, 1982, p. 642, pL 3, figs 4-5.

Remarks: Mcarphotypes referred to Lenticulina ex gr. rotniata are characterised by ttieir large, tdumbonate test with a ^arply keeled to acute periphery (c. 470-510^m in maximum diameter); 8 to 12 chambers in the last whorL increasing slowly to gradually in size; distinct limbate sutures, gentìy curved, flush to slightly elevated. There is considerable variatÌDn in the number of chambers, thickness of the umbonal boss and sutures. This is a long ranging and eurytopic specdes-group.

Range: late Aptian to Maastrichtian.

Occurrence: locaHties A-1, A-10, A-11, A-15, A-32, A-37, A-45, wèlls 1-CA-l-SE, 1-CN-l-SB, 1-CPB-lR-SE, 1-US-l-SE, 1-SES-lA, l-SES-3, 1- SES-9, l-SES-24 Palaeo-environments: neritic to bathyal (peak in abundance at deep neritic to upper bathyal depths).

LMitiniitina ex gr. subanqulata (Reuss) (PL 8, Figs 26-29)

Cristellaria subangulata Reuss, 1863, p. 74, pL 7, fig. 7. Lenticulina subangulata (Reuss). SHter, 1980, pL 10, figs 17-18.

Remarks: The spedmens are typòcally represented by having a moderately large test (c. 300-500^m in maximum diameter) with an angled periphery; 7 to 9 chambers in the last whorl, increasing gradually in size. Range: late Aptian to Altdan.

Occurrence: wélls 1-CA-l-SE, 1-CRL-l-SE, 7-CP-252-SE, 1-US-l-SE.

Palaeo-environments: ^allow middle neritic to upper bathyaL

- 115 - (PL 8, Figs 30-32)

Remarks: Lentioilina A is characfcerised by having a moderately large, lateraHy compressed test (c. 360-430fim in maximum diameter); 5 to 8 chambers in tiie last whorl, increasing rapidly in size; sutures distinctly raised, curved, forming tiiickened ridges towards tlie umbüicus; tiùn distinct peripheral keeL The morphotypes are similar with those repcrted as Lenticulina sp. 1 by Scheibnerovà (1974, pu 711, pL 3, figs 16-22) from the Aptían-Albian of DSDP Sites 260 and 263, in the eastern Indian Océan. Range: early Albian. Occurrence: locality A-27 (rare occurrence), well 1-US-l-SE. Palaeo-envirOTments: ^allow to middle neritic.

Genus HARGINaEIMOPSIS A. Sivestri, 1904

Type species: ÇHghpnana ixadyi Goes, 1394

MargiiBiHnopsis qi. A (PL 8, Figs 33-34)

Remarks: Specimens of Harginulinopsis sp. A are characterised by having a large, elongate test (c. 1400/im in maximum length); equatorial periphery carínate; early plani^nral coil EoHowed by an uniserial stage with chambers circular in cross-section; surface with numerous longitudinal costae. Range: late Maastrichtian. Occurrence: weH l-SES-24. Palaeo-environments: middle to lower bathyaL

Genus SARACENARIA Defrance, 1824 Type ^cies: Saracenaria itaHca Defrance, 1824

- 116 - Saracenatia spt cL & irasiDosta Eidienberg (EO- 8, Figs 35-36)

Saracenaria italica Defrance var. crassicostata Eichenberg, 1933, p. 17, pL 5, fig. 2a-c. Lenticulina/Baracenaria/ crasFiìexasta (Eichenberg) Hagniez-Jannin, 1975, p. 176-184, pL 13, figs 22-34, text-fig. 96.

Remarks: Specimens of Saracenaria sp. cf. S, cra>=8=nnostata are characterised by having a large biconvex test (e. 420-560^m in maximum length), triangular in cross-sectìon; keeled equatorial periphery; early chambers in a planispiral coü, later flaring and tending to become rectüinear; apertural face broad; sutures curved, flush to slightly depressed; surface smooth. Range: late Albian to earliest Cenomanian. Occurrence: weDs 1-CRL-l-SE, 1-US-l-SE. Palaeo-environment: deep neritic.

SubEamÜy PALMDUNAE Saidova, 1981

Genus NEOFIABEEJINA Bartenstein, 1948 Type spedes: Flabelli na rugosa d'Orbigny

NeoFlahph'na ex gr. pluMfera (Cushman & Campbell} (PL 9, Figs 1-2}

Flabelina piìulifera Cushman & CampbelU 1935, p. 67, pL 10, fig.6. FlabelUna numisroaUs Wedekind, 1940; p. 200, pL 9, figs 1-3, pL 11, figs 8- 9. HeoElabelina püulifera (Cu^man & Campbell). Sliter, 1968, p^ 71, pL 8, figs 19-20. NeoHabelina ex gr. numismalis (Wedekind). Hanzllkovà, 1972, p. 70, pL 17, fig. 5. Heoflabelina piìulifera (Cushman & Campbell). Hanzllkovà, 1972, p, 71, pL 17, fig. 6.

- 117 - Remarks: The species is distìngui^ed by having a large, Elattened, oval test (neanic stage c. 390/210^m in maximum length/breadth ratio; ephebic and gerontic ^)ecimens c. 930/38C^m in maximum length/treadth ratio); early plard^jiral coil, later uniserial; tuberculate surface between sutures in early portion. Range: Santonian to early Maastrichtian. Occurrence: weDs 1-Cft-l-SE, 1-SES-lA. Palaeo-envircmments: upper to middle bathyaL

Hortfiahph'na reticulata (Reuss) (PL 9, Figs 3-4)

Elabelina reti a Hata Reuss, 1351, p. 30, pL 1, fig. 22. Palmula retnnilata (Reuss). Guzman, 1946, p. 84, pL 31, Sgs 1-6. Neoflabelina reticulata (Reuss). Hart et 1981, p. 212, pL 7.20, fig. 3, Nenflabelina reticulata (Reuss). Hart et 1989, p. 354, pL 7.20, fig. 3.

Remarks: Spedmens of Neoflabelina reticulata have a large, flattened, palmate test (c. 660/370 to 1000/800/im in maximum lengthAreadth ratio); surface between sutures strongly ornamented by numerous ridges. It differs from NeoElabeUna semiretdculata (Guzman & Jarvis) in having a more regular, reticulate test surface ornamentation between sutures, throughout the test. Range: early Maastriditian. Occurrence: well 1-SES-lA. Palaeo-environments: upper to middle bathyaL

Ne^j'HuHna aemireticiilata (Cu;^man & Jarvis) (PL 9, Fig. 5)

Flabelina semireticulata Cushman & Jarvis, 1928, p. 98, pL 13, fig. 14. Palmula semireticulata (Cushman s Jarvis). Cushman, 1946, p. 35, pL 31, figs 7-8. Neoflabelina praereticulata Hiltermann, 1952, p. 53, pL 3, fig. 37. Neoflataelina praereticulata Hilterraann. Hart et 1981, p. 212, pL 7.20, fig. 2.

- 118 - NeoQabelila ^aerebiciilata Hiltermann. Hart et 1989, p. 354, pL 7.20, fig. 2.

Remarks: Specimens of Neoflabelina semireticulata are characterised by a large, flattened, pálmate test (c. 830/56Cl^m in maximum length/breadth ratio); tuberculate surface between sutures in early pcrtion, later strcMigly omamented by numerous short ridges. It differs from Heoflabelina retir-niata (Reuss) in the test surface reticulations between sutures, which are much smaller and much more irregular in both size and shape. Range: earliest Maastrichtian. Occurrence: weH 1-SES-lA. Palaeo-environments: i^jper to middle bathyal,

HenflabeTina rugosa (d'Orbigny) (PL 9, Fig. 6)

Flahellina rugosa d'Orbigny, 1840, p. 23, pL 2, figs 4-5, 7. Palmula rugosa (d'Orbigny. Cushman, 1946, p. 83, pL 31, figs 9-16. HeoflabeHina rugosa (d'Orbigny). Sliter, 1968, p. 71-72, pL 8, fig. 21. Neoflabelina ex gr. rugosa (d'Otigny). HanzHkova, 1972, p. 71, pL 17, fig. 7. NecflabeHina cf. praereticiilata Hiltermann. Beckmann, 1978, p. 767, pL 1, fig. 33.

Remarks: Neflabeina rugosa morphotypes have a large, flattened, troadly pálmate test (c. 1000/670/im in maximum length/tceadth ratio); periphery truncate; sutures distinct, raised; tuberculate surface ornamentation between sutures. Range: late Campanian. Occurrence: well 1-SES-lA. Palaeo-environments: upper to middle bathyaL

Subfamily HARGINDLININAE Wedekind, 1937

- 119 - Genus AS]3^COLDS Montfcrt, 1808 Type ^)ecies; Astacolus crepidulatus Montfoct, 1808.

A**^*^'is Sp. c£, A. '»Tt'''i'' (Berthelin) (10. 9, Figs 7-8)

cf. CristfìTìaria sàtula BertheÜn, 1380, p. 54, pL 3, fig. 3. cf. Astacolus scitiiifi (Berthelin), Haig, 1982, p.20, pL 4, figs 5-7,

Remarks: Specimens referabüe to Astacolus sp. cf. A. sciti ila are cEstinguiShed by having a smalU elongate, uniserial test (c, 250-280^m in maximum lengtii); few troad and low chambers, added on a slightly curved axis; early stage aUghtly curved but not completely enrcQled; sutures strongly obligue, curved; incipient peripheral keel; surface with few faint longitudinal costae. "The q>ecimens denote a transiticffial trend between Vaginulina ex gr. debilis perthelin) and Marginulina ex gr. aequivoca Reuss morphotypes. Range: late Aptian to middle Mhdan. Occurrence: locálity A-15, weUs 7-CP-252-SE, 1-US-l-SE. Palaeo-envircximents: shallow middle to deep neritic.

Af*acnTus sp. A (PL 9, Fig. 9)

Remarks: Spedmens of AstaccQus sp. A have a smalL elongate test (c. 260-270)am in maximum length), with fccoad and low chambers in a planispiral stage, later uncoDing in the last one or tw o cha mbers; equatorial periphery acute; smooth test surface. Range: late Aptian. Occurrence: wéU 7-CP-252-SE (rare occurrence). Palaeo-envircnments: shallow to middle neritic.

Genus HARONDLINA d'Orbigny, 1826

Type spedes: Marginulina rag^anus d'Orbigny, 1826

- 120 - i 1 Margimllina ex gc. aeguivoca Reuss {EL 9, Figs 10-11}

Harginuilna aeguivoca Reuss, 1863, p. 60-61, pL 5, fig. 17. MarginuUna aeguivoca Reuss. Gawor-Biedowa, 1972, p. 38-39, pL 3, Ëig. 7.

Reraarks: Specimens c£ Marginulma ex gr. aeguivoca are tSstinguished by tiieir large, élongate, uniserial test (c. 320-530pin in maximum lengUi), straight to sUghtLy arcuate; diambers inflated, oval to circular in cross- section; early stage sli^tly curved; few longitudinal costae. The morphotypes are similar to specimens described as Lenticulina/M arginulina/ striatocostata (Reuss) by Magniez-Jannin (1975, p. 122-123, pL 10, figs 9- 12, text-fig. 55), but differ in having fewer and thinner longitudinal costae. Range: late Aptian. Occurrence: well 7-CP-252-SE. Palaeo-envircKiments: ^laUow to middle neritic.

SubfamHy VAŒNDLININAE Reuss, 1360

Genus CECHARINA d'Orbdgny, 1839 Type ^des: Vaginulina (Citharina) strigiTlata Reuss, 1846

fïHmrina navarToana (Cushman) (EL 9, Fig. 12)

Vaginulina navarroana Cushman, 1936d, p. 416, pL 1, fig. 3. Vaginulina navarroana Cushman. Cu^man, 1946, p. 80-81, pL 29, figs 17-22.

Remarks: The ^jedes is distinguished by having a large, compressed, uniserial test (c. 430/im in maximum length}, subtriangular in outline, troadest at the apertural end; chambers distinct, low and txoad; sutures strongly curved; surface with a few contdnuous longitudinal costae. Range: late Santcnian. Occurrence: weE 1-CA-l-SE (rare occurrence). Palaeo-environments: deep neritic to upper bathyaL

- 121 - Cithadjia multdcoBtata (Cushman) (PL 9, Fig. 13)

Vaginulina multicostata Cu^man, 1930, p. 28, pL 4, fig. 4. Vaginulina multicostata Cushman. Cu^man, 1946, p. 79, pL 29, figs 9-16. Citharina multicostata (Cu^man). SUter, 1968, p. 55-56, pL 5, fig. 6.

Remarks: Specimens of Citharina multicosta have a large, elongate, compressed, uniserial test, slightly arcuate; numerous chambers, low, elongate, cunred, increasing rapidly in bceadth; sutures strongly obOique, slightly depressed; test surface cxrnamented with discontinuous longitudinal CQStiae, finely developed. Only broken firagments (c. 1360;4m in maximum length) were recovered. Range: late Coniacian-eariy Santonian. Occnjrrenœ: wéH l-SES-9. Palaeo-environment: upper bathyaL

caharina sp. A (PL 9, Fig. 14)

Remarks: Specimens of Citharina sp. A have a large, elongate, flattened, uniserial test (c. 610/im in maximum length), suh^riangular in outline; surfaœ with numerous longitudinal costae, not œntinucxK. Range: earliest Alfcdan. Occurrence: weH l-SES-9 (rare cxrcurrence). Palaeo-environment: deep neritic.

Genus PLANULARIA Defranœ, 1826 Type ^des: Peneroplis auris Defeance, in de BJainville, 1824

pianiiijifTa complanata (Reuss) (PL 9, Figs 15-18)

Cristellaria complanata Reuss, 1845, p. 33, pL 13, fig. 54a-b. Planularia bcadyana (Chapman). Gawor-Biedowa, 1972, p. 40-41, pL 3, fig. 11. - 12 2 - Lentictilim /HanulariA/ complanata (Reus^. Magniez-Jannin, 1975, p. 151- 158, pL 9, figs 26-38, text-fig. 83.

Remarks: Specimens of Planularia complanata have a moderately large, flat, suboval test (c. 380-410^m in maximum length); early planispiral coil foUowed by an uncoiled stage; 10 to 11 low chambers in the last whorl, increasing rapidly in breadth; sutures slightly raised and curved; acute equatcrial periçhery. Range: early Cenomanian. Occurrence: locality A-1, well 1-CN-l-SE (rare occurrence). Palaeo-environments: deep neritic.

Genus VAGINDUNA d'Orbigny, 1326 Type ^)ecies: NauHinB legumen Linné, 1758

Vaginiiliiia ex gr. ***hîHs (BertheHn) (PL 9, Fig. 19)

Marginulina debdlis Berthélin, 1880, p. 35, pL 3, fig. 28. Lenticullna/Vaginulina-Dentaiina/ deHIi,'^ Perthelin) f. costata, Magniez- Jannin, 1975, p. 159-164, pL 12, figs 44-54, text-fig. 87.

Remarks: Vaginulina ex gr. dehiUs morpAiotypes are characterised by having a smaH, t^)ering, elongate, uniserial test (c. 280-290;im in maximum length), subtriangular in cross-sectiDn; chambers inflated; early stage slightly curved; test surface smooth. Range: late Aptian. Occurrence: weH 7-CP-252-SE (rare occurrence). Palaeo-envircHiments: ^allow to middle neritic.

Vaginulina ex gr. kodbiL Roemer (PL 9, Figs 20-21)

Vaginulina kochil Roemer, 1841, p. 96, pL 15, Sg. 10. Vaginulina cf. recta tenuistriata Chapman. Bartenstein, Bettenstaedt & BoUi, 1966, p. 156, çiL 3, figs 260-264. - 123 - Vaginu]ina arguta Reuss. Gawar-Bdedowa, 1972, p. 46-47, pL 4, fig. 14. Leritizulma/Vaginulina/ kochii (Roemer). Magniez-Jannin, 1975, p. 166-170, ptL 14, figs 26-32, text-fig. 90.

Remarks: Vaginulina ex gr. kochii morphotypes have a large, elongate, flattened, uniserial test, troadest at the apertural end; sutures flu^ with surface, moderately cAQique, parallel; smooth test surface. Tîiis ^>ecies is often recorded as troken fragments (c. 760^ in maximum length). Range: late Aptian. Occurrence: weH 7-CP-252-SE (rare occurrence). Palaeo-envircHiments: ^lallow to middle neritic.

Vagirailma trflobata (d'Ortàgny) (PL 9, Fig. 22)

Marginulina trilot)ata d'Orbigny, 1840, p. 16, pL 1, figs 16-17. Vaginulina taylorana Cushman. Cushman, 1946, p. 81-82, pL 28, figs 28-29. Vaginulina trilobata (d'Orbigny). HanzUkovâ, 1972, p. 72, pL 17, figs 8-9.

Remarks: Specimens of Vaginulina trilobata are characterised by their large, élongate, somewtiat compressed, uniserial test (c. 148C^m in maximum length); periphery subacube; chambers numerous, distinct, troader than high, increasing graduaïLy in size; early stage sUghtly curved; sutures distinct, the médium portion of each thickened; test surface smooth, except fer the thickened sutures. Range: latest Maastrichtian. Occurrence: wéH 1-MO-l-SE. Palaeo-environ menti upper bathyaL

Family LAGENZDAE Reuss, 1862

Genus LAGENA Walker & Jacob, 1798 Type ^)ecdes: Serpula (Lagena) sulcata Walker & Jacob, in Kanmacher, 1798

- 124 - Lagena acudcosta Reuss (RL 9, Fig. 23)

Lagena acutdcosta Reuss, 1362, p. 305, pL 1, fig. 4. Lagena shnatifera T^)pan, 1940, p. 112, pL 17, fig. 13. Lagena acuticosta Reuss. Cushman, 1946, p. 94, pL 39, figs 14-15. Lagena acuticosta Reuss. SlLter, 1968, p. 63-64, pL 6, figs.22-23. Lagena striatifera Tappan. Eicher & WcrstelL 1970, p. 235-286, piL 2, fig. 10.

Remarks: The ^ìecies is distinguished by having a smaB, glcbular test (c. 230-270/im in maximum dlameter), amamented with several longitudinal costae; aperture terminaL at the end of a ^ort tubular neck.

Range: latest Maastrichtian.

Occurrence: weOl 1-SES-lA.

Palaeo-envircaiments: upper bathyaL

LagMB paiir-ifinstata Franke (PL 9, Figs 24-25)

Lagena amphora Reuss var. paudcostata Franke, 1928, p. 87, pL 7, fig. 38. Lagena amphcara Reuss var. paudcostata Franke. Cushman, 1946, p. 94, pL 40, figs 4-5. Lagena paudcostata Franke. Slitec, 1968, p. 64, pL 6, figs 16-18. Lagena sulcata (Walker & Jacob). Eicher & WorsteB, 1970, p. 286, pL 2, figs 8-9.

Remarks: Lagena paudcostata morphotypes ara distinguished by having an small, elongate, pyrifcrm test (e. 180-290fim in maximum dameter), ccnamented with few longitudinal costae; aperture terminal, at the end of a short neck. Range: TurOTiian to Campanian. Occurrence: wèR 1-CA-l-SE. Palaeo-environments: upper bathyaL

- 125 - Family POLYMORPHDDDAE d'Orbigny, 1839

Siabfamily POLYMORPHININAE d'Orbigny, 1839

Genus EOGOTTOUNA Cushman & Ozawa, 1930

Type ^des: EoguttuHna anglica Cushman & Ozawa, 1930

EogirtiiaMiia anderyi Petri (PL 9, Figs 26-27)

Eoguttulma anderyi Petri, 1962, p. 84-85, pL 10, fig. 5.

Remarks: The -^>ecies is distinguished by having a moderately small, elongate, fusifocm test (c. 240-440/im in maximum length), rounded in crcss- sectiûn; chambers elongate in a triserial coil; sutures oblique, depressed; smooth surface. Range: late Aptian to middle Albian, early Cenomanian. Occurrence: localities A-1, A-15, weU 7-CP-252-SE. Palaeo-environments: diallow middle to deep neritic.

Genus ŒXJBDUNA d'Orbigny, 1839

lype specLes: Pclymorphina gibba d'Orbigny, 1826.

Remarks: Specimens of Globulina are distinguished tiy their subglobular test with chamlDers strcaigly overlapping; terminal radiate aperture; waH finely perforate with a smooth surface (cf. Loetûich & Tappan, 1988, p. 419).

- 126 - globulina lacriina Reuss (RL 9, Figs 28-29)

Pcflymorphina (Globulina) lacrima Reuss, 1845, p. 40, pi. 12, fig. 6, pL 13, fig. 83. Globulina lacrima Reuss. Cushman, 1946, p. 96, pL 40, figs 11-12. GLcfculina lacriina Reuss. Hofker, 1957, p. 170, figs 212-213. Globulina lacrima Reus. Sliter, 1968, p. 77, pL 9, fig. 17, pL 10, fig. 1. Globulina lacrima Reuss. Haig, 1982, p. 34-35, pL 7, figs 3-4.

Remarits: Globulina lacrima is characterised by its minute, somewhat élongate, subglobular test (c 130-250^m in maximum length), with flush sutures; chambers strcngly overlapping, extending nearly to the base, becoming sigmoidaL Range: late Aptian, latest Cenomanian. Occurrence: locality A-9, weH 7-CP-252-SE. Palaeo-environments: diallow middle neritic to upper bathyaL

f^i'^'Kna prisca Reuss (PL 9, Figs 30-31)

PQlymorphina (Globulina) prisc:a Reuss, 1863, p. 79, pL 9, fig. 8. Globulina prisca Reuss. B«±hélin, 1880, p. 57, pL 4, figs 20-21. Globulina prisca Reuss. Bartenstein & BoUi, 1977, p. 555, piL 2, figs 20-22. dctouUna prisca Reuss. Haig, 1982, pu 35, ptL 7, fig. 7.

Remarks: Globulina prisca is similar to G. lacrima Reuss, but diffecs in having a more elongate and compressed test (c. 150-270^m in maximum lengtih), which causes it to be more produc:ed at the base. Range: late Aptian, late Altdan, latest Cenomanian. Occurrence: Lxialil^ A-9, weHs 1-CA-l-SE, 7-CP-252-SE. Palaeo-envircMiments: ^allow middle neritic to upper bathyaL

Genus GDTTDLIHA d'Orbigny, 1839 Type ^>ecies: Polymorphina cx)mmunis d'Orbigny, 1826.

- 127- GuttuQina communis d'Orbigny (PL 9, Fig. 32)

Guthilina communis d'Orbigny, 1826, pL 12, figs 1-4. Guthilina communis d'Orbigny. Hcfker, 1957, p. 164-165, text-figs 201-202.

Remarks: Specimens of Guthilina communis are characterised by having a smaU, ovate, sli^Üy elongate test (c. 320/im in maximum length); inflated davate chambers, somewhat sigmoidal, arranged spirally in a guinqueloculine series, sbrcaigly overlapping previous enes and increasing rapidly in size; sutures distinct, depressed; aperture terminal, radiate; smooth test surface. Range: late Maastriditian. Occurrence: wéUs 1-SES-lA, l-SES-24. Palaeo-envircximents: i5>per to lower bathyaL

Guttulina sp. A (RL 9, Figs 33-34)

Remarks: The ^jedes is characterised by having a minute, ovate, elongate test (c. 190-240jum in maximum length); strongly overlapping chambers, arranged ^áraHy; sutures distinct, süghtly depressed; smooth surface. Range: late Aptian. Occurrence: wéE 7-CP-252-SE. Palaeo-envircnments: aiallow to middle neritic.

Genus PYRÜUNA d'Orbigny, 1839 Type ^Jedes; Pdymorphina gutta d'Orbigny, 1826

Pyrulìna c^findccddes (Roemer)

(RL 9, Figs 35-36)

Pcdymorphina cyUndroides Roemer, 1838, p. 385, pL 3, fig. 26. PyniUna cylindrcddes (Roemer). Cudiman, 1946, p. 97, pL 40, figs 18-19. Pyrulina cylindrcddes (Roemer). Hcfker, 1957, p. 168, figs 207-209.

Remarks: Pyrulina cylindroides is characterised by its small, elongate, cyhndrical shaped test (c. 240-260/im in maximum length); iràtial stage triserial coiling, later irregularly triserial; chambers elongate, somewhat - 128 - emtaracing; flush sutures, iratLaHy somewhat indistinct, later distinct. This is a long-ranging species. Range: late Aptian, late Coniadan-early Santonian, latest Maastrichtian. Occurrence: wélls l-SES-24, 7-CP-252-SE. Palaeo-envircnments: diallow to middle neritic (late Aptian Motopes), middle to lower bathyal (Late Conia dan-early Santonian to late Maastrichtian bLotopes).

Subfamüy RAMOEfflINAE Brady, 1884

Genus RAMOUNA Jcnes, 1875 Type ^)ecies: Ramulina laevis Jones, 1875.

Remarks: Représentative specimens refecred to this genus are in general fcxand as single fragments, and more rarely as tubular projetions of two oc . more chambers, which makes the precise systematic differentiation of the morphotypes diffìcult and confusing.

Ramulina aculeata (d'Orbigny) (RL 10, Figs 1-3)

Dentalina ac:uleata d'Orbigny, 1840, p. 13, pìL 1, figs 2-3. Ramulina aculeata (d'Orbigny). Cushman, 1946, p. 100, pL 43, figs 11-16. Ramulina aculeata Wright. Bartenstein, Bettenstaedt & Batti, 1966, p. 159, pL 4, figs 315-339. BuUopora laevis (Solías). Eicher & WorsteU, 1970, p. 289, pL 3, fig. 15. RamuUna acruleata (d'Orbigny). Eicher & WorsteH, 1970, p. 289, pL 3, fig. 24 (? not fig. 25). Ramulina aculeata (d'Orbigny). Magniez-Jannin, 1975, p. 232-234, text-fig. 124.

Remarks: The species is characterised by moderately large, single ñragments or tubular prqpctions of two ca: more subglobular, elongated and somewhat inflated, cdiambers individuai c:hambers varying from 280^m to 290ftm in maximum length), with bcoad necks at both ends; sparse spinose cmamentation. Lcng^ranging ramuline morphotypes. Range: early Altdan, early Cenomanian, late Ccaniacian to Maastrichtian. Occurrence: locaUty A-3, wélls 1-CA-l-SE, 1-CRL-l-SE, 1-SES-lA, 1- SES-9, 1-ÜS-1-SE. - 129 - Palaeo-environments: midcJle to c3eep neritic (early M hi an and Cenomanian biotopes), deep neritic to upper bathyal (Santonian to Maastrichtian biotopes).

Ramulina fusifocmis Khan (RL 10, Fig. 4)

Ramulina fiisiformis Khan, 1950, p. 272, pL 2, figs 1-2. Ramulina aculeata (d'Ortàgny). Eicher & WcrsteU, 1970, p. 289, pL 3, fig. 25 (not fig. 24). Ramulina fi.]siformis Khan. Magniez-Jannin, 1975, p. 230-231, pL 15, fig. 21, text-fig. 122.

Remarks: single fragments of long, sub-ellipsoLdal chambers (c. 280- 600pm in maximum diameter), with broad openings at both ends; ^sarse ganóse cmamentation. The morphotypes differ from Ramulina aci.i1pata (d'Orbdgny) in having more elongated and less inflated fusifcarm chambers. Range: late Aptian to early Albian. Occurrence: weHs 7-CP-252-SE, 1-US-l-SE (rare occurrence). Palaeo-environments: áiallow middle to deep neritic.

RawitiTina tetrafaedcaüa Ludbrook

(EL 10, Figs 5-6)

Ramulina tefrahedralis Ludbrook, 1966, pu 131, pL 8, figs 27-28.

Remarks: Specimens of Ramulina tetrahedraiis are characterised ty smalL single fragments of subglobular chambers (c. 260/im in maximum diameter) with three long thin neck^ ^arse spinose ornamentatLon. Range: late Albian. Occurrence: well l-üS-1-SE. Palaeo-environments: middle to deep neritic

Suborder R0BER13NINA LoebUch & T^ïpan, 1984

Remarks: Test plani^îirally to frochœpirally enroUed; waU cak:areous, hyaüne, perforate, optìcally radial, aragonitic (cf. LoeblLch & Tappan, 1988, p. 437).

- 130- Superfanuly CERATOBnUMBIACEA Cushman, 1927

Family CERATOBUUHIHmAE Cushman, 1927

Subfamily REINHOLDELIJNAB Seiglie & Bermtïdez, 1965

Genus PSEUDOLAHARCKINA Hyatlyuk, 1959 Type specLes: Pulvinulina rpsanensis Uhlig, 1383

feeMdcJamarddna ^ A {PL 10, Figs 7-11)

Remarks; Specimens assigned to Pseudola marckina sp. A are characterised by having a large, asymmetricaUy biconvex to plano-convex, moderately high trocho^àral test (around 400-580fim in maximum diameter); sutures thickened, elevated, curved on the dorsal side, flush to slightly depressed on the ventral side; equatorial periçhery carinate to angular; surface smooth; aperture a narrow interio marginal, extraumbUical-umbilical slit, partly covered by an umbUical flap. Range: early Maastrichtian. Occurrence: well 1-AU-l-SE, Palaeo-environments: middle to deep neritic.

Family EPESTOMINIDAE Wedekind, 1937

Subfamily EPISTOHIKCNAE Wedekind, 1937

Genus EPESTOmHA Terquem, 1883 Type species; Epistomina regularis Terquem, 1882.

Remarks; A consistent differentiation between Epistomina and Hoeglundina Brotzen can not be made based jist on single external featores such as test ^ape (biconvex to plano-convex) or surface omamentation Smooth to strongly sculptured) - (e.g., Loeblich & T^pan, 1988, p. 445- 446), here considered of only inter- or intra^ecific significance.

- 131 - Furthermore, üie generic Classification of the epistominids based on internal structaire has also been considered as invalid (e.g. Haig, 1982, p. 44), of no taxonomic vaine. EpdstorainLd ^)ecies previoualy assigned to these two genera are, henceforth, placed into Epistomina, the senior nominated genotype. Unfortunately, most of tiie ejastominid morphotypes frora Sergipe are sbrongLy corroded and/or recrystalised, whidi biased the precise ^lecdfic attribution of several ^»eciinens.

EpJstoniiiia carpCTtEEL (Reüss) (PL 10, Figs 12-14)

Retalia carpenteri Reuss, 1863, p. 94, pL 13, ög. 6. Hoeglundina carpenteri (Reuss). Carter & Hart, 1977, p. 50-51, piL 1, figs 15-17. Hoeglundina carpenteri (Reus). Hart, 1984, p. 292, pL 2, figs 13-14, 17-19.

Remarks; Specimens of Epistomina carpenteri are distinguished by having a large, lenticular, faiconvex, trocho^riral test (c. 330-430^m in maximum diameter), with a more convex ventral side; circular e(jiatorial periphery with Sharp acute, somewhat crenulated, peripiieral margin; sutures thick, curved, raised; test surface commonly with incdpient spinose omamentation. It differs from Epistomina chapmani ten Dam in its generally larger test, with a crenulate equatorial periphery and spinose surface orna mentation.

Range: early to middle Alblan. Occurrence: wells 1-CPB-lH-SE, 1-US-l-SE. Palaeo-environments: deep neritic to upper bathyaL

QoisfaonLina diapmani ten Dam (PL 10, Figs 15-17)

Epastomina chapmani ten Dam, 1948, p. 166, pL 1, Eig. 5. Epistomina chapmani (ten Dam). Magniez-Jannin, 1975, p. 274, piL 16, figs 1-2. Hoeglundina chapmani (ten Dam). Carter & Hart, 1977, p. 51, pL 1, figs 18- 20.

-13 2- Epistomina chapmani ten Dam. Haig, 1982, p.43-44, pL8, figs 13-16. Hoeglundina chapmani (ten Dam). Hart, 1984, p. 292, pL 2, figs 1-8.

Remarks; E^pistomina chapmani is characterised by its raoderately large, lentdcular test (c, 260-360/im in maximum diameter), with a more convex ventral side; circular equatorial periE^iery with sharp acute peripheral margin; sutures thick, curved, sli^tly raised or Qush; smooth surface. Range; early Mtdan. Occurrence: locaUty A-32, weE 1-US-l-SE. Pälaeo-envircwiments: raiddle neritic to Upper bathyaL

Epistomina spinoHfiera (Reuss) (RL 10, Figs 18-20)

Rotalia spinulifeca Reus, 1862, p, 93, figs 3-5. Epistomina spinulifera (Reuss). Magniez-Jannin, 1975, p. 274-275, pL 16, figs 4-6. Epistomina spinulifera (Reuss). Carter & Hart, 1977, p. 50, pL 4, fig. 25. Epistomina spinulifera (Reuss). Hart, 1984, p.292, pL 1, figs 10-12.

Remarks: Specimens of Epistomina ^inniifera ara characterised tsy having a moderately large, asymmetrical test (c. 360/im in maximum diameter) with a slightly convex dorsal side and a more convex ventral side, of variable height; distinctive coarse surface ornamentatii::»! with raised Hmbate sutures an both sldes; circular equatorial periphery with Sharp acute margin, commonly with spinöse ornamentetdon. Range; middle Albian- Occurrence; locality A-15, well 1-US-l-SE. Palaeo-envircnments; middle neritic to Upper tathyaL

E^ristpmina sigcaccetaoea ten Dam (EL 10, Figs 21-23)

Epistomina supracretecea ten Dam, 1948, p. 163, pL 1, fig. 8. Hoeglundina supracretacea (ten Dam). TniiillD, 1960, p. 338, pL 49, fig. 3. Hoeglundina supracretecea (ten Dam). SUter, 1968, p. 128, pL 24, fig.9.

- 133- Remarks: Specimens o£ Epistajmina supracretacea are distinguished ty having a large, biconvex, trochoepiral test (c. 400-420jam in maximum diameter); acute equatorial peripÄiery; round and even in peripheral outline; 7 to 8 Chambers in the last whca:!/ increasing graduaHy in size; sutures thick, curved, sli^Üy raised on the dorsal side; smooth test surface. Range: late Campanian. Occurrence: well 1-CA-l-SE, Palaeo-envirwiments: deep neritic to uf^ier bathyaL

Superfamüy CONORBOIDACGA Thalraann, 1952

Famüy CONORBOmiDAE Thalmann, 1952

Genus CONORBOIDES Hofker, 1952

Type specdes: Ccmorbis mitra Hofker, 1951.

Cooacfaaides ex gr, minutisiina (Tappan)

CRL 10, Figs 24-28)

Discorbis minutissima Tappan, 1943, p. 511, pL 82, figs 5-6. Conorboides minutÌFfìima fTappan). Eicher & WorstelL 1970, p. 295, pL 6, figs 9, 11, pL 7, fig. 1. Conorboides minutissima (Tappan). Sliter, 1977a, pL 13, figs 7-8. Conorboides minutissima fPappan). Haig, 1982, p.43, pL 9, figs 6-9.

Remarks: Specimens of Conorboides ex gr. minutissima are characterised by having a raoderately smaH (c. 250-320^m in maximum diameter) pilano/concavo-convex best, of a low to moderately high trocho^ire; periphery subacute; 4 to 5 chamtjers in the last whorl, increasing rapidly to gradually in size; sutures strongLy oblique; aperture a low interiomarginal sUt, partially covered by a bcoad short flap. This is a long ranging ^jecies- group. Range: late Aptian to early Carúacdan Occurrence: localities A-1, A-9, A-15, A-16, A-29, A-33, A-38, A-46, Tabocas 2, wells 1-CN-l-SE, 7-CP-252-SE, 1-üS-l-SE, l-SES-9. Palaeo-envirciiments: shallow to middle neritic frare ^aecimens occur in deep neritic to upper bathyal settings, probabLy drifted by bottom currents).

- 134 - Suborder ROTAUINA Delage & H^rouard, 1896

Remarks: WaH calcareous, of finely perforate hyaline lamellar calcite, opticalLy radial or granular (cf. Loeblich & T^an, 1988, p. 496-497),

Superfamily BOIIVINAC&A Glaessner, 1937

Family BOUVINIDAE Glaessner, 1937

Genus BOUVINA d'Orhigny, 1839

Type ^des: BcOivina pUcata d'Orbigny, 1839

BoHvina ex gr. afica (Reyment) CPU 10, Figs 29-33)

Afrctoolivina afira Reyment, 1959, p. 21, pL 2, figs 1-3, pL 3, figs 1-3, pL 4, fig. 1. BoUvina a&a (Reymentj. Ogbe, 1980, p. 264, pL 1, figs 1, 4-5. BcOivina afra (ReymenQ fayosei Ogbe, 1980, p.266, pL 1, figs 2-3, BcQivina afra (Reymentj. Fetters, 1982, p. 59, pL 11, figs 33-34. AfirctoolLvina afra Reyment. Reyment, 1983a, p. 54, 56, pL5, figs 1-8.

Remarks: Specimens of Bolivina ex gr. afra have an elongate, gradually flaring, fcdserial test (varying from c 23C^m to 440/im in maximum length), rounded to ovate in cross-section; basal end apiculate to broadly rounded (what seem to represent ecopenhotypLc differentiation - see PL , Figs ); chambers bcoad and low; well developed, vertically caiented, numerous, imperforate finger-like proceses, that extend up from the basal portions of chambers and occur at fairly regularly ^aced intervals; surface ornamented with irregularly anastomosing, somehat reticulate, longitudinal costae, usually masking the finger-like processes; loop shaped aperture, at the base of tlie last chamber or areal in positiDn. This specdes-group äiows a wide range of ecophenotypLc variability (e.g., Reyment, 1982). The morphotypes show a characteristic increase in overall length and strength of costae frora outer neritic down to bathyal biotopes. Range: late Santonian to Campanian (common occurrence), latest Maastrichtian (rare).

-13 5- Occurrence: wélIs 1-CA-l-SE, 1-CN-l-SE, 1-SES-lA. Palaeo-environmenta deep neritic to upper bathyaL

Boiivina ex gr. inerasata Reuss (RL 11, Figs 1-2)

BcOivina ingrassata Reuss, 1851, p. 29, pL 5, fig, 13, BcOivina incrassata Reus. Cuäiman, 1946, p.127, pL 53, figs 8-11. BcOivina incrassata Reuss ferma gigantea Wicher, 1949, p. 85, pL 5, figs 2-3. BcOivina incrassata Reuss. Hofker, 1957, p.228, figs 282-286, 291. BcOivina incrassata Reuss. Retri, 1962, p^ 95-96, pL 11, fig. 14. BcOivina incrassata Reuss. Sliter, 1968, p. 88, pL 12, fig. 14. BcOivina incrassata gigantea Wicher. Sliter, 1968, p, 88, pL 12, fig.l5, Bcdivina incrassata Reuss. Bertels, 1972, p.339-340, pL 2, fig. 5. BoLLvina incrassata Reuss. Hanzllkovà, 1972, p.80, pL 19, figs 5-6. BoUvlna incrassata Reuss. SUter, 1977a, pL 12, fig. 7. BcOivina incrassata Reu^ Hart et aL, 1981, p. 180, pL 7.4, figs 8-9. BcOivina incrassata Reuss. Hart et 1989, p. 322, pL 7.4, figs 8-9.

Remarks: This specdes-group Is characterised by its large, elongatie, fcdseriaL compressed test (c. 680-830/im in maximum length); subacute to acute periphery; Chambers low, broad, increasing gradually in sdze, gentiy arcuate and commonly becoming slightly inflated; sutures distinct, gentìy curved, depressed; smooth wall surface. Range: late Coniadan-Santcnian to Maastrlchtian. Occurrence: locaUties A-6, A-19, weDs 1-CA-l-SE, 1-SES-lA, l-SES-9, l-SES-24. Palaeo-environments: deep neritic to middle bathyaL

Bcfliviiia ap. cE. & incraasata Reuss (PL 11, Figs 3-4) cf. Boiivina incrassata Reuss, 1851, p. 29, pL 5, fig. 13. BcOivina cf. incrassata Reuss. Retri, 1962, p.96-97, pL 11, fig. 15.

Remarks: Specdmens tentatively referred to Boiivina sp. cf. 8. incrassata were recorded in abundance from äiaHow to middle neritic

- 136- Motopes of the up^aermost TurOTiian. They are distinguished by having smaJl, elongate, flating biserial tests (c. 180-260/iin in maximum length), compressed laterally; periphery acute to carinate; chambers broad and low; sutures oblique; smooth wall surface. The specimens may actually represent an ecophencrt^pic varìation of the ScJivina incrñ^'^^ta species-group to sballow water conditions. Range; latest Turcnian. Occurrence: locality A-6. Palaeo-environments: shallow to middle neritic.

Gems GABONTTA Dieni, 1974 Type ^Jedes: GaboneTia elongate de Klasz & Mei:pr, in de Klasz et 1960

Remarks: Specimens of Gabonite are distingui^ed from other bolivinìds and hirrilijTids by their elongate and biserial test, distinctly twisted in piane, with a characteristic low hook-shaped aperture (ìnstead of a high loop-shaped aperture), extending upward from base of the last chamber, then curving siiarply to run nearly par allei to suture.

Gabonita levis (de Klasz, Marie & RératO (PL 11, Pigs 5-9)

GaboneUa le vis de Klasz, Marie & Rérat, 1961, pp. 77-78, fig. 2. GaboneTia le vis de Klasz, Marie & Rérat. Hamaoui, 1965, pL 1, figs 7-10.

Remarks: Specimens of Gabonita le vis are characterised by their moderately small, elongate and somewhat compressed test (c. 280-370fim in maximum length); chambers ttoad and low; sutures strongly depressed, reentrant at the base and towards the centre; smooth test surface, They differ from Gabonita obesa (de Klasz, Marie & Rérat) in having a generally larger and slender test. Range: latest Cenoraanian to Tur

- 137 - Gabonita obesa (de Klasz, Marie & Rèrat^ (RL 11, Figs 10-12)

GaboneUa obesa de Klasz, Marie & Rérat, 1961, p. 78-79, fig. 2. GaboneUa obesa de Klasz, Marie & Rérat. Hamaoui, 1965, pL 1, figs 11-12.

Remarks: Gabonita obesa is characterised by having a smaU, elongate test (e. 220-260^m in maximum length), with somewhat inflated chambers, increasing rapix3ly in size, which gives a tcoad width to the last chambers. Range; eariy Turcnian. Occurrence: locality A-22, weU 1-DS-l-SE. Palaeo-environments: deep neritic.

Gabonita sp. c£. G. parva (de Klasz, Marie & Meipr) (RL 11, Figs 13-15) cf. GaboneUa parva, de Klasz, Marie & Mei:pr, 1960, p. 175, pL 2, fig. 4.

Remarks: A single ^lecimen referred to Gabonita sp. cf. G. parva was recovered from a lower-middle Turonian sectdon. Ut is characterised tsy having a small (c. 290^ra in maximum length), elongate, irregularly arranged and twisted, biserial test (piane of triseriaUty twisted); chambers arched, increasing gradually in size, lower margins strcngly reentrant, dentate- shaped; ^)erture a narrow low arch on. the base of the last chamber; smooth surface. The specimen is sLmilar to the type-^)ecies of Gabonita parva de Klasz, Marie & Mei:pr (1960, p. 175, pL 2, fig. 4a-b), first recorded in Turonian-SantcHiian strata of Gabon and Angola, but differs mostly in having a less elongatie test with fewer chambers and a slightly rounded basai end rather than apiculate. However, these are minor morphdlDgical differences and the present specimen may actually represent an intra^jecifìc varìation. Range; eady-middle Turcnian. Occurrence: weU 1-CA-l-SE. Palaeo-envircximents: deep neritic

Family BOLEVlNOmiDAE LoebUch & Tappan, 1984

-13 8- Genus BOUVIHCŒDES Cudiman, 1927 Type ^lecdes: BoUvina draco Marsson, 1878

Botivincrides draco (Marsson) (EU 11, Fig. 16)

BcOivina draco Harssoi, 1878, p. 157, pL 3, figs 25 a-d. BcOlvinoides draco draco (Marsson). Sliter, 1968, p.88, pL12, fig.l7. Bolivinoides draco (Marsson). Barr, 1970, p. 646, pL 99, Sgs 2-3. Bcdivinoides draco (Marsson). HanzUkovà, 1972, p. 81-82, pu. 19, figs 10-11. Bcdivinoides draco (Marsson). Petters, 1977, p. 1032, pL 1, fig. 1. Bolivinoides draco draco (Marsson). Beckmann, 1978, p. 765, pU 2, figs 12, 18-19. Bolivinoides draco (Marsscxi), Hart et 1981, p. 180, 182, pU 7.4, fig. 13. BcOivinoides draco (Marsscn). Hart et d-, 1981, p. 324, pL 7.4, fig. 13.

Remarks; Bolivinoides draco is characterised by its compressed, üaring test (c. 430/370pim in length/breadth ratio); Chambers in a biserial arrangement, increasing rapidly in breadth; présence of weH deäned raised median sulcus separated by two parallel costae; surface ocnamentation of sbrongly developed, elongate, Öiick lobes, forming ridges. The specdes is similar to BcQivinoides miliaris Hiltermann & Koch, from which it differs in having a slightly troader test, wiüi a lower length/breadth ratio, and by the présence of better defined elongated lobes fcf raing ridges and of a well defined median longitudinal sulcus. Range: early-late Maastrichtian, Occurrence: weU. 1-SES-lA ftrare occurrence). Palaeoenvironments; upper to middle bathyal,

Superfamily EOüVIGERINACEA Cushman, 1927

Family LACOSmNIDAE Sigal, 1952

Genus LACOSTEINA Marie, 1945 Type Specdes: Lacosteina gouskovi Marie, 1945

- 139 - laoosbedna goudcowi Marie (FL 11, Figs 17-20)

Laccsteina gouskovi Marie, 1945, p. 296-297, figs 1-6.

Remarks: Specimens of Lacosteina gouskovi are characterised by having a smaaL elongate test (varying &om c 160 to 250^m in maximum length) with an early plani^iiral coiL followed by a high trochoepiral coü; 3 inflated chambers per whorl in tiie later stage; sutures distinct, depressed, oblique; aperture loop-shaped, at inner margin of last chamber; smooth test surface. Range: Campanian. Occurrence: locality A-19, wells 1-AU-l-SE, 1-CA-l-SE, l-SES-3. Palaeo-environraents: deep neritic to upper bathyaL

Superfamüy TDRRILINACEA Cu^man, 1927

Famüy TDRRIUNIDAE Cu^man, 1927

Genus NGOBOLDCIMA Cushman & Wickenden, 1928

Type ^¡ecáes: Neobulimina canadensis Cushman & Wickenden, 1928

Remarks: This genus is characterised by its elongate test with an initial triserial coil followed by a biserial stage; aperture loop-shaped extending from base of the last chamber.

HeohuKmina áspera (Cushman & Parker) (PL 11, Fig. 21)

BuUmina áspera Cudiman & Parker, 1940, p 44, pL 8, figs 13-19. BuHmina a^aera Cushman & Parker. Cushman, 1946, p. 121, pL 51, Sgs 7, 10, 13, 15-16. - 140 - Praebulimina aqpera {Cushman & Parker). Sliter, 1968, p. 83, pL 11, figs II IS.

Remarks: NeobulLmina a^)era is distinguished by its sUghtly twisted and gradually tapering, elongate test {c. 365^m in maximum length), circular in crcES-secti:xi; numerous inflated, somewhat elongate, subglotxilar chambers, in a nearly vertical arrangement; sutures distinct, depressed; smooth surface. Range: late Coniadan to Haastrichtian. Occurrence: weHs 1-CA-l-SE, 1-CRL-l-SE, l-SES-3, l-SES-9. Palaeo-environments: deep neritic to middle bathyaL

Bfeotiit'K'n'ina canadCTsis Cu^man & Wickenden (RL 11, Fig. 22)

Neobulimina canadensis Cudiman & Wickenden, 1928, p. 13, pL 1, figs 1-2. Bulimina canadensis (Cu^man & Wickenden). Cudiman, 1946, p. 125, pL 52, figs 11-12. NeobuUmina canadensis Cu^man & Wickenden. Sliter, 1968, p. 82-83, pL 11, figs 10, 14.

Remarks: This ^)ecies is characterised by its moderately small and elongate test (c. 310jLlra in maximum length), with inflated, sufcglotiular chambers; sutures distinct, depressed; smooth surface. Range: late Santonian to Maastrichtian. Occurrence: locality A-19, wells 1-CA-l-SE, 1-CN-l-SE, l-SES-3, 1- SES-9, l-SES-24. Palaeo-environments: middle neritic to middle bathyaL

NeobuUmina minima T^ipan (PL 11, Fig. 23)

Neobulimina minima Tappan, 1940, p. 117, pL 19, figs 5-6.

-14 1- Remarks Specimens of NeobuILmlna minima are distinguished by tiieir smaB, slightLy tapecing, elongate test (c. 250^m in maximum length) cárcnjlar in cross secticxi; chambers inflated, elongate; sutures distinct, slightly depressed to almost flush; smooth surface. Range: Cenomanian to Ccaiiacian. Occurrene: localities A-9, Tabocas 2, weBs 1-CRL-l-SE, l-üS-1-SE. Palaeo-envircximents deep neritic to upper bathyaL

Neobuliiiuna subcietaoea Cu^man (PL 11, Figs 24-26)

Neobulimina subcretacea Cu^man, 1936a, p. 46, pL 7, fig. 2a-b. Neobulimina minima Tappan. MouUade,1984, pi. 3, figs 23-24. NeobuUmina albertensis (Stelck & WaUJ. Haig, 1982, p. 48-50, pL 9, figs 10- 14, 16-20 (not fig. 15).

Remarks Specimens of Neobulimina subcrebacea have a moderately large, twisted and tapering, elongate test (c. 340-420^m in maximum length); early triserial portion foUowed ìyy an irregular, wéll developed, biserial stage;

NeohuTimina sutrcgularis de Klasz, Magne & Rérat (RL 11, Figs 27-28)

Bulimina (NeobuUmina) sutregularis de Klasz, Magne & Rérat, 1963, p. 150, pQ- 1, fig. 9, pa. 2, fig. 13. Neobulimina subcegularis de Klasz, Magne & Rérat. Tronchetti, 1981, p. 33, pa. 2, figs 4-7.

- 142 - Neobulimina subcegularis de Klasz, Magne & Rèrat. Petters, 1982, p. 56, pL 10, figs 28-29.

Remarks: Neobulimina subcegularis morphotypes are characterised by their large, somewhat irregular, elongate test; chambers globular, increasing gradually in size; smooth surface. Ttiey differ from Neobulimina aspera (Cu^man & Parker) in having a more irregular chamber arrangement. Range: late Santonian to earliest Maastrichtian. Occurrence: localities A-18, A-19, weUs 1-CA-l-SE, l-SES-9. Pálaeo-envirOTiments: middle neritic to upper bathyaL

Genus PRAEBOLIMINA Hofker, 1953 Type ^Jecies: BulLTiina ovolum Reuss, 1844

KartxiTìniina ex gc. bantu de Klasz, Magne & Rérat (PL 11, Figs 29-30)

Bulimina (Praebulimina ?) bantu de Klasz, Magne & Rèrat, 1963, p. 145-146, pL 1, fig. 2, pL 2, fig, 3. Praebulimina bantu de Klasz, Magne & Rèrat. Tronchetti, 1981, p. 34, pL 2, figs 8-9.

Remarks: Specimens of Praebulimina ex gr. bantu are distinguished tsy having a moderately large, ovate, triserial test, about 1.5 to 2 times as long as broad (varying from c 360/220)am to 420/290jura in maximum length/breadth ratio), circular in ccoss-sectìon; sutures distinct, depressed; surface smooth. The morphotypes show considerable varìation in. test size and outline but occur together in a single populatdon. Range: late Santonian to late Maastrichtian. Occurrence: localities A-18, A-19, weUs 1-CA-l-SE, 1-CN-l-SE, 1-SES- 3, l-SES-9. Palaeo-environments: middle neritic to middle bathyaL

Rcaphiitimina ex gr. fang de Klasz, Magne & Rérat (PL 12, Figs 1-2)

BuUmina (PraebuUmina ?) fang de Klasz, Magne & Rérat, 1963, p. 147, pL 1, fig. 6, pL 2, fig. 9.

- 143 - PraebuUmina fang de Klasz, Magne & Rérat. TrcKichetti, 1981, p. 34, pL 3, figs 5-8. Praebulimina fang de Klasz, Magne & Rérat. Petters, 1982, p. 56, pL 6, fig. 5.

Remarlcs: Praebulimina ex gr. fang morphotypes are diaracterised by their moderately small, t^iering, elongate, triserial test (c. 280-310^ in maximum length), with an ^ioulate basai stage; chambers, subglobular, increasing rapixJly in size; sutures distinct, sLLghtly depressed; surface smooth. Range; late CcHiiacian to early Maastrichtian. Occurrence: locaUty A-19, wéDs 1-CA-l-SE, 1-CN-l-SE, 1-CRL-l-SE, l-SES-3, l-SES-9. Palaeo-environments; middle neritic to middle bathyaL

Rariniliinina Idckcqpooenffls (Cole) (PL 12, Fig. 3)

Bulimina kickapooensis Cole, 1938, p. 45, pL 3, fig. 5. Bulimina kickapooensis Cole. Cushman s Hedberg, 1941, p. 94, pL 22, fig. 28a-b. Bulimina kickapooensis Cole. Cu^man, 1946, p.123, pL51, figs 11-12,14. Praebulimina kickapooensis (Cole). Hofker, 1957, p. 190, figs 233-234. Praebulimina kickapooensis (CcQe). SLLter, 1968, p. 84, pL 11, figs 17-19.

Remarks: Spedraens of Praebulimina kickapoensis are characterised by their large, elongate, cylindrical-shaped, somewhat tapering test (e. 420- 460fim in maximum length); sUghtly inflated, subglobular chambers in triserial arrange ment; sutures distinct, depressed. It differs from Praebulimina ex gr. prcJixa (Cu^man & Parker) by its larger test size, more inflated chambers and aUghtly tapering chamber arrangement. Range: late SantCMiìan to Maastrichtian. Occurrence; wells 1-CA-l-SE, 1-CN-l-SE, 1-SES-lA, l-SES-3, 1-SES- 9. Palaeo-environments: deep neritic to middle bathyaL

- 144 - aaehuTiiirina ex gr. naimina (Tappan) (EU 12, Fig 4)

BuUmina nannina Tappan, 1940, p. 116, pL 19, fig. 4a-b.

Remarks: Praebulimina ex gr. nannina morphotypes have a minute, graduaUy tapecing, triserial test (c. 140-190pm in maximum length); chambers inflated, overlapping, regularly arranged, increasing rapidly to graduaUy in size; sutures distinct, depressed; smooth surface. Range: Cenomanian to Ccraacdan. Occrurrence: localities A-3, A-6, A-9, A-45, weUs 1-CRL-l-SE. Palaeo-envircximents: ^allow middle neritic to upper bathyal,

I^aetnilìma ex gr. prcflixa (Cushman & Parker) (PU112 , Figs 5-8)

Bulimina prolixa Cu^man & Parker, 1925, p. 98, pL 15, fig. 5. Bulimina prolixa Cushman & Parker Cudiman, 1946, p. 122, pO. 51, figs 19- 22. ReusseTla prolixa (Cushman & Parker). Hofker, 1957, p. 209, figs 255-256. Pyramidina grolUa (Cushman & Parker). Sliter, 1968, p. 86, pL 12, figs 7-8. Praebulimina prcflixa (Cushman & Parker). Petters, 1982, p. 57, pL 6, fig. 1.

Remarks: Praebulimina ex gr. prolixa morphotypes are distingui^ed by their elongate, gradually tapering, regularly arranged, narrow test (varying from c. 210-280;im in maximum length, in the up)per Coniacdan, to c. 360- 37CI^ra in length, in the Santonian to lower Maastrichtian), triserial throughout; subtriangular in crces-sec±ÌDn with rounded angles; numerous chambers, distinct, sli^tly inflated, increasing rather slowly in size, arranged direc±ly over one another or somewhat twisted; distinct sutures, sLLghtly depressed; smcxjth surf ac:e. Range: late Coniacian to early Maastrichtian. Occurrence: locality A-19, wéDs 1-CA-l-SE, 1-CRL-l-SE, l-SES-3, 1- SES-9. Palaeo-envirc«iments: middle neritic to middle bathyaL

-14 5- (PL 12, Fig. 9)

Bulimina ceussi ÌIOTTOW, 1934, p. 195, pL 29, fig. 12. Bulimina reussi Morrow. Cushman & HedÌDerg, 1941, p. 95, pL 22, fig. 30a-b. Bulimina reussi Morrow. Cushman, 1946, p. 120, pL 51, figs 1-5. BuUmina ventricosa Brotzen, 1936, p. 124, fig. 42-43, piL 8, fig. 1, Praebulimina reu^ (Morrow). Hofker, 1957, p. 187, figs 223-224. Praebulimina ventricosa (Brotzen). Hofker, 1957, p. 187, figs 223-224. PraebuUmina reussi (Mcgrow). SUter, 1968, p. 85, pL 12, figs 1-2,

Remarks: Specimens of PraebuUmina rengH are characterised by their small, ovate in outUne and more widely flaring, triserial test (c. 250-260jUm in maximum length), subcdrcular in section; chambers distinct, inflated, increasing rapidly in sLze; sutures sUghtiy depressed to nearly flush; surface smooth. They differ from Praebulimina ex gr. fang de Klasz, Magne & Rèrat morphotypes in having a less elongate and more bcoadly tapering test. Range: early Coniacian to Maastrichtian. Occurrence: wells 1-CA-l-SE, 1-CRL-l-SE, l-SES-3, l-SES-9, l-SES-24. Palaeo-environments: upper to lower bathyaL

Bcaebuliinina stanata (Cushman & Campbell) (PL 12, Figs 10-12)

Bulimina spinata Cushman & CampbeU, 1935, p. 72, pL 11, fig. 1. PraebuUmina canata (Cushman & Campbell), SUter, 1968, p. 85-86, pL 12, figs 3-4. Praebulimina pinata (Cu^man & Campbell). HanzUkovà, 1972, p. 77, pL 18, fig. 12.

Remarks: Itiis ^)ecies is characterised by its tapering, triserial test; chambers inflated, increasing rapidly in size, lower margin acute with distinct shoulder; initial chambers with shcrt spines prqpcting towards basai apex, later chambers smooth. There is considerable varìation In test size (c. 190-350^m In maximum length) and development of chamber spines. The

- 146 - morphotypes seem to derive from a Praebulimina ex gr. fang de Klasz, Magne & Rèrat Stock (ecoE*ienotypic differentiation ?}, firom which they differ in having sha± basai ^ines. Range: lat:e Campanian to early Maastrichtian. Occurrence: welL l-SES-9 orare occurrence). Palaeo-enviconments: upper to middle bathyaL

Genus PSEDDOüVIßERINA Cushman, 1927 Type ^lecies: Uvigerina cripta Marsson, 1878

feeudougjgerina phmmerae Cushman (H. 12 , Figs 13-15)

Pseudouvigerina pQummerae Cushman, 1927a, p. 115, pL 23, fig. 8. Pseudouvigerina püummerae Cu^man- Cu^man, 1946, p. 116, piL 49, figs 14- 16. Pseudouvigerina plummerae Cushman. Sliter, 1968, p. 91, pL 13, fig. lla-b. Pseudouvigerina plummerae Cushman. Daüey, 1983, pL 3, fig. 1.

Remarks: The ^lecies is diaracterised by having a moderatrély large, elongate, triserial test (c. 300-360/im in maximum length), triangulär in cross-section with rounded to subacute angles chambers moderat:ely inflated, increasing c^idly in size; sutures distinct, depressed; surface smooth. Range: late Santonian to Maastrichtian. Occurrence: wéHs 1-CA-l-SE, l-SES-24. Palaeo-envircximents: deep neritic to middle bathyaL

Genus PYRAMIDINA ftrotzen, 1948 Type ^cdes: Bulimina ? curvisuturata Brotzen, 1940

Pyramidina rudita (Cushman & Parker) (PL 12, Figs 16-17)

Bulimina rudita Cushman & Parker, 1936, p. 45. Bulimina rudita Cushman & Parker. Cushman, 1946, p. 122, pL 51, fig.24.

- 147 - Pyramidina rudita (Cushman & Parker), Sliter, 1968, p. 86-87, pL 12, fig. 12. Pyramidina rudita (Cushman & Parker). Tplsma & Lc*iman, 1983, pL 4, fig. 2.

Remarks; Pyramidina rudita morphotypes are characterised by having a large, tapering, pyramidal-shaped, triserial test (e. 360-450/im in length), some qiecimens twisted m axis; subtriangular in secticHi, wifch rounded angles and flattened to sli^itly concave sides; chambers distinct, tcoad and low; sutures distinct, fliiFh to slightly depressed, otQique; aperture nearly terminal, loop-shaped, at base of the last chamber; surface smooth. Range; late Santonian to Maasblchtian. Occurrence: wells 1-CA-l-SE, l-SES-24, Palaeo-envirOTiments: deep neritic to upper bathyal (care specimens occur in middle to lower bathyal environments drifted downalope by bottom currents).

Superfamily BOLDCIHACEA Jones, 1875

Family SIPHOGENERINamiDAE Saidova, 1981

Subfamily SIPHOGENERINOIDINAE Saidova, 1981

Genus SIPHOGEHERINaiDES Cushman, 1927 Typie Specdes; Siphogenerina pJummerae Cu^man, 1926

S^bogMiRrinmttes bramlettel Cu^man (PL 12, Figs 18-20)

Siphogenerinoides bramlettel Cushman, 1929, p. 58, piL 9, figs 14-15. Siphogenerinoides bramlettel Cushman. Cushman & Hedberg, 1941, p. 93, pL 22, fig. 19.

- 148 - Siphoqenerinoides tramlettei Cui^man. Pétri, 1962, p. 101-102, pL 12, fîgs 8-13.

Remarks: Siphogenerinoides tramlettei morpliot/pes are characterised iyy their large, elongate, slender, sligtitly tapering, rectilinear test (c. 950- lOlO/im in maximum length); tiiserial in early ^ge, latsr uniserial; sutures of ttie uniserial stage distinct, curved tjackwards along the costae; surface with usually 7 to 9 distinct, continuous, regularly and widely spaced, longitudinal costae; tiie last one to two chamtjers of some spécimens stiow lûwer margins with backwards re-entrants ^e PL 12, Fig. 18); ^)erture terminal, eUiptical to reniform, produced on short neck. Range: Campanian to Maastrichtian. Occurrence: locality A-18, wélls 1-AU-l-SE, 1-CA-l-SE, l-SES-3, 1- SES-9. Palaeo-environments: deep neritic to middle tathyaL

Sutfamily TDBOLOGERENINAE Saidova, 1981

Genus ORIBOKASSIENIA Dietrich, 1935 Type Spedes: Orthocerina ewaidi Karsten, 1856.

Remarks: Spécimens bélonging to this genus are characterised ty having large {atnut 1100-1800^m in maximum length), elongate, rectilinear tests, graduaUy enlarging; early triserial miaroepheric pcrtioh, tapering, with a rounded base, fcdlowed by shcct fcdserial and later uniserial megalo^heric stage with the sides nearly parallel; lower chamber margins commonly crenulate; aperture terminal, eUiptical to renifcrm, with distinct lip and produced on short neck; surface smooth or with fine longitudinal costae or striae (cf. Loehiich & T^çan, 1988, p. 518-519).

Ortfaokarstaiia darki (Cushman & CamptaeU) (PL 12, Bigs 21-24)

Siphogenerinoides tiiarki Cushman & Campbell, 1936, p. 91.

- 149 - Remarks: Spécimens of Orthokarsfcenia clarkj -(c. 1370-1750/im in maximum length)- are distinguished by having a test surface smooth ce omamented with numerous, faint, very low and discontinuous longitudinal costae ^e PL 12, Fig. 24); sutures distinct, flush to sllghtly depressed in the uniserial stage, ^aight to nearly horizontaL Range: late SantCHiian to Maastrichtian (the greatest aburwiance in the late Campanian). Occurrence: weDs 1-CA-l-SE, 1-SES-lA, l-SES-3, l-SES-9. Palaeo-envircaiments: deep neritic to middle bathyaL

Ortfaokaisfaenia clavata (Chenouard, de Klasz & Mei^r) (PL 12, Figs 25-28)

Siphogenerinoides clavata Chenouard, de Klasz & Heijer, 1960, p. 71-72, 74, pL 1, figs 1-11. Si^oqenerinoides clavata Chenouard, de Klasz & Mei:pr. Tronchet±i, 1981, p. 37, piL 4, figs 5-9. Siphogenerinoix3es clavata Chenouard, de Klasz & Mei:pr. Tronchettd, 1981, p. 37, pL 4, figs 5-9. Orthokarstenia clavata (Chenouard, de Klasz s Merpr). Petters, 1982, p. 66, piL 10, fig. 25.

Remarks; Spécimens of Orthokarstenia clavata - (c. 1130-1200fim in maximum length) - are characterised by having lower chamber margins crenulated, with numerous, rather high, regularly âced, backwards re entrants ê PL 12, Fig. 26); test surface of microspheric stage crnamented with few longitudinal costae, some continuous over the sutures; earlier chambers obscured by ornamentation. Range: late Santonian to Camp)araan (although the spedes has been described feom the upp)er Campanian-Maastrichtian of Gabon and CcHigo, no âedmens were recovered from strata younger than the Campanian in Sergip)e). Occurrence: weUs 1-CA-l-SE, 1-CN-l-SE, 1-SES-lA Palaeo-envirOTiments: deep neritic to middle bathyaL

-150- Ortfaokacsbana ewalcB. (Karsten) (EL 12, Figs 29-30)

Orthocerina ewaldi Karsten, 1856, pu 114, pl. 6, fig. 3. Siphogenerinoides ew^lrti (Karsten). Cushman, 1946, p. 118-119, piL 50, figs 9-11. Orthokarstenia ewaldi (Karsten). Petters, 1982, p.66, pLlO, fig. 24.

Remarks: Ortharstenia ewaMi morphotypies are diaracterised by having Icwer chamber margins crenulated, with high, regularly and widely ^>aced, badtwards re-entrants, more numercxis in tiie last chamber. Only rare fragmented spécimens were recovered (varying from c. 550jum to 600^ra in maximum length), aU represented by internai casts where only the later uniserial stage was preserved. Range: late Campanian. Occurrence: weH 1-C&-1-SE (rare occurrence). Palaeo-environments: upper bathyaL

Family BOLDONELLIDAE Hofker, 1951

Genus BOLDCNELLA Cu^man, 1911 Type spedes: Bulimina elegantissima d'Orbigny, 1839

ftitinwnpTia ex gT. odoneiBis Cushman & Hedberg (EL 13, Figs 1-3)

BulimineHa colonensis Cushman & Hedberg, 1930, pu 65, pL 9, figs 6-7. Buliminella colonensis Cushman & Hedberg. Cu^man, 1946, p. 120, piL 50, figs 23-24.

Remarks: Buliminella ex gr. colonensis raorphotypes are characterised by having a somewhat elongate, high trochospiral test (about 250-370^m in maximum length); numerous bcoad, low chambers, graduaUy increasing in

- 151 - EÌze; sutures distinct, slightLy depressed. "Rie ^jecimens differ fcom Buliminella pseudoelegantissiin a Bertels in having a generaUy larger test with more inflated chamtters, i-e., a lower length/breadth ratio. Range: late ConiacLan-SantcKiian to Maastrichtiao. Occurrence: localiiy A-19, wells 1-CA-l-SE, 1-CN-l-SE, 1-CRL-l-SE, 1-SES-lA, l-SES-3, l-SES-9. Palaeo-environinents: deep neritác to middle bathyal.

RiiTiniinpina hrevJapJEa de Klasz, Magné & Rèrat (PL 13, Figs 4-5)

BulimineHa trevispira de Klasz, Magné & Rérat, 1963, p. 152, pL 1, fig. 11. BulimineUa fccevi^ira de Klasz, Magné & Rérat. Trmchetti, 1981, pL 1, fig. 6.

Hemarks: Spécimens of BulimineUa fcceviîra are distinguished by ttieir srnalL globular, very low trochcîral test (alxiut 190-280^m in maximum length) of few whorls, nearly as troad as long; somewhat inOafced low chambers, increasing rapidly in siê, around 4 to 6 in the last whcHÜ; sutures distinct, sUghtly curved and depressed; loop-shaped aperture in the depressed face of the last chamber. Range: late Coniacáan to Maastrichtian. Occurrence: wells 1-CA-l-SE, 1-CRL-l-SE, 1-SES-lA, l-SES-3. Palaeo-environments: deep neritic to middle fcaathyáL

rbiTíifrint^Tlf^ pqp^H^^OP>T*'ganH*ggi ma BertelS (PL 13, Fig. 6)

BulimineUa pseudoelegantissima Bertels, 1972, p. 333, pL 1, figs 1-3.

Remarks: The ^)ecies is characterised by having a small, élongate and slender, high trochoqpiral test (c. 290^ in maximum length); numerous chambers, graduaUy increasing in height. Range: late Campanian. Occurrence: wéU 1-CA-l-SE Orare occurrence). Palaeo-environments: deep neritic to upper bathyaL

- 152 - ButifflinFina quadcDobata de Klasz, Magnè & Rèrat (PL 13, Figs 7-8)

BulimineUa quadrilDbata de Klasz, Magné & Rérat, 1963, p. 150, 152, pL 1, fig. 10, pu 2, figs 14-15. BulimineUa quadcilobata de Klasz, Magné & Rérat. TrcHichetti, 1981, p. 32- 33, piU 1, figs 7-17.

Remarks: BulLmineTIa quadrilobata is distinguished by its inflated, subglûbular to globular test (c. 310/230^m in maximum lengtti/ fcreadth), nearly as hcoad as long; chambers élongate, somewhat inflated, rather increasing gradually in size, around 4 in the last whorl; sutures distinct, slightly depresed. The morphotypes are somewhat similar to BulimiripTia bcevispira de Klasz, Magné & Rèrat, but diEfer in having more élongate and inflated chambers in the last whorl and a somewhat higher trocho^ire- Range: late Santonian to Maastrichtian. Occurrence: weBs 1-CA-l-SE, 1-CN-l-SE, l-SES-24. Palaeo-environments: upper to lower bathyaL

RiiK nrÎTirfl a pp. A (PL 13, Figs 9-10)

Remarks: Spécimens of BulimineUa sp. A are distinguished by having a smaU, slender, eOongate, high trocho^iral test (c. 200-210jUm in maximum length); sutures indistinct, Qush. Range: Turonian. Occurrence: localities A-22, A-29, weU 1-US-l-SE. Palaeo-environments: deep neritic to upper bathyaU

Genus QUADRATOBOLIMINS^A de Klasz, 1953 Type spedes: QuadratobuUmineUa pyramidaUs de Klasz, 1953

(PL 13, Figs 11-13)

Remarks: Spécimens of QuadratobuUminpTi a sp. A are characterised by having a small, high trocho^iral test, nearly as broad as long (varying from

- 1 53 - c 200/180^m to 250/200^m in maximum lengthA^eacäth ratio), subquadrate in cross-section; 4 inflated chambers per whorl; sutures depressed; surface smooth. Range: eariiest Cenomanian. Occurrence: weD. 1-CN-l-SE. Palaeo-envircximents: deep neritic.

Family REDSSELUDAE Cushman, 1933

Genus REDSSEÜA GaUowa, 1933 Type species: Vernenilina spinulosa Reuss

RaEBRTla ex gr. szayiocfaae [Grzybowski) (PL 13, Figs 14-16)

VemeuÎlina szayiochae Grzybowski, 1896, p. 287, pL 9, fig. 19. Reussella szajiochae califa:mca Cushman & GoudkcfE. Noth, 1951, p. 65, pL 7, fig. 6. Renssella szajiochae sO. (Grzybowski). de Klasz & Knipscheer, 1954, p. 600- 604, 606, tab. p. 605, figs 1-7, pL 45, figs 1-13. RaiHsella szajiochae (Grzybowski). Hofker, 1957, p. 214, text-fig. 262a-g. Pyramidina szayiochae (Grzybow^. Sliter, 1968, p. 87, pL 12, fig.l3. ReussRlla szsrpochae (Grzybowsky). Hanzllkovà, 1972, p. 85-86, pL 20, figs 9-11 Reufsella szayiochae (Grzybow^y). Beckmann, 1978, p. 768, pL 2, figs 16- 17. Renssella szapochae (Grzybowsky). Daüey, 1983, pL 2, fig. 14.

Remarks: Spécimens of Rengan a ex gr. szayiochae are distinguished their large, élongate, flaring, triserial test (c. 750-1130^m in maximum length); triangular to sub-triangular in cross-section; numerous chambers, subtriangular, with carínate angles; sutures distinct, depressed, curved and obligue; smooth surface; slLt-like aperture at the base of the last chamber. Klasz & Knipscheer (1954) discussed the phylogenetic development of

- 154 - ReusseTla szayicx:haer which shows a graduai enlargeraent of tests and more advanced wall omamentation, fcom the Santonian to Danian times, in the Tethyan hioprovince. The mocphotypes recovered from the Santonian-lower Campanian of Sergipe are coeval with the early forms described as ReiisF^eTIa szapochae praecurscr de Klasz & Knipscheer (op. cit., p. 603-604, 606, tab. p. 605, fig. la-c). They diEfer, however, in having larger tests with weE developed chamber arrangement and waU cmamentation. Range: Santonian to eady Campanian. Occurrence: weHs 1-CA-l-SE, l-SES-3. Palaeo-environments: upper to mijadle bathyaL

Superfamily FDRSENKCONACEA Loetilich & Tappan, 1961

FamiLy FDRf^KOIHIDAE LoetlLch & Tappan, 1961

Genus CASSTOELLA Hofker, 1951 Type ^jecdes: Virgulina tegulata Reuss, 1846

CanrirWIa ez gr. viscâdus (Khan) (PL 13, Figs 17-19)

Virgulina vlscldus Khan, 1950, p. 273-274, pL 2, figs 3-5. CassideUa viscida (Khan). Magniez-Jannin, 1975, p. 272, pL 15, figs 12-13. CaFKidella viscddus (Khan). Haig, 1982, p. 62, pL 12, figs 26-28.

Remarks: Spécimens of Cassidella ex gr. viscidus have a smalL slender, élongate, sUghtiy twisted hiserial test (c. 220-290^m in maximum length), ovoid in cross-section; early chambers low, closely packed and stcongly twisted, somewhat tending to a triserial arrangement; aperture a high interiomarginal arch. Range: middle Albian to early Turonian. Occurrence: locaEty A-9, wells 1-CN-l-SE, 1-US-l-SE. Palaeo-environments: deep neritic to upper bathyaL

- 155- Genus CORYPBOSTOHA LoetOich & Tappan

Type Epecdes: BcOivina pilaituin Carsey, 1926

Cccypfaœtoma sp. A (PU 13, Fig. 20)

Remarks: SpecLmens cf Cocy^cstoma sp. A are distinguished by ttieir smaU, élongate, fLaring, compressed, biserial test (c. 250jum in maxirtiuin length); early chambers tcoad and low, later higher, élongate and with a tendency to become umserial; surface smooth; interiomarginal loop-shaped apertiire, extending from the base of the last chamber. Range: early Cenomanian. Occurrence: locality A-1 (rare occurrence). Palaeo-environments: shallow to middle neritic.

CccyphoGtoma sp. B (PL. 13, Figs 21-22)

Remarks: Coryphostoma sp. B morphotypes are characterised tjy having a smàU, élongate, narrow, biserial test (c. 190-210/im in maximum length), rounded to oval in cross-section; smmoth test surface. Range: early Turonian. Ocurrence: locality A-22, well 1-DS-l-SE. Palaeo-envirOTiments; deep neritic.

Family CAOCASINIDAE Bykova, 1959

Subfamily CAOCASnONAE Bykova, 1959

Genus CADCASINA Khalilov, 1951

-156- Type spedes: Caucasina oligocenica Khalilov

Caucaana SÇL A (PL 13, Figs 23-24)

Remarks: A single ^)ecimen assigned to Caucasdna sp. A was recovered &om the lower Turonian. It is characterised by having a small, élongate test (c. 240^m in maximum length); early chambers in a low trochospiral cedi, fctilowed by a high coued stage oE 3 inflated chambers per whorl, in a somewhat twisted triserial coil; sutures distinct, depressed; surface smooth. Range: early Turcanian. Occurrence: wéE l-üS-1-SE. Palaeo-environment: deep neritic.

Superfamily PÏ£0R0SIOMELLACEA Reuss, 1860

Family Pf£DROSTOHEEII0AE Reuss, 1860

SubfamUy FLEaROSTOMBEIONAE Reuss, 1860

Genus EEZJPSOGLANDOUNA Silvestri, 1900 Type ^îecies: pm-ipsoglandulina laevigata Silvestri

EDgeo^andulina velascoensis Cushman (PL 13, Fig. 25)

FOli^ffioglandulina velascoensis Cushman, 1926b, p.590, pL 16, fig. 7. Ellipsoglandulina velascoensis Cushman. Cushman, 1946, p. 137, pL 56, fig. 37.

- 157 - EHipsopolymorphina velascxiensis {Cushman). HanzUkovâ, 1972, p. 118, pL 34, figs 8-9.

Remarks: Spécimens of EILipsoglandulina velascoensis have a large, élongate, inflated fusifcrm, uniserial test {c. 630/440^m in maximum length/fcceadth ratio), circular in cross-section; chambers strongly overlaEçàng and increasing very rapidly in size, last one comprising about tiuree-fcrths the test length; sutures nearly sbraight and horizontal, sQightly depreised; surface smooth; aperture terminal, an élongate, narrow curved slit.

Range: Campanian.

Occurrence: wells 1-SES-lA, l-SES-3.

Palaeo-envircnments: upper to middle bathyaL

Genus BAHDYELLA LoehUch & T^pan, 1962

Type spedes: Pleurostompna greatvalleyensis Trujllu, 1960

BandyeHa clavata {Cu^man) (PL 13, Figs 26-28)

PleurostomeHa clavata Cushman, 1926b, pu 590, çiL 16, fig. 5. Pleurostomi^lla clavata Cushman. Cushman, 1946, p. 132-133, pL 54, fig. 25.

Remarks: Spedmens of BandyeTla clavata are characterised by having an élongate, fusifcrm test (about 350-620/im in maximum length), nearly circular in cross-sectkm; early triserial portion fcOlowed by a tdserial stage with élongate, cunéate chambees; aperture a crescenüc alit extending downwards.

Range: late Maastrichtian.

Occzurrence: weU l-SES-3 (rare occurrence).

Palaeo-environment: middle bathyaL

- 158 - BandyePa ex gr. greatvaPeyagis (TrujilLo) (PL 13, Figs 29-30)

PleurostomeUa greatvalleyensis TrujUo, 1960, p. 345, pL 50, figs 5-6. Bandyella greatvalleyensis fItiiJIlD). Sliter, 1968, p. Ill, pL 19, fig. 11.

Remarks: BandyeTIa ex gr. greatvalleyensis morphotypes are distinguished by having a ^ort, elongate, inflated fusifcrm test (around 240-250^m^ in maximum length), nearly circular in cxoss-sectiDn; chambers inflated and elongate in tiie biserial stage; sutures distinct, depressed in the later stage; surface smooth. The ^>ecimens fcom Sergipe are mostly similar to the illustarated paral^pe CTrujllo, 1960, pL 50, fig. 6), œnsidered by TrujUo (op. dt.) to represent an early ontogenetic stage. Range: late Santcwiian to Maastrichtian. Occurrence: well l-SES-3 (rare occ:urrence). Palaeo-environments: middle bathyaL

Superfamily SULOSTOHEUACEA Finlay, 1947

Family SmoSTOHEEUDAE Finlay, 1947

Genus NODOGENERINA Cushman, 1927

Type ^jecies: Hodogenerina bcadyi Cushman, 1927

Nodoqenerina E{IL cf. N. àlexandai (Cushman) (PL 13, Figs 31-32) cf. SUipsonodosaria alexanderi Cushman, 1936b, p. 52, pL 9, figs 6-9.

- 159 - cf. TiHIipsonodcsaria alexanderi Cushman. Cu^raan, 1946, p. 135, pL 56, figs 12-13 (not figs 14-15).

Remarks: Spécimens referable to Nodogenerina sp. cf. N. alexanderi are distinguished ty having a narrow, élongate, straight, umserial test (c 380^m in maximum lenth); diambers campanulate in ferra, increasing gradually in size and aliçiiay overlappdng; row of sraall spines at the edge of the chamber shaüder, near the base of the chambera; aperture terminal and ovate. The morphotypes are similar to ^lecimens described as Bifarina cale arata (Berthelin) by Magniez-Jannin (1975, p. 247, pL 20, fígs 22-24) ñrom the AlhLan of Aube, NE France, but differ in having a smooth rounded prolocus, more overlapping chambers and les constricted sutures.

Range: Turcnian.

Occurrence; wéE 1-CA-l-SE.

Palaeo-envirairaents: deep neritic to upper bathyaL

Hodogenetina stepbgBoni (PL 13, Fig. 33)

Kllipsonodosaria stephensoni Cu^man, 1936b, p. 52, pL 9, figs 10-15. Ellipsonodosaria steghensoni Cu^man. Cuáiman, 1946, p. 134, pL 56, fi^ 2-7. DentaUna stephensoni (Cudiman). Sliter, 1968, p. 59, pL 5, figs 22-23.

Remarks: Spécimens of Nodogenerina stephensoni are characterised ty having an élongate, uniserial te^ slightly arcuate; globular to élongate chamtiers, increasing gradually in size, with ring of ^ines at the base of each chamber; sutures distinct, depressed. This spedes is often recorded as hcoken fragments individual chambers c 130^m in maximum length). Range: Maastrichtdan. Occurrence: wells 1-SES-lA, l-SES-9. Palaeo-environments: upper bathyaL

- 160 - Si^>erfamiLy DOSCORBACBA Ehrenberg, 1838

FamiLy BAGGINIDAE Cushman, 1927

Subfamily BAGGININAE Cushman, 1927

Genus VALVDUNEBZA Cushman, 1926 Type species: ValvuLineria califacnlca Cu^man, 1926

Vatgatineria amaraH Pétri (PL 14, Figs 1-5)

Valvulineria amarali Pétri, 1962, p. 112, pL 14, fig. 4a-c.

Remarks: Valvulineria amarali has a biconvex, raoderately high trochcspiral test (about 350-370^m in maximum diameter), of about two and a half whorls, circular in outline; equatorial periçhery troadly rounded; dorsal sLde moderately convex; 7 chambers in the last whorL increasing gradually in size; umhilicus somewhat large and deep; aperture an interiomarginal, umhili cal-extrau mbdlical arch, with imperfccate apertural flaps prqpcting over the umbilicus, but do not completély cover it; surface smooth, coarsely perfcrate CHI both sides. Range: late ConiacLan-Santonian to Campanian. Occurrence: localities A-18, A-19, wells 1-CA-l-SE, 1-CN-l-SE, l-SES-3, l-SES-9. Palaeo-environments: middle-deep neritic to upper-middle bathyaL

Valyulinma ^ A (PL 14, Figs 6-7)

Remarks: Valvulineria sp. A morphotypes are distinguished by their moderately small (around 300-310jum in maximum diameter), concavo-convex, low trochcspiral test, circular in outline; equatorial perijhery narrowly rounded; 6 chambers in the last whorl, increasing gradually in size; umbilicus moderately wide and shallow; apertural flaps prqpcting into umbuicus from each chamber; surface smooth, finely perfcrate in bath sides. The spécimens differ from Valvulineria sp. B in having a more asymmetrical, concavo-^convex test, circular outiine and a more open umbuicus with ^>ertural flaps frqpcting from each chamber. Tiiey bath may actually represent ecophenotypic variations of a single spedes. Range: latest Cenomanian to Turonian. Occurrence: localityies A-2, A-9, wéU 1-CA-l-SE. Palaeo-environments: middle-deep neritic to upper bathyaL

Vailvulineria ^ B (EL 14, Figs 8-12)

Remarks: Spedmens an Valvulineria sp. B have a small (about 270-290um in maximum diameter), compressed, slightly biconvex, low trocho^iral test, subdrcular in outline and becoming lobate in the last two to three chambers; equatorial periphery narrowly rounded; 5 to 7 chambers in the last whorL increasing gradually in size; umbUicus somewhat wide and deep; ^)ertural flaps prqpcting over the umtdlicus; surface smooth, coarsely perfórate in both sides. Ihe morphotypes are somewhat similar to spedmens of LingulogavelinéDa newtoii Eicher & Worstéll (1970, p. 294, pL 5, figs 2-4), repccted from the upper Ceno manían-middle Turonian of the western interior cf the United States,- but differ in having a more compressed, low frochospiral test, subdrcular outüine and a perfórate dorsal side. Range: latest Turonian to early Ccniadan. Occurrence: localities A-6, A-10, A-11, Tabocas 2, Mata 10. Palaeo-environments: shallow to middle neritic.

FamiLy EPOHmiDAE Hofker, 1951

Subfamily EPONmDJAE Hofker, 1951

Genus EPONIDES de Mcmtfcrt, 1808 Type spedes: Nautilus répandus Fichtal & MoU, 1798

-162- ^wnîdes aracayiasiB Pétri (PL 14, Figs 13-16)

Eponides aracarpensis Pétri, 1962, p. 115, pL 15, figs 1-3.

Remarks: Specdmens cf Eponides araca;pensis are charac±erised by having a small (c. 230-26C^m in maximum diameter), biconvex, low trocho^iral test, of about tiiree whorls, circular in outline; equatorial periç*iery subangular; 7 to 9 chambers in tiie last whcarl, increasing slowly in size; sutures slightiy curved on the dorsal side, nearly radial on the ventral side; surface smooth, finely perforatie; aperture a troad low int:eriomarginal arch extending from the umbilicus to the periphery. Range: late Coniadan to Maastrichtian. Occurrence: locality A-18, weUs 1-CA-l-SE, 1-CN-l-SE, 1-CRL-l-SE, 1- SES-IA, l-SES-9, l-SES-24. Palaeo-enviraiments: middle-deep neritic to upper-middle bathyaL

FamiLy ROSALDODAE Reiss, 1963

Genus GAVELfflOPSE Hofker, 1951 Type ^ïecies: Discorbina praegeri Heron-Allen & Sarland

Gavfelinqpeis(7) sp. A (PL 14, Figs 17-19)

Remarks: Spedmens of GavelinopsisÇ?) sp. A are distinguished by having a minute (c. 110-150^m in maximum diametier), piano/ concavo-convex, high trochoepiral test, drcular in outline; equatcrlal periphery subangular; surface smooth. Range: latest Cenomanian to earliest Turonian. Occurrence: localities A-9, A-22, weU 1-US-l-SE. Palaeo-environments: middle neritic to upper bathyéiL

- 163 - GaTClinopas(?) sp. B (PL 14, Figs 20-25)

Remarks: GaveIinopsis(?) sp. B morphotypes have a smaU (about 220-280^m in maximum diameter), plano-convex, high trocho^iral test, of about two and a half whorls, circular in outUne; equatorial periphery narrowly rounded; dorsal side moderately to highly convex; 8 chambers in the last whcarL increasing gradually in size; umbdlicus small and open; ^)erture interiomarginal, extending from the umbdlicus nearly to the periphery; surface smooth, finely perfórate on both sides. The spécimens are tentatively pilaced in Gavelinopsds Hofker on the basis of their similar test morphcilogy to the génotype, but differ in having a finely perfcxate dorsal side. Range: late Cc»iiacian. Occurrence: weil 1-CRL-l-SE. Palaeo-environments: deep neritic to upper bathyaL

Superfamily PLANORBOIJNACEA Schwager, 1877

Family PLANOLOnDAE BermiSdez, 1952

Genus FLANDLINA d'Orbigny, 1826 Type ^lecies: Planulina ariminensis d'Orbigny, 1826

Blanulina ta^ocensis (Carsey) (PL 14, Fig. 26)

Anomalina taylorensis Carsey, 1926, p. 47, pL 6, fig. la-b. Rlanulina taylorensis (Carsey). Cu^man, 1946, p. 158, pL 64, figs 14-15.

Remarks: Spedmens. of Planulina taylorensis are characterised by their large, nearly pilanispiral, compresed test (c. 1000-1500/im in maximum diameter), with an acute and slightly keeled equatorial periphery; 10 to 13 chambers in the last whorl, gradually increasing in size; sutures distinct, strongly curved on both sides; waU smooth, finely perfórate.

- 164 - Range: Campanian. Occurrence: weU l-SES-9 frare occurrence). Palaeo-environments: upper to middle bathyaL

Hanulma sp. A (PL 14, Figs 27-30)

Remarks: The spedes has a minute, compressed, discoidaL very low trocho^iral test (c. 150-190fim in maximum diameter); 8 to 9 broad, low and curved chambers in the last whcrl, increasing gradually in size; aperture a low interiomarginal equatorial arch. Range: latest Turonian. Occurrence: locality A-8. Palaeo-envircHiments: shallow to middle neritic.

Family CTB[CIDiPAE Cu^man, 1927

SubfamUy dmcmiNAE Cushman, 1927

Genus CTBK3DES de Mmitfcct, 1808 Type ^des: Citaiddes çefulgens de Montfort, 1808

Cibàcàdes ex gr. beaumcntianus (d'Orbigny) (PL 14, Figs 31-33; PL. 15, Figs 1-3)

Truncatiilina beaumontiana d'Orbigny, 1840, p. 35, pL 3, figs 17-19. Cifclddes beaumontianus (d'Orbigny). Cuáiman, 1946, p. 160, pL 65, pL 12. Cifciddes beaumontianus (d'Orbigny). Hart et 1981, p. 182, pL 7.5, figs 9- 10. Cibicides beaumontianus (d'Orbigny). Hart et 1989, p. 326, pL 7.5, figs 9- 10.

Remarks: CibLddes ex gr. beaumontianus morphotypes have a large, püano/concavo-convex trochcspiral test (varying from about 320pn to 590;im in maximum diameter), with a flattened to sUghtly concave dorsal side and strongly convex ventral side; subdrcular in outline and becoming lotate in the latter chambers; equatorial peri£*iery carínate; 7 to 8 somewhat inflated chambers in the last whorl, increasing rapidly in size; sutures distinct, fUish

- 165 - to depressed; surface smooth, coarsely perfórate on Üie dorsal side and more finely on the ventral side; aperture a low interiomarginal equatorial arch. Range: late Coniacian-Santonian to early MaastrichtLaa Occurrence; weH l-SES-9. Palaeo-environments: upper bathyaL

(PL 15, Figs 4-7)

Remarks: Citaicides sp. A morphotypes are characterised by having a large, very compressed, concavo-convex, low trocho^iral test (c. 420-550^m in maximum diameter); equatorial pecifiiery acute; 9 chambers in tiie last whorL slowly increasing in size; apertiire a low interiomarginal equatorial arch; sutures distinct, stroigly curved; surface smooth, finely perfórate. Range; early to middLe-late Cenomanian. Occurrence; weLs 1-CA-l-SE, 1-CN-l-SE. Palaeo-environment: deep neritic

(PL 15, Figs 8-10) cf. Cibicides sp., Cudiman & Hedberg, 1941, p. 100, pL 23, fig. 22a-c.

Remarks: Spécimens of Cibicides sp. B are distinguished by their large, somewhat corapreœed, plano/concavo-convex trochospiral tiest (around 770- 820pm in maximum diameter), with a moderately convex ventral side; equatorial periphery carínate; 5 to 6 chambers in the last whorl, increasing rather rapidly in sLze; surface smooth, coarsely perfórate on the dorsal side and more finely on the ventral side. They differ from morphotypes of Citricides ex gr, beaumontianus {d'Ortágny) in having a more compressed test, with a moderately convex ventral side and a less lobate sufcdrcular outline. Range: Campanian to Maastrichtian. Occurrence; wéUs 1-SES-lA, 1-CN-l-SE. Palaeo-environments: deep neritic to upper bathyaL

-16 6- Family CYMBALOPORIDAE Cushman, 1927

SubEandly CYHBALOPORINAE Cushman, 1927

Genus &RCHAECYCLDS A. Silvestri, 1908 Type ^)ecies: Planorbulina cenomaniana Sequenza, 1882

flrdiaecychjBf?) ^ A (HL 15, Fig. 11)

Remarks: A single ^secimen tentatively referred to ArchaecyclusC?) sp. A was recovered from the lower Cenomanian. It is characterised by having a large (about 600/im in maximum diameter), somewhat flattened, discoidal test; later stage with numerous inflated chambers arranged in annular series in a single hcñzontal layer; numerous apertures présent as small circular pores; surface smooth, finely perfórate. Range: early Cenomanian. Occurrence: locality A-1. Palaeo-environments: shallow to middle neritic.

Family EPISIOHAKIIDAE Hcfker, 1954

Subfamüy NDTTALLimNAE Saidova, 1981

Genus NOTTALLINELLA BelEord, 1959 Type ^cies: Nuttallina corcxiula Belford, 1958

NuttaTtiiTpnn flQcealis (White) (EL15 , Figs 12-14)

Gyrcdxüna floreaüs White, 1928b, p. 293, pL 40, fig. 3. PulvinuUnella? floreaüs (White). Cushman, 1946, p.144-145, pL 59, figs 11-12. Gyrcddina floreaüs White. TruJIlo, 1960, p. 331, pL 48, fig. la-c. HuttaUinella floreaüs (White). HanzHková, 1972, p. 88, pL 21, fígs 4-5. Nuttallineüa floreaüs (White). Sliter, 1977b, pO. 6, figs 2-3. NuttaHineüa floreaüs (White). Nycng & Olsson, 1984, píL 7, figs 10-11.

- 167 - Remarks: Spedmens of NuttaTiinpTia floreali!^ have a large (c. 98C^um in maximum diameter), plano/concavo-convex, trocho^àral test, with high convex ventral side and flattened to slighay concave dorsal side; equatorial periphery carinate, with fccoad pcareles keel; 7 chambers in the last whorl, increasing gradually in size; sutures distinct, flu^, radial in the ventral side; aperture interiomarginal, an élongate alit on tìie umbUical side. Range: late COTiiadan-Santcxiian to Maastoichtian. Occurrence: wélls 1-SES-lA, l-SES-3, l-SES-9, l-SES-24. Palaeo-environments: upper to lower bathyaL

HufrtaTtinpîla texana (Cushman) (PL 15, Figs 15-19)

Pulvinulinella texana Cushman, 1938a, p. 49, pL 8, fig. 8. PulvinulineHa texana Cushman. Cu^man, 1946, p. 143-144, pL 59, figs 3-9. HuttaUineUa texana (Cushman). Hanzlikovà, 1972, p. 88, pL 21, figs 2-3.

Remarks: Spedmens of NuttaPineUa texana are characterised by their asymmetricaUy biconvex, low trochospiral test (varying from c. 260jttm to SlOfim in maximum diametier), with the ventral side more convex than the dorsal one; equatorial perifhery carinate; 8 chambers in the last whorL increasing rather gradually in size; sutures distinct, radial to slightly curved on the ventral side and strongly obUque on the dorsal view; surface smooth. Range: late Santoiian to Maastrichtian. Occurrence: weHs 1-CA-l-SE, 1-SES-lA, l-SES-3, l-SES-24. Palaeo-environments: upper to lower bathyaL

Superfamily NONEOHACEA Schultze, 1854

Family NOIDDNIDAE Schultze, 1854

Subfamily NOIQDNINAE Schultze, 1854

Genus NONTONEIJLA Cu^man, 1926

Type ^jedes: Nçyiionella miocenica Cushman

-168- Homqpélla austìnana Cu^man (PL 15, Figs 20-21)

HonJOTiella austdnana Cu^man, 1933b, p. 57, pL 7, fig. 2a-c. Nonimella ausünana Cudiman, Cushman, 1946, p. lÛO, pL 43, figs 18-20. Nonionella leonardosi Pétri, 1962, p. 87, pL 10, fig. lOa-c (not fig. lla-c, probably N. cietaœa Cushman, 1931). NoniMiella austinana Cushman. Hanzllkovà, 1972, 124, çL 36, fig, 3a-b.

Remarks: Ncmonella austinana mocphotypes have a sraaU, somewhat compressed, low trochospiral test (c. 260;im in maximum diameter); equatorial periphery rounded; dorsal side parrially evolute around an umbonal toss; umtdlical side involute; 6 slightly inflated chambers, broad and low, in the last whorL increasing rapidLy in size; last chamber asymraetricalLy protruded towards the ventral side; sutures distinct, curved, depressed; surface smooth; ^ïerture a smaU interiomarginal and nearly equatorial arch. Range: late Campanian to Maastrichtian. Occurrence: locality ft.-19, weHs 1-CA-l-SE, l-SES-3. Palaeo-envirOTiments: upper to middle bathyaL

Honjonella ^ c£. N. aisünana Cushman (PL 15, Figs 22-24) cf. Ncmionella austinana Cushman, 1933b, p. 57, pL 7, fig. 2a-c.

Remarks: Spedmens referred to NonicffieHa sp. cf. N. austinana_ are distdnguiêd by having a minute (c. 180-200fim in maximum diameter), compressed, low trochoîral test; equatorial periphery narrowly roanded; 6 to 7 chambees in the last whorl, increasing rapidly in siê; sutures slightly curved and depressed. Ihe ^>edmens are rare and very recrystalised, which hinders a precise taxonomic évaluation of the ^jedes. Range: early to early-late Turcïiian. Occurrence: localities A-7, A-29. Palaeo-environments: middle to deep neritic

- 169 - Subfamily PDUJEHUNAE Schwager, 1877

Genus POUETOA Parker & Jones, 1862 Type ^>ecdes: Nonionina biiinjdes d'Orbigny, 1846

Piiltona cretacea Cu^man (PL 15, Figs 25-26)

Pullenia cretacea Cu^man, 1936e, p. 75, pL 13, fig. 8a-b. cretacea Cushman. Cushman & Hedberg, 1941, p. 98, pL 23, u o. Pullenia cretacea Cushman. Cushman, 1946, pL 60, fig. 9a-b. Pi.illpnia n-ptacea Cu^man. SUter, 1968, p. 115, piL .21, fig. 2a-b. Pullpnifl cretacea Cushman. Hanzllkovà, 1972, p.125, fiL36, fig.5a-b. Pilli Ani a cretacea Cu^man. OlsFon, 1977, pL 2, fig. C. Punirvi a cretacea Cushman. Sliter, 1977, pL 8, figs 6-7.

Remarks: PuSenia cretacea morphotypes are characterised by having a glcAxjlar, slightly compressed, involute, plani^iral test (c. 350;um in maximum diameter), circular in outline; equatorial periphery troadly rounded; 4 to 5 raoderately inQated chambers in the last whorl; sutures radiaL flush to slightly depressed; surface smooth; aperture a low, wide interiomarginal crescentic slit. Range: late Campanian to Maastrichtian. Occurrence: weHs 1-SES-lA, l-SES-24. Palaeo-envircximents: LÇper to middle bathyaL

PuDenia jarvisL Cushman (PL 15, Figs 27-28)

PuUenia :^rvisL Cushman, 1936c, p. 77, çL 13, fig. 6a-b. Pullenia :prviSL Cushman. Cushman, 1946, p. 147, pL 60, fig. 15. Pullenia :prvisi Cushman- Sliter, 1968, p. 115-116, piL 21, fig. 3a-b.

Remarks: Spedmens of Pullenia :prvisi have a large, subglobular, lobate, involute, paani^iral test (c. 470jum in maximum diameter), drcular in outline; equatorial periphery troadly rounded; 5 somewhat inflated in "the last whorl.

- 170 - increasing rapidly in size; satures distinct, depressed; surface smooth. They differ from Pullenia cretacea Cushman in having a relatively largec size, depressed sutures and a lobate equatorial periphery. Range: late Santonian to early Campanian. Occurrence: weU l-SES-3. Palaeo-envircmments: middle to lower bathyaL

Superfamily CHILOSTQHEUACEA Brady, 1881

Family CHILOSIOHEUJDAE Qcaày, 1881

Subfamily CHILOSTOHEEJJNAE Brady, 1881

Genus ALLOHORPHINA Reuss, 1849 Type ^jecdes: AHomorEhina trigona Reuss, 1850

flilomcrphiiia ex gr. cretacea Reuss (PL 15, Figs 29-32)

AUomorphina cretacea Reuss, 1851, p. 42, pL 5, fig. 6. AUomorphina velascoensis Cushman. Cu^man & Hedberg, 1941, p. 98, pU 23, fig. 15. AUomorphina cretacea Reuss. Sliter, 1968, p.113, pL 20, fig. 4a-c. AUomorphina cretacea Reuss. Hanzllkovà, 1972, p. 123, pL 35, fig. 19a-b.

Remarks: AUomorphina ex gr. cretacea morphotypes have a large, involute, frocho^iral test (c. 570-620/im in maximum length), subtriangular in outline and circular in cross section; periphery troadly rounded; 3 sfrongly enveloping chambers in the last whorl, increasing rapidly in size; sutures slightLy depressed; surface smooth; aperture an élongate alit, with a prqpcting bordering rim. Range: late Coniacian-Santonian to Maatrichfcian. Occurrence: weUs 1-CA-l-SE, 1-SES-lA, l-SES-3, l-SES-9. Palaeo-envircxi menta; upper to middle bathyaL

- 171 - Family QDADRDfORPHINIDAE Saidova, 1981

Genus QOADRIMORPHINA Firilay, 1939 Type species: Valvulina aHomorphinoides Reuss, 1860

QiuiHriTnoi'fililla ex gr. aiIlom

Valvulina aHomorphinoides Reuss, 1860, 223, pL 11, Eig. 6a-c. Valvulineria aHomorphinoides (Reuss). Cushman & Hedberg, 1941, p. 96-97, pU 23, fig. 9a-c. Valvulineria allomorphinoides (Reuss). Cu^man, 1946, p.138, pL 57, figs 5-7. QuadrimorgAiina allomorg^ìinoides (Reuss). TrujLUo, 1960, p. 330-331, pL 47, fig. 15a-c. Quadrimorphina aHomorphinoides (Reuss). Sliter, 1968, p. 114, pL 20, fig. 7a-c. Quadrimorgdùna aHomorphinoides (Reuss). Hanzllkovà, 1972, p. 123, pL 35, fig. 16a-b. Valvulineria allo morphinoides (Reuss). Beckmann, 1978, p.769, pL 2, figs 25-27. Quadrimorphina aHomorphinoiJes (Reuss). DaHey, 1983, pL 4, fig.9.

Remarks: Spedmens of Quadrimorphina ex gr. àllomorphinoiies are distinguished by having a large, tàconvex, low trocho^iral test (e. 370- 500^m in maximum length), ovai in outline; equatorial periphery rounded; 3 to 6 sli^tly elongate chambers in the last whorl; sutures slightly depressed; surface smooth; aperture an interiomarginal-umbilical low arch, covered by a large apertural flap. Range: late Coniacian to Maastrichtìan. Occurrence: weHs 1-CA-l-SE, 1-CRL-l-SE, 1-SES-lA, l-^S-3, l-SES-9. Palaeo-envirCTiments: deep neritic to middle bathyaL

FamiLy ANOMAIJNnDAE Cushman, 1927

Subfamily ANOHALINIHAB Cushman, 1927

- 172 - Genus AHOHALDiGXDBS Brotzen, 1942 Type species: Anomatiiioijjes plummerae Bcotzen, 1942

AnomaBnaides sp. A (PL 16, Figs 1-2)

Remarks: Anomalinoi<3es sp. \ morphotypes are characterised by having a moderately large, somewhat compressed, nearly symmetrically biconvex, low trochospiral test (c. 360-520/im in maximum length), lobate in outline; dorsal side partially evolute; equatorial perijhery rarrowly rounded; 5 to 6 somewhat inflated chambers in tJie last whorl, increasing rapidly in size; sutures distinct, subtly depressed, radial on the umbilical side, curved to ohHque on the dorsal side; surface smooth. The specimens recovered are all recrystalised, which makes difEicult a precise taxonomic assessment of the ^secies. Range: early Cenomanian. Occurrence: localiiy A-1. Palaeo-envirOTiments: fallow to middle neritic

subfamily GYRCSmNOmiNAE Saiäova, 1981

Genus GYROIDINA d'Orhigny, 1826 Type specdes: Gyroidina orbicularis d'Orbigny, 1826

Gycotdina NTfwJH White (PL 16, Figs 3-7)

Gyrcddina beisseli White, 1928b, p. 291, pL 39, fig. 7. Gyrcddina beisseU White. Beckmann, 1978, p. 3, figs 29-30. Gyroidinoides beisseli (White). Daüey, 1983, pL 6, figs 5-6, 9.

Remarks: Specimens of Gyroidina beisspli are characterised by having a plano-convex, low trocho^iral test (varying from c 230/im to 360/im in maximum diameter); dorsal side flattened in the last whorl with a very low central cone; sutures distinct, flush to slightly depressed, somewhat curved on the ventral side and strongly curved backwards on the dorsal side; aperture a low interiomarginal slit, extending nearly to the periphery and about half way to the umbüicu^ surface smooth.

- 1 73 - Range: late Coniacdan to Méiastrichtian. Occurrence: wells 1-SES-lA, l-SES-9, l-SES-3. Palaeo-environments: upper to middle bathyal-

Gyroiana megastoma (Grzybowski) (PL 16, Figs 3-9)

PulvinnTina megastoma Grzybowski, 1396, p. 302, piL 11, Êig. 9. Gyroidina megastoma (Grzybowski). Hanzlikovà, 1972, p. 126, pL 37, fig. la-c

Remarks: Spedmens of Gyroidina megastoma have a moderately large, pûano-eonvex, low trochoepiral test (c. 390^ in maximum diameter); dorsal side somewhat concave in the last whctl with slightly convex central cone; ventral side strcxigly convex; equatorial periphery narrowly rounded; sutures distinct, sUghtly depressed, oblique in the dorsal side; surface smooth. Range: late Maastrichtian- Occurrence: weU 1-SES-lA (careoccurrence). Palaeo-environments: upper to middle bathyaL

Gyraidipa sp, A (RL 16, Figs 10-11)

Remarks: Morphotypes referred to Gyroidina sp. A tiave a moderately large, pilano-convex, low trochœpiral test (varying from c 440/290^m to 520/400nm in maximum diameter/bceadth ratio), drcular in outline; dorsal side flattened to somewhat concave in the last whorl with slight convex central cone; ventral side strcmgly convex; equatorial periphery sharply rounded; 6 to 7 chambers in the last whorl, increasing gradually in size; sutures indistinct frinder the S.E.M.), fljigh; smooth surface. The ^cimens are somewhat similar to Gyroidina bandyi crtujllo, p. 332-333, pO. 48, figs 7a-c), but differ in their more asymmetrical, pûano-convex t:est morphology. Range: late Coniadan-Santionian to Campianian. Occurrence: wells 1-SES-lA, l-SES-9 tare occurrence). Palaeo-environments: upper to middle bathyaL

Genus GYROmiNaiDES Brotzen, 1942 Type spedes: Rotalinjg nitjda Reuss, 1344

- 174 - Gyraidiiiaides ex gr. glotesa (Hagenow) {PL. 16, Figs 12-13)

Nonionina globosa Hagenow, 1842, p. 574 (Öde Cushman, 1946, p. 140). Gyroidina globosa (Hagenow). Cu^inan, 1946, p. 140, pL 58, fig.7a-c (not Êigs 6, 8) Gyroidinoides globosa (Hagenow). HoEker, 1957, p.395, text-fig. 441. Valvulineria cxespinae Ludbrook. Haig, 1982, p. 57, piL 11, figs 18-20, pL 12, fig. 23 Gyrcòdinoides globosus (Hagenow). Dajley, 1983, pL 7, figs 7-8.

Remarks: Gyroidinoides ex gr. globosa morphotypes are distinguished by having a globular, trocho^iral test (varying ñrom c 240/200jum to 380/300fim in maximum dlameter/tceadth ratio); dorsal side moderately convex, rounded; equatorial periphery troadly rounded, with not clearly delineated perifheral Shoulder; aperture a low interiomarginal slit extending from the periphery to the umhilicus; surface smooth. This is a long ranging ^^des-group. Range: late Aptian to Albian, late Coniacian to Maastrichtian. Occurrence: weHs 1-CA-l-SE, 1-CN-l-SE, 1-CRL-l-SE, 1-US-l-SE, 1- SES-IA, l-SES-3, l-SES-9, l-SES-24. Palaeo-environments: deep neritic to upper bathyal (late Aptian-Alhian bLotopes), upper to middle bathyal (late Coniadan-Maastrichtian biotopes).

GyrcddinoádeB Inetterlei O^apE^an) (EL 16, Figs 19-23)

Gyroidina loetterlei Tappan, 1940, p. 120-121, pL 10, fig. lOa-c.

Remarks: Gyroidinoides loetterla. morphotypes are distinguished by their small, subglDbular, somewhat lobate, low trochospiral test (varying from c. 220/170^m to 230/180^m in maximum dìameter/treadth ratio), subdrcular in outline; equatcarial periphery broadly rounded; dorsal side raoderately convex; ventral side somewhat depressed around the umbolical flap; 5 to 6 chambers in the last whorl, increasing gradually in size, last chamber inflated with umbilical flap covering the aperture and umbuicus; sutures distinct, slightiy depressed; surface smooth. The spedmens differ from Gyoidinoides ex gr. nitida (Reuss) by having a distinctly inflated last chamber, depressed ventral side and larger umtdlical flap.

- 175 - Range: Campanian to Maastrichtian. Occurrence: weDs 1-SES-lA, l-SES-3. Palaeo-environments: upper to middle bathyaL

Gyrcädiiicndes ex gr. nitida (Reuss) (PL 16, Figs 24-27)

Rotalina mtix3a Reuss, 1845, p. 35, pL 8, fig. 52, pL 12, figs 8, 20. Gyroidina globosa (Hagenow). Cushman & Hedberg, 1941, p. 97, pL 23, fig. 14a-c Gyroidina globosa (Hagenow). Cu^man, 1946, p.140, pL 58, fig. 8a-c (not figs 6-7). Gyroidinoides nitida (Reuss), Hofker, 1957, p. 393-395, text-Eigs 437-440. Gyroidinoides primitiva Hofker, 1957, p. 393, text-fig. 436. Gyroidina nitida (Reuss). TruyHo, 1960, p. 331-332, pL 48, fig. 2a-c. Gyroidinoides nitidus (Reuss), Sliter, 1968, p. 121, pL 22, fig.7a-c. Gyroidinoides nitidus (Reuss). Hanzllkovà, 1972, p. 129, pL 37, fig. 99a-c. Valvulineria angulata Magniez-Jannin, 1975, p, 243-245, pL 16, figs 23-28. Valvulineria/GyrcddinoideV praestans Magniez-Jannin, 1975, p. 244-246, pL 16, figs 32-44. Valvulineria parva Khan f. dilatata MagniezKlannin, 1975, p. 241, pL 16, figs 14-17. Gyroidinoides nitidus (Reuœ). SUter, 1977b, piL 12, figs 7-8. Gyroidinoides nitidus (Reuss). Daüey, 1983, piL 7, figs 10-12.

Remarks: There is considérable morphologlcal variation in tìiis long ranging ^des-group. Ihe raorphotypes are distingui^ed by having a subglobular, low trocho^iral test (varying from c. 240/190^m to 360/260^m In maximum diameter/tceadth ratio), circular in oitllne; dorsal side flattened to süghüy concave in the last whorl wibh some spedmens showing a central cone of variable height; ventral side strongly convex; equatorial perip*iery rounded forming a distinct narrowly rounded Shoulder with tiie dorsal side; 6 to 7 Chambers in the last whorl, increasing graduaHy in size, somewhat inQated on the ventral side; umbdlicus open, narrow; sutures distinct, slightiy curved and depressed on dorsal side, nearly radiai and sUghtiy depressed on ventral side; surface smooth. The ^dmens differ from Gyroidinoides ex gr. globosa morphotypes in their flattened to slightiy convex dorsal side and

- 176 - distinct perijíieral shcxibdet. TSiere are, however, several transitiDnal ^lecimens (e.g., PL 16, Figs 14-16) and the morphotypes may actuaUy represent intra^)edfic pclymorphism of a common ancestral taxon. Range: late Aptian to early Cenomanian, late Coniacian to Maastrichtian. Occurrence: weDs 1-CA-l-SE, 1-CN-l-SB, 1-CRL-l-SE, 1-U5-1-SE, 1-SES- lA, l-SES-3, l-SES-9, l-SES-24. Palaeo-envircaiments: deep neritic to Upper bathyal (late Aptían-earLy Cenomanian biotopes), uf^Jer to middle bathyal (late Coniacian-Maastrichtian hLotopes.

Gycoädincrides nonjonoides (Bandy) (PL 16, Figs 28-33)

Valvulineria cf. V. umbilicata (d'Orbigny). Cushman, 1946, p. 139, pQ. 57, fig. 9a-c (not figs 10-12). Valvulineria nonicmoides Bandy, 1951, p. 504, pL 74, fig. 5. Gyroidina noniCTioides (Bandy). SUter, 1968, p. 117-118, pL 21, fig. 6a-c Gyroidinoides sp. indet., Beckmann, 1978, p. 767, pL 4, figs 30-32.

Remarks: Spécimens of Gyrcddinoijjes nonioncAdes are ciiaracterised by their nearly biconvex, low trocho^iral test (varying from c. 220^m to 400^m in maximum diameter), with flattened dorsal side; equatorial periphery troadly rounded; 7 to 9 Chambers in the last whorL increasing graduaUy in size and becoming distinctly inflated in the last csies; sutures distinct, depressed, radial and sli^tly depressed; aperture an extraumbüical-umbilical interiomarginal sUt; surface smooth. Range: late Campanian to early Maastrichtian- Occurrence: weUs 1-SES-lA, l-SES-3, l-SES-9, 1-CRL-l-SE. Palaeo-environments; Upper to middle bathyaL

Gyroifflnoàdes quadrata (Cushman & Church) (PL 17, Figs 1-5)

GyroifMna quadrata Cushman & Church, 1929, p.516, pL41, figs 7-9. Gyrcddinoides quadratus (Cushman & Church). SUter, 1968, p. 121, pL 22, fig. 8a-c. Gyroidinoides quadratus (Cushman & Church). SUter, 1977b, pL 11, figs 4-5, 7. Gyroidina (^adrata Cushman & Church. Beckmann, 1978, p.767, pL4, fig. 6. Gyroidinoides quadratus (Cushman & Church). Daüey, 1983, pL 3, figs 2-4. - 1 7 7- Remarks Spedmens of Gyr'des quadcata are characterised by having a concavo-convex, trocho^riral test (varying from c. 300/im to 420^m in maximum diameter), drcular in outline; equatorial periphery subacute; venfral side sfrongly convex; dorsal side concare in the last whorl, with the first whcarls fcrming a central cone; 5 to 6 chambers in the last whorl, increasing gradually in size, somewhat inflated on the venfral side; sutures distinct, radial, flu^ to slightly depresed; surface smooth. Range: late Ccxùadan to Maasbichtian. Occurrence: weHs 1-SES-lA, l-SES-3, l-SES-9, l-SES-24. Palaeo-environments upper to middle-lower bathyaL

Family GLOBOROTALEnDAE Loeblich & Tappan, 1984

Genus GLOBOROTALQES Brotzen, 1942 Type spedes: Globorotalia multisepta Brotzen, 1936

GlobarotalibeB eJkCTas Kent (PL 17, Figs 6-10)

Globorotalites elkensis Kent, 1967, p. 1451, pL 184, figs 5-6.

Remarks GlobJorot-qlitf^ elkensis morphotypes are distingui^ed by having a moderately small, plano-convex, low frocho^iral test (c. 250-330^m in maximum diameter), subdrcular in outline; dorsal side flattened to slightly concave; venfral. side moderately convex; 8 chambers in the last whorl, increasing gradually in size, the last anes somewhat inflated; umbilicus broad and shallow; sutures distinct, sUghtly curved and depressed on the umbilical side, curved and fkish to slightiy depresed on the dorsal side; surface smooth, more coarsely perfocate on the venfral side, dorsal side with only few scattered pores. Range: late Ccxùadan. Occurrence: wéU 1-CRL-l-SE. Palaeo-envirOTîments deep neritic to uppec bathyaL

- 178- GtoborotcQites ex gr. Tiwr*x>Hntafia (d'Orblgn^ (PL 17, Figs 11-17)

Rot-qiirw michelinLana d'Ortigny, 1840, p. 31, pL 3, figs 1-3. Globorotialia michelimana (d'OrbLgny). Cuáiman, 1946, p. 152, pL 63, figs 2-3. Globorotalites michoiíníana (d'Orbigny). ten Dam & Magné, 1948, p. 223-224, fig. 8a-c. G loborotalites sp, 3, ten Dam & Magné, 1948, p. 226-227. Globorotalites michelinianus (d'Orhign^. Hofker, 1957, p. 405-408, text-figs 460-466. Globorotalites michelinianus (d'Orbigny). SUter, 1968, p.119, pL 22, fig. la-c. Globorot^^i^tes michpiínianus (d'Orbigny). Hanzllkovà, 1972, p. 128, piL 37, figs 7-8. Globorotalites mich^iiniana {d'Orbigny). Hart et aL, 1981, p. 200, piL 7.14, figs 1-2. Globorotalites micheliniana (d'Orbàgn^. Hart ^ aL, 1989, p. 342, piL 7.14, figs 1-2.

Remarks: Globorotalites ex gr. roicheUniana morpAiotypes are characterised by having a pJano-convex, low trochoepiral test, circular in outline and variable in size (varying feom c. 240/140/4m to 500/270pm in maximum diameterAreadth ratio); flattened dorsal side and strcxigly convex ventral side; equatorial per^ery acute, carínate; 6 to 7 chambers in tlie last whorL increasing gradually in size; low and slitlike interiomarginal ^>erture, at base cf the last diamber, about midway between the umtdlicus and p)erip*iery; surface smooth. This is a long ranging ^>ecies-group. Range: early to middle Altaian, late ConiacLan to MaastrLchtdan. Occurence: wells 1-CA-l-SE, 1-CRL-l-SE, 1-US-l-^, 1-SES-lA, l-aiS- 3, l-SES-9. Palaeo-environments: deep neritic to upp)er bathyal (early-middle Altaian), upper to middle bathyal (late Coniacian-Maastrichtian hdotcces).

GkAxxotailitEs mwTtP*PT*a (Brotzen) (PL 17, Figs 18-23)

GLoborotaUa multisepta Brotzen, 1936, p. 161, pL 11, figs 6-7, text-figs 59- 61.

- 179 - GQoborcri-qiitqs multisepta {Brotzen). ten Dam & Hagné, 1948, p. 224-225, fígs 1-3. Globorotalites mulüseptus (Brotzen). Hofker, 1957, p. 408-410, text-figs 467- 469. GloborotalLtes multiseptus (Brotzen), HanzUková, 1972, p. 128, pL 37, figs 4-5.

Remarks; Spécimens oE GloborotalLtes mnHHsepta are characterised by having a moderately smaU, plano-convex, tow trocho^ñral test (c, 220-330^ in maximum diameter), circular in outhne; dorsal side flattened on the last whorl witii slightly convex central cone; ventral side moderately convex; equatcrial periphery subacute to carinate; 3 to 9 chambers in the last whorl, increasing slowly in sLze; umbUicus narrow; sutures somewhat indistinct on the ventral side, obUque to curved and slLghtLy depressed on the dorsal side; surface smooth. Ttie ^¡ecimens are somewhat simüar to Globorotalites umbülicata (Loetterle) - (cf. ten Dam & Magné, 1948, p. 225-226, fígs 6-7), but differ in having a narrow umbüicus and slightly convex dorsal side, rather than concave.

Range; late Coniacian. Occurrence; weU l-CRL-l-SE (rare occurrence). Palaeo-environments: upper bathyaL

GJotoacotailitEs sp. cf. G. müBJgepta (Brotzen) (PL 17, Figs 24-26) cf. Globorotalia muUisepta Brotzen, 1936, p. 161, pL 11, figs 6-7, text-fígs 59-61.

Remarks; Spécimens assigned to Glnhlorotalites sp. cf. G. multisepta have a large, pQano-convex, low trochospiral test (c, 37Û-520/im in maximum diameter), subcircular in outline; dorsal side sUghtly convex; equatccial periphery carínate; 9 chambers in the last whorl, increasing graduaHy in size; umbüicus narrow and deep; sutures distinct, radial to curved in the ventral sLde, strongly curved on Ü\e dorsal side; surface smooth. The morphotypes differ from Glofaorot.a1ites multisepta (Brotzen) in their larger test size, more convex ventral side, carinate equatorial periphery and more curved sutures on the dorsal side.

-180- Range: late Aptian to mií3dLe Altian. Occurrence: well 1-US-l-SE (tare occurrence). Palaeo-environments: deep neritic to upper bathyal.

Globcrotalifces apinea (Cushman) (RL 17, Figs 27-31)

Truncatiiiína ^?inea Cushman, 1926a, p. 22, pU 2, fig. lOa-c. Epcxiides? ^anea (Cushman), Cushman, 1946, p. 142, pL 57, fig, 16 Globorotalites ^ineus (Cuáiman), SUter, 1968, p. 119-120, pd. 22, fig. 4a-c. GLoborotaUtes spineus (Cushman). SUter, 1977b, pL 11, fig. 8. GloborotaUtes spineus (Cushman). Beckmann, 1978, p. 766, pL 4, figs 21, 27.

Remarks: Specimens of Globlorotalites spinea have a mocierately small, püano-convex, low trochospiral test (c. 240-340^m in máximum diameter); equatorial perifhery acute, with short ^ines at each suture; dorsal side fíat to somewhat concave, some ^ámens with slightly convex central cone; ventral side moderately to sbrongly convex; about 6 chambers in the last whorl, increasing graduaUy in size; sutures distinct, flush to álighUy depressed on the ventral side; surface smooth, fínely perfórate. Range: late Coniacian to early Santonian. Occurrence: weOls 1-CRL-l-SE, l-SES-3, l-SES-9. Palaeo-environments: upper to middle bathyaL

Globorotalites suboonica (Morrow) (EL 17, Figs 32-36)

Globorotalia subconica Morrow, 1934, p. 200, pL 30, figs 10-11. Globorotalia subconica Mcrrow. Cushman, 1946, p. 153, pL 63, fig. 4a-c. GloborotaUtes subconica (Morrow). ten Dam & Magné, 1948, p. 225, figs 4-5. Globorotalites subconicus (Morrow). Hofker, 1957, p. 404-405, text-figs 456- 459.

Remarks: Globlorotalites subconica morí^iotypes have a smaU, plano- convex, subconicaL low trocho^iral test (c. 230-240^m in máximum diameter), circular in outline; dorsal side slightly convex or flattened; equatorial periphery subacute; umbüicus moderately narrow and deep; 6 chambers in the last whorl, increasing- graduaUy in size; sutures distinct, ñush to sUghtly depressed, curved; surface smooth.

- 181 - Range: Campanìan. Occurrence: wéHs 1-CA-l-SE, l-SES-3. Paiaeo-environments: ugpec to middle bathyaU

Family OSANGDLARUDAE Loetflich & Tappan, 1964

Genus OSANGDLARIA Brotzen, 1940 Type ^cies; Osangi Ilaria lens Brotzen, 1940.

Qsanqularia cordieriana (d'Orbigny) (PL 18, Figs 1-3)

Rotalina cordieriana d'Orhigny, 1840, p. 33, pL 3, figs 9-11. Osangularia cordieriana (d'Orbigny)- Hofker, 1957, p. 389, text-fig- 433a-g. Osangularia cordieriana (d'Orbigny). SUter, 1968, p. 118-119, pL 21, fig. 9a-c. Osangi Ilaria cordieriana (d'Orbigny). Hanzllková, 1972, p. 127, pL 36, fig. 12a- c. Osangi Ilaria cordieriana (d'Orbigny). Sliter, 1977b, pL 9, figs 1-3,6. Osangularia cordieriana (d'Orbigny). Hart et 1981, p. 212, pL 7.20, figs 4- 6. Osangularia cordieriana (d'Orbigny). DaÜey, 1983, pL 6, figs 4,7-8. Osangularia cordieriana (d'Orbigny). Hart et 1989, p. 354, pL 7.20, figs 4- 6.

Remarks: Spedmens of Osangularia cordieriana bave a small, somewhat lenticular, asymmetricalLy biconvex, trochospiral test (c. 230-250jum in maximum diameter), with a more convex ventral side; equatorial perif*iery carínate; chambers increasing gradually in size; sutures distinct, depressed; surface smooth; aperture a narrow slit interio marginai and at an acute angle to Üie base of the last chamber. The morpáiotypes differ from Osangi il aria whitei (Brotzen) in having an asymmetrically biconvex test and somewhat sigmoid periphery (cf. Hart et 1989, p. 354). Range: late Coniadan to Maastrichtian- Occurrence: wéU 1-CRL-l-SE, 1-SES-lA, l-SES-3, l-SES-9, l-SES-24. Paiaeo-environments: upper to middle bathyaL

- 182 - Osangiilaria nagarroana (Cu^man) (EL 18, Figs 4-6)

PulvinulinaÜa navarroana Cushman, 1938b, p. 66, pL 11, fig. 5. Pulvinulinella navarroana Cushman. Cushman, 1946, p. 144, pL 60, fig. la-c. Qsangularia navarroana (Cushman). Hart et aL, 1981, p. 212, pL 7.20, figs 7- 8. Osanqularia navarfoana (Cudiman). Hart et 1989, p. 354, pL 7.20, figs 7- 8.

Remarks: The ^cies has a large, biconvex, trochoepiral test (c. 530- 570;im in máximum diameter); equatorial periphery carínate; 8 to 10 chambers in the last whrarl, increasing slowly in size; sutures distinct, nearly radial on the ventral side and strongly oblique on tiie dorsal view; s^jerture a narrow interiomarginal slit extending up the face of the last chamber on the ventral side; surface smooth. It differs &"om Osangniaria velascoensis (Cushman) in having a larger test size and smooth dorsal side, with flush sutures.

Range: late ConiacLan to early Carapanian,

Occurrence: wells 1-CA-l-SE, 1-CRL-l-SE, 1-SES-lA, l-SES-3.

Palaeo-environments: upper to middle bathyaL

OsangulHria acAiIogibacfal (Reuss) (PL 18, Figs 7-11)

Rotalia schloenbachi Reuss, 1863, p. 84, pL 10, fig. 5. Epcxiides utaturensis Sastri & Sastry, 1966, p. 292, pL 19, fig. 6a-c. Osangularia californlca Dalley, 1970, p. 108-109, pQ- 13, figs 3-4. Osangularia utaturensis (Sastri & Sastry). Scheibnerová, 1974a, p. 714, pL 4, figs 27-28, pL 5, figs 1-9, pL 11, figs 4-5. Osangularia utaturensis (Sastri & Sastry). Gradstein, 1978, p. 676, pL 7, figs 5-12. Osangularia schloenbachi (Reuss). Crittenden, 1983b, p. 42-43, pL figs 5.1-14, 6.1-14, 7.1-10.

- 1 83 - Remarks Osangularia sctJoenbachi morphotypes are characterised by having a moderately large, compressed, biconvex, low trocho^dral test (c. 36£>-400jum in maximum diameter), circular in outline; equatorial pecijíiery acute; 10 to 12 chambers in the last whorl, increasing slowly in size; sutures distinct, curved and raised; surface smooth, finely perforate. The early record of Osangiliaría sdiloenbachi in the lower Altaian strata of Sergipe recalls previous repcrts of coeval occurrences in the Noröi Atlantic and western Tethyan realms. For instance: qjecimens reported by Gradstain (1978) from the upper Aptian-upper Altaian sediments of the Blake Nose, western North Atlantic; ^dmens of Osangularia aff. trotz em. (Gandolfi) (morphotypes identical with Osangularia schloenbachi; cf. Gradstein, op. cit., p. 676) described by MouHade (1966, p. 77-79) from the uf^rmost Aptian-middle Altaian in the "Fosse vocontienne" of southeast France; and ^dmens reported by Crittenden (1983b) from the southern North Sea Basin. Range: early to middle-late Altaian. Occurrence: weHs 1-SES-lA, l-SES-3 (rare occurrence). Palaeo-environment:: deep neritdc to upper bathyaL

Osangulaiia velascoensis (Cushman) (PL 18, Figs 12-16)

Truncatulina velascoensis Cushman, 1925, p. 20, pL 3, fig. 2. Pulvinulinella velascoensis (Cushman). Cushman, 1946, p. 145, pL 60, fig. 3a-c. Osangularia velascoensis (Cuäiman). HanzUková, 1972, p. 127, pL 37, fL 6a-c.

Remarks Specimens of Osangiiiana v^^la^^coensis have a moderately large, lenticular, nearly symmebdcaL biconvex, frocho^iral test (c. 360-370^m in maximum diametier), circular in outline; equatorial periphery carinate, with a very thin broad keel; 10 chambers in the last whorl, increasing slowly in size; sutures distinct, raised and oblique on the dorsal side, flush to sUghtly depressed and somewhat curved on the venfral side; surface smooth, with raised and thickened sutures cxi the dorsal view; ^lerture an elongate narrow süt, at an acute angle to the tjase of the last chamtier face. Range: late Santonian to MaastrichtLan. Occurrence: wells l-SES-3, l-SES-9 Palaeo-environments: upper to middle tathyaL

-18 4- Family GAVELINELUDAE HoEker, 1956

Subfamily GAVELIHEUaNAE Hofker, 1956

Remarks: Mcst of the Cretaceous ^elf and upper to middle slope sedimenta from Sergipe contain rare to abundant occurrences of ^lecimens of aeveral taxa of gavelineUids. Several closed related specimens show features of the genera Gavelinella, IJngulogavelineHa and Orithost-ATia ^nsu Malapris, 1965; Malapcis-Bizouard, 1967; Michael, 1966; Eicher & WorsbsIU 1970; and ScheitMierová, 1971b, 1974).

Genus GAVEONEÜA Brotzen, 1942

Type SpecLes: Discorbina pertusa Maisson, 1878.

Remarks: Spedmens of Gavelinella have a highly variable morphcilDgy. •Uie morphotypes are characterised by having a biconvex to plano/concavo- convex, trocho^riral test; dorsal side evolute, ventral side involute; umbüicus partiaUy closed by subtriangular Qaps prqpcting from umbüical margins of eadi chamber, most ^)ecimens wibh a small umbüical boss; dorsal boss of variable height may be present; aperture a low interiomarginal alit extending from near periphery to the umbüicus. The most diagnostic characteristics of the GavelinpUa, which readüy distingui^es them brom the Lingulogavpiir^TJA forms, is an evolute dorsal sií3e, rather than partially evcQute cr involute, and a distinct umbüicate ventral side with no umbüical boss.

Gay**K"«*'na barre miaña Bettenstaedt-Gav. Sanddm MouUade plexus, emended (RL 18, Figs 17-20)

GavRlinella barre miaña Bettenstaedt, 1952, p. 275-276, pL 2, figs 26-29. Gavelinella barre miaña Bettenstaedt. MouUade, 1960, p. 137, pL 2, figs 6-8 Gavelinella Elandrini MouUade, 1960, p. 137-138, pL 2, figs 10-14. - 185- Gavelínpna barre miaña Betbenstaedt. Plandrin, MouHade & Porthaiüt, 1961, p. 220-221, pL 3, figs 14-16. GavelineHa Sandrini MouBade. Flandrin, MouUade & Porthault, 1961, p. 221, pL 3, figs 11-13. GavelineBa barre miaña Betbenstaedt. Malapris-Bizouard, 1974, p. 13-19, pL 1, figs 6-10 GavelineHa brielensis Malapris-Bizouard, 1974, p. 19-21, pL 1, figs 11- 16. GaveHneHa barre miaña Bettenstaedt. Bartenstein & BcÜU, 1977, p. 558, pL 2, fig. 38, pL 3, figs 1-3. GaveÜneUa barre miaña Bettenstaedt. Gradstein, 1978, p, 674, pL 6, figs 14- 17. Gavelinella barre miaña Bettenstaedt. Bartenstein & Kodatcheva, 1982, p. 649, pL 4, figs 18-19.

Remarks: iWs gavelinellid plexus is distributed wcrldwiae from the middle Barremian to Alhian in the cenfral North Atlantic-westem Tethyan and Bcareal realms (e.g., Bartenstein & Kodatcheva, 1982; Flandrin et 1961). The morphotypes are moderately small, flattened, nearly biconvex to slightly piano/concavo-convex, nearly planispáraVlow frochospdral test (c. 330-370um in maximum diameter), subdrcular in outline; equatorial periphery acute; 9 to 12 chambers in the last whorl, increasing slowly in size; sutures distinct, slightly depressed, sfrongLy curved backwards; venfral side more invcQute. The morphol^pe Gavelinella flandrini was distinguished from Gavelinella barremiana by MouDade (1960, p. 137-138) in having a more compressed, nearly biconvex test, rather than plano-convex. Gavelinella brielensis was proposed by Halapris-Bizouard (1974, p. 19-21) as an intermediate fcarm between Gavelinella barre miana and Gavelinella intermedia pertehelin), but also falls within the morphblxsgical variability of the pQexus. The morphotypes may actually represent ontogenetic or ecc^enotypdc pcOymorphs of a single taxon.

Range: late Aptian to early Albdan.

Occurrence: well l-üS-1-SE (rare occurence).

Palaeo-environments: deep neritic to upper bathyaL

-186 - Ganreüinella ex gr. beocacìifiQcmis (White) (PL 18, Figs 21-26)

Rotalia beccarüfixiiiis White, 1928b, p. 287, pL 39, figs 2a-c, 3a-4c (var.). Anomalina beccarüfccmis (White). Cushman & Renz, 1946, p. 48, pL 8, figs 21-22. GaveÜneJla beccanifcarmis (White), von Hülebcandt, 1962, p. 101, pL 8, fig. 2a-c. AnomaJina whitei Martin, 1964, p. 106, pL 16, figs 4a-c. Gavelinella whitei (Martin). Sliter, 1968, p. 126, pL 24, fig. 1. Gavelinella beccarüfocmis (White). Daüey, 1983, p. 766, pL 9, figs 4, 9. Gavelinella whibei (Martin). HanzUkovà, 1972, p. 133, pL 38, fig. 5a-c, pL 39, fig. 9a-c Gavelinella whitei (Martin). Sliter, 1977, pL 13, figs 2-5. GàìreUneHa beccariiformis (White). Beclimann, 1978, p. 766, pL 5, fígs 1-2, 3 (conical varLety). Gavelinella sp. äff. G. daini (Scrjfema). Beckmann, 1978, p. 766, pL 5, figs 9-11. Gavelinella beccarüfcrmis (ííhite). Tplsma s Lohman, 1983, p. 12, pL 6, fígs la-3b.

Remarks: This ^>ecÍes-group is characterised by having a neady biconvex, inSated, low trochoepiral test, moderately variable in size (c 25O-400|im in maximum diameter) with somewhat Sattened side^ evolute flattened dorsal side; ventral side involute, slightly more convex, umbilicate; equatorial periphery fcroadly rounded; 9 to 11 Chambers in the last whorl; sutures distinct, curved on dorsal side, indistinct, radial on ventral side; wäll rather coarsely perforated; surface smooth to granular, umbüical area with small pustules arranged in depressed threadlike lines radiating from umtdlicus; aperture a low interiomarginal slit extending from peri{*iery to umbüicus. Range: labe Coniacdan to Haastrichtian. Occurrence: locallty Ä-18, wèïls 1-SES-lA, l-SES-3, l-SES-9, 1-SES- 24. Palaeo-environments: upper to lower bathyaL

- 187 - Gag^TiwoTiJ* bertfaelini (Keller)-GOT. {dummerae CTappan)- Gay. reiBSL (Khan) pi«»n»^ emended (PL 18, Figs 27-32; PL 19, Figs 1-4)

This gavelineUid morphogroup seems to have had an extansive global distribution in tiie mid-Cretaceous succession. The foUowing is an attempt to give a comprehensive account of the reported occurrences and synonymies: non Anomalina compOanata Berthelin (non Reuss), 1880, p. 66-67, pL 4, figs 12-13 (MOTtdey, France; Altian). Anomalina bertiielini Keller, 1935, p^ 552-553, pL 2, figs 25-27 (Dnppr- Donez Basin, USSR). Anomalina plummerae T^^an, 1940, p. 124, pL 18, figs 15-16. Anomalina berthélinl Kéllet- ten Dam, 1950, p. 56, pL 4, figs 9a-c (eastem Nethedands; Albian), Anomalina comptanata Reuss var. reussi Khan, 1950, p. 277, pL 2, figs 17- 18 (Gault Clay Formatiai, soutìieast England; upper Albian). Planulina dalcotensis Fox, 1954, p. 119-129, pL 26, figs 19-21 (Greenhom Formatkm, South Dakota and Wyoming; upper Cenomanian -middle Turonian). GaveUnopsis infiracretacea HoEker, 1957, p. 320-321, figs 369a-e (Netìierlantfe, middle Albian). Anomalina compQanata Reuss. TnijllD, 1960, p. 334-335, pL 49, fig. la- c (California; middle Turcnian). Anomalina grotzenella) belorussica Akimez, 1961, p. 160-161, pL .16, figs la,b,w (Byelorussia, U.S.S.R.; Albian, Cenomanian). GaveUncipsis berthelini (Keller). Bach, 1965, p. 25-26, pL 6, figs 3a-d (Kleinen FaHstein, east Germany; middle Albian-lower Cenomanian). Anomalina complanata Berthelin. Malapris, 1965, pLl, figs la-d (Paris Basin, Courcelles, Aube, France; Albian). Gavelinella (BertheUna) intermedia perthelin). Malapris, 1965, pL 1, fig. 5; pL 2, figs la-c, 6a-c (Paris Basin, Courcelles, Aube, France; Albian). Gavelinella tourainensis Butt, 1966, p. 176, pL 4, figs 1-3 (Touraine, Central France; Turcxiian). Gavelinopsis bertheUni (Keller). Michael, 1966, p. 437-438, pL 50, figs 18-19 (northwest Germany; lower Albian-Cenomanian).

- 188 - Gavelinella intermedia (Berthelin). Michael, 1966, pL 50, figs 12-13 (northwest Germany; lower Albian-Cenomanian). Gavelinella berthelini (KeOler). Fuchs, 1967, p. 336, pL 18, figs 8a-c (Netherlandss middle Alhian). Gavelinella plummerae fTappan). Eiiiier & Worstell, 1970, p. 293, pL 6, figs 4-5 (Greenhtm Formatim, Colorado and western KanScis? upper Cenomanian- middle Turcxiian). Gavelinella (Berthelina) betoniRF^ca (Akmiez). Gawor-Biedowa, 1972, p. 116- 118, pa. 16, figs 5-6, text-fig. 10 (Pòland; upper Albian to lower Turcidan). Gavelinella (Berthelina) ex gr. berthelini (Keller). Malumian & Masiuk, 1976, p. 200-201, piL 5, figs 3-5 ("Arroyo Alfa* and 'Cabeza de LeÄn' Fcarmaticms, Tierra del Fuego, Argentina; Albian to tower Turcnìan). Gavelinella plummerae (Fappan), Olssoi, 1977, pL 3, figs I-K (western Central Ntxth Atlantic; Turcnian). AnomaUncddes berthelini (Keller). Haig, 1982, p.65, pL 13, figs 6-8 (northem Carptentaria Basin, Queensland, Australia; upper Albian). Gavelinella intermedia (Berthehi^ var. à umbo. Juignet, Damotte, Fauconnier, Kennedy, Magniez-Jannin, Mcndardini & Odin, 1983, pL 4, figs 18-20 (Ccffmes and Balton, NE France; upper Albian). Gavelinella sp. aff. pJummerae Tappan. Juignet et 1983, pL 4, figs 23- 26 (Courgenard, NW France; middle Cenomanian). Gavelinella reussi (Khan). Hart & Swiecicki, 1987, fig. 8.9 (Gault Clay Formation, southeast England; upper Albian). Gavelinella tourainensis Butt. Hart & Swiecicki, 1987, fig. 8.9 (chalk facies of southeast England; Turonian-CcraacLan). Gavelinella berthelini (Keller). Jarvis et 1988a, figs ll.k-L Gavelinella berthelini (KéUer). Hart & Swiecicki, 1988, fig. 2 (Gault Clay Focmatdon and chalk facies of southeast England; Albian).

Remarks: The synonymy list exempUfies the morphcQogical variatálity c£ this Gavelinella pQexus. The morphotypes are characterised by having a low clsymmetrically biconvex to pQano-convex trochospiral test, of variatile size (varying from c, lOOfm to 370^ in maximum diameter), circular in outHne; dorsal side convex with distinct centrai fcxiss, of variatile height; ecyiatcrial periphery subacute; about 7 to 10 Chambers in the last whcrl, increasing

- 189 - slowly in äze; ventral side moderately convex to nearly flattened, with central amhüical thickening in the fcxm of a small boss or hook; narrow and short, periumbUical lamellar flaps; sutures distinct, radial to slightly curved on the ventral side, sLLghtly arcuate in the dorsal side; ^>erture a low interiomarginal arch extending from the perijrfiery onto the ventral side, under the lameUar flaps. These gavelinellid morphotypes (Low asymmetrically biconvex to nearly plano-ccmvex tests depicting a central rounded dcKsal bo^ of variable height^ are the most common benthOTiic foraminifera to be found associated with Cenomanian-Turonian low-oxygen neritic environments (see Chapter 5, section 5.5.2). In sectirms deposited under dysaerobic/(^asi-anaerobic bottom conditions, the assemblages are dominated (about 30-40 % of the total fcraminiferal assemlage) by ^)ecimens of minute test size (c. 100-200um in maximum diameter), with lower dorsal height. Range: late Altdan to Turonian. Occurrence: localities A-1, A-2, A-8, A-9, A-15, A-46, Pati 1, Kapcaranga 2, wells 1-CA-l-SE, 1-CN-l-SE, 1-CRL-l-SE, l-üS-1-SE, 1-SES- 3. Palaeo-environments: shallow middle neritdc to upper bathyaL

GavaHnp-na dementiana (d'Orbigny) (PL 19, Fi^ 5-7)

Rosalina clementiana d'Orbigny, 1840, p. 37, pL 3, figs 23-25. Gavelinella dementiana (d'Orfcagny). Hofker, 1957, p. 294-295, text-figs 350, 352. Gavelinella clementiana dementiana (d'Orbigny). Edwards, 1981, p. 394-395, pL 58, figs 3-5.

Remarks: Spedmens of Gavelinpng dementiana are distinguished by their small, concavo-convex, trocho^iral test (c. 220^m in maximum diameter), circular in outline; equatorial penpher/ troadLy rounded; about 8 chamtiers in the last whorL increasing gradually in size; dorsal side evolute, concave; ventral side involute; umbüicus covered by imperforate poetici; sutures distinct, radial to slightly curved; surface finely perforate on the dorsal side and coarsely perforate ventrally.

- 190 - Range: late Maastciciitian. Occurrence: well 1-SES-lA tare occurrence). Palaeo-environmenfcs: upper to middle bathyal.

GaveMneTTa ccrrecta (Carsey) (EL 19, Figs a-14)

Ddscorbis correcta Carsey, 1926, p. 45, pL 3, fig. 5. Elanulina cocrecta (Carsej^. Cu^man & Hedberg, 1941, p. 99-100, pL 23, fig. lOa-c Elanulina correcta (Carsey). Cu^man, 1946, p. 158, pL65, fig. la-c, Gavpiinpiia sandjji^ei protzen). SLLter, 1968, p. 124, pL 23, fig. 8a-c (not fig. 7a-c),

Remarks: Specimens of Gavelinpiia correcta are characterised ty having a moderately small (c. 250-29p^m in maximum diameter), compressed, concavo-convex, low • trochospiral test, subdrcular in outline and lobate in the last chambers; equatorial periphery narrowly rounded to subacute, perforate; dorsal side slightly convex, with a distinct small boss, sometimes obscured by thickened sutures (EL 19, Figs 8-9); 7 to 9 chambers in the last whorL increasing gradually in size, the later ones somewhat inflated; umbilicus narrow and shallow, partdaHy closed by periumbilical flaps prqpctdng from each chamber; sutures distinct, curved, raised or flush in the early stage on the dorsal side, later depressed; aperture a low interiomarginal arch extending from periphery to umbilicus; surface smooth, finely perf crate. The specimens somewhat resemble low trochospiral morp3hotyp)es of- the Gavelinella bertheUni (Keller)-Gav. pQummerae fTappan)- Gav. renssi (Khan) pilexus, but differ in having a more asymmetricaL compressed, cx>ncavo-convex test, subcircular outline, with cdiambers increasing more rapndly in size, lower dorsal boss and an umtalicus partially to completely closed by periumbilical imperfcrate Gaps, with no clearly defined umtalical boss. Range: late Coniacdan-Santonian to Campanian. Occnorrence: wells 1-CA-l-SE, 1-CRL-l-SE. Palaeo-environments: deep neritdc to upper bathyaL

- 191 - Gagetìnéila lompiapa (d'Orbìgny) CEO- 19, Figs 15-19}

RfTficdina lomeiana d'Ortdgny, 1840, p. 36, pL 3, figs 20-22. Cibijcii3es mendesL Petri, 1962, p. 131-132, pL 21, fig. 2a-c -paratype (nc3t figs 1, 3). GavelineDa tomeiana (d'Orbigny) var. A. Edwards, 1981, p. 397, pL 56, fig. 6-

Remarks; Gavelijiella lomeiana is characterised by having a sraall, low, concavo-convex, trocho^àral test {c. 280-300^m in maximum diameter), nearly circular in outìine; equatocial periphery subacute; ventral side concave; about 10 chambers in the last whorl, incceasing slowly in size; last chamfcier moderately inflated; sutuces distìnct, depressed, sbrongly curved; surface smoth, finely perfcarate. Range: Campanian. Occurrence: locaUty A-18, wéll 1-CN-l-SE. Palaeo-environments; middle-deep neritic to upper bathyaL

GaB*»T<';«**Tia ex gc. maF**^'if=^ià8 (Marie) (PL 19, Figs 20-27)

Anomalina monterelensis Marie, 1941, pu243, pL37, fig. 342a-c. Gavelinella monterelensis (Marie). Dailey, 1983, p. 766, pL 8, figs 9, 13. GavelineHa monterelensis (Marie). Hanzllkovà, 1972, p. 131, pL 39, fig. 3a- c. Gavelinella monterelensis (Marie). Edwartfe, 1981, p. 397, pL 58, figs 15-17. Gavelinella monterelensis (Marie). Hart et aL, 1981, p. 196, pL 7.12, figs 1- 3. Gavelinella monterelensis (Marie). Hart et ai, 1989, p. 338, pL 7.12, figs 1- 3.

Remarks: GavelinpUa ex gr. monterelensis morphotypes are distinguished try their nearly hiconvex, moderately low trocho^iral test, circular in outiline and variable in size (varying from c. 300^ to 490|tim in maximura diameter); equatorial periphery acute; dorsal side more strongly convex.

- 192 - with distinct boss oE variable size and height; ventoal side involute, with sinall umbDical boss; 10 to 11 Chambers in tiie last whorl, increasing slowly in size; sutures distìnct, curved, slightly raised on the early stage of the last whcrl, later fkish to somewhat depressed; aperture a low equatorial, interiomarginal süt, at base of final Chamber, extending to umbüicus; surface smooth, önely perforate. Range: late Campanian to Maastrichtian. Occurrence: locaUty A-18, weDs l-CA-l-SE, 1-SES-lA, l-SES-3. Palaeo-environments: deep neritic to i^iper-raiddLe bathyaL

GaweÜiiella nacatocfaaBis (Cushman) (PL 19, Figs 28-31)

Planülina nacatochensis Cuäiman, 1938, p. 50, pL 8, fig. 9. Rlanulina nacatochensis Cu^man. Cushman, 1946, pu 158, pL 65, fig. 2a-c, Gavelinella talarla (Nauss). Kent, 1967, p,1453-1454, pL 184, fig. lOa-c. GavelineTia nacatochensis (Cuáiman). saiter, 1968, p. 124, pL 23, figs 4-5. Gavelinella nacatochensis (Cushman). Daüey, 1983, p. 766, pL 10, figs 4,7-8. Gavelinella nacatochensis (Cushman). Sliter, 1977b, pL 12, fig. 6.

Remarks: Spedmens of Gavelinella nacatochensis have a small, compressed, ticonvex, low trocho^iral test (c. 200-240^m in maximum diameter), subcdrciliar in outline; equatciial perijiiery narrowly rcwnded; ventral side nearly involute; 7 to 9 Chambers in the last whorl, increasing gradually in size; umhüicus smaU, diallow; sutures distìnct, slightly raised in early stage of last whorl, later depressed, curved on both sides; aperture a low interiomarginal arch extending from the perlpheral margin to the umbolicus; surface smooth, finely perforate. Range: Campanian to Maastrichtian. Occurrence: localities A-18, A-19, wells l-CA-l-SE, 1-CN-l-SE, 1-SES- lA, l-SES-9, l-SES-3, l-SES-24. Palaeo-environments: deep neritic to middle bathyaL

- 193 - GawppTinrfla sandidggL (Brotzen) (PL 19, Figs 32-36)

Ciblcides sandidgei Brotzen, 1936, p. 191, pL 14, figs 2-4. Gavelinella sandidgei (Brotzen). Hofker, 1957, p. 315-316, text-fig. 358. Gavelinella sandidgei protzen). Sliter, 1968, p. 124, pL 23, fig. 7a-c (not flg. 8a-c). Gavelinella sandidgei (Brotzen). Hanzllkovä, 1972, p. 132, pL 39, fig. 4a-c.

Remarks: Gavelinella sandidgei morphotypes are distingui^ed by tiieir small, somewhat compressed, pflano-convex, low trocho^iral test (c. 220- 25(^m in maximura diameter), nearly circular in outline; equatorial periphery subacute; dorsal side convex, with small central boss; ventral side flat, invcQute, with umtaOical tx^ss; 8 chambers in the last whorl, increasing rather gradually in size; sutures distinct, curved, flush to slightly depressed; ^lerture a low interiomarginal arch extending from periphery to umbilicus; imperforate, subtriangular flaps prqpcting from each chamber; surface smooth, ventral side finely perforate, dorsal side with only few scattered pores. The ^pedraens are somewhat similar to Gavelinella cocrecta (Carsey), but differ in their less compressed, distinct plano-convex tests, smaller in size, with a scattered perforate dorsal side. Range: late Ccniacdan to Campanian. Occurrence: localities A-18, A-19, wells l-CA-l-SE, 1-CN-l-SE, 1-CRL- 1-SE, l-SES-3, l-SES-9. Palaeo-environments: middle neritic to upper bathyaL

Gaw'KwoTia ajJBasDOOBtata (Cushman) (PL 20, Figs 1-4)

ElanuUna spissocostata Cushman, 1938, p. 69, pL 12, fig. 4. Rlanulina spisocostata Cu^raan. Cuäiman & Hedberg, 1941, pL 99, pL 23, fig. 24. Planülina ^issocostata Cushman. Cushman, 1946, p. 157-158, pL 64, fig. 13a-c. Gavelinella spiffiocostata (Cushman). Olsson & Nyong, 1984, pL 3, figs 11-13.

-194- Remarks Specdmens o£ Gavelinella spissocostata are characterised by their raoderately large, compressed, plano-convex, nearly plani^riral/low trocho^iral test (c. 470-530^m in maximum diameter), drcular to subarcular in outline; equatcadal periphery carinate; dorsal side alightLy convex, somewhat evolute, with small rounded hioss in the centre; ventral side flattened, involute, wiöi umtdlical boss, hook-shaped; 12 to 14 Chambers in the last whorl, increasing gradually in size; sutures distinct, curved, sbrcxigly raised and thickened on both sides; surface finely perforate, smooth, except fac tiie äückened sutures. Range: Santcaiian to Maastrichtian. Occurrence: weHs 1-SES-lA, l-SES-9, l-SES-24. Palaeo-environments: upper to middle bathyaL

GEro«»Kw«>na tfedmannl (Brotzen). (PL 20, Figs 5-10)

Cibdcides thabnanni Brotzen, 1936, p. 190-191, pL 4, fig. 7a-c Gavelinella clementiana (d'Orbigny) var. thalmanni protzen). Hofker, 1957, p. 295-297, text-fig. 351. Gavelinella thalmanni protzen). Edwards, 1981, p. 404, pL 58, figs 7-11-

Remarks Spedmens of GaveÜnpTia thalmmanni are distinguished by their small, pQano-convex to somewhat biconvex, low trocho^iral test (c. 200- 230;im in maximum diameter), subdrcular in outline; equatorial periphery roinded, imperfcarate along tiie early Chambers of the last whcarl; about 7 Chambers in the last whorl, increasing gradually in sLze; sutures somewhat indistinct, sUghÜy raised to depressed in the later Chambers; surface finely perforate. Range: late Ccaiiadan. Occurrence: weH 1-CRL-l-SE tare occurrence). Palaeo-environments: deep neritic to uppet bathyaL

Gav**KT^Tia ex gr. veüasooensis (Cu^marO (PL 20, Figs 11-16)

Anomalina velascoensis Cushman, 1925, p. 21, pL 3, fig. 3. Anomalina rubdginosa Cushman, 1926b, p. 607, pL 21, fig. 6a-c. Anomalina rubdginosa Cushman. Cushman, 1946, p. 156, pL 64, figs 4-6. - 195 - ftnomalinoides pinquis Pennings). Graham S Church, 1963, p. 65, pL 8, fig. 2. GaveHnella rubigincsa {Cushman). HanzUkovA, 1972, p. 132, pd. 38, figs 7-8. Gavelinella velascoensis (Cu^man). Sliter, 1977b, pU 13, fig. 1. Anomalinoides pinguis Pennings). Olsscxi, 1977, pi. 4, figs F-G. Gavplinfilla cf. yplascoensis {Cuäiman). Beckmann, 1978, p. 766, pL 5, figs 19-22.

Remarks: Gavelinella ex gr. velascoensis morjÄiotypes are characterised by their large, nearly biconvex to pQano-convex, closely coiled, low trocho^äral test {c. 350-380)um in maximura diameter -neardc/early ephebic stage; c 500-560^m -gercntic stage), circular to suteircular in outline; equatorial periphery broadly rounded; dorsal side partially evolute, nearly flattened, with irregularly thickened sutures and hook-shaped boss; ventral side convex, involute; about 7 to 8 somewhat inflated chambers in the last whorl, increasing gradually in size; sutures rather indistinct, slightly depressed in the last few chambera; surface coarsely perforatie in neahic/early ephebic forms, pores rather scattered and obscured by wall thickening on gerontdc specimens. Range: Santonian to Maastrichtian. Occurrence: wells 1-SES-lA, l-SES-3, l-SES-9. Palaeo-environments: upper to middle bathyaL

<^yeliJieTla sp. A (RL 20, Figs 17-25)

Remarks: Gavelinella sp. A raorphotyp)es are characterised by having a small, püano/concavo-convex, low trocho^iral test (c. 200-300/lm in maximum diameter), subdrcular in outline and moderately lobate in the last Chambers; equatorial periphery narrowly rounded, imperforate; dorsal side convex, with small central boss; ventral side flat to slightly concave, involute; 7 to 8 chambers in the last whcrL increasing rather rapidly in size, sLightly inflated in the last ones; sutures distinct, curved, flush to slightly depressed; aperture a low interiomarginal arch extending from periphery to umbüicus; imperfcrate, subtriangular flaps prqpcting from each

- 196 - cäiamber, partially closing the umbUicus; airface smooth, ventral side coarsely perforate, dorsal side with oily few scattered pores. They differ from Gavelinella sandidgei (Brotzen) by having a pdano/concavo-convex test, subcdrcular and moderately lobate in outline, narrowly rounded periphery, rather than subacute, and 3ess distinct dorsal boss. The ^lecimens somewhat resembOe plano/concavo-convex gaveÜneBids described as Lingulogavelinella (?) cihicidoides by Malapris (1965, p. 144, 146, pL 4, figs 9-11), from the lower-middle Alhdan of Aube, France. However, the taxcnomic affinity between these morphotypes can only be assessed after fiirther examination cf holotypes and topcrtype materiaL Range: Cenomanian to early Coniacian (the greatest abundance in the early Ccmadan). Occurrence: locaüties A-1, A-9, A-10, A-11, Mata 10, Tabocas 2 Palaeo-environments: äiaDow to middle neritic

Genus UNGÖLOGAVEUNEÜA Malapris, 1965 Type Species: Linguloqavpiinp-na albLensis Malapris, 1965

Remarlts: LingulogavelineHa morphotypes are characterised by a low, almost Qat, trochoepiral te^ ventral sLde concave, Elat or slightly convex, with a cdosed umbdlicus and characteristic tongue-like extensions of the Chamber walls fcrming a stallate umtdlical pattem. Aperture an interiomarginal equatorial arch, extending from the periphery to the umbdlicus (cf. Loeblich & Tappan, 1988, p. 641).

IjngulogagiaTinoTia cäcyl Malapds-Bizouard (PL 20, Figs 26-31) lingulogaveÜneTIa dryi cdryi Malapris-Bizouard, 1967, p. 137-138, pL 1, figs 16-19, pO. 2, ägs 16-20. LingulogavelineHa äff, dryi dryi Malapris-Bizouard. Maync, 1973, p. 1099, pL 4, figs 6-11. Lingulogavelinella dryi Malapris-Bizouard. Gradstein, 1978, pL 5, figs 9, 13- 17.

- 197 - Remarks; Abundant specimens of minute gavelineHids {c. 130-160jum in maximum diameter) occur in the iowermost marine section {upper Aptian to early AlhJan) of Sergipe. They are characterised by their very small size, compressed, nearly biconvex, low trochospiral test, circular to subcircular in cxitÜJie; equatorial periphery narrowly rounded; 6 to 8 chambers in the last whorl, increasing gradually in size; ventral side with weD. developed imperfcrate apertural flaps, each partially orerlapping and concealing the previous c»ie. Range: late Aptian to early Albdan. Occurrence; locaUty A-38, wells 7-CP-252-SE, 1-ÜS-1-SE. Palaeo-environments; fallow to middle neritic tare ^dmens occur in deep neritic-i^jper bathyal environments drifted by bottom currents).

IdngiJogayelineTlaC?) ^ cE. I». tfaaibiuiiuüCormis (Plotnikova) (PL 21, Figs 1-7) cf. Anomalina (Pseudovalvulineria) tfaalmannifcrmis Plotnikova, 1962, p. 53, pL H, fig. 2. LingulogaveUnellaC?) sp, aff. L. thalmannifocmis. Malapris, 1965, p. 142, 143, pL 3, figs 7-13.

Remarks: Lingulogavelinella (?) sp, cf. L. thalmannifcrmis morphotypes are characterised by having a minute, concavo-convex, low trochospiral test (c. 200-330^m in maximum diameter), subcircular in outline and lobate in the last 2 or 3 chambers; eguatcmal periphery mrrowly rounded; dorsal side slightly convex and evdute; 6 to 7 chambers in the last whorl, increasing rather rapidly in size; the last cha mber so me w hat inflated and the penultLmat3 cne is partially overlapped; umbilicus completiely masked by periumbilical flaps; sutures distinct, depressed, sLightl curved; surface smooth, finely perforate- The specimens resemble forms of Valvulineria in chamber arrangement and wall structure (cf. Malapris, 1965, p. 144). Range: Cenomanian to early Turonian. Occurrence: localities A-1, A-2, A-9, A-22, A-35, well 1-US-l-SE. Palaeo-environments: middle neritic to upper bathyaL

- 198 - (PL 21r Figs 8-13)

Gavelinella tcarmarpensis Brotzen, 1942, p. 52, pL 1, fig. 6. Gavelinella tcarmarpensis Brotzen. Malapris, 1965, p. 148, pL 3, figs 1-4. Gavelinella tcarmarpensis Brotzen. Carter & Hart, 1977, p.48, pL 1, figs 31- 32.

Remarks: Specdmens of Lingulogavelinella tcarmarpensis are characterised by tdieir minute, compressed, bicxsnvex, low tr(x;hc^iral test (c. 160-210fim in maximum diameter), nearly cdrcular in outline; equatorial periphery narrowly rounded; dorsal side evolute; ventral side involute, with a slightly opened umbüicu^ 6 to 7 Chambers in the last whcarl, increasing gradually in size; eacii Chamber pcqpcts a more or less large imperfocate flap towards the umbüicus, partialLy covering it; ^lerture a low interiomarginal equatorial arch extending cnto the ventral side; surface smooth, finely perforate. Ohe morphotypes somewhat resemble LingulogavelinpHa (?) sp. c:f. L. thalmannifocmis (Plothikova), with which Lingulogavelinella tormarpensis is linked by intermediate fcciiis (cf. Malapris, 1965, p, 146). ihey differ, however, in having a more laterally compresed, biconvex test, nearly cdrcular in outline, distincrt imperfcrate periumbüiczal flaps and slightiy c^ned umhüicus. The ^)ecdes is pdaced in LingulogaveHa Malapris on the basis of its apertural characAeristics, which are apparenüy more closely related to Lingulogavelinella morphotypes than to Gavelinella. Range: Cenomanian to early Coniacdan. Occurrence: localitdes A-1, A-6, A-10, Cruzes 15, well 1-US-l-SE. Palaeo-envircximents: middle to deep neritic

Genus ORETSOSIELLA Ekher & Worstell, 1970

Type species: OrithcstpHg virinia Eicher & Worstell, 1970 (= Cibicddina halfeldi Petri, 1962)

- 199 - CtiawBbella ex gr. halfeldi (Petri) (PL 21, Figs 14-19)

Cihirirtina b^lfoiai petri, 1962, p. 132-134, pL 20, figs 4-5, pL 21, figs 4-6. OrithcstePa viriola Eicher & WorteH, 1970, p. 295, pL 6, figs 6-8, 10.

Remarks: Specdmens of OrithosteHa ex gr. halfeldi are distinguished by having a smalL plano-convex, trochoepiral test (c 170-250^ in maximum diameter), cdrcular to subcircular in outline; equatorial periphery subacute; dorsal side strcxigLy cxinvex to subconical (c 80-lOO^m in heighy, nearly involute, the last whcarl entdrely Covers tiie precedihg ones, some specdjnens with a small c:entral boss; ventral side flattened, invcdute, commonly with a ttdckened umtdlical boss; 7 to 8 Chambers in the last whorl, increasing slowly to gradually in size; sutures distinct, c:urved, flush to sQightly depressed; aperture an interiomarginal equatxndal arch extending onto the fiat ventreQ. side arcxind the apertural Qaps, with the open sutural apertures of pcevicxis ciiambers fcarming a stellate perdumbdlical pattem; surface smooth, finely perfcrate. The late Coniacdan-Maastrichtian specdmens of Sergipe are closely süiular to OrithosteHa viriola, described by Eicher & Worstell (1970, p, 294, pL 6, figs 6-8, 10) from the Upper Cenomanian- middle Turonian of the Greenhorn Fermation, westem interior oE the United States^ Orithostella ex gr. halfeldi differ mostly in having smaller tests with somewhat leas steeper sides. However, transidonal morphotyp)es are recorded, which suggest more likely an intra^>ecdfic celationship). Therefcre, on this basis and untdl further evidence is prcx3uced, Orithosteiig viriola is pQacred as a jinior synonym of the OrithcstpTia half??ldi ^jedes-group. Range: late Coniacdan to Campanian. Occurrence: localit/ A-18, weHs l-CA-l-SE, l-SES-3. Pälaeo-envircnments: deep neritic t:o upper-middle bathyaL

Genus STENSDOEINA Brotzen, 1936

Type spedes: Rotalia exsculpjta Reuss, 1S60

- 200 - St&âixàna sp, A (PL 21, Figs 20-25)

Remarks: Spedmens of Sterinn^iria sp. A are characterised by having a moderately large, plano-convex, low trocho^iral test (c. 390^m in maximum diameter), subcircular in outline; equatcadal peofhery tcoadly to narrowly rounded; about 7 to 8 Chambers in the last whcffl, increasing gradually in sLze; dorsal side flat and evolute, with limbate sutures that are stiongly raised in somewhat irregular ridges; ventral side involute, strongLy convex, with more nearly radial sutures; ^Jerture a low interiomarginal opening between the umbdlicus and periphery. The morphotypes are probably related to the Stensioeina exsculpta (Reuss) ^Jecdes-group. Range: late Santcaiian. Occurrence: well l-SES-3 (rare occurrence). Palaeo-envircnments: middle bathyaL

Family KARREKHDAE Saidova, 1981

Gemis KASSERIA Rzehak, 1891 Type ^)edes: Karreria fallax Rzehak, 1891

Kanetia sp^ A (E3. 21, Figs 26-29)

Remarks: A single spedmen assigned to Karreria sp. A was recovered from the upper Campanian. It is characterised by having a very large, eOongatie test (c. 870;im in maximum length; c 450/im in maximum width); early portion with ^ort trocho^jiral cou of cne whorl, fcdlowed by a rectílinear uniserial stage, with tcoad and low Chambers; aperture terminal, ellipHcal, bordered by a slight lip and produced on short r^ck; sutures distinc±, sLLghÜy depressed; surface finely perfcrate, omamentied with numerous fine longitudinal Striae (PL 21, Fig. 29). Range: late Campanian. Occurrence: weE l-SES-9 (rare occurence). Palaeo-envircaiments: i^jper to middle bathyaL

- 201 - Suborder GLOHEGERDIINA;ueiM;

Superfanuly HETEROHELICACEA Cushraan, 1927

Family GUEMBEEJTRUDAE Montanaro GaUiteUi, 1957

Gems GDGHBGLETRIA Cushman, 1933 Type q)ecdjes; GuembeUtria cretacea Cushman, 1933

GuemhRÌitria cenomana (Keller] (H- 22, Figs 1-3)

Guembelina cenomana Keller, 1935, p. 547-548, pL 2, figs 13, 14. GuembeUtria barrisi Tappan, 1940, p. 115, pL 19, figs 2a-b. GuembeUtria harrisi T^)pan. Pessagno, 1967, p. 258, pL.48, figs 12-13. GuembeUtria cenomana (Keller). Hastars, 1977, p. 481-482, pL 27, figs 1, 3.

Remarks: GuembeUtria cenomana differs firom GuembeUtria cretacea Cudiraan by having less inOated charabers and a low, slightly arched aperture, with a test often tending to appear somewhat less alongate than that of GuembeUtria cretacea. AH ^ecimens are very smaU (around 150- 210jtim in maximum length). Range: latest Altàan to Turoiian. Occurrence: locaUties A-2, A-9, A-17, A-21, weUs 1-US-l-SE, 1-SES- 24.

GuemhpKH-ìji cretacea Cushman (RL 22, Figs 4-5)

GuembeUtria cretacea Cushman, 1933a, p. 37-38, pL4, figs 12a-b. GuembeUtria cretacea Cushman. LoebLLch & Tappan, 1964, p. C652, fig-523: la-b. GuembeUtria cretacea Cushman. Pessagno, 1967, p. 258, pL 87, figs 1-3.

- 2 02 - GuembeUtria cretacea Cushman. Smith & I^ssagno, 1973, p.15, pLl, figs 1- 8.

Remarks: This specLes is distinguished by ìts smaU, elongate, triserial test (e. 210-220^m in maximum length), with sfAiaerical chambers, depressed sutures and highly arched ^Jerture. Range: late Maastrichtian. Occurrence: weUs 1-SES-lA, l-SES-9, l-SES-24.

Family HEIEROHELCinDAB Cushman, 1927 Suhfamily HEISROHELUCINAE Cushman, 1927

Genus HEIEROHELDE Ehrenberg, 1343 Type spedes: Textilaria americana Ehrenberg, 1843

Hefaerobp'H'' americana (Ehrenberg) (PL 22, Fig. 6)

Textilaria americana Ehrentierg, 1343, p. 366, 398, 428. Heterohelix americana (Ehrenberg). Bergstresser & Frerichs, 1982, p. 355- 356, pL 1, figs 1-2.

Remarks: Spedraens of Heterohelix americana are characterised by having a small (c. 300^m in maximum length), corapressed, biserìal test; chambers increasing gradualy in size, with the last OTie to two paiis of chambers subtriangular in outline, pointed upward at outer margin; numerous fine discontdnuous costae. Range: late Campanian. Occurrence: wéE 1-CA-l-SE.

HetFTohelix ex gr. qlobulcsa (Ehrenberg) (PL 22, Figs 7-8)

Textularia glDlxilosa Ehrenberg, 1840 (1338), p. 135, pL 4, figs 2 beta, 4 beta, 5 beta, 7 beta, 8 beta. Guembelina globulosa (Ehrenberg). Egger, 1899, p. 32, fig. 43. Heteroheluc globutosa (Ehrenberg). GaUiteHi, 1957, p. 137, pL 31, figs 12-15. - 2 03- Heteroheluc gLobiilpsa (Ehrenberg). Pessagno, 1967, p. 260, pL 87, figs 5-9, 11-13.

Remarks: TWs ^caes group (c. 270-300^m in maximum length) is characterised by its inOated, rapidly expanding chambers, and presence of numercus faint discontìnucws steiae. Range: Cenomanian to Maastricàitian. Occ:urrence: localibies A-17, A-18, A-21, A-45, Cruzes 15, Tabocas 2, weUs 1-CA-l-SE, 1-CN-l-SE, 1-CRL-l-SE, 1-US-l-SE, 1-SES-lA, l-SES-3, l-SES-9, l-SES-24.

Heterctiftlix rncyemam. (Cu^man) (PL 22, Figs 9-11)

Guembelina more mani Cu^man, 1938, p. 10, piL 2, figs 1-3. Heterc^elix more mani (Cushman). Pessagno, 1967, p. 260-261, pL 48, figs 10-11; pL 89, figs 1-2.

Remarks: AH the specimens of Heterohelix more mani bave a smooth, fìnely perforate test (c. 230-330/im in maximum length) with no striae. Range: latest Albian to middle-late Turonian. Occaorrence: Localities A-2, Cruzes 15, weUs 1-CA-l-^, 1-CRL-l-SE, 1- US-l-SE, l-SES-24.

HefaerohpKy pianata (Cushman) (PL 22, Figs 12-13)

Guembelina pJanata Cushman, 1938, p. 12, fig. 13, 14. Hetrchelix planata (Cushman). Pessagno, 1967, p. 261, piL 86, figs 3, 4; piL 89, figs 6, 7,

Remarks: HetoheUx pJanata (Cushman) - (c. 19C^m in maximum diameter) resembles Heterohelix pulchra protzen), from which it differs in having tear-drop shaped ejhebic chambers (not reniform), and from Heterohelix striata (Ehrenberg) by its test-surface either smooth ex cxsvered by fine striae. Range: Campanian to Maastrichtian. Occurrence: wells 1-CN-l-SE, 1-SES-lA, l-SES-24.

- 204 - HetCToheKx pulcfara (Brotzen) (H. 22, Figs 14-15)

Guembelina pulchra Brotzen, 1935, p. 121, pi. 9, figs 3a-b. HeterohéUx pulchra (Brotzen). GaUiteUi, 1957, p. 137, pL 31, fig.20. Heterohelix pulchra (Brotzen). Pessagno, 1952, p. 358, pL 1, fig. 3. HeterohéUx pulchra (Brotzen). Pesagno, 1967, p. 262, pi. 87, fig.4.

Reraarlcs: Ihe spedes (c. 200-300fim in maximum length) is diaracterised by ttie broadened and reniform nature of its last two or three chambers in side view; test-surface either smooth or covered by fine striae on ali but the the last oie to two chambers. Range: SantOTiian to Maastrichtian. Occurrence; weUs 1-CA-l-SE, 1-CRL-l-SE, 1-SES-lA, l-SES-24.

Heternhelix reirri (Cushman) (PL 22, Figs 15-18)

Guembelina reussL Cu^man, 1938, pi. 11, piL 2, figs 6-9. Guembelina reussL Cu^man. Cushman, 1946, p. 104, pL 44, figs 18-19. Heterohelix reussi (Cu^man). Pessagno, 1967, p. 263, pL 85, figs 1-9; piL 86, figs 1-2.

Remarks: Heterohelix reussi (Cu^man) shows weU-developed fine disc»nt±Tucxis ccjstae on aU chambers of its test (c. 300-480^m in maximum length), less inflated ciiambers, and large depressed triangolar areas between the last several chambers, which are distìnc^ly set apart. Range: Turcxiian tjo early Camp)anian. Occurrence: l£x;alities A-2, A-11, A-21, A-22, Tabocas 2, wells 1-CA-l- SE, 1-CRL-l-SE, l-SES-24.

Hefaerch^Hy striata (Ehrenberg) (PL 22, Fig. 19)

Textularia striata Ehrenberg, 1840, p. 135, pL 4, figs 1 alpha, 1 alpha prime, 2 alpha, 3 alp^a, not 9 alpha. Guembelina striata (Ehrenberg). Egger, 1899, p. 33, pL 14, figs. 37-39. Guembelina striata (Ehrenberg). Cushman, 1946, pp. 104-105, piL 45, figs 4- 5.

- 205 - Pseudoguembelina striata (Ehrenberg). Bronnimann & Brown, 1953, p. 154, text-fig. 6 (p. 151). Heterohelix striata (Ehrenberg). Pessagno, 1962, p. 358, pL 1, fig.5. HetercAiéUx striata (Ehrenberg). Pessagno, 1967, p. 264, pL 78, figs 4,5; pL 88, figs 3-7; pL 98, fig. 16. Heterohelix striata phrenberg). Smith & Pessagno, 1973, p. 19, pL3, fig. 8; pL 4, Sgs 1-4.

Remarks: Heterohelix striata (Ehrenberg) - (c. 290/xm in maximum length) differs from Heterohelix ex gr. gtotjulosa (Ehrenberg), which is similar in terms of chamber shape and arrangement, inhaving well-developed costae in the ephebdc stage. Some early cxitogenetic forms of Heterohelix striata bave really jist striae and, thus, may be .^ffirtiit to be distìnguished from Heterohelix ex gr. globulosa morphotypes. Range: Santonian to Maastrichtian. Occurrence: locality A-18, weUs 1-CA-l-SE, 1-CRL-l-SE, 1-SES-lA, 1- SES-9, l-SES-24.

Genus ETANOGLOBOLINA Cu^man, 1927 Type Guembelina acervulinoides Egger, 1902

Plnnnglnbulina variare (Rzehak) (PL 22, Figs 20-21)

Pseudotextularia varians Rzehak, 1895, p, 217, pL 7, figs 2, 3. Guembelina acervulinoides Egger, 1899, p. 35, pL 14, figs 20-22. Guembelina fructicosa Egger, 1899, p. 35, pL 14, figs 8, 9, 24. Pseudotextularia varians (Rzehak) var. mendezensis White, 1929, p. 41, pL4, figs 16a,bi. Pseudotextularia varians Rzehak. Cushman, 1946, p. 110, pL 47, fi^ 4, 6, 7, 9. Racemiguembelina fcucticosa (Egger). GaHiteUi, 1957, p. 142, pL 32, figs 14-15. Racemiguembelina fructicosa (Egger). Loeblich & Tappan, 1964, p. C656, fig. 525: 8a-b.

- 206 - Racemiguembelina Siictìcosa (Egger). Pessagno, 1967, p, 270, pL90, figs 14, 15. Rtanoglobulina varians (Rzehak). Masters, 1977, p. 361-363, pL 4, figs 1-2.

Remarks: Planoglobulina varians is characterised by having a large, thick conical test (c. 600-630^m in maximura length) with coarse and widely ^>aoed costae. Range: late Campanian to Maastrichtian. Occurrence: weUs 1-HO-l-SE, l-SES-24.

Genus PSEODOTBXnJLARIA Rzehak, 1891 Type spedes: CuneolLna elegans Rzehak, 1891

Paeadotextiilaria browni Masters (PL 22, Figs 22-23)

Pseudotextularia browni Masters, 1976, p. 321, pL 1, figs 10-12. Pseudotextularia browni Masters, 1977, p. 380-381, piL5, figs 3-4.

Remarks: Pseudotextularia browni is characterised by possessing an inflated, fcdserial test (c. 280-380/im in maximum length), with chambers which rapidaly increase in width and thicknes^ thìckness exceeding the other diraensions. Range: Maastrichtian- Occurrence: weUs 1-AU-l-SE, 1-SES-lA.

feeudotextularia carseyae (Pluramer) (PL 22, Figs 24-25)

Ventilabcella carseyae Rlummer, 1931, p, 178-179, pL 9, figs 7-9. VentOabcelLa carseyae Plummer. Cushman, 1946, p.112, pL 48, figs 1-4. Pseudotextularia elegans (Rzdiak). Pessagno, 1967, p. 268-269, pL 75, figs 12-17. Pseudotextularia eggeri Rzehak. SUter, 1968, p. 98, pL 14, fig. 15. Pseudotextularia carseyae (Plummer). Masters, 1977, p. 381-383, pL 6, figs 1-2.

- 2 07 - Remarks: Pseudotexh il ari a carseyae - (c. 450^m in maximum length) - is characterised fcy having chambers increasing rapidly in width and thickness; lobate periphery in chambers of the ephetdc stage. Range: Maastrichtian. Occurrence: wells 1-SES-lA, l-SES-3, l-SES-9.

feeudofaextularia elegans (Rzehak) (RL 22, Figs 26-28)

Cuneolina elegans Rzehak, 1891, p. 2.

Pseudotextularia vai-ianc! Rzehak, 1895, p. 217, pU 7, figs la-b. Guembelina elegans (Rzehak). White, 1929, p. 34-35, pL 4, fig. 8. Pseudotextularia elegans (Rzehak). GaUiteUi, 1957, p. 138, pO. 33, figs 6a-c. Pseudotextularia élongata SeigUe, 1959, p. 58-59, pLl, fi^ 2a-b, 4a^D; pL 2, figs la-b, 2a-b, 4a-b, 6a-b; pL 3, figs la-b; text-Eig.4. Pseudotextularia elegans (Rzehak). Pessagno, 1962, p. 356, pL 1, figs 7, 9. Pseudotextularia elegans (Rzehak). Loeblich & Tappan, 1964, p.C656, fig. 525: 7a-c. Pseudotextularia elegans (Rzehak). Pessagno, 1967, p. 268, pL 75, figs 12- 17; pL 85, figs 10-11; pL 88, figs 14-16; pL89, figs 10-11; pL 97, fig. 18; pL 98, figs 19-20. Pseudotextularia elegans (Rzehak). Smith & Pessagno, 1973, p. 30-32, piL 9, figs 5-15; pL 10, figs 2-6. Pseudotextularia elegans (Rzdiak). Masters, 1977, p. 383-386, pL6, figs 3-4

Remarks: Specimens of Pseudotext'iiaH;^ elegans (Rzehak) - (c. 390- 450^m in maximum length) - are characterised by possessing chambers that rapidly increase in width and thickness, and which sometimes may be as long as they are wide; lobate periphery in later stages of test growth; and by having moderate to coarse costae. Range: late Campanian to Maastrichtian. Occurrence: locality A-19, weUs 1-SES-lA, l-SES-9, l-SES-24.

Genus VEimLABRELLA Cushman, 1928 Type ^ìecdes: VentJlabrella eggeri Cushman

- 208 - VCTtnatréDa austmana Cushman. {EL 22, Fig. 29}

VentilabceTla aust±Tana Cushman, 1938, p. 26, pL 4, fig. 19. Ventilaixelta austdnana Cushman. Cushman, 1946, p. Ili, pL 47, fig. 16, Ventflaixella austinana Cushman. Masters, 1977, p. 389-390, pL 6, fig. 5.

Remarks: VenHlahreHa austinana is characterised by its moderately large, fan-shaped test (c. 380/360^m in maximum length/tareadth ratio), with an iratial biserial stage, later developing supplementary chambers in the piane of symmetry; chambers graduaDy increasing in size; numerous fine ccstae. Range: early Santonian. Occurrence: weH 1-CRL-l-SE (rare occurrence).

SubfamHy PSEUDOGnEHBELIHINAE AliyuHa, 1977

Genus FSEDDOGDEMBEUliA arcainimann & Brown,1953 Type ^jecies: Guembelina excolata Cushman, 1926

feeudoguembéHna costata (Carsey) (PL 22, Fig. 30)

Texti.i1aria costata Carsey, 1926, p. 26, pL 1, fig. 4, Guembelina cosbulata Cushman. Cushman, 1938, p. 16-17, pL 3, figs 7-9. Guembelina costulata Cushman. Cu^man, 1946, p. 108, pL 46, figs 11-12. Pseudoquembelina costulata (Cushman). Bronnimann & Brown, 1953, p. 153- 154, text-fig. 5. Pseudoquembelina costulata (Cu^man), Pessagno, 1962, p. 537, pLl, fig. 6. Pseudoguembelina costulata (Cu^man). Pessagno, 1967, p. 266, pL79, fig. 1; pL 88, figs 8-9; pL 90, fig. 3, Pseudoguemtaelìna cost""i^ta (Cushman). Smith & Pessagno, 1973, p. 24-25, pL 6, figs 1-5. Pseudoguembelina costata (Carsey). Masters, 1977, p. 369-370, pL 4, fig, 6.

- 209 - Remarks: Pseudoquembelina costata is charactodsed by its smaE, tdserial tast (c. 300-310jUm in maximum lengüi), possessing numerous fine costae. It diEfers from Pseudoguembelina excolata (Cu^man) in having a smallar test, narrower outline in side view and finer costae. Range: Santcmian to Maastadchtian. Occurrence: wells 1-CA-l-SE, 1-SES-lA, l-SES-3, l-SES-24.

teeudoguembeÜna excolata (Cushman) (RL 22, Figs 31-32)

Guembelina excolata Cushman, 1926a, p. 20, pL 2, fig. 9. Guembelina excolata Cushman. Voorwijc, 1937, p. 194, ptLl, figs 7-ß. Guembelina excolata Cu^man. Cushman, 1946, p.108-109, pL 46, figs 16a-b. Pseudoguembelina excolata (Cushman). Bronnimann & Brown, 1953, p. 153, text-figs 1-4. Pseudoguembelina excolata (Cushman). Pessagno, 1967, p.266-267, pL 68, figs 4-5; pL 90, fig. 5. PseudoguembeHna excolata (Cushman). Smith & Pessagno, 1973, p.25-26, pL 6, figs 6-10. Pseudoguembelina excolata (Cushman). Masters, 1977, p. 371-373, pL 4, figs 7, 8.

Remarks: Pseudoguembelina exccQata is distinguished firom Pseudogue mbelina costata (Carsey) by its larger, biserial test (c. 310-540/im in maximum length), with less numerous and coarser costae. Range: Santonian to Maastrichtían. Occurrence: weHs l-SES-lA, l-SES-3, l-SES-24.

feeudoguembálina palpara Bronnimann & Brown (PL 23, Figs 1-2)

Pseudoguembelina palpebra Bronnimann & Brown, 1953, p. 155, text-figs 9- 10. Pseudogue mbelina palpebra Bronnimann s Brown. Caron, 1985, p. 65, figs 24.18-19.

-210- Remarks: Spedmens of Pseudoguembelina palpebra are characterised by having a large, tcoad, elongate test (c. 300-480;im in maximum length), with numerous Sne steiae/coastae. It differs Crom Pseudogue mbelina excolata (Cushman) in its hroader outline in side view and finer and more numerous sblae/coastae. Range: Haastrichtiaru Occurrence: well 1-SES-lA.

SuperfamUy FLANOHAUNACEA BbUi, LoebÜch & Tappan, 1957

Family GLOBBSESmEIJXmSDRE Lcngoria, 1974

Subfamily GLOBESBRINEEIXnniNAE Longoria, 1974

Genus GLOHIGBRINELLOIDES Cushman & ten Dam, 1948 Type spedes: Globigerinelloides algeriana Cushman & ten Dam, 1948.

Glnhjqm'nénoides abberanta (Netskaya) (EL 23, Figs 3-6)

GLobdgerinella abberanta Netskaya, 1948, p. 220, pL 2, figs 3a, b, BLgLobdgerinella maLdspina LalLcker, 1948, p.62A, pL92, figs la-3c. Elanomalina mauryae Retri, 1962, p. 116-119, pL 16, figs. la, b. dobigerineHoiaes muldspina (LaUcker). Pessagno, 1967, p. 276-277, pL 70, figs. 1-2, pL 82, figs. 10-11, pL 91, figs. 1-2. GiDbdgerinelloides muld^ina (Laiicker). Berteis, 1970, p. 34-35, pL 3, figs la-2b, text-figs. 8-10. GkAagerlnellDides abfeeranta (Netskaya). Masters, 1977, p. 401-403, pL 8, figs. 3-5, pL 9, figs 1-2.

Remarks: Globigerinelloides abberanta is characterised by its partdally evolute pQanispiral test (c. 230-300/im in maximum diameter), with equatorial periphery sLLghtly lobate; 6 to 7 subspherical, inflated, Chambers

- 211- in tìie last whorL graduaRy increasing in size; last two Chambers tending to inccease in thickness. Range: late Santcmian to early Maasbdchtian. Occurrence: localities A-19, wells 1-CA-l-SE, l-SES-9.

CìniTJrpriTipTifTrìftoq apdense Longoria (EL 23, Figs 7-9)

Globigerinelloiiges ^tiense Longoria, 1974, p. 79-80, pL 4, figs 9-10, pL 8, figs 4-6, 17-18.

Remarks: Globigerinelloides apdense is characterised by its minute püani^äral test (c. 180-220^m in maximum diameter); lobate periphery; 6 to 7 ^^erical to petalloid Chambers in the last whorl, graduaHy increasing in size; umbilicus wide. It differs from Globigerinelloides ferreolensis (MouHade) in having fewer Chambers in tìie last whorl and a more lobate perifhery. Range: late Aptdan. Occurrence: weH 1-CA-l-SE.

fflnhiqprinpTlniflpR barri polli, LoebOich & Tappar^ (EL 23, Figs 10-14)

Bdglobigerinella barri BcGli, Loeblich & Tappan, 1957, p.25, pL 1, figs 13-18. Globigerinelloides barri polli, Loeblich & Tappan). Longoria, 1974, p. 80-82, piL 4, figs 1-3, 8, 14; pL 5, figs 9-16; pL 27, fig. 19. Globigerinelloides barri pciUi, Loeblidi & Tappan). Leckie, 1984, p.593, pQ. 2, figs 1-4.

Remarks: GlobigerimllDides barri is characterised by its small, pilanispiral test (c. 240-320;im in maximum diameter); drcular peripheral outline; 6 to 10 ovate to nearly spherical Chambers in the last whorl; smaller and low but hcoad last single diamber or tdserial, with paired contiguous suppäementary cxies added in the gerontic stage and positioned lateralLy to the pOane of coüing, at each side of the periphery. Range: labe Aptian. Occurrence: weHs 1-CA-l-SE, 1-CN-l-SE, 1-US-l-SE.

- 212 - Gk^BgerineDodcles boibonensis [Maxow) (PL 23, Figs 15-20) non Ano malina eaglefccdensis Moreman, 1927, p. 99, pL 16, fig. 9 (Sde Carter & Hart, 1977). Anomalina bentonensis Morrow, 1934, p. 201, pL 30, Sg. 4. Planomalina caseyi Bcdli, LoetíHch & Tappan, 1957, p.24, pL 1, figs 4-5. non Globigerinelkddes eaglefordensis (Mcsreman). Loefcüich & Tappan, 1961, p. 268-269, pL 2, figs 3-7. Globigerinelloides bentmensis (Morrow). Eicher & Worstell, 1970, p. 297, pL 8, Sgs 17, 19; pL 9, fig. 3. Globigerinelloides bentonensis (Mccrow). Leckie, 1984, p. 593, pU 10, figs 5- 11. GLobáqerinelloides bentmensis (Morrow). Carter & Hart, 1977, p,27-28, pL 1, fig. 11, pL 2, figs 19, 20.

Remarks: Globigerinelloides bentonensis is distinguished by its large planispiral test (c. 300-510/im in máximum diameter); equatorial periphery sUghtiy lobate, axial periphery rounded; 6 to 7 inflated Chambers, graduaHy to rapidly increasing in size; ^jerture a low, interiomarginal, umbUical- equatorial arch with bordedng imperfccate lip; narrow to moderately wide shallow umbüicus; sutures depresed, radial in the last one to two Chambers. Ihe spedmens IHustrated by BctUi, Loeblich & TaEi>an (1957) and described as Planomalina caseyi are identdcal to Globigerinelloides bentmensis (Morrow). It is a common compoient of- the Cenomanian planktonic assemtüages firom the Sergipe Basin and is particularly abundant in the labest Cenomanian [Globigerinellddes bentonensis-HedbergeHa Qi.) aprica Zone - Chaptjer 4, section 4.2.1.(1)]. Range: middle Alblan to Cenomanian. Occurrence: localities A-1, A-9, wells 1-CA-l-SE, 1-ÜS-l-SE, l-SES-24.

GlotagepnelLoddes o^mani fTappan) (PL 23, Figs 21-24)

Globigerinella cushmani Tappan, 1943, p. 513, pQ. 33, figs 5a, b. Globigerinelloides cu^manl (Tappan). Masters, 1977, p. 10, flg. 4; píL 11, figs 1, 2.

-213- Remarks: GlobigerinellaLdes cushmani is characterised by having a small, planj^riral test (c. 260-320^m in maximum diameter; circular equatorial periphery moderately lobate, rounded axial periphery; 7 inflated chambers in the last whorl, gradually increasing in,size; last chambers rapidly increase in thicknes; low interiomarginal, umhdlical-extraumbilical to extraumholical aperture with a narrow imperforate Up; umbilicus fallow and narrow. It differs from from Globigerinelloides bentonensis (Monrow) in having a more lobate equatorial profile and a circular equatorial periphery. GkAaqerineUoides cu^mani is similar to GlobdgerineUoides barri (Bolli, Loeblich S Tappan) from which it differs by having fewer chambers, a laterally broader (thicker) test and a single-chambered last stage. Range: early to middle Altdan. Occurrence: locality A-27 and wells 1-CA-l-SE, 1-ÜS-1-SE.

fTini-iHy»ririi>nnirfcag escheo. (Kaufmann) (RL 23, Figs 25-28)

Nonionlna escheri Kaufmann, 1365, p. 198. GkArigecineUoldes escheri (Kaufmann). Marianos & Zingula, 1966, p. 334-335, pa. 37, figs. 3a, b. Globigerinelloides asperus (Ehrenberg). Pessagno, 1967, p. 274-275, piL 60, figs 4-5. Globigerinelloides prairiph-iiiAnsis Pessagno, 1967, p.277-278, pL 60, figs 2-3, pO. 83, fig. 1, piL 90, figs 1-2, 4. GkfcJgerineUoides volutus (White). Pessagno, 1967, p. 278-279, piL 62, figs 10-11. GLobdgerinelloides escheri (Kaufmann). Masters, 1977, p. 409-412, pü. 11, figs 4-5.

Remarks: This spedes is distinguished by its small plani^iral test (c. 22(}-230^ra in maximum diameter); drcular equatorial periphery very lobate; 5 to 6 subqherLcaL inflated, chambers in the last whorL rapidly increasing in size; umtdlicus narrow and shallow; pustulose surface. It differs from Globigerinelloides abberanta (Netskaya) by its smaller size, being more loosely coiled and having fewer number of chambers in the last whorL Range: Sani:onian to Maastrichtian. Occurrence: localities A-18, A-19, wells 1-CA-l-SS, 1-CN-l-SE, l-CRL- 1-SE, 1-SES-lA, l-SES-3, l-SES-9. GlohigerinéDaides fiemeoïenas (MouHade) CRL 23, Figs 29-30)

BJbdcjjiella fecreolensds MouUade, 1961, p. 214, pL 1, figs 1-5. G1obigerinelIgix3es ferreolensis (MouHade). Loigoria, 1974, p.84-85, pl. 5, figs 7, 8; pL 8, figs 1-3, 8-15; pL 14, figs 7-8; pU 27, figs 3, 5, 12. dobiqerinelloides ferceolensis (MouHade). Leckie, 1984, p. 593, pL 2, figs 9- 12.

Remarks: Tîiis spedes is distinguished by its small pilanispiral test (c- 250-330^m in maximum diameter), with an eHiptical equattrial periphery; 7 to 9 subqAierical chambecs in the last whorl, increasing slowly in size; relativély wii3e and shallow umbilicus. E; differs from GtonhigerinRlloides aptiense Longoria in having more diambers in the last whorL and from Globdgerinell nides barri (BoHi, LoebUch & T^çan) in being éHiptical in outUne rather than circular and having a thinner test. Range: late Aptian. Occurrence: wéLls 1-US-l-SE, l-SES-9, l-SES-3.

caobàgerinellaides mf*f^^^mcia±B Longoria (EL 24, Figs 1-4)

Globigerinelloides macrocameratus Lcngoria, 1974, p. 85-86, pL 5, figs 1-6.

Remarks: Spedmens of Globjgerippllnides macrocamerata are characterised by having a moderately smaH (c. 300-330^m in maximum diameter) pdani^iral test; sLightly lobate equatorial periphery; 7 ^erical chambers in the last whorl, increasing gradually in size, with a large last chamber; sutures depressed and radiaL It differs firom Globigerinellnides ferceolensis (MouHade) by its raore inflated last chambers, more lobate equatcaàal periphery and large last chamber. Range: late ApJtdan. Occurrence: wéH 1-US-l-SE.

(EL 24, Figs 5-15)

Elanomalina marldalensis Bolli, 1959, p. 261, pL 20, figs 4-6. GlohdgerineHa duboisL Chevalier, 1961, p. 33, pO, 1, figs 14, 15-18.

- 215 - GlobLgerinplIa gottüsi Chevalier, 1961, p. 33-34, pLl, figs 9-11, 13. Globigerlnelloides duboisi (Chevalier). Longoria, 1974, p. 83-84. GlobigerineHoides maridAi

Remarks: Spécimens of GlobiqerinellDides ex gr. maridaitansis are distínguished by their small (c. 220-250^m in maximum diameter), nearly involute to semi-evolute test, laterally compressed to inflated; equatorial peripíiery lobate; 4 bo 5 ovoid to petaHoid, subspherical chambers in the last whorl, increasing rapidly in size; last chamber comprising one-tiürd to one^ialf of the test; waH finely perfcrated. The synonymy list exempüfies the variabiliiy of morphotypes here considered to belong to this species group. Range; late Aptian. Occurrence: weUs 1-CA-l-SE, l-SES-3.

CaofcdgeEÍ"**'nrriA»g texomaensis MichaeL (RL 24, Figs 16-20)

GLobJgerineUoides texomaensis Michael, 1972, p. 209, pL 6, figs 9-11. GlobigerineUoides texomaensis MichaeL Carón, 1978, p. 658, pL 2, figs 7-8.

Remarks: dobigerinelloides texomaensis is distinguished by its small planispiral test (c. 290-300^ in maximum diameter), with a very large and tcoad last chamber, compressed laterally; 5 to 6 subspherical chambers in the last whorl, gradually increasing in size; lobate equatoñal periphery; narrow umtálicus. It differs Erom dobigerinelloides cushmani in having a sLighÜy larger test with fewer chambers, a large and fcroad last chamber and a more lobate equatorial periphery. Range: late Albian. Occurrence: weDs 1-CA-l-SE, 1-CRL-l-SE, 1-US-l-SE.

- 216 - GtobàgerineTlaides ifltcaim'r^-a (Subbotìna) (PL 24, Figs 21-22)

GLobigerinella ulbramicxa Subbotdna, 1949, p. 33, pL 2, fi^ 17,18. GlobigerinellDides ulbramicra (Suttootina). Mastecs, 1977, p.413-416, pL 12, figs 3-5.

Remarks: Globigeaiieltoitjes utoamicra is characterized by its smalL (c. 290;ini in maximum diameter), compressed, loosely coiled jilanispiral test; 7 to 8 sub^herfical chambers in the last whocl, gradually increasing in size; umbdlicus wide and ^aHow. It diEEers from GloblgerineTloides escheri (Kaufmann) in being more loosely coiled and having more chambers in the last whorL Range: late Santonian to Maastrichtian. Occurrence: locality A-18, wéUs 1-SES-lA, l-SES-3.

Family FLANOHALnODAE Boni, LoebUch & Tappan, 1957

Genus PLANOHALINA LoebUch & Tappan, 1946

Type specdes: PlanomaUna apsidostroba LoebUch & Tappan

ElanomaUna sp. c£. P. pcaebuxtr»-fi Wonders (PL 24, Figs 23-28) c£. PlanomaUna praebuxtorEi Wonders, 1975, p. 90-91, pL 1, figs la-c, 2a-c, text-Eig. 4: 2a-b. cf. PlanomaUna ^aebuxtorfi Wcaiders. Robaszyrski & Caron, 1979, p. 50, pL 1, fig. la-c. cf. PlanomaUna praebuxtorfi Woiders. Wcnders, 1980, pL 1, p.123, fig. la-c. cf. PlanomaUna praebuxtcrfi Wcnders. Leckie, 1984, p. 598, pL 10, figs 1-2.

-217- Remarles: Several specimens tentatávely referatíle to Plano malina Ep. cf. P. praebuxtorfi were recovered ñrora the lowermcet Cenomanian sectdon (Rotalipora hcotzeni Zone; wéU 1-CN-l-SE, core 5: 537.00m), and seem to be transitional forms between Globágerinelloides bentonensis (Mcrrow) arw3 Plano malina praebuxtorfL Ihey are distinguished by having a planispiral test, bJumbilicate, and symmetrical; 6 to 8 (generaHy 7) globular to crescent-sh^íed chambers in the last whorl, increasing gradually in size; the last one or two chambers laterally compressed. The ^jeciraens firom Sergipe differ ñrom the typical PlanomaUna praebuxtcarfi ^cies ^nsu Wonders, 1975, p. 90-91, pL 1, figs 1-2) in having an overaU smooth test surface and cxily the last 1 or 2 chambers laterally compressed. Range: latest Albian to earliest Cenomanian. Occurrence: wéOs 1-CN-l-SE (core 5; 537.80m), 1-CRL-l-SE (core 1: 1182.50ra, rare occurrence).

Superfamily ROnAUFORACBA Sigal, 1958

Family GLGBDUGERIMTDAE LoetOich & Tappan, 1984

Remarks: Specimens of the genera Conoglobigerina Morozova (Middle to Upper JurassLc) and Globuligerina Bignot have tieen repcrted elsewhere from Jurassic to lower-upper Aptian strafa (cf. Masters, 1977; Caron, 1985; SUter, 1989). The occurrence of "globuligerinid'' morphotypes in the upper Aptian-lowermost Albian of Sergipe may suggest, therefore, either a probable higher ^ounger) last appearance datum (in the late Aptáan/earliest Albian) at low-latitudes ex, most likely, new taxa placed within the phylogenetic lineage of Conoglobuligerina - GJobuligerina - HedbergeUa (Favusella) (e.g., Grigelis & Gorbatchik, 1980, p. 189).

Genus CONO(aX)ESSERINA Mocozova, 1961 Type spediss: Globdgerina (C onoglobágerina) dagestanica Hcrozova, in Mocozova & Moskalenko, 1961

- 218 - Conoglotágerinaí?) sp. A (PL 24, Figs 29-33)

Remarks: Specimens oE Ccnoglobigerìna (?) sp, A are distingui^ed by having a minute trochoid test, with a moderately high trochospire (varying ñrora c 110A30/im to 180/180^m in maximum diameter/height ratio); 3 rapidly enlarging globular chambers in the last whorl; umtálicus small; periphery rounded; test surface with imperforate small rounded or elongated tubercles, some forming elongated quadrangles (= rií3ges); ^)erture a low umbilical arch, bordered fcy a narrow lip. The morphotypes are somewhat similar in chamber arrangement to Jurassic topotypes of Coioglobigerlna bathcniana (Pazdrowa), refigured by Masters (1977, piL22, figs 1-3), and Conoglobigerina dagestanica Morozova, illustrated by Grigelis & Gorbatchik (1980, pL 1, figs 1-2). It differs from Globuligerina sp. cf. G. hoteriva in having a more regular trochoid test with a higher trochcepire (diameter/ height ratio < 1). Range: late Aptian to earliest Albian (?). Occurrence: Rare ^«ciraens were recovered from well 1-CA-SE (upper Aptian: 1095-lllOm, 1125-1140m, 1245-1260m; lowermost Altaian: 1035- 1050m). The stray occurrence in the lowermost Albian may actually represent rewcrking firom the upper Aptian, although the few ^cimens recovered are all weD. preserved.

Genus GLOBOUGERINA Grigyalis Type ^)ecdes: Globigerina oxfcrdiana Grigyalis, 1958

Globuligerina sp. cE. G. hofaerimca (Subdxitdna] (PL 24, Figs 34-35) cf. Globagerina hoteriva Subbotána, 1953, p. 50, pL 1, fig. la-c cf. Globuligerina hauterivica (Sufcfeotina). Gregelis & Gorbatchik, 1980, pL 1, fig. 7 a-b. cf. Globuligerina hoterivica (Subbotina). Caron, 1985, p. 57, figs 25.1-3.

- 219 - Remarks A single ^ecdmen tentatìvély referred to Globuligerina sp. cf. G. hoterivica was recovered from an uppermosfc section oE tìie Oiterinhos Member, Muribeca Fcarmation (weE 1-CPB-lR-SE, core 7: 370.90m). The ^)ecimen is characterised ty having a minute test with a moderately small trochospire (c. 217/154^ra in maximum diameter/height ratio); 4 subglobular chambers in tìie last whorl; very recrystalised test. Range: early(?)-late Aptian- Occurrence: welL 1-CPB-lR-^ (rare occurrence).

Family BEDBBRGELUDAE Loebücii & T^jpan, 1961

Subfamüy HEDBERGELUNAE Loeblich & Tappan, 1961

Genus HEDBERGEUA Bronnimann & Brown, 1958; emended, Loigoria, 1974; re-emended Type ^)ecies Anomalina lorneiana d'Orbigny var. trochoidea Gandoia, 1942

Remarks The emended definitiCHi of the genus HedbergeUa as given by Longoria (1974, p. 51-53) is re-emended in here to include fcarms whixái have been previousLy grouped under the generic ñame Favusella by Hichael (1972, p. 53), pcoposed as a subgenus of HedbergpUa ty Koutsoukos et ^ (1989), and Whiteinella by Pessagno (1967, p. 298). The various putüshed favuseHLd taxa have been shown to be ecophenotypic expressions of a HedbergpUa stock suited to shallow, warm, hypersaüne, carbonate-saturated environments (see Chapter 6 and Koutsoukos et op. dt.), and therefore lack the taxcHiomic status of a sepárate genus. Typical favuseHLd morjíiotypes have the test surface covered by a variable sculptural ornamentatÍDn, progressively evolving from fine rounded tuberdes and weH-defined rounded or elongated tuberdes ^me forming élongated quadrangles = ridges), to a retáculate systera of fine to coarse ridges forming irregular poLygonal ceHs ^oneycomb pattem) in the adult stage. On the other hand, the morphological characteristics - used by several authors (e.g., Pessagno, op.

- 220- dt., p. 298; Robaszynski & Caron, 1979; LoehUch & Tappan, 1988) - to differentiate the genus Whit^inp-iia fcom HedbergpUa (rauch larger portid with infralaminal accesocy apertures, larger umbüicus, and the more umbüical positiran of tiie prLmary ^Jerture), and the presence of several interspedfic variaticHis (pri^hLy reflecting pelagic ecophenotypic differentiatim) between the two groups^ does not have enough taxonomic stahility to Support the proposal of a different genus. As already noted by RcAsaszyiEki & Carcn (1979, v.l, p. 155) The presence of transitional fcrms prevents a firm Separation of the" two genera'. Therefore, untü further evidence is produced, it is recommended that the generic designations of FavuseHa and WhiteineHa be kept at the subgeneric level, within the genus Hedbergella.

Subgenus HEDBERGOiLA Type Speeles; Anomalina lomeiana d'Ortdgny var. trochoidea GandoM, 1942 Remarks: 'nie defirdtion of the subgenus follows herein the original descripton of Hedberg^Tir^ given by Bronnimann & Brown, 1958, p. 16.

HedbécgeDa (HedbergePa) ex gr. dehäoensis (Carsey) (EL 25, Figs 1-7)

Globigerina cretácea d'Ortdgny var. delrioensis Carsey, 1926, p.43, no figures. Glohigerina portsdownensis Williams-Mitchell, 1948, p. 96-97, pL 8, figs 4a- c. Praeglobotruncana (Hedbergella) delrioensis (Carsey). Banner & Slow, 1959, p.8. Hedberqella portsdownensis (Williams-Mitchell. LoebÜch & Tappan, 1961, p. 277, pL 5, figs 3a-c. Hedbergella delrioensis (Carsey). Renz, Luterbachec & Schneider, 1963, p. 1083, pL 9, ägs 5a-c. Hedbergella delrioensis (Carsey). Pessagno, 1967, p. 282-283, pU 48, figs 1-2, 3-5. HedbergeHa Ubyca Barr, 1972, p. 14, pL 10, ägs lOa-c. Hedbergella costón ata Saint-Marc, 1973, p. 11-12, pL 1, figs 1-2, pL 2, figs 1-3.

- 221 - Hedbergpn?^ costpll^ta Saint-Marc. Carón, 1978, p. 658, pL 4, figs 1-3, 8-9. Hedberqella delrioensis (Carsey). Robaszynski s Caroi, 1979, v. 1, p^ 123, 128, pL 22, figs 1-2, pL 23, figs 1-3. Hedberqella Ubyca 3arr. Leckie, 1984, p. 598, pL 11, figs 5-9.

Remarks: Mocphotypes of Üiis ^d,es group are characterised by a moderately small best {c. 200-330|im in maximum diameter) coiled in a very low, almost flat, trocho^rire; 4 to 6 (generally 5) inflated, ^herical to ovoid ciiambers in the last whorl, increasing gradually or rapidly in size; the last chamÍDer may extend over the umtdlicus in tíie gerontic stage; lobate equatorial periphery; umbdlicus deep and small; primary aperture a large interiomarginal arch, extraumbdlical-umtdlical in positiDn. Hedbergella (H.) ex gr. delrioensis is a moderately variable specúiss. Variatárxi is represented by tiie degree of chamber enlargement as added to the whorl, development of an apertural Up, and surface texture, which can probably be explained as ecophenotypdc differentiation. The latest Aptian to middle-late Altaian specimens tend to be smoother, smaller {<300um in maximum diameter), and with a less pronounced apertural lip, while the latest Altaian-Turonian specimens tend to be slightly larger, some with a more fxistulose/tiigose (pustules and/or costellae) surface ornamentation. The pustulose/tugose morphotypes, described as HedbergpHa libyca Barr or Hedbergella costellata Saint-Marc, and Hedbergeiig portsdownensis (WiHiams- Mitcheiy, &om latest Altaian-Cenomanían sediments (PL 25, Figs 5-7), appear to represent ecophenotypic adaptatírxis of a Hedbergella (H.) ex gr. délrioensis stock to warm, epipelagic envircsiments (<100m water depth), such as marginal epicontinental seas or carbonate platforms (cf. Leckie, 1987; Koutsoukos et aL, 1989; Chapter 6). Earliest Cenomanian Hedbergella (H.) ex gr. delrioensis morphotypes, recovered from deep neritic-i^jper bathyal biotX)pes with dysaerotác bottom conditifflis (well l-üS-1-SE: 366-381m), ^ow similarity with forms of TLdnella grijnula Luterbacher in chamber arrangement (generally Ecrmed by 5 to 6 chambers in the last whorl, gradually increasing in size, with a smooth test surface). The hedbergellid ^cimens differ from Tidnella primula in having a fewer number of chamt)ers in the last whorl fthe ticinellLds usually ha\re from 7 to 8 chambers), a narrow umbilicus and comjuete lack of umbilical suppQementary apertures (although this is a morphological feature rarely observed in the ticinellids of 3ergip>e).

- 222- Ranger late Aptìan to Santonian. Occurrence: tocalities h-1, h-2, A-3, A-9, A-15, A-16, A-21, A-29, A- 35, A-45, Cruzes 15, wélls 1-CA-l-SE, 1-CN-l-SE, 1-CPB-lR-SE, 1-CRL-l- SE, 1-ÜS-1-SE, l-SES-3, l-SES-9, l-SES-24.

Hedbergella gedbe^iéDaì flandrini Pcarthault (PL 25, Figs &-9)

HedbergeUa flandrini Prarthaultv 1970, p. 64-65, pL 10, figs 1-3. Hedbergella flandrini Pcrthault. Rctoszynski & Caron, 1979, p. 129, 134, pL 24, figs 1-2, pL 25, figs 1-3. HedbecgeHa flandrini Pcrtìiault. Caron, 1985, p. 57, figs 25.12-14.

Remarks: Ttie species is characterised by having a smaD, compressed test (e 220^m in maximum diameter), with a very lobate equatorial perijiiery; 4 to 5 globular to spatulate chambers in the last whorL incxeasing rapidly in size and height; umtdlicus wide and shallow. It differs from Hedbergella (H.) ex gr. simplex by having a more compressed test and spatulate chambers in the last whorL rather than globular to subclavate. Rcuige: late ConiacLan to early Santonian, Occurrence: wèll 1-CRL-l-SE (rare occurrence).

HedboiqéDa OBedbergéllcO gccbacfaikae Lcngoria (RL 25, Figs 10-13)

Hedbergella gorbachikae Longoria, 1974, p. 56, 58, pL15, figs 1-16. Hedbergella gorbachikae Longoria. Leckie, 1984, p. 598, pL 4, figs 9-11, Blefuscuiana gorbachikae (Lcxigoria). Banner & Desai, 1988, p. 160, 162, pL 5, figs 8-12.

Remarks: Hedbergella (H.) gorbachikae is characterised by its sraall plano-convex test (c. 260-340/im in maximum diameter), with the umbUical side convex; genecally with 5 inflabed chambers in the last whorl; last chamber extending over the umhüicus, completely oc partLaHy covering it. Range: late Aptian to Albian. Occurrence: localities A-15, A-16, weUs 1-CA-l-SE, 1-CN-l-SE, 1-CRL- l-SE, 1-US-l-SE, l-SES-3, l-SES-9, l-SES-24.

- 223 - HedbergePa (HedbergeDa) tr>ITNA»ipnsis Olsson ffO. 25, Figs 14-15)

Hedbergella hcümdelensis Olsson, 1964, p. 160, pL 1, fig. 2a-c- Hedbergella hcdjndelensis Olsstsi. Robaszynski et aL, 1984, p. 261, pL 43, fig. la-C.

Remarks: Hedbergella (H.) hctlmdelensis is distinguished by having a smaU test (c. 310^m in maximum diameter) with a very low trcxrho^àre; 5 globular to trapezoidal chambers in the last whorl, rapidly increasing in size; lobate equatorial perifhery; umbdlicus small and shallow; smooth surface. Range: late Campanian to early Haastrichtian. Occurrence: wéUs 1-SES-lA, l-SES-9.

Hedbergella (HedbecgéPa) in&acretctcea (daessner) CEL 25, Figs 16-19) dobigerina infracretacea daessner, 1937, p. 28, text-fig. 1. Hedbergella inñracretacea (daessner). Renz, Luterbacher S Schneider, 1963, p. 1083. Hedbergella infracretacea (daessner). daessner (emend.), 1966, p. 179, pL 1, figs 1-3. Hedbergella infracretacea (daessner). Longoria, 1974, p. 59-60, pL 13, fig. 9. Hedbergella infracretacea (daessner). Magniez-Jannin, 1975, p. 250-256, pL 17, figs 23-26, 34-35 {?), 36, 37 (?), 39, 41-44.

Remarks: Spedmens of HedbergpTi?^ (H.) infiracretacea are characterised by having a minute test (varying from around 160-180fim in maximum diameter, in the upper Aptian, to c 230^ in the Albian), with a moderately low trocho^ire; lobate and subcircular equatorial periphery; 5 to 6 ovoid chambers in the last whorl, increasing slowly in size; last chamber generally smaller than the penultimate cne, in umbilical view; umbdlicus narrow and deep. The species is somewhat simuar in chamber arrangement to Hedbergella (H.) ex gr. delrioensis (Carsey), from which it differs by having a generally smallar ovoid last chamber, arranged along the coüing plane, chambers increasing sLLghtly slower in size, and a nearly

- 224 - circular equatorial perifAiery. It differs from Hedbergella (H.) ex gr. plani^àra fCaK^an) by having a less flatter trochoepire and fewer chambers in the last whorL The morphcdogical variahüity of Hedbergella (H.) inñracretacea seems to fall actualLy within the range of inter^cific variations between pt^julations of Hedbergella (H.) ex gr. delrioensis and HedbergeUa (H.) ex gr. gOanispira (e.g., Harris, 1982, voL 1, p. 130-142). Range: late Aptian to Albian. Occurrence: wèDs 1-CA-l-SE, 1-CN-l-SE, 1-CPB-lR, l-üS-1-SE, 1-SES- 3.

Hedbergella (Hedbergella labocaensis Lcngoria (PL 25, Figs 20-21)

Hedbergella latajcaensis Lcngoria, 1974, p. 60-61, pL 16, figs 7-9, 22-24. Tiilliputianella longorii Banner & Daraini Desai, 1988, p. 166, 188, pL 4, figs 11-12.

Remarks: Specijnens of Hedbergella (H.) labocaensis are distinguished by having a minute test (c. 200^ in maximum diameter), with a moderately Ipw trocho^)ire; lobate equatorial periphery; 5 .to 6 petalloid chambers in the last whorL increasing rapidly in height; last and penultimatimate chambers often extending over the umbdlicus, which is narrow and deep. It differs from Hedbergella gì.) semielongata Lcngoria in having less elongate chambers in the last whorl and a smaller umbdlicus. Range: late Aptian. Occurrence: weil 1-CA-l-SE.

Hedberqella (Hedbergella) maslakovae Longoria (PL 25, Figs 22-23)

Hedbergella maslakovae Lcaigoria, 1974, p. 61, 63, pL 20, figs 1-3, 14-16, piL 24, figs 11-14. Hedbergella maslakovae Longoria. Caron,1978, pw658, pL2, figs 1-2. IiilliputdaneHa maslakovae (Loigoria). Banner & Damini Desai, 1988, p. 169, pO. 8, figs 6-7.

Remarks: The ^des is characterised by its smaH test (e. 220^m in maximura diameter), with circular equatorial p)erip*iery, strongly lobatre; very low trocho^ire, with a fiat dorsal side; 5 to 6 inflated, ovate to semi- élcngate chambers in the last whorl, increasing slowly in height; wide - 2 25 - umhDiaas. It differs from HedbergeUa (H.) ex gr. plani^òra fTaEpan) by having oval-shaped to semi-elongate chambers in the last whorl; and &om Hedberqella (H.) semielongata Longoria and Hedbergella (H.) siiniliq Longoria ty the inflated, less elongate and less davate chambers in the last whorl. Range: late Aptian. Occurrence: weH 1-CN-l-SE.

Heaiecqella (Hedbergella) ex gr. pLuùt^a (Tappan) (PL 25, Figs 24-30}

SLobigerina gJanispira T^pan, 1940, p. 122, pL 19, fig. 12. Hedbergella planUpira (Tîpan). Loebtich & T^jpan, 1961, p. 276-277, p. 276, pL 5, figs 4-11. Praeglobotruncana gJani^àra p'^'pan)' Retri, 1962, p, 121-122, pL 16, figs 7-8. Hedbergella planispira fTappan). Pessagno, 1967, p.283-284, pL 51, fig. 1; pL 53, figs 1-4. Hedbergella planiîra CTappan). Magniez-Jannin, 1975, p. 254-256, pL 18, figs 1-12. Hedbergella planispira (Tappan). Sliter, 1977a, pL 3, figs 4-7. Hedbergella planiîra fr^)pan). Robaszynski & Caron, 1979, v.l, p. 139, 144, piL 27, figs 1-3, pL 28, figs 1-4.

Remarks: Hedbergella (H.) ex gr. pilanispira is characterised by its smaH size (c. 240-320^m in maximum diameter), very low trocho^iire, nearly fiat test; 6 to 8 chambers in the last whorl increasing gradually in size. The morphotypes are somewhat similar to late Aptian spedmens of Hedbergella (H.) infracretacea (Oaessner), fro m w hich they dlffer by being more laterally compressed, with a flattened spirai side, having more chambers in the last whorl and a largar umbdlicus. Range: latest Aptian to Turcffiian. Occurrence: locaUtdes A-1, A-3, A-9, A-15, A-27, weUs 1-CA-l-SE, 1- CN-l-SE, 1-CRL-l-SE, 1-US-l-SE, l-SES-3, l-SES-24.

Hedberg&na (HedbergéDa) gemielongata Longoria (PL 26, Figs 1-3)

Hedbergella semielongata Lcngoria, 1974, p. 66, 68, pL 20, fi^ 12-13, pL 21, figs 1-3, 4-5. - 2 26 - Remarks: Hedbergella (H.) semielongata is characterised by its minute test (e. 19C^m in maximum diameter), with a substellate equatorial peri{*ery; 5 to 6 inflated, ovate to semi-elongate chambers in the last whorl, increasing graduaUy in size; umbàlLcus narrow. The sgeàes is somewhat similar to Hedbergella (H.) sim'iii'^ Longoria, from which it diÉfers by having a narrower umbdlicus and inflated, ovate to semi-elongate chambers, in the last whcarL Range: late Aptian. Occurrence: weDs 1-CA-l-SE, 1-CN-l-SE.

HedbergeUa (Hedbery'na) siqaili Moullade CPL 26, Figs 4-5)

Hedbergella (Hedbergella) sigaH MouUade, 1966, p. 87, pU 7, figs 20-25. Hedbergella sigali Moullade. Sliter, 1977a, p. 542, pL 4, figs 6-8, Hedbergella sigaU Moullade, Caron, 1985, p. 59, figs 25.21-22.

Remarks: TITÌS ^des is recognised by ifcs minute size (e. 180um in maximum diameter), low frochoepire, with 4 oval-^aped chambers in the last whorl, increasing rapidly in size; subquadrate test in pian view, with a Earonounced lobate equatorial perijhery. Range: late Aptian. Occurrence: wells 1-CA-l-SE, l-SES-3, l-SES-9.

HedbergeUa pedberg&Da) aitrilìs Lcxigoria (PL 26, Figs 6-8)

Hedbergella similts Lcngoria, 1974, p. 68-69, pL 16, figs 10-21; pL 18, figs 12-13; pL 23, figs 14-16. Hedbergella labocaensis Longcria. Carrai, 1978, p. 658, pd. 2, figs 3-4. UìlJputianeTla similis (Longoria). Banner & Damini Desai, 1988, p. 169, pL 8, figs 8, 9.

Remarks: Spedmens of HedbergpTìa (H.) sim-'ii'^ are characterised by their sfrCTigLy lobate minute test (c. 170-220|am in maximum diameter); elmgate equatorial per^hery; 5 to 6 ovate to elongate chambers in the

- 2 27 - last whod, increasing gradually in size; low trochospire; and a shallow wide umtalicus. This species is sLmilar to HedbergAiia. (H.) labocaensis and Hedbergella (H.) maslakovae, ali erectsd sLmultaneously by Loigoria (1974), but dtffier in being more loosely coìled, with a shallow wide umbdlicus, and a nearly flattened trocho^ire. It diEfers from other low-trochospire Hedbergella by having ovate to elongate chambers and a perifheral margin elcngate and strOTigly lobate. Range: late Aptian. Occurrence: wéEs 1-CA-l-SE, 1-CN-l-SE, 1-US-l-SE. The sporadic record of Hedbergella gl.) 5imi1i?=i morphotypes in lower and middle Albian turhdditic sediments (Angico Member) of tìie weH 1-US-l-SE represent rewcsrking from upper Aptian strata (e.g., in DSDP Site 545, leckie, op. dt., p. 600).

HedbergeDa gedbergéPa) ex gr. sim^ter (Mcrrow), emended, Rcrtiaszynski & Caron, 1979, (RU 26, Figs 9-11)

HastigerineHa simplex Morrow, 1934, p. 198-199, pL 30, fig. 6. Clavihedbergella simplex (Mcrrow). LoebLich & T^ipan, 1961, p. 279-280, pL 3, figs 12a-14b. Hedbergella amahilis Loeblich & Tappan, 1961, p. 274, pL 3, figs. 1-10. Clavihedbergella simplex (Mcrrow). Pessagno, 1967, p. 285-286, pL 52, figs 1-2. Hedbergella amahilis Loeblich & Tappan. Pedagne, 1967, p. 281-282, pL 52, figs 6-8. Hedbergella amahilis LoeblLch & T^pan. Carter & Hart, 1977, p. 29, 31, pL 3, figs 22-23, Clavihedbergella simplex (Mcrrow). Masters, 1977, p. 443-445, pL19, figs 1- 3. Hedbergella simpJex (Mcrrow). Robaszynski & Caron, 1979, v. 1, p. 145, 150, pL 29, figs 1-3, pL 30, figs 1-2.

Remarks: Hedbergella (Hedb.) ex gr, simplex is characterised by having a moderately small test (varying from c. 190-260j«m in maximum diameter, for the middle Albian-lower Cenomanian, to c. 290-330um, for tìie middle

- 2 28 - Cenomanian-lDwer COTiacáan), with a low trochospire and strongly lobate equatorial periphery; 4 to 5 chambers in the last whorl with the last 2 t:o 3 ones radially elongated in the piane oE coiling; umbilicus wide and shallow. It is distinguished ñrom other species of Hedbergella by the more (davate character oE its chambers and the lower spirai height, as seen in peripheral vLew. Range: middle Albian to early Coniacian. Occurrence: localities A-2, A-9, A-11, A-29, A-35, weUs 1-CA-l-SE, 1- CRL-l-SE, 1-ÜS-1-SE.

HedbergeDa (HedbergeDa) subccetaoea (Tappan) (PL 26, Figs 12-18)

HastigerineHa subcretacea T^pan, 1943, p. 513-514, pL 83, figs 4a-c. Hedberqella amahili.g Loehìlirfi & T^pan, 1961, p.274, pL 3, figs 8a-c,10a-b. Clavihedbergella subcretacea CTappan). Masters, 1977, p. 445-446, pL 19, figs 4-6. Clavihedbergella subcretacea CTappan). Leckie, 1984, p.600, pL 8, figs 9-10.

Remarks: Hedbergella (H.) subcretacea is characterised by its small test (c. 230-300^m in maximum diameter), with strongly lobate equatorial peripùery; 6 to 7.5 globose to elongate chambers, gradually increasing in size; umbdlicus wide and shallow. It diEfers from HedbergeUa (H.) simii-ig Longoria and Hedbergella (H.) ex gr. simpdex (Mcrrow) by tiie larger number of chambers in the last whorL Range: Albian. Occurrence: weUs 1-CA-l-SE, 1-US-l-SE.

HedbergeDa (HedbergeDa troooidea (GandolEi) (RL 26, Figs 19-24)

Anomalina lomeiana (d'Ortdgny) var. trcx:oidea Gandolfi, 1942, p. 99, pL 2, figs la-c; pO. 4, figs 2-3; pL 13, figs 2a-b, 5a-b. Hedbergella tcocoixJea (Gandolfi). Longoria, 1974, p. 69, pL 17, figs 1-16; pL 18, figs 3-5. Hedbergella trocoidea (Gandolfi), Masters, 1977, p. 475-477, pd. 25, figs 1-3.

- 229 - Remarks: HedbergeUa (H.) trocoiijea is characterised by a moderately smaU test (c. 350-360^m in maximum diameter), with a low to slightly high trochospire; equatorial periphery moderately lobate, axial periphery rounded; 6 to 7 inflated and emtaracing chambers in the final whorl, gradually increasing in size; last chamber distinctly large and inflated, extending over the umbilicus; low extrauratdlical-umbilical apertural arch bordered by a narrow lip; umhdlicus rarrow and deep. HedbergpTiaa pi.) trocoidea diEfers from HedbergeUa (H.) ex gr, delrioensis (Carsey) in having more chambers in tine last whorl and a distinct large, inflated last chamber, extending over the umbòlicu^ and feom Hedbergella (H.) ex gr. planispira fTappan) in possessing a slightly higher trochoepire and fewer chambers in the last whccL It is also distinguished from the early fccms of TiHnplia ex gr. roberti (Gandolfi) in having embracing inflated chambers, with a distinctly large last chamber, a generally larger test with a lower trochospire, and in lacking the supfdementary ^lertures that exist in some indivixJuals of the latter. Range: late Aptian to middle Albian. Occurrence: localities A-15, weHs 1-CA-l-SE, 1-CN-l-SE, 1-CPB-lR-SE, 1-US-l-SE, l-SES-3.

Subgenus FAVUSLLA (Michael), 1972;

emended, Koutsoukos, Leary & Hart (1989)

Type specdes: Globigerina washitensis Carsey, 1926

Remarks: The deflnitdon of the subgenus follows herein the original descriptdcn of Favus^n^ given by Michael, 1972, p. 212-213.

HcdbergePa (FavuaeHa) wadribensis (Carsey), 1926, emended (PL 26, Figs 25-32, and Chapter 6 : PL 6.1, Figs 1-15, PL 6.2, Figs 1-14)

Globdgerina washitensis Carsey, 1926, p. 44, pL 7, fig. 10; pL 3, fig. 2 HedbergeUa hilbermanni LoebHch & Tappan, 1961, p. 275-276, pL4, figs 12- 13 Hedbergella washitensis (Carsey). Loehlich & Tappan, 1961, p. 278, pL 4, figs 9-11. Globigerina washitensis Carsey. Petri, 1962, pp. 119-120, pL 16, figs 5-6.

- 230 - Hedbergella washitensis (Carsey). Pessagno, 1967, p. 284-285, pL 49, fig. 1. HedbergeUa aff. almadenensis (Cudiman & Todd). Prestat, 1970, p. 315- 317, pL 1, figs 17-19. Favusella nitida Michael, 1972, p. 214, p. 3, figs 10-12. FavuseDa carbiculata Michael, 1972, p. 214, pL 4, figs 1-3. Favusella pessagnoi Michael, 1972, p. 214-215, pL 4, figs 4-6. Favusella quadrata Michael, 1972, p. 215, pL 4, figs 7-9. Favusella scitula Michael, 1972, p. 215, pL 4, figs 10-12. Favusella washitensis (CarsejO. Michael, 1972, p. 215-216, pL 5, figs 1-3. Favusella wenoensis Michael, 1972, p. 216, pL 5, figs 4-9; pL 7, figs.4-5. HedbergeUa excelsa Lcngoria, 1974, p. 55-56, pi. 18, figs 6-8, 9-11, 14-15. Favusella confiisa Longoria & Camper, 1977, p. 204, 207, piL3, figs 4-6, 10-12; pL 4, figs 25-27. Favusella hedbergeUaefcrmis txxigoria & Camper, 1977, p. 207, pL 4, figs 13, 7-9. Favusella papagayosensis Lcxigoria & Camper, 1977, p. 207, pL 4, figs 16-21; pL 5, figs 16-21. Favusella ptLanata Longoria & Camper, 1977, p. 207-208. Favusella voloshinae Longoria & Camper, 1977, p. 208, pQ- 3, figs 1-3, 16- 18. Favusella washitensis (Carsey), Lcngoria & Camper, 1977, p. 208, piL 3, figs 13-15; pO. 4, figs 4-6, 10-12; pL 5, figs 22-24. Globdgecina washit.ensiq Carsey, Masters, 1977, p. 477-479, pL 25, fig. 4; piL 26, figs 1-3. Hedbergella hoterivica (Subbotina), Butt, 1978, p, 258-259, piL 3, figs 1-6; pL 4, figs 1-6. Favusella sp. Roealer, Lutze & Pflaumann, 1978, pL 2, figs. 1-2. Favusella stiftia Roesler, Lutze & Pfiaumann, 1978, p. 276, pL 1, figs 1-5. Favusella sp, (Antcnova). Grigelis & Gcrbatchik, 1980, p. 188. Favusella tardità (Antonova), Grigelis & Gorbatchik, 1980, p. 188, pL 2, fig. 4. AscolieSa scotiensis Banner & Damini Pesai, 1988, p. 150-151, pìL 2, figs 3- 4, Hedbergella (Favusella) ex gr. washitensis (Carsey). Koutsoukos, Leary & Hart, 1989, p. 335, pO. 1, figs 1-15, pL 2, figs 1-14.

- 231 - Descriptdon : Test a low to relatively high trocho^nral coiU äquatorial periphery lobate, peripheral edge rounded. Chambers ^áierical to subspherical; 1.5 to 3,5 whorls each with 3 to 6 Chambers, usuaHy 4 to 5 in last whorl. Last Chamber in mature individuáis is usually smaller (emtryoiic), bare or with smooth crnamentatìon, extending over the urabdlicus and partíaEy covering it (H. 6.1, Figs 10-15). Primary aperture usually arcuatie, low to moderate, interiomarginal, umlsilical to umbilical-extraumhilical in positiDn, bordered by Wide or narrow Up. Umbdlicus ^aHow, c£ variable width. Sutures radial to alightly curved, depressed. Test surface covered by variable sculptural omamentation, progressively developing from fine rounded tuberdes {PL 6.2, Figs 7-8) and well-deSned rounded or elongated tubercles ^me forming elmgated quadrangles = ridges; PL 6.2, Figs 9-10), to reticulate system of fine to coarse ridges forming irregular polygonal cells flioneycomb pattern) in ephebic (aduUj stage {PL 6.2, Figs 11-14; PL 26, Figs 25-32). Numerous minute pores located nearly exclusively withln polygonal cells and between tuberdes; pores scattered on edges of cell-ridges and tuberdes. Size {maximum diameter) 100-250/im in the neamc stage (1 to 2 whorls), 250- 350um in eErfietdc fctms (2.5 to 3 whorls) and 350-500um in gerontic ^jedmens (3 to 3.5 whorls). Remarks : Striking morphcüogical differences can be observed between ^dmens attributed to Favusella and HedbergeUa (e.g., distinctly trochoid sh^, Chamber characteristics, thicker and distinctiy ornaraented wall, pore distributdixi pattern, and umbilical position of the aperture of the favusellids - cf. W.V. Süter, U.S,G,S,, written coramuracatíon, June 1988), which have been used to su^x^rt the generic designation of Favusella (e.g., Grigelis & Gorbatchic, 1980; LoetÜch & Taíí)an, 1988), However, aH the evidence considered herein ^e Chapter 6) demonstrates that the various published "favusellid" taxa are ecoEhenotypic expressions of a common Hedbergella stock adapted to shallow, warm, hypersaline, carbonat^- saturated environments, üntÜ further evidence is produced, it is recommended to keep the FavuseTiq designation at subgeneric leveL Iherefore, HedbergeUa (Favusella) washitensis is regarded as a spedes comprising several morphotypes of common origin. The different morphotypes represent different pdymorphic stages in the life cyde and ecophenotypes of a Single hedbergellid taxon.

-23 2 - Range : late Aptian to eanLy Cenomanian. Occurrence : locàlities A-1, A-15, A-27, A-32, A-37, A-38, weLls 1-CA- 1-SE, 1-CN-l-SE, 1-CPB-lR-^, 7-CP-252-SE, 1-US-l-SE, l-SES-9

Subgenus WEEEEDIELLA Pessagno, 1967, emmended

Type specdes: WhiteineHa archaeocretacea Pessagno, 1967

Remarks: The definitici of tìie subgenus fcdlows herein the originai description of WhitaineHa given ty Pessagno, 1967, p. 298. Hedbergella (WhibeineHa) is morgJiologically (dose to Hedbergella (HedbergeTia), fcom which it dìffecs by possessing a slightly extended umtdlical-extraumhUical primary ^>erture, a larger umbiUcus, and generally much larger portici (apertural flaps). Several transitional fcarms do exist. The "whiteinellid" morphotypes are indiided in the group of "grosses globigérines" or "grandes globigérines" ^nsu Sigal, 1955), i.e., hedbergeHids of generally large test size (> 300/im in maximum diameter), that are abundant in uppermost Cenomanian and lowermost Turonian strata.

Hedbergella (WhiteineHa) apdca (LoebUch & Tappan) (PL 27, Figs 1-6)'

Ticinella aprica Loeblich & Tappan, 1961, p. 292, pL 4, figs 14-16. WhiteineHa aprix:a (Loeblich & Tappan). Eidier & WorsteD, 1970, p, 314, pL 11, fig. 7a-c; pL 12, fig. la-c WhiteineHa aprica (Loeblidi & Tappan). RcA)aszynski & Caron, 1979, v. 1, p. 157, 160, piL 32, figs 1-2. WhiteineHa aprica (Loeblich & Tappan). Belller, 1985, p. 17, pL 5, figs 1-3.

Remarks: Hedbergella (Whxt.) aprica is characterised by its low trocho^iral test (e. 300-310/im in maximum diameter), with the spirai height varying from nearly Hat to moderately convex; cmly very slightly asyrametrical in p)eripheral view; 6 globose chambers, slowly increasdng in size; test surface covered with regularly distributed pustules; umtàlicus shàllow and rather wide. Range: latest Cenomanian to early-late Turonian. Occurrence: locàlities A-2, A-9, A-29, A-35, A-45, weH 1-CA-l-SE.

- 233 - HedbecgePa (WhriteinellcO atcfaaeoCTetacea (Pe^agno) (PL 21, Figs 7-12)

Whiteine]]a archaeocretacea Pessagno, 1967, p. 298-299, pL 51, figs 2-4; pL 54, figs 19-25; pL 100, fig. 8. WhiteineHa archaeocretacea Pessagno. Robaszynski & Caron, 1979, v. 1, p. 161, 167-168, pL 33, figs 1-3, pL 34, figs 1-2. WhiteineHa archaeocretacea Pessagno. Wonders, 1980, p.129, pL3, figs la-c.

Remarks; Hedl^ergeHa (W.) archaeocretacea is distinguished fcy its lobate test (c. 470-580jUm in maximum diameter)af low trocho^àre; 5 to 5.5 globular to oval-shaped chambers in the last whorl, increasing rapidly in size, and somewhat elongated in the direction of coiling; pàmary aperture extraumbHical-umbilical to nearly umbUical in positiDn; umboUcus ^laHow and wide; test surface coarsely rugose; chambers rather lateraHy compressed and ovai in peripheral outline view. differs from HedbergpHa (W.) aprica (Loeblich & Tappan) in having its later chambers elongated and somewhat compressed, a wider umbDicus, and generaHy less chambers per whorl, increasing more rapidly in size. Range; earliest Turonian. Occurrence; locaUties A-2, A-35, weHs 1-CA-l-SE, 1-OS-l-SE.

HedbergeJla (Whiteduélla) haiHf^ (Douglas & Rankin) (PL 27, Figs 13-19)

WhiteineHa baltica Douglas & Rankin, 1969, p. 198, text-figs 9a-c. Rugoglobigerina? alpina Porthault, 1969, pL 2, figs 2a-c. WhiteineHa baltica Douglas & Rankin. Carcn, 1978, piL 4, figs. 4-5. WhiteineHa baltica Dcxjglas & Rankin. Rdaaszynski & Caron, 1979, v. 1, p. 169, 174, pL 35, figs 1-5, piL 36, figs 1-2. WhiteineHa baltica Douglas & Rankin. Carcn, 1985, p». 79, figs 37.1-3.

Remarks: Hedbergella (W.) baltica specLmens are characterised by a test of low trocho^ire, almost bdlateraHy symmetrical (c. 340-380^m in maximum diameter); 3.5 to 5 globose chambers, increasing rapidly in size; spinose test surface; umblHcus narrow; chambers cdrcular in peripheral outline view. Range: raiddle-late Cenomanian to early-late Turonian.

- 234 - It is important to note that the range of Hedbergeii^i (W.) baltica in Sergipe is well outside that recorded by Douglas & Rankin (1969 - BcarnhdLin, Denmark) for the spedes in the Bcareal Realm (late Turmian to early Santonian), and actualLy matches that of Pcrthault (1969 - ^ Franca) and RcA)aszynski & Caron (1979) recorded in tìie Tethyan Realm (middle-late Cenomanian to middle Turonian). Occurrence: locàlities A-2, A-9, A-21, A-22, A-35, A-45, wéE. 1-CA- l-SE.

Hedbergella (Whiteinella) t«itt»»ieiEÌs Loeblich & Tappan (PL 27, Figs 20-22)

Hedbergella brittcaiensis Loeblich & Tappan, 1961, p. 274-275, pL 4, figs la-C Hedbergella bcittonensis LoetOich & T^)pan. Pessagno, 1967, p. 282, pL 52, figs 9-12. WhiteineHa bcittonensis (Loeblich & Tappan). Robaszynski & Caron, 1979, v. 1, p. 175, 180, pL 37, figs 1-2, pL 38, figs 1-2.

Remarks: Hedbergella (W.) hrittcnensis ôws a moderately high asymmetrical trochoîre (e. 300/200^m to 330/190jam in maximum diameter/height ratio); 5.5 tjo 6 globular chambers, increasing slowly in size; last chamber commonly extending over the umbOicus, which often gives an impression of high-trochoîre to tìie test lateral profile; umbUicus narrow. It differs from Hedbergella (W.) aprica (LoeblLch & T^ân) in having a higher dorsal side and a narrow umbdlicus. The taxonomic validity of HedbergeUa (W.) brittmensis is uncertain, seeing that it may acbaally tum to be an ecophenotypic variatiDn of Hedbergella (W.) paradubia Sigal êe below) and, consequently, a jtraor synonyra. However, tbe paucity of ^àmens recovered from Sergipe made difficult a better assessment of the prcdalem. In the meantdne, both morphotypes are treabed in this study as separate spedes. Range: middle-late Cenomanian to middle-late Turonian. Occurrence: locàlities A-2, A-9, A-35, weHs 1-CA-l-SE, 1-US-l-SE.

- 235 - Hedbergella (WhJtEaneDa) pJ^^y^^ìHia Sigal {EL 27, Figs 23-26)

Hedbergella paradubia Sigal, 1952, p. 28, text-fig. 28. Hedbergella Ixitbjnensis Loeblich & Tarpan, 1961, pL 4 figs 3-4. Whiteinella paradubia (Sigal). Rcfcaszyn^ & Caron, 1979, v. 1, p. 181, 184, pL 39, figs 1-2.

Reraairks: Ttàs ^tecies is characterised by its high trochospire (e 250/170;im to 310/210^m in maximum diameter/hei^t ratio); lobate, almost drcular, equatorial periphery; 5 to 6 inOated chambers, gradualLy increasing in size, with a rugcjse surface; and narrow umtàlicus. It differs from Hedbergella (W.) bcittonensis (Loeblich & Tappan) by having a sfrongly asyrametricaL ^iro-ccmvex test, with a higher frcx:ho^ire. Range: Turcnian to early Coniadan. Occurrence: locàlities A-2, A-10, A-35.

SutfamiLy ROTONDININAE BéUier & Sala> 1977

Genus PRAEGLOBOTRUNCANA Bermòdez, 1952 Type ^Jecies: Globorc]taii;ì delrioensis Plummer, 1931

KaeqlobotnmiBna deilrioenHB (Plummer) (PL 27, Figs 27-34)

GaoborotaUa delrioensis Plummer, 1931, p. 199, pL 13, figs 2a-c. Pcaeglobotruncana delrioensis (Hummer). Bermudez, 1952, p. 52, pL 7, fig. 1. Praeqlobotruncana delrioensis (Plummer). Klaus, 1960, p. 300-301, text-fig. la. Prae^botruncana delrioensis (Plummer). Loeblich & Tappan, 1961, p, 280- 284, Ed. 6, figs 9-12. Praeglotxjtruncana delrioensis (Plummer). Pessagno, 1967, p. 286-287, pL 52, figs 3-5; pL 100, fig. 7. Praeglobotruncana delrioensis (Plummer). Carter S Hart, 1977, p. 38-39, pL 4, figs 22-24.

- 236 - Praeglobotruncana delrioensis (Plummer). SUter, 1977a, p. 542, pL 8, figs 1-3, 6. Praeglobotruncana delrioensis (Plummer). Leckie, 1984, p. 600, pL 12, Sgs 1-8. Praeglobotruncana delrioensis (Plummer). Rcòaszynski s Caron, 1979, v. 2, p. 29, 32, pL 43, figs 1-2, Praeglobotruncana delrixjensis (Plummer). Caron, 1985, p. 65, figs 30.1-2.

Remarks: Spedmens of Praeglobotruncana delrioensis are identìfied by the coarsely pinose early periphery and compressed test (c. 280-350/im in maximum diameter); 4 to 6 subglobular chambers in the last whorl • [the ultimate one has a globular ai^ìect sLmilar do Hedberqpn^ (H.) ex gr. delrioensis (Carsey)]; and prominent interiomarginai, extraumbdlical-umbilical arch with a narrow bordering lip. The specìes differs &om Praeqlobotruncana sp, cf- P. sbephani (Gandolfi) by having a more compressed test and an acute pustulose equatorial periphery. A phylogenetìc lineage from Praeglobotruncana delrioensis to Praeglobotruncana stephani was proposed by Klaus {I960, p. 285-308), based on biometrie and statìsticaL analysis of Praeglobotruncana pc^julations. Range: latest Albian to early-middle Cenomanian. Occurrence: weUs 1-CA-l-SE, 1-CN-l-SE, 1-CRL-l-SE,

aaeglcbotomcana ^ c£. P. sbephani (Gandolfi) (PL 28, Figs 1-4)

cf. Globotruncana stephani Gandolfi, 1942, p. 130, pi. 3, fig. 4a-c, cf. Praeglobotruncana stephani {GandolS). Robaszynski & Caroi, 1979, p. 47, Ed- 48, figs 1-3. cf, Praeglobotruncana stephani (Gandolfi). Béllier, 1985, p,15-16, pL 2, figs 14-16. cf. Praeglobotruncana sbephani (Gandolfi). Caron, 1985, p. 65, figs 30.3-4,

Remarks: SpecLmens referred to Praeglobotruncana sp. cf. P. stephani are characterised by having a moderately large, low trochoepiral, nearly symmetrical biconvex test (e. 330-340;im in maximum diameter); rounded to subacute equatorial p)er^hery; 6 globular to trajìezaidal chambers in the

- 237 - last whorl, in ventral view, increasing rather rapidly in size; petaloid chamber outline in dorsal view; umbilical sutures radial and depressed; sutures raised, oblique, curved fcsrwards on tìie dorsal side; lobate equatcrial perijhery. The scarcity and bad jareservation of the specLmens {commonly very recrystalised) hinders their precise taxonomic at±ribution. Range: earliest Turonian. Occurrence: locality A-2 Orare occurrence).

Faraüy ROTAOPORIDAE Sigal, 1958

Subfamily TICINELIJNAE Longoria, 1974

Genus BDICINEÜA Sigal, 1956, Type Spedes: Anomalina breggiensis Gandolfi, 1942.

Remarks: Bibidnella is here regarded, sensu Hasters {1977, p. 517-518) and Loeblich & Tappan (1988, p. 466), as a genus comprising flat trochospiral-Edani^iral fcdumbilicate forms with the presence of both "ventral" accessory apertures and relict "dorsal" aperturas, differentiated &om Ticinella spedmens which possess only accessory apertures on the ventral side.

RìHrineDa treggjgEis (Gandolfi) (EU 28, Figs 5-15)

Anomalina breggiensis Gandolfi, 1942, p. 102-103, pL3, fig.6; pi, 5, fig. 3; pO. 9, fig. 1; piL 13, figs 7-8; text-figs 34 (1-4). BLtJdneHa breggiensis (Gandolfi). Sigal, 1956, p. 35-36, taxt-fiqs la-c. BjddneHa breggiensis (Gandolfi). Caron & Lutertiacher, 1969, p. 25, pL 7, fLg.4. Tidnella breggiensis (Gandolfi). Lcngoria, 1974, p. 95-96, pü. 25, figs 7, 14- 16. TLdnella breggiensis (Gandolfi). Lcngoria & Camper, 1977, p. 211-212, piL 5, figs 10-12, pL 6, figs 7-12, 16-21. Biddnella breggiensis (Gandolfi). Masters, 1977, p.519, 521, piL 35, figs 1-3.

- 238 - Bitjcdnplla cL breggiensis (Ganc3olfi). Caron, 1978, p. 660, pL 3, figs 5-7. RitifTinpTia breggiensis (GandolEiJ, Wonders, 1980, p. 106, pL 1, fig. 4a-c. BitirnnelLa breggiensis (Gandolfi). Leckie, 1984, p. 600, pL 8, figs 1-2. BibkàneHa breggiensis (Gandolfi). Caron, 1985, p. 43, figs 36.16-17.

Remarks: Biticinella breggiensis is characterised by its moderately large size (c. 300-340/im in maximum diameter), arranged in a low trochospiral cedi becoming planispiral in the last whcrl; bdumbdlicate; 6 to 7 inSated chambers in tìie last whorl (1-3 less tìian tìie topolypes, which have 8 to 9), increasing gradually, but irregularly, in size; subcircular equatorial periphery, slightly lobate; rounded axial periphery; primary aperture a low arch, interiomarginaL asymmetdc, and bordered by long ap>ertural lip fcxrtici) which extends into each umbdlicus; infralaminal accessory apertures often observed along the margin, between the poetici, in cwie side; relict apertures frequently visitile on the sjàral side. Range: middle to late Albian. Occurrence: località A-15, weUs 1-CA-l-SE, 1-CN-l-SE, 1-CRL-l-SE, 1-US-l-SE, l-SES-3, l-SES-24.

Genus TICINELLA Reichel, 1950, emended, Longoria, 1974

Type ^JecLes: Anomalina rot)erti Gandolfi, 1942

Remarks: Few Ticinella ^«dmens found in the Albian of Sergipe di^day the characteristic intraumbdlical suppdementary ^sertures, a morholDgical feature which has been regarded as an ecophenotypic character (cf. Price, 1976). Wen-pceserved late Albian spedmens assigned to this genus have long ap>ertural flaps, which extend into the umbdlicus to fcrm a depressed umbdlical cover pilate (e.g., PL 28, Figs 22-23; PL 29, figs 8-10). The emended definitici given by Lcngoria (1974, p. 93-94, and p. 52-53, remarks on Hedbergella) aHows more variation of the morphological features at the generic level and is, therefore, followed herein.

- 239 - Tiff7^'n

Ticinella cdjertL (Gandolfi) var. bgpouaensis Sigal, 1966a, p. 207, pL 5, figs 5-9. Ticinella bg^ouaensis SigaL Mg iliade, 1966, p.103, pL9, figs 4-5. Ticinella bgpouaensis SigaL Lcxigoria, 1974, p. 94-95, not pL 18, figs 1-2; pL 19, figs 9-13 (not 14-16); pL 21, figs 12-13 (not 9-11, 14-16). Ticinella bepouaensis SigaL Lcngoria & Camper, 1977, p. 211, pL 2, figs 16-18. Ticinella bejaouaensis SigaL Caron, 1978, p. 659, pL 2, figs 9-10. Ticinella be^ouaensis SigaL Carcsn, 1985, p.76, figs 36.1-3.

Remarks: Sigal (1966) differentiated tìie variety Tidnella roberti beôuaensis from Ticdnella rcA>erti s.s. (Gandolfi) on the basis of more chambers in tìie last whcarl (averaging 9) and a more open umbdlicus. On the other hand, Longoria (1974, p. 95) noted that TTHnpn;^ beôuaensis differs from TLcinpIi?^ roberti in "having smaller umbdlicus', whicdi is in ^jparent contradictiDn with SigaTs criginal diagnosis. However, the ^dmens of Ticdnella be;ôuaensis from La Drome, southeast France, iUustrated in Longoria (op. dt., see above), ôw a moderately wide and shallow umbdlicus, flattened îral side, 8 to 9 subtr^zoidal to globular chambers in the last whorl, tdghtly arranged to somewhat lobate, and cdrcular equatorial periphery. The figured spedmens of Tidnella roberti (Lcngoria, op). dt., pQ- 12, figs 1-11) have generally a larger sdze, variable umbdlical width, higher trochcepire, around 7 to 8 globular chambers, more loosely arranged, and moderatly lobate drcular equqtorial periphery. Tidnella bepouaensis spedmens (e. 210-320jum in maximum diameter) recovered fiom the Sergip)e sections are morphcdogically cdose to the ones firom La Drome and, therefore, ôw the same charactecistics. Although the taxonomic status of this spedes has been challenged (e.g., Masters, 1977, p. 530; Leckie, 1984, p. 600-601), its distinguishing features seem to be reliable enough to retain it as valid- Furthermore, Tic bgôuaensis is a blostratigraphicaEy useful spedes in Sergipe and elsewhere (Chapter 4). Range: late Aptian to middle Alhdan. Occurrence: locàlities A-15, A-27, weLs 1-CA-l-SE, 1-CN-l-SE, 1-US- 1-SE, l-SES-3, l-SES-9

- 240 - Tlonella madecaaBiana Sigal (PL 28, Figs 26-32)

Tidiìella madecassLana SigaL 1966a, p. 197-198, pL 3, figs 7a-10b. TLdnRTIa madecassiana SigaL Caron, 1978, p. 660, pL 3, figs 4-5. TLdnella madeca^iana SigaL Leckie, 1984, p. 600, pL 6, figs 7-12. Tidnella madecassiana SigaL Carcn, 1985, p. 76, figs. 36.4-5.

Remarks: This ^jecdes is characterised by its moderately large size (c. 310-340/im in maximum diameter) and very low trochoepire; generally 6 to 7 globular chamtiers in the last whcarl, increasing rapidly in size; and a narrower umbilicus. It shows a trend towards pseudoplanispiral coiling (Le., somewhat concave spirai side), which makes the ventral view resembles Glohigerinelloides bentcanen^?^ (Moccow), in peripheral outline and chamber arrangement (d. Leckie, 1981). Range: middle to late Albian Occurrence: localtty A-15, weHs 1-CA-l-SE, 1-CN-l-SE, 1-US-l-SE, l-SES-3, l-SES-24.

tHfimana pcaeticiiiMeàs Sigal (PL 28, Figs 33-34)

Tidnella praetidnensis Sigal, 1966a, p. 195-196, pL 2, figs 3-8; piL 3, figs. 1-6. Tidnella praetkdjìensis SigaL Masters, 1977,. p. 523-525, pL 35, fig. 4, pL 36, figs 1-2. Tidnena praetidnensis SigaL Caron, 1978, p. 660, ptL 7, figs 1-2. Tidnella praetidnensis SigaL Leckie, 1984, p. 600, piL 13, figs. 9-10. Tidnella paraetidnengis SigaL Caron, 1985, p. 78, figs. 36.8-9.

Remarks: Tidnella praetidnensis is characterised by a low trochoqriral test (c. 240-320^m in maximum diameter) with a flattened, nearly symmetricaL perip*ieral profile; 8 to 9 globular chambers in the last whorl, sQowly increasing in size; lobate, drcular equatorial periphery; wide and deep umbOicus. Carcn (1978, p. 660) describes spedmens of Tidnella

- 241 - praetidnensis Sigal cecovered fcom the Angola Basin, southeastem Atlantic Ocean, that "have 1 ce 2 chambers less than tlie holotype" and that "the primary aperture is clearly visible, umbdlical to extraumbdlical in position, UmbUical suturai supplementary apertures are inCrequent and not easHy visitile." It differs from Tirnr>p"na bg^ouaensis Sigal in the flattened, sutrounded perijrfieral outline. Range: middle to late Albian. Occurrence: weDs 1-CN-l-SE, 1-US-l-SE, l-SES-24.

T^finePa ex gr. piruil^* Luterbacher [RL 29, Figs 1-5, 6-7 (cf.)]

Ticinella palmula Luterbacher, in Renz et ^,1963, p.1083-1086, text-fig. 4. Ticinella raynaud var. aperta Sigal, 1966a, p. 206, pL6, figs 11-13. Ticinella primula Luterbacher. Sigal, 1966a, p. 198-199, pL 3, figs 11-14; pL 4, figs 1-9. Ticinella raynaud var. aperta SigaL Caron, 1971, p. 155, text- fig. 20. Hdnella pamula Luterbacher. Lcngoria, 1974, pL 25, figs 1-6; pL 26, figs 12-14. Tidnella aperta SigaL Lcngoria & Camper, 1977, p. 211, pL 1, figs 10-12, pL 5, figs 7-9. Ticinella caronae Longoria & Camper, 1977, p. 212, pL 1, figs 1-3, 13-15. Tidnella primula Luterbacher. Lcngoria & Camper, 1977, p. 215, piL 1, figs 7-9, 16-18. Ticinella primula Luterbacher. Masters, 1977, p. 525-526, pL 36, figs 3, 4, pL 37, figs 1, 3. Tidnella primula Luterbacher. Caron, 1978, p. 659, pL3, figs 1-3; pL 9, figs 3-4. Tidnella primula Luterbacher. Bellier, 1985, p. 10, pL 1, figs 4-6. Tidnella primula Luterbadier- Caron, 1985, p. 79, figs 36.6-7.

Remarks: The ^ledmens of Tidnella ex gr. primula fiom Sergipe generally have a moderately large test (c. 290-370/jm in maximum diameter), coiled in a very low trochospiral, almost fiat to somewhat concave (pgeudoplani^nraL coil); usually 7 to 8 globular to subtrapezcddal

- 242 - chambers in the last whorl, increasing gradualLy in size; smooth surface; and an umtrilical to extraurnhllical aperture which is highest towards the periphery. Ticinp'n.'^ ex gr, primula differs from TidripTiq madecassiana Sigal by its more numerous chambers, looser coiling and wider umbilicus. It is distinguished fcom Ticinella tie^ouaensis Sigal in having fewer chamt>ers, an eHiptical and lobate, rather than cdrcular, equatorial perifhery and a pseudoplani^àral coÌL "Riey apparentdy lack the supplementary (suturai) apertures of Luterbacher's spedes, and in this re^iect reserable fccms described by Hermes (1969, p. 40, piL 1, figs 13-18) as "(?) Tidnella sp. cf. T. pdmula", by Carcffi (1971, p. 146, figs. 2a-c) as "(?)Tidnella primula", and by Playford et ^ (1975, p. 343, fig. 2, nos 10-12) as "Hedbergella sp. A". Also, Price (1976, p, 640, piL 2, fig, 6) records that ali ^cimens of Tidnella primula from northwest Germany have dther obscured or very smaH accessory ^>ertures and relates the latter as being probably the result af lower temperatures. Spedmens described as Ticinella raynaudi var. ^)erta ty Sigal (1966a, see above) appear to represent dther an* intra^cific (ecophencriypic) variation or the late ^hehdc/gerontic stage of Tidnella ex gr, primula (see PL 29, Fi^ 3-5). They di£fer by having an often larger test (e. 350-370^m in maximura diameter) with a more elongate drcular peripheral margin, 7 to 8 ovate to subtrapezcddal chambers in the last whocl, and narrowa: umbilicus. A few ^Jedmens referable to TidneBa ap. cf. T. pomula (see PL 29, Figs 6-7)were observed in the i^per Aptian- lower Albdan sections of the basin. They generally di^day only 6 chambers in the last whcarl and a more closed urabdlicus than the typdcal middle-late Albian ^dmens. These early fcarms morpholDgically reserable spedmens described as Hlefuscuiana qjeetonensis ty Banner & Damini Desai (1988, p. 164, piL 7, figs 3-4) from the upper ftptian of Speeton Cliff, Nccth Yorkshire, England. These ^des may prove, with further research, to be regarded as synonymous, but "this sutjpct is here left open for further re view.

Range: middle to late Albdan.

Occurrence: locality A-15, A-27, weUs 1-CA-l-SE, 1-CN-l-SE, 1-CRL- l-SE, 1-US-l-SE, l-SES-9, l-SES-24.

- 243 - iScinella ragnaudi SigaL (PL 29, Figs 8-14)

Ticdnella raynaudi var. raynaudi Sigal, 1966a, p. 201-202, pL 5, fig. 10; pL 6, figs 1-5. Ticdnella raynaudi var. digitalis Sigal, 1966a, p.202, EÌL6, figs 6-8. Ticinella raynaudi var. digitalis SigaL Caron, 1971, p. 155, text-fig. 21 a-c, Ticinella raynaudi SigaL Lcngoria .& Camper, 1977, p. 215, pL 5, figs 4-6. Ticinella raynaudi SigaL Caron, 1978, p. 660, pL 9, figs 8-9. TLcinella raynaudi SigaL Leckie, 1984, p. 600, pL 7, figs 1-4; pL8, figs 3-4. TLcineUa raynaudi SigaL Caron, 1985, p. 79, figs 36.10-12.

Remarks: TkdnelLa raynaudi is ciiarac±erised by its moderately large test (c. 270-380/im in maximum diameter) with a lobate equatorial perijAiery; low tcochospire; 6 to 7 chambers in the last whorL gradually increasing in size, with a tendency for the last 2-4 chambers to become radLally elongate; last chamber ofi^n with long portdd, extiending into the umhi1ic:u^ wide and shallow umtàlicus. It is sLmilar to TJanella ex gr. primula Luterbacher trora which it differs in the slightly higher trochc3spire, more lobate equatorial periphery and in possesing more elongate last chambers. Latest Albian morphotypes of Ticinella raynaudi have very rugose ant3/or pustulose test surface carnamentation (Hedbergfllrì "à cc^steUae" assemblage of Caron, 1978). Range: middle to latest Albian. Occurrence: lcx:ality A-15, weDs 1-CA-l-^, 1-CN-l-SE, 1-US-l-SE.

TJn'n^Tla robertL (Gandolfi) (PL 29, Figs 15-27)

Anomalina roberti Gandolfi, 1942, p. 100-101, text-fig. 22; pL 2, fig. 2; pL 4, figs 5-7; pL 13, figs 3, 6. TidneUa robertL (Gandolfi). SigaL 1952, fig. 19. Ticinella roberti (Gandolfi). Sigal, 1966a, p. 203, pL 5, figs la-4b; pL 6, figs 10 a-b, 12 a-b. TLdnella roberti (Gandolfi). Lcxigoria, 1974, p. 98, 100, pL 12, figs 1-11). Tidnella roberti. SigaL Lcngoria & Camper, 1977, p. 215, pL 1, figs 22-24 (not 19-21), pL 2, figs 19-21 (not 1-3). TLdnella roberti. (Gandolfi) Masters, 1977, p. 527-530, pL 36, figs 5-6, pL 37, fig. 2. - 24 4 - TicmeHa roberti (Gandolfi). Caron, 1978, p. 660, pL 6, figs 1-4. TidneUa roberti {Gandolfi). BeUier, 1985, p. 10, pL 1, figs 1-3. TJcineUa roberti (Gandolfi), Caron, 1985, p, 79, figs 36.13-15.

Remarlis: Ticinella roberti is characterised by its small to moderately large test (c. 230-330^ in maximum diameter), with the last whorl coiled in a lower plane than the penuUdme whorl; around 6 to 7 globular chambers (1-3 less than the topotypes, which usually have 8 to 9), loosely arranged, in the last whorl, increasing gradually in size; low to moderately high trocho^rire; variable umbilical width, and a sUghtly lobate circular equatdal periçhery êe discussion under remarks of TiHnpTia beôuaensis Sigal), Middle-late Alhian specimens have generally, a larger test (c. 280- 330^m in maximum diameter) and an irregularly roughened surface omamentaticHi of the first 2 or 3 chambers of the last whorL It differs from TJçJnRlla ex gr. primula Luterbacher by its more embrancdng chambers, a peripheral outline that is circular rather than elliptical, and higher trocho^àre; and from late Aptian-middle Alüan ^>ecimens of Hedbergella trocoidea (Gandolfi) in having a sLlghtiy higher trochoîre, a generally smaller test and a roughened surface on the first chambers of the last whcL As already noted by^ Caron (1978, p. 660), spedraens of TLcin^Ha rotierti from the South Atlantic are atypical, always having one less chamber per wheel than the topotypes, and possessing a lower trochcepiral ccàl ôbabiLy representing younger cytogenetic stages and/or ecophenotypdc adaptations to a water-mass with warm temperataore, hypecsalinity and oxygen depleted bottom conditdims - see Chapters 6 and 8, section 8-2.4). Range: late Aptian to Albdan. Occurrence: localities A-15, A-27, wells 1-CA-l-SE, 1-CN-l-SE, 1-CRL- 1-SE, l-üS-1-SE, l-SES-3, l-SES-24.

Subfamily ROTALIPORINAE Sigal, 1958

Genus ROTAUPORA Brotzen, 1942 Type Spedes: Rotalipora turonica Brotzen, 1942.

Remarks: Rotalipcca are single keeled pdanktonic foraminifera with a primary extraumbdlical-umbüical aperture, almost reaching the periphery, and umbilical or sutural supplementary apertures.

- 245- Rotaüpoca appwmióca (Renz) CPU 29, Figs 28-30)

GJobotruncana appenninica Renz, 1936, p. 14, fig. 2, Rotalipcca appenninica appenninica (Renz). Luberbacher & Pcemoli S0va, 1962, p. 266-268, pL 19, figs 1, 2; pL 20, figs 1-4; pL 21, figs 1-4. RctàliEwca ^penninica (Renz). Masters, 1977, p. 497, pL 30, figs 1-3. Rotalipora appenninica (Renz). Robaszynski & Carcn, 1979, v. 1, p. 59, 64; pU 4, figs 1-3; pi. 5, figs 1-3. Rotalipcya appenninica (Renz). Leckie, 1984, p. 601, pL 14, figs 4-12 (not 1-3). ThalmannineUa appenninica (Renz). BeHier, 1985, p. 12, pL 1, figs 14-17. Rotalipora appenninica fRenz). Caron, 1985, p. 67, figs 31.1-4.

Reinarks: Rotalipcya appenninica is characterised by a symmetricalLy biconvex test (c. 550pjn in maximum diameter) with 5 to 6 chambers in the last whorl, triangular to trapezcddal in shape on the ventral side; sutures raised on the dorsal side, those of tìie last whorl pining the preceding whOTl at right angles, chambers petaloid in shape; no true periumbDical flange; narrow umbtlicus. It differs from Rotalipora qandolfii Luterbadier & PremoH Silva in being generally flatter, in lacking a true periumbilLcal flange and in having ^iral sutures pining the preceding whorl at right angles. Range: early Cenomanian. Occurrence: localities A-1, A-3, weE 1-CN-l-SE.

RotaJipaca trotzañ (Sigal) (PL 29, Figs 31-34)

Thalmanninella fccotzeni Siga!, 1948, p. 102, pL 1, fig. 5, pL 2, figs 6-7. Rotalipoca facotzeni (Sigal). RdDaszynski & Caron, 1979, v. 1, p. 65, 68, pL6, figs 1-2. Thalmanninella brotzenj SigaL Bellier, 1985, p. 13, piL 11, figs 1-4. Rotalipora bcotzeni (Sigal). Caron, 1985, p. 67, figs 31.5-7.

- 246 - Remarks: Rot-alipcga fccotzeni is characterised by a biconvex, slightLy asymmetrical test (c. 340^m in majdJnura diameter); 6 trapezcddal chambers in ventral view, increasing graduaHy in size; raised umbilical sutures and periumhLlical Elanges cn most of the chambers; chambers petaloid in shape in dorsal view. It differs from Rotalipora appenninica (Renz) in having a less tobate outìine and periumhilical Qanges. ^

Range: earliest Cenomanian.

Occurrence: wéU 1-CN-l-SE O^are occurrence).

Rotalipora qreertiopiMBis (Morrow) (PL 30, Figs 1-3)

Globorotalia greenhcenensis Morrow, 1934, p. 199, pL 31, fig. 1. Rotalipora greenhornensis (Monrow). Loeblich & T^jpan, 1961, p. 299-301, pL 7, figs 5-10. Rotalipora qceenhornensis (Morrow), Mastars, 1977, p, 508-511, pL 31, figs 5-6. RotaUpora greenhornensis (Morrow). Robaszynski & Caroi, 1979, v. 1, p. 85,, 90, pL 12, figs 1-2; pL 13, figs la-2c. Rotalipora greenhornensis (Morrow), Leckie, 1984, p. 601, pL 15, figs 1-4; p3. 16, figs 7-12. Rotalipora greenhornensis (Mixrow). Carm, 1985, p. 69, figs 32.1-2,

Remarks: A angle ^>ecimen of RotaUpora greenhornensis, very recrystalised, was recovered from the uppermost Cenomanian, It is characterised fcy having a smaH, unequally biconvex test (c, 295/^m in maximum diameter), the umbilical side being more convex; 5 trapezcddal chambers in dorsal view, with strongly oblique sutures.

Range: latest Cenomanian,

Occurrence: locality A-9.

- 247 - Supecfarnüy GLOBOTRUNCANACEA Bcotzen, 1942

Family 6L0B0TR0NCANIDAE arotzen, 1942

Sutfamily GLOBOTRONCANINAE a:c±zen, 1942

Remarka Although distìnctìve generic features are on many occasions difCicult to disünguish cxi recrystalised or partiaEy dissolved tests (common features in the foraminiferal assemblages recovered from the Turcnian-lower ConLadan carbonate sections of Sergipe; Cotinguiba Formation), most of the mid-Cretaceous keeled planktonic specLmens have been given a specific taxonomic identiöciation.

Genus CONTöSOTRÜNCANA Kcrchagin, 1982 (sensu Loeblich & Tappan, 1988, p, 468}

Type ^)ecies: Pulvinulina arca Cushman var. contaisa Cushman, 1926

Remarks: Specdes assigned to Öiis genus have an interiomarginal and umtdlical primary aperture, ptxtici extending into the umbiücus and covering the successive apertures, spirai side virtuaUy always high or very high, and periphery with two very closely spaced keels. The generic name Contusotruncana has pdority over Rosita, pcoposed by RdDaszynski et aL (1984, p. 244; type spedes: Globotruncana fccnicata Plummer, 1931), which is, therefore, considered invalid (err. emend.).

Contusotruncana contusa (Cu^man} (PL 30, Figs 4-9)

Pulvinulina arca Cushman var. contusa Cushman, 1926a, p. 23, nomen nudum (no type figure given).

- 248 - GJobotruncana arca (Cushman) var. contusa Cushman. Cushman, 1946, p. 150, pL 62, flg. 6a-c (holotype). Globotruncana contusa Pessagno, 1967, p. 330-333, pL 77, figs 7-9 (not figs 1-6), pL 96, figs 15-16 (not figs 11, 13-14). Globotruncana contusa (Cu^man). Smith & Pessagno, 1973, p. 45-46, pL 21, figs 1-5. Globotruncana contusa (Cudiman). Masters, 1977, p. 545-549, pL40, figs 1-4. Globotruncana contusa (Cu^man). Wenders, 1980, p. 107, pi. 8, fig. 2a-c. Rosita contusa (Cushman). Robaszynsld et 1984, p^ 246, 248, pi. 35, figs 5-6, 9, pL 36, figs 1-2, pL 37, figs 1-3. Globotruncana contusa (Cushman). BeUier, 1985, p. 29-30, pO. 6, figs 12-14. Rosita contusa (Cushman). Carcxi, 1985, p. 67, figs 28.1-2.

Remarks: Contusotruncana contusa is characterised by its large-sized and highly trochc^epiral test (c. 450/28[^m to 530/310^m in maximum diameter/height ratio), with concave umbilic:al side; two cdosely spacsd keels; 5 to 7 subtrapezoidal chambers in ventral view, with fiat, smooth to pustulose surfaces; chambers globular to strongly elongated in dorsal view, with undulatdng surfacÄS; umbüicus wide and deep. Range: late Maastrichtian. Occurrence: weUs l-SES-3, l-SES-24.

Contusotruncana ex gr. Ecmicata (Plummer) (PL 30, Figs 10-17)

Globotruncana fcjmicata Plummer, 1931, p. 130, pi. 13, fig. 4a-c. Globotruncana Eomicata Plummer. Pessano, 1967, p. 338-341, piL 63, figs 1- 9, pfl. 80, figs 7-9, piL 96, figs 3-4. Globotruncana Ecarnicata Plummer. Masters, 1977, p.564-566, pL 44, Eigs 4-6. Rosita Ecarnicata (Plummer). Robaszynski et 1984, p. 250, 301, pL 38, figs 1-5. Globotruncana Eomicata Plummer. Bellier, 1985, p. 27-28, pü. 6, Eigs 1-3.

Remarks: Spedmens oE Contusotruncana ex gr. fornicata ^)ecimens have a large test with a low to moderately high trocho^ire (c. 410/210^m to 470/250^m in maximum diameter/height ratio); two keels on aH Chambers; keei band widening towards the anterior part oE each Chamber, forraing a pattern of embracing V-shape^ 4 to 5 kidney-shaped chambers in ventral

- 249 - view, increasing rapidly in size, with smootìi and undulating SLirfat:es; crescKntic-shaped in dorsal view, strongly elongated in the directim of coHing, with smooth and undulating surface^ càrc^ular to sufcpclygonal equatorial periphery, slightly lobate; moderately wide umhilicus^ Range: Santcxuan to early Maastrichtian. Occurrence: weUs 1-AU-l-SE, 1-CA-l-SE, 1-CRL-l-SE, 1-^-lA, 1- SE&-3, l-SES-9, l-SES-24.

CoiitiBotnincana i"*"''n*Oxiiifa (Gandcilfi} (EU 30, Figs 18-20)

Globotcuncana (Globotruncana) contusa (Cu^man) suhep. patoTiifccnùs, Gandolfi, 1955, p. 54-55, pL 4, fig. 2a-c:. Globotrunczana contusa (Cushman). Pessagno, 1967, p. 330-333, pL 75, figs 18-20, pL 77, figs 4-6, pll. 78, figs 6-11, pL 92, figs 10-12, pL 96, figs 11, 13-14. Globotruncana pateHifocmis Gandolfi. Smith & Pe^gno, 1973, p. 50-51, pU 21, figs 6-8. Rosita pateJifcjrmis (Gandolfi). Rchaszynsid et 1984, p^ 252, pL 35, fig. 8, pL 39, figs 1-3.

Remarks: Specimens of Contusobruncana pateBiformis effe characterised fcy having a large test with moderately to fairly hi^ trochoqàre (c. 360/220^m to 460/250;im in maximum diame^/ hei^t ratio), with umbilical side fiat to concave; two closely spac^j keels; 4 to 5 elongated trapezcddal chambers in ventral view; globular to elongated, crescentic chambers in dcrsal view, with smooth and undulating surfaces; wide and deep umbdlicus. Contusotruncana patteìiformis is morEhoìiDgically transitìcnal between Contusctruncana contusa (Cu^man) and Ccntusotruncana ex gr. fornicata (Elummer), probably representing a fhylogenetdc lineage sequence cjf fcjcmcata-patteliformis-cxintusci, of progressive increase in test size and trcxihoGplre height The apedes differs firom C. (xmbusa in tiaving a lower trochospire, fewer mimber of whccH and in a generally smaDer size; and &om C. ex gr. fornicata in having a hi^er spirai side, with a fiat to concave umbUical side.

Range: Maastrichtian. Occurrence: weUs l-SES-3, l-SES-24.

- 250- Genus WCASOHEÍAA Forüíaiílt, 1970, (sensu Robaszynski & Careo, 1979, v. 2, p. 51-55)

T^pe spedes: Gtobotruncana indjca Jacx)b & Sastry, 1950

Remarks; Dicarinella ^)ecLmens are characterised by the presence oE an imperforate peripheral tiand separating two distinct keels; radial and depressed sutures cai the umbilical .side; and a primary ^lerture extraumtELlical-umbilical- B: dlEEers from Rraeglobotruncana BermiSdez in having portici and two weD. developed keels separated by an imperforate peripheral band, and from HargiiKrtruncana Hofker in possessing depressed and radial sutures cn the umbdlical side.

nicarmena asymetrica (Sigal) (PL 30, Figs 27-31)

Globotruncana asymetrica Sigal, 1952, p. 35, fig. 35. Globotxuncana {Glotxjtruncana) ventricosa White sub^. carinaba Dalháez, 1955, p. 168-169, fig 8a-c. Marginotruncana concavata (grotzen). Pessagno, 1967, p. 304-305, piL 58, figs 3-6, pO. 95, figs 6-7. Dicarinella asymetrica {Sigal). Robaszynski & Caron, 1979, v. 2, p. 61, 66, pL 51, figs 1-2, pL 52, figs 52, pQ. 55, fig. 2. • Harginotruncana carinata (DalhLez). Wonders, 1980, pt 122-123, piU6, fig. la- c. Dicarinella asymetrica {Sigal). BeLier, 1985, p. 22-23, pfl. 3, figs 16-18. Dicarinella asymetadca {Siga^. Carcn, 1985, p. 43, figs 17.3-4.

Remarks; Dicarin^n^^ asymetrica is characterised by having a large (c 300-580^m in maximum diameter), asymmetrical, low trochospiral, pflano- convex to concavo-convex test; two closely ^oed keels; 5 to 6 inflated chambers in ventral view, gradually increasing in size, with a rugose surface; petaloid chamber outline at the spiral side; pustules forming a well develop)ed periumbilical ridge; lobate equatorial pjeriphery; radial, depressed umbdlical suture^ umbilicus wide and moderately deep. It is distingui^ed from Dicarinella concavata (Brotzen) in the presence of the periumbilical ridge. Range: late Santrmian. Occurrence: weDs l-SES-3, l-SES-24.

- 251 - TvírCT-moXta concagata Ocotzen) (ÍO, 30, Figs 21-26)

RotaTia concavata Brotzen, 1934, pu 66, pL 3, fig. b. Harginofcruncana concavata (Brotzen). Pessagno, 1967, p. 304-305, pU 58, figs 1-2, 7-9 (not figs 3-6 and pL 95, figs 6-7), pL 99, figs 1, 3. DicarinelLa concavata (Brotzen). Robaszynski & Carcn, 1979, v. 2, p. 71, 77- 78, pL 54, figs l(?)-2, pL 55, fig. 1. Marqinotruncana concavata protzen). Wenders, 1980, p. 123, pL 5, figs 2a- c DicarineHa concavata protzen). BeHier, 1985, p. 21-22, pL 3, figs 13-15. Dicarinella concavata Prötzel). Carcxi, 1985, p. 45, figs 17.7-8.

Remarks: Specimens of DicarineTia concavata are distinguished by having a large (c. 380-44{^ in maximum diameter), asymmetrical, low trocho^iral, füanch-convex to concavo-convex test; two close keels; 5 to 6 inflated chambers in ventral view, covered by pustules? petaloid chamber ouüiite in dorsal view; lobate equatorial periphery; umbilical sutures radial and depressed; umbÜicus wide and moderately deep. Tt differs from DicarineUa asymetrica (Sigal) in lacking the periumbilical ridge. Range: late ConiacLan to early-late Santciian. Occurrence: wells 1-CRL-l-SE, l-SES-9, l-SES-24-

DJcaiinena pdmitiya (Dalbiez) (PL 31, Figs 1-3) dobotruncana (Globotruncana) ventricosa White subep. prijidtiva Dálbáez, 1955, p, 168, text-fig. 6. DicnrinpHa primitiva (Daltdez). Rdaaszynski & Carcn, 1979, v. 2, p. 96, pL 60. DicarinelLa primitiva (Dalhdez). Beüier, 1985, p. 21, pL 3, Sgs 10-12. DicarinRlla primitiva palhLez). Caron, 1985, p. 45, figs 18.6-8.

Remarks: DicarineTla primitiva ^ows a large (c. 65(^ in maximum diameter), lo w frochospiraL asym metrically biconvex, slightly umfcdlico- convex test; two dose keels; 4 slightly inflated chambers; surface covered by pustules concenfrated around the umbilicus; umbilical sutures radial and depressed; lobate equatorial periphery. It differs from Dic;^i-in

- 252 - with a slighüy elevated dorsal side and less inOated Chambers on the ventral side. Range: latest Turonian to earLy Coniacian. Occurrence: localities A-8, A-10.

Genus GAHSSERIHA Caron, Gonzales Dcnoso, Robaszynsld & Wenders, 1984

(PL 31, Figs 4-6)

Globotruncana ganseri Boni, 1951, p. 196-197, pL 35, figs 1-3. caobotruncana ganseri BoDi- Pessagno, 1967, p. 341-343, pL 75, fig. 1, pL 92, figs 13-15 (not 16-18), pL 95, figs 1-4. Globotruncana aeqgyptiaca BoPL Smith & Pessagno, 1973, p. 48-49, pL 20, 5-12 (not 1-4). Globotruncana qansseri BcOlL Masters, 1977, p. 566-569, fiL 45, figs 1-3. Globotruncana gansfieri BcOlL Wenders, 1980, p. 114, pL 7, fig. la-c. Gansserina gansseri (BetUi). Robaszynski et 1984, p. 294, 296, pL 51, fi^ 1-7, 10-11, pL 52, figs 1-5, pL 53, figs 1-5. GL:^3otruncana gansseri (Bcilli). Bender, 1985, p, 33-34, pO. 5, figs 17-19. Gansserina ganssed (BciEIi). Carcn, 1985, p. 45, 47, figs 30.11-13.

Remarks: Spedmens of Gansserina ganssRri, are charactedsed by their " large, strcngly asymmetiical/ plano-convex test (c 490-500^m in maximum diaraeter), vrith a fiat to slightLy concave dorsal side and a hi^y convex ventral side; single peripheral keel; 5 to 6 inflated trapezoidal chambars, on ventral view, increasing gradually in size; pustulosa test surface tending to be smooth on the last 1 to 2 Chambers; petaloid to crescentác Chamber ái^)e on the dorsal side; equatorial padpiiery drcular to subcñrcular and ali^tly lobate; umbÜicus of variable width, Range: early to late Maastrichtian. Occurrence: wells 1-SES-lA, l-aS-9; l-SES-24.

- 253 - Genus GLOBOTRUNCANA CuäimaHr 1927 Type Speeles: Pulvinulina arca Cu^manr 1926.

Remarks: Taxa belonging to this genus have an umbDical prünary aperture, and an umbilical System composed of tegíTla bocdering the successive aperturesr covering a large part cC the umbilicus and having both proximal and distal ^jortaires.

Gtobolninoana dtiqyptiaca Nakkady (EL 31, Figs 7-11)

Globotruncana aegypdaca Nakkady, 1950, p. 690, pä. 80, fig. 20. Globotruncaa aegyptiaca Nakkady var. duwi Nakkady, 1950, p^ 690, pL 90, fi^ 17-19. Globotruncana gagnefadni Tflev, 1951, p. 50-56, text-fígs 14-17, pL 3, figs 2-5. Gkfcotruncana aegyptiaca Nakkady. Pessagno, 1967, p. 319-321, piL79, ögs 2-4, pL 83, figs 8-10, pL 94, fig. 6, pL 95, figs 8, 9. Gk^yitruncana duwi Nakkady. Pessagno, 1967, p. 333-334, piL 83, fij^ 5-6, 7, piL 95, figs 12-14. Globotruncana aegyptiaca Nakkady. Smith & Pesagno, 1973, p. 42-43, pL 17, figs 1-7. GLcfcotruncana duwi Nakkady. Smith & Pesagno, 1973, pt 46-47, piL17, figs 8-10, 11-13. Globotruncana aegyptiaca Nakkady. Masters, 1977, p. 535-536, piL 37, fig. 4. Globotruncana duwi Ncütkady. Masters, 1977, p, 555-559, pO. 43, fij^ 1-5. Globotruncana aegyptiaca Nakkady. Robaszynski et 1984, p. 178, 180, pL 2, figs 1-6, pL 3, figs 1-4. Glcfcotruncana gagnehnni TOev. BeDier, 1985, p. 33, piL5, fi^ 14-16. Glrfcotruncana aegyptiaca Nakkady, Caron, 1985, p. 50, figs 19.1-3.

Remarks: SpecLmens of Globotruncana aegyptiaca áiow a large (c 340- 43C|um in máximum dlameter) lobate test in cxitüine, wiih a flat to slightly convex ^liral side and a convex umbilical side; 3 to 5 subtrapezcddal Chambers, increasing rapddly in size, with pustulose • surfaces becoming smooth towards the last or peiultimate Chambers; umbilical sutures radial,

- 2 54 - strai^t to sUghtLy curved; spirai side witdi globular Chambers, Üien petalcdd and finalLy elongated, crescentic in äiape, with inflated and postutose surfaces; two keels cn all ciiambas, equaEy developed, parallel, of variable width; wide umbiUcus» Range: Maastrichtian. Occurrence: wells 1-SES-lA, l-SES-3, 1-1^-9, l-SES-24.

^^^****ninrflna arca (Cuäiman) {EL 31, Fi^ 12-14)

Pulvinulina arca Cuäiman, 1926a, p. 23, pL 3, fig. la-c Globotruncana arca (Cu^man). Plummer, 1931, p. 195-198, pL 13, fig. 8, Gk^xitruncana arca (Cu^man). Pessagno, 1967, pt 321-323, pL 79, figs 5-8, pL 90, figs 5-8, pL 96, figs 7, 8, 17. Glf^truncana arca (Cu*man). Smith & Pessagno, 1973, p. 43-44, pL 18, figs 1-3, 5-6. Globotruncana arca (Cu^man). Masters, 1977, p.536-540, pL 38, fi^ 1-2, 4. Globotruncana arca (Cu^man). Robaszynski et ^ 1984, p. 182, 184, pL 1, figs 2-3, pL 4, figs 1-3. Gkfcotruncana arca (Cushman). BeHi^, 1985, p. 30-31, pL 8, figs 1-3. GlcAxitruncana arca (Cu^man). Carcn, 1985, p. 50, figs 19.4-8.

Remarks: Ttie specdes is distdngxn^ed by having a large test (c 46p^m in maximum diameber) nearly symmetrical test in profüe, with a moderately hi^ trochospire; outline lobate to subcircular; 5 to 6 Chambers in the last whad, increasing slowly to moderately in size; Chambers elongate, somewhat rectangular, in umhilical view, generaüy with a fiat to concave, smooth to finely postulose surface; ^riral side with curved sutures, ^sining the ^òral sutures at acute angles, tut at almost right angles in the end of the last whcrl; two keels an aH chambets, egaaHy developed and parallel. Range: Campanian to early Maastciditian. Occurrence: wéDs l-AU-l-SE, l-^S-9.

Gkjtolrmicana HìTinìAoi VogLer (EL 31, Figs 15-17)

Globotruncana Hnnei (d'Ortrigny) sub^ biTlf?i^^ Vogler, 1941, p. 287, pL 23, figs 32-39.

- 255 - GOobotruncana buHaides biiTlaides Vogler. GandcOfi, 1955, p. 32, pL 1, Sg. 9a-c Globotruncana buBoides Vogler. Pessagno, 1967, p. 324-326, pfl. 64, Sgs 15- 17, pL 67, figs 1-3, pL 73, figs 9-10, pL 75, figs 4-8, pL 97, figs 14-15. Globotruncana bulkddes Vogler. Robaszynski et 1984, p. 186, 300, pL6, figs 1-4. Globotruncana bulloides Vogler. Carón, 1985, p, 50, figs 21.1-2.

Remarks: Spedmens o£ Globotruncana biTinjr^ show a large test (c. 330-540/ira in máximum diameter), with a low trocho^rire and typdcal symmetrical biconvex profíle feoraetimes slightly asymmetrLcal with spiral side meare convex); 6 to 7 Chambers in the last whcrl, incresing slowly in size; trapezoidal Chamber ái^»e, with an inflated and sli^tiy pustulose surface, in ventral vdew; umbáücal sutures curved to straight, depressed; íáiambers petaloid, semi-drcular to arescent-diaped in the ^lirál side, wüh an inflated surface bearing postules typically concentrated in the middle, sutures curved, raised; lobate outüne; tiwo keels en aH Chambers, eguáHy deveOí^ied and parallel, bending to be narrower on the last Chambers. Range: late Campanian to early Maastrichtian. Occurrence: wélls 1-Aü-l-SE, 1-SES-lA, l-SS-9, l-SES-24.

Globotruncana IfameJana (d'OrUgny) (RU 31, Figs 18-26)

ResaÜna linneiana d'Ortrigny, 1839, p. 101, pL 5, figs 10-12. Pulvulina tricarinata Quareau, 1893, p. 89, pL 5, fig. 3a-c. Globotruncana lapparenti Brotzen, 1936, p. 175-176, pL 2, fig. n. Globotruncana lagparentL Broten. Pessagno, 1967, p. 344-346, pL 71, figs 6-13, pL 97, fig. 8 (not fig. 9). Globotruncana Unneiana (d'Octdgny). Pessagno, 1967, p. 346-349, pL. 72, figs 1-4, 7-9, pU 97, figs 11-13. GLcrfjotruncana Unneiana (d'Ortágn^. Rdaaszynski et 1984, p. 200, 202, pL 13, figs 1-4, pL 14, figs 1-5. Globotruncana linneiana (d'OrbLgniO- Carón, 1985, p.50, figs 20.5-6.

- 25 6 - Remaiics: Globotruncana linneiana is diaractsdsed by a large test (c 360-490i(ím in máximum diametar) with a very low trochcepire; pcofüe süic^tly asymmetrical; two wide pedjharal keels, equalLy developed and paraTlel; 5 to 6 subtrapezoidal chambers in ventral view, incceasing variatly in slze (generalLy álowly); sli^tly convex, in the umhilical si3e; chambers petaloid to crescent-shaped in dorsi view, with a flat and sometim^ convex surface; ^ñral sutures generaEy curved, sometiraes sbraight, raised and beaded; wide umbÜLcua. Ihe ^)ecies is tomeomorphic with Marginotruncana pseudoUnneiana Pesagno, firom whidí it differs in having an umbilical pdmary ^¡erture rather than one that is extraumbdlical- umbüical in positkn (cf. Robaszynski & Carcn, 1979, v. 2, p. 128); GkAotruncana biTloídes Vogleri. has distinctly inflated chambers on both umbilical and ^mral sides; Globotruncana arca (Cu^man) has an asymmetdcal biconvex prafüe. Range: late Campanian to early Maastrichtian. Occurrence: wélls 1-CN-l-SE, l-SES-9.

caobotruncana nrítmi^itn EI Naggar CEU 31, Figs 27-29)

Gkfcotruncana cdentaüs El Naggar, 1966, p. 125, piL 12, fíg. 4a-d. Globotruncana stephensoni Pessagno, 1967, p. 354-357, pL 69, figs 1-7, pU 96, figs 5-6. Glrfcotruncana steghenscni Pessagno. Smith & Fesagno, 1973, p. 51-52, pU 18, figs 7-10. Globotruncana orientalis El Na^ar. Robaszynski et d-, 1984, p. 206, 208, pL 16, figs figs 1-3, pU 17, figs 1-4..

Remarks: Spedmens cf Globotruncana crlentqlis are characterised by having a large test (c 440/im in máximum diameter) with moderately hi^ trochoqáre, a nearly symmetrical bdccmvex profile, more convex en the ^riral side; two cüosely-^ced paraUel keels, but umbilical keel absent on last 1-2 chambers; 5 trapezcddal to kidney-shaped chambers in ventral view, increasing gradually in size; chambers crescent-shaped in dcasal view; subcircular equatcrlal periphery. It diffeES firom Globotruncana arca Cudiman in i±s narrow keel and paresence of crly ene keel on the last chambees. There are less chambers in the last vhací and more rapad inerease in chamber size. Ihe spedmens have a more rapdd increase in - 257 - diambo: size ^id less càiambers in the last whod. tìian the hypoiypes (Rctoaszynski et 1984, see above). They ^)pear to IDG intermediabe mOTEhotypes between Globotruncana orientaUfl and GloJjotruncanita esnehensis (Nakkad;^. Range: late Campanian. Occurrence: wélls 1-SES-lA, l-SES-3 (care occurrence).

flliliKitiuiMdiid roaeLLa (Carse^ (RU 31, Figs 30-34)

Globigerina rosetta Carsey, 1926, pL 44, pL 5, figs 3a-b. Globotruncana rosetta (Carse^. Pessagno, 1967, p. 352-354, pL 70, figs 9- 12, pi- 73, Sgs 5-8, pL 98, fig. 14, pL 97, figs 19-23. Globotruncana rosetta (Carse^. Rcfaaszynstó. et 1984, p. 210, 301, pL 18, figs 1-5.

Remarks: Globotruncana rosetta *ows a moderately large t^ (c 340- 450;im in maximum diameter) with an asymmetrical to near^ symmetrical profile, with the ^riral side moderately convex; t:wo narrow paraBel keéls, umhilical keeL absent on cxie oc mrare last chambers; 4 to 5.5 trapezoidal to kidney-dic?)ed chambers in ventral view, increasing rapidly in size, with a fiat to convex surface; ores£»nt-di^)ed to petaloid ciiambers, with a fiat surfac:e, cn the spirai side; equatorial perifhery moderately lobate. It differs from Globotruncana aegyptìaca Nakkady in being more convex umbnically and non^rugcjse, in both sides; and, by possessdng a somewhat smaHer umbÜicus. Intermediate forms betweai Globotruittana rosetta and Gldjotruncana marie! Banner & Hlow, with a more convex dcasal side, were also recorded (PL 31, Figs 32-34). Range: late Maastrichtian. Ocxairrence: wélls 1-SES-lA, l-SES-9.

Glnix>tn II nMfla a)bcdrc"™**'^6er Gandolfi. (PL 32, Figs 1-3)

Globotruncana (Rugcxjlobigerina) circrumnodifer subnrczumnodifer Gandolfi, 1955, p. 44, pL 2, fig. 8a-c. Globotruncana subcdrcumnodifer GandcOfL Pessagno, 1967, p. 369-370, pL 62, figs 14-16.

- 258 - ArcAia&oqlobiqerina bJLowi Pessagno. Robaszynski et 1984, 276, pL 47, fig.2a-c, EÍL48, fig.3. Rugotcuncana subcdrcumnodíEer (GandolS). Caron, 1985, p. 76, figs 34.11-12.

Remarks: GQobotruncana subdrcumnodifer specLmens are distdngui^ed by having a moderately large (c 310-410/im in máximum diameyter) low trochoqrfral test, with a nearly fíat ^áral side; two narrow periph^al keels on all chamberí 4 to 5 suhsghaerical to slightLy elongate chambers in ventral view, rapídly incceasing in size; umhilical sutures radial and depressed; ts&t surface perfórate, pustulose car with fine costeDae; lobate equatocial pedphery; umbÜicus wide and shaHow. Vi differs from Globotruncana aegyptjaca Nakkady in having a more rugóse test surface and globular chambas in the umbüical side, with a rounded periphery. Range: Maastrichtdan. Occurrence: wélls 1-CA-l-SE, 1-SES-lA, l-SES-9, l-SES-24.

GtatPtruixana ventriooBa White (PL 32, Pigs 4-9)

Globotruncana canaUculata (Reus) var. ventricosa White, 1928b, p. 284, pL 38, fíg. 5 a-c Globotruncana ventricosa White. Pessagno, 1967, p. 362-364, píL75, fifj^ 21- 26, pL 79, figs 9-14, pL 95, fígs 10-11, pO- 99, fig. 2. Globotruncana ventricosa White. Mastecs, 1977, p. 614-615, pL 55, fi^ 1-3. Glcbotruncana ventricosa White. Robaszynski et 1984, p. 214, 216, pQ- 20, Sgs 1-3, pL 21, fi^ 1-4. Gkhotruncana ventricosa White. Carón, 1985, p. 50, figs 20.7-9.

Remarks: Spedmens of Globotruncana ventricosa have a large, typically asymmetrical, biconvex test (c 440-550/im in máximum diameter), with a very low trocho^jire; spiral side fíat, umbüicaL side convex; tvo wide, paraHfil, keéls, wéH developed on aB. chambeca S to 6 trapezcódal chambers in ventral view, wiih a flat to convex surface; crescent-shaped chambers in dorsal view, with a generaHy flat surface. The ^)edes differs from Globotruncana linneiana (d'Orbágny) in having an asymmetrical taoonvex

- 259 - Ecofíle. It differs ñrom Dicarin^Tla asymetrica ^dgál) in having an umbilical primàry ^lerture, generaHy more wiíJely spaced keels and meare numercus Chambers; firom Globotruncana linneiana (d'Oi±dgn^ in tìie more inñated umbilical side; and from Globotruncana rosetta (Carsey) in tlie more widely ^paced keels an slower increase in diamb^ size. Range: late Campanian to Maastrichtian. Occurrence: weUs l-Aü-l-S, 1-CA-l-SE, l-SES-24.

Genus GLOBOTRDNCAHITA Reiss, 1957, emendad, Robaszynski et 1984, p. 218, pU 22, figs 1-7.

Remarks: ihe genus is representad by single-keeled ^¡ecimens, incduding also focms wiíh two dose rows of pústulas cn the first chambers cf the last whocl (as on some early spedmens cf the Globotruncanita elevata- Globotruncaniba stuartiformis plexus - e.g., EL 32, Pigs 13-18), an umbilical pcimary aperture and the presence of a wéR developed pcrtdd (Ihis last feature being generalLy cnly (Aíserved in weE preserved spedmens).

Globotrupcanita BpL rf. G. calrarata (Cushman) (EL 32, Figs 10-12)

Gk^jotcuncana calcarata Cu^man, 1927a, p. 115-116, pL 23, fig. lOa-b. Globotruncana calcarata Cuáiman. Pe^gno, 1967, p. 326-328, piL 64, fi^ 18-20, piL 72, figs 5-6, piL 93, fig. 14, piL 94, fig. 8. caobotruncana calcarata Cudiman. Masters, 1977, p. 540-541, píL38, fig. 3, piL 39, fig. 1. Globotruncana calcarata Cu^man. Wenders, 1980, p.114, pü- 7, fig.2. Globotruncanita calcarata (Cushman). Robaszynski et 1984, p. 224, piL 22, fig. 4, piL 25, fígs 1-3, piL 34, fig. 3a-c. GLi^Jotruncamta calcarata (Cuäiman). BeDier, 1985, p. 35-36, piL 7, figs 11- 13. Glchotruncanita calcarata (Cushman). Carcn, 1985, p.51,figs 23.6-7.

- 260- Remarks: Rare spedmens referafcile to Globotruncanita ^ cf. G. calcarata were recovered from tíie içpermost Campanian. Th^ are characterised by having a large (c 560^m in maximum diameter) asymmetrical test with very low trocho^áre; ^rfral side fiat to su^tìy concave, umbilical side strongly convex; ene perigheral keel with the development of tubulospines produced by the poetericr part c£ each diamber; 5 trapezoidal chambas in ventral view, increasing gradually in size, with pustulose surface; triangular diamb^s in dorsal view; wide umbÜLcus. The paucáty and bad preservatim of the ^lecimens, with bcoken tubulo^ñne^ do not aBûw an unequivocal determinatjcn of the species, It seems, however, that they represent intermediate fcrms between mnhotruncanita subspinosa ff>esagno) and Globotruncanita calcarata. Range: latest Campanian. Occurrence: wéH 1-AD-l-SE (rare occurrence).

(Uobolr'^'^^^'^ Ha ele rata protzen)— Gtobotamcamta stuaitiíJLcinis (Daltdez) {âezos (EL 32, Figs 13-18)

Rotalia elevata Brotzen, 1934, p. 66, pL 3, fig. C. GU^truncana (Globotruncana) elevata Brotzen sub^ sbuartifcrmis Dalhdez, 1955, p. 169, text-figs lOa-c Gk^x>truncana elevata (Brotzen). Pessagno, 1967, p. 336, 337-338, pL 80, fígs 3-6 (G. elevata transitional to G. stuartifcrmi^.

Remarks: Spedmens cf the Globotruncanita elevata-Globotruncanita stuartiformis plexus are characterised by having a large, strongly asymmetrical, plano-cxjnvex test (c. 350-550/im in maximura diameter); flat to concave ^dral side in the last whorL with the peevious whcrls sli^tly more élevatedr umbüical side strcngly œnvex; ene peripheral keel; 5 trapezcddal chambees in ventral view, increasing gradually in size, with smcxTth surfaces; distinc:tly convex last chamber, c^Qigue-angLed to the ecjuatorial plane fcather than near to right-angled as in typical Glj:faatruncanita elevata); chambers triangular to cresczentic in dorsal view; moderately wide umhüicus. Ihe ^)ecimens â:om Sergipe are c:losely similar to transitional mor^^otypes between G. elevaba and G. stuartifcrmis, ÍDustrated by Pe^gno (1967, see above) from the weáiem Gulf Coastal Elain. They differ from G. stuartiformis paîtriez) s.s. in having a strcngly - 2 61 - a^mmetrical plano-convex E^ofüe and triangular to crescentic chambers on Üie dcrsal side. Ihe mocphotypes seem to represent, most likélyr inter- specifíc (ecophenotypic ?) variations withín the range o£ morphcQogical variahLlity of the plexusL Range; early Campanian. Occurrence: wells l-SES-3.

Globotruncamta eaiahenete (Nakkady) (EL 32, Figs 19-20) caobotruncana arca (Cu^man) var. esnehCTsis N^kai^, 1950, p. 690, pL 90, fígs 23-26. Globotruncana esnehensis Nakkady. Robasynski et 1984, p. 192, 301, pL 9, figs 1-4.

Remarks: Globotruncanita esnehensis is diaracterised by having an asymmetrical, test (c 320/ira in máximum diameter) with a trochoepire of modérate hei^tj ^liral side more convex than the umbUical side; 5 smooth trapezoidal diambecs in ventral view, increasing rapidly in size; radial umbilical sutures radiaL but curved in the last chamber; petaloid chamber Aape in dorsal view, with sutures curved and raised, but straight between fínal chamberí slightly lobate outÜne; one paópheral keel; umbólical keel missing on aH chambers c£ the Iñst whcrL Tt differs from Gb^truncanita stuarti (de Lapparent^ in poesessing a more rapld increase in chamber size and more petaloid chambers in dorsal view. Range: late Kaastrichtian. Occurrence: weD. 1-SES-lA.

Gtobotmncanita petteral (GandcOfi) (EL 32, Figs 21-23)

Globotruncana (Globotruncana) rosetta (Carse^ subep. pettersi Gandolfi, 1955, p. 68, pL 6, Sg. 3a-c Globotruncanita pettersi (Gandolfi). Rcbaszyn^ et aL, 1984, p. 232, pL 29, fígs 1-5.

Remarks: Spedmens of Globotruncanita pettasL are diaracterised by having a large, asymmetrical test (c 470-520/im), wüh a rery low trochc^xire; ene peripheral keel; ^áral side fíat to sUghtly convex and

- 262- umbilical side strcngly convex; 4 to 5 trapezoidal diambers in the last whctU increasing rapidly in size, witíi tile surfaces covered with scattered rugoKJtifts; eady chamtêcs of the last whcrl with a slightly raised sutural riiê cn the ventral side; chambees crescent-áia^)ed in dorsal view, with a flat and smooth surfaces; umtdlicus wide and deep. Ihe ^}ecdes difEais firom Gansserina gansseri (Bcüli) in having adumbcQical rieles, less rugoGe/^xistulose chambees, and in the raised sutural riiês on the umbilical side; firom Globotruncanita elevaba (Broten) in the fewer chambees in the last whad and in laddng a central cone on the dorsal side; and ñrom Globotruncanita angulata Tilev in the lobate equatorial periphery, more élongated chambers on the dorsal side and a more convex ventral side. Range: late Maastrijditian. Occurrence: weE 1-MO-l-^ Orare occurrence).

CTn>y*T;iiit'^iiii'H atoartí (de Lapparentj (EL 32, Figs 24-29)

Rosalina stuarti de Lapparent, 1918, p. 11, pL 1, fígs 5-7; text-fig. 4 (p. 12), lower 3 fígs, text-figs 5a-c (p. 13). Glc^iotruncana stuarti (de L^jparentj. BcQÜ, 1945, p, 236, pL 19, fíg. 18. (Tlc^jotruncana stuarti (de Lapparent). Pessagno, 1967, p. 356-357, pL 81, fígs 1-6; pL 93, figs 9-11; pL 94, fig. 7. Globotruncanita stuarti (de Lapparent). Robaszynski et 1984, p. 234, pL 30, figs 1-3, pL 31, fígs 1-3. Glii^xrtxuncaníta stuarti (de Lapparent). BelÜer, 1985, p. 36-37, pL 7, figs 17-19. Globotruncanita stuarti (de Lap^Jarentí. Carcn, 1985, p. 51, fígs 23.1-3.

Remarks: Ihe ^lecies is characterised by having a large, symmetrical, biconvex test (c. 560-69Ofkm in máximum diameter); a moderatly hi^ trochoepire; ene peciíêral keeL* circular equatorial periphery; 5 to 6 trêzoádal chambers in ventral view, increasing slowly in size, with a fíat and smooth surface; chambees trâezendal to sutrectangular in dorsal view; wide umbÜicus 3t diffpi-cj fcom Globotruncanita cónica (White) in its more ^mmetdcal, bLccivex test and trapezoidal áiape of the chambers on the ^ñral sáde. Range: latest Campanian. Occurrence: wéDs 1-CA-l-a;, 1-AO-l-SE. - 263- GtobotruiìcaiiiLa sbiattifimiiìs a& (Dalbìez) (EL 32, Figs 30-34)

GOobotnincana (GOobotruncana) elevata acotz«i sub^ stuartifcrnus Dalfcdez, 1955, pt 169, text-Sgs lOa-c Globotruncana stuartifcrnds DalhLez. Peasagno, 1967, p. 357-359, pL 92, figs 1-3, pL 93, figa 6-7, text-fi^ 44, fíg. 17. Glf^JOtruncana stuartifcrniis Dalhiez. Smitii & Pesagno, 1973, p. 52-54, pU 19, figs 10-12. Globotruncanita sbiartiformis (Dalhdez). Robaszynski et 1984, p. 238, piL 32, figs 1-4.

Remariis: Spedjnens of Globotnincanita stuartifccmls s.s, áiow a large (c 380-600pin in maximum diameter) trochcepiral test cf moderate hei^t? symmetrical to sli^tly asymmetrical profile; cne peripheral keel; 5 subtrapezoidal chambers in ventral view, increaaing slowly in size, with a fiat and smooth surfaces; chambers typLcaHy triangular in dorsal view; moderately wide umbOicus; subcircular equatcadal perijiiery. It differs fcom cactotruncanmta stuartl (de L^:parentj in tìie triangular rather tìian tr^iezcddal áiape of the diambecs cn the dorsal side and the very acute angles formed by the sutures and the ^aral suture, and from the GQobotruncanita elevata (Brotzen) -GQobotruncanita stuartifcrmls plexus by havii^ a more ^mmetrical proSle and triangular chambers on the dorsal side. Range: Campanian to Maastrichtian. Occurrence: wèUs 1-AD-l-SE, l-SES-3, l-SES-24.

Globotrnncanìta j*ih»ylriiiHa (Pessagno) (EL 33, Fi^ 1-3)

Globotruncana (Globotruncana) sub^inosa Pessagno, 1960, p. 101-102, pO. 1, figs 1-9, piL 5, fíg. 5. Globotruncanita subspinosa (Pe^gno). Robaszynski et 1984, p. 240, pO. 22, fig. 5, pL 33, figs 1-3, pL 34, figs 1-2. Globotruncanita subgainosa (Pessagno). Bellier, 1985, pt 35, piL 7, figs 8-10. Globotruncanita sub^anosa (Pessagno). Caroi, 1985, 51, figs 22.5-8.

- 264 - Remarks: Ule speàes is distìnguifiied by having a large, asyrnmebàcal test (c. 510pa in maximum diameter}; ^dral side fiat or slightly convex; umbilical side convex; one pedpheral keel; 5 to 6 tr^ezoidal diambers in ventral view; chambers crescent-shaped in dorsal view, radiaTly elcaigated wiih an undulating surface; equatori al pexipti&rf strongly lobate; moderately Wide umhiTìcus. A: f^iffwst &om Globotruncanita cale arata (Cu^man) - with whù^ it has interspeciSc variaticns (e.g., Robaszynski et 1984, pL 34, fig. 3a-c) - in the absence cC tuhulospines (not always visible in badly preserved ^>ecLmens). Tt diffas from Globotruncanita stuartifcrmis (Dalbiez) in having crescent-diaped chambers in the spirai side with undulating surfaces. Range; late Campanian to early Maastrichtian. Occurrence: wéll l-SES-24 fcare occurrence).

Genus MARGfflOTRUNCANA Hofker, 1956 {sensu Rctiaszynski & Caron, 1979, v. 2, p, 97-101)

Type ^ìedes: Rrwaijpa marginata Reuss, 1846

Remarks: Marginotruncana q>ecdmens are diaracterised by poesessing a biconvex to plano-convex test; extraumbilLcal-umtiilical primary aperture; two keel^ and more cr les sigmoidal, élevated sutures on the umbOical side. Ihe last feature differs it &om Dicarin^TIñ. It is also simuar to Globotruncana, &om which it differs by poesessing a clearly extraumbüical pdmary aperture.

WarginotaiDcana renzi (Gandoufi) CRL 33, Figs 4-6)

Glc^truncana renzi GandolEi, 1942, p. 124-125, pL 3, fig. 1, pL 4, fig. 16, 28-29, pL 10, fig. 2. Globotruncana linnei (d'Orìjigny) var. angusticarenata GandoTfi, 1942, p. 125- 130, Sg. 46.3, pL 4, figs 17, 30. Marginotruncana angusticarenata (Gandolfi). Pessagno, 1967, p. 300-301, piL 65, figs 14-19, pL 98, figs 5, 9-11.

- 265- Marginotruncana renzi (Gandolfi), Robaszynski & Caron, 1979, v. 2, p. 129, 133, pL 69, figs 1-2. Marginotruncana angustlcarinata (GandolFi). Wcnders, 1980, p. 120, pL 4, fig. 3a-c Marginotruncana renzi (GandcOfi). Bellier, 1985, p. 24, pL 4, figs 1-3. Marginotruncana renzi (Gandolfi), Carcn, 1985, p. 61, figs 27.1-2.

Remarks: Marginotruncana renzi is distìnguidied by having a moderately large, low trocho^àral, biconvex test (e 390^ in maximum diameter); two Glosely spaoed keels becoming a single cne cn tìie last two chambers; 5 elcngated trapezcddal chambers in ventral view, slowly increasing in size; cresoent-sh^ied to petaloid diambos in dorsal view. It differs from Marginotruncana paraconcavata Pcctìiaalt in its biconvex test and two clnaely spaoed keels. Range: late Coniacian. Occurrence: weH l-as-3 (care occurrence).

Marqinotmncana «ìtmfe^ Pcrtìiault [EU 33, Figs 7-9, 10 (detail of neanic Hedbergella)]

Marginotruncana sinuosa Pcrthault, 1970, p, 81, pL 11, figs 11-13. Marginotruncana sinuosa Portìiault. Robaszynski & Caron, eds, 1979, v. 2, p. 147, 152-154, pL 74, figs 1-2, pL 75, fi^ 1-2. Marginotruncana sinuosa Pcrtìiault. Caron, 1985, pt 61, figs 27.9-11.

Remarks: This specdes is càiaracterised by having a large, somewhat asymmetricaUy, bicOTivex test (c 460-530jum in maximum diameter), witìi a moderately high trochoepire; two closely spaced periprfieral keels; 6 renifcrm diambers, sbroigLy elongated, in ventral view, increasing slowly in size; sbrcngLy ék»igated chambers in dorsal view, with a fiat or slightly undulated surface; subcdrcular equatordal periphery. It differs from Marginotruncana renzi (Gandolfi in having strongly elongated chambes on the dorsal side. Range: late Coniacian to Santtaiian. Occurrence: weDs 1-CRL-l-SE, l-SE!S-3.

- 266 - Marginottniicaiia nnt^iiaita (L^mann) (EL 33, Figs 11-13)

Globotruncana undulata Ltìiraann, 1963, p. 148, pL 9, fig. 3a-c. Marginotruncana undulata ff^mani^. Rcbaszynsld & Carcn, 1979, v. 2, pt 159, 162, pL 77, figs 1-2.

Remarks: Marginotruncana undulata is diaracterised by having a large, sli^tly asymmetrical, biconvex test (c. 680;im in maximum diameter), witìi a moderately ió^ trochoepire; angle peripheral keel, formed by a doublé row of pusbJles, whidi tend to become very cTosaly spaceà on the last two chambers; 6 sutrectangular to renifcrm chambers in ventral view, slowly increasing in size; tz^iezcddal chamb^ with undulating sarfac:es in dorsal ' view; slightly lobate, subcdrcular equatordal periphery, It diffas from Marginotruncana sinucsa Pcrthault in pomesing a single keel and in having les elongated c:hambers in the sfpiral side. Range: early-late Turonian to early Santcnian. Ocxairrence: weUs 1-CA-l-SE, l-SES-3.

Snhfamfly GLOBOTRUNCAHBEUNAE MaalakcTva, 1964

Genus GLOBCnsUNCANBUA Reiss, 1957, emended Robaszynski, Caron, Gonzales Dcnoso & Wcxiders, 1984, p. 264

T^pe species: Globotxuncpana cdtae BciDi, 1951 (= Globoruncana havanensis Vcxjrwijc, 1937)

Gtobotamcanella havanensis (Voorwijc) (EL 33, Figs 14-16)

Globotruncana havanensis Voorw^t, 1937, p, 195, pL 1, fi^ 25-26, 29. Globotruncana havanensis Vocrw9c. Masters, 1977, p. 569-572, pL 45, figs 4-6

- 267- Gaobotruncan&Da havanensis (Voocw^), Robaszynski et 1984, p. 265, pL 44, figs 4-6. GLobotruncaneHa minuta Caron & Gonzales Donoso, in Robaszynski et eù.,

1984, p. 266, pL 43, fii^ 5-8.

Remarks: This '^>ecdjes is charactadsed by having a moderately smaU, asymmetrical, biconvex test (c. 240-340^ in maximum diameter); spirai side convex, low to moderately high, and convex umbQical side; 4.5 to 5 subglobular cdiamtêcs in ventral view, witìi pustulose surface; chambers petalnid in dorsal view. Ihe ^)ecLmens described as Globotruncanella minuta ty Carcn & Gonzales Dcnoso êe above) would ^êar to be neanic stages of GJobotruncaneTla havanensis and are, therefore, not considered as a separate ^lecies.

Range: Campanian to Maastriditian. Occurrence: weUs 1-CA-l-SE, 1-SES-lA, l-SES-3, l-SES-9.

Globotnipr«"^'na petaloddea (Gandolfi) (EO. 33, Pigs 17-21)

Globotruncana (Rugoglobigerina) petaloidea Gandolfi subsp. petaloidea GandoOfi, 1955, p. 52, pU 3, fig. 13a-c Globotruncanella petaloidea (Gandolfi). Robaszynski et 1984, p. 268, pL 44, figs 1-3. GLc^jotruncaneBa havanensis (Voc^wi^c). Bellier, 1985, p. 38-39, pL 8, figs 18-20.

Remarks: GIotjotruncarw'Tia pe^-aii-rifìga is charactensed ty having a biconvex to concavo-convex test (e 230-320^ in maximum diameter) with an asymmetrical profile; 4 trapezoidal, subglobular chambers in ventral view, with a pustulose surfaoe, except cn the last chamber; diambers petaloid in dorsal view. It differs from Globotruncanella havanensis (Voocw^) in having 4 petalnid chambers in the last whorL

Rcinge: Maastrichtian.

Occurrence: weUs l-a:s-lA, l-SES-24.

- 2 68- FamiLy ROGOGLOBDXRIRIDAE Subbotìna, 1959

Genus &RCHABOGLOBISERDIA Pessagno, 1967 Type specdes: Arctiaeoglobigerina Mowi Pessagno, 1967

Remarks: Ardiaeoqlobìgerina spedmens bave a low to moderately hi^ trochoqare (e.g., A. bosguensis Peasagno), witii globular diambers; pómary ^)erture umbflical; wide umbdlicuE^ covered by tegilla; chamber profUe rounded, with oc without a large implorate podpheral band, malnly cn the first diambers a£ the last whocl; two £aint rows of pusbules may be present; chamber surface rugose.

flrdiaeo^cbiqMJna taowi Peasagno (EL 34, Fi^ 1-11)

ArdiaeoglDbigerina bilowi Pesagno, 1967, pk 316, pL 59, figs 5-7. Archaeoqlobigecina bilowi Pesagno, Robaszynski & Carcn, 1979, v. 2, p. 172, pL 79, figs 1-2. Archaeocjlobigerina blqwi Pessagno. Rc^aszynski et 1984, p. 276, piì. 47, fig la-C &iot 2); pU 48, fig 1 (not 3).

Remarks: Spedmens of Archaeoglobiqerina tdowi *ow a moderately large, very low trochoqriral test (varying in maximum diameter from c 240/im, neanic stage, to c 360-400/im, ^hebdc and gercntdc stages), with a lobate eguatorial pedfdiery; 4 giobular chambers in the last whccl, increaaing very rapidly in size, with pustulose/tugose surfaces. It differs from Ardiaeoglobdqerina cretacea (d'Ortagny) in having fewer chambers in the last whocl, a more lobate equatcadal periphery and a very low txcxdicspire. Range: Ccniadan to Maastrichtian. Occurrence: localities A-11, A-18, Tabcjcas 2, weUs 1-CA-l-SE, 1-CN- 1-SE, 1-CRL-l-SE, l-SES-3, 1-SES-lA, l-SES-9, l-SES-24

- 269 - Ardiaeo^niAfwuia cretacea (d'Ortógny) (EO. 34, Figs 12-14, 18-20)

Gapbigerina cretacea d'Ortdgny, 1840, p. 34, pU 3, figs 12-14. caobotruncana cretacea (d'Orhigny). Banner & SIDW, 1960, p. 8-10, pL 7, fig. la-c:. Archaeoglobigeana cretacea (d'Orhigny. Pessagno, 1967, p. 317-318, pL 70, figs 3-8, pL 94, fi^ 4-5. Glohcrtruncana cretacea (d'Orfcdgny). Masters, 1977, p, 551-555, pU 41, figs 3-4, pL 41, fig. 1. Ardiaeoglohigerina cretacea (d'Ortdgny). Rcjbaszynski & Caron, 1979, v. 2, p. 176, pL 80, figs la-e. Archaeoglotdgerina_ aretacea (d'Ortdgny). Robaszynski et 1984, p. 278, pfl. 47, fi^ 3-6; pL 48, fig. 2.

Remarks: Spedmens of Archaeoqlobigerina cretacea bave a moderately large, almost symmetrical, low trochoepiral test (ep^ebic and gercntic specdmens are e 300-530/im in maximum diameter) with 5 to 6 globular diambers in the last whod, increasing slowly in size, with pustulose/inigose surfaces. Neanic g^ecimens are c. 240-250pm in maximum diameter, tiave abcut 5 chambers in the last whcrl, with pustulose surfaces and a troad imperforate peripheral band ffO. 34, Figs 12-14). It differs feom Archaeocìlotaigerina blowi in having more chambers in the last whorl, a less lobate outline and a slightly higher trocdicepire. Range: Ccniadan to early Maastrichtian Occurrence: locality A-11, weDs 1-CA-l-SE, 1-CN-l-ffi, l-as-3, 1- SES-24.

Genus RUGOGLOBIGKRINA Brcnnimann, 1952 Type qjedes: GLodgerina rugcsa Rlummer, 1927

Rntio^ctigecLaa ex gr. mqom (Plummer), emended (EL 34, Figs 21-27)

Glciaigerina rugosa Elummer, 1926, p. 38-39, pL 2, figs lOa-d. Rugcjglobigerina (RugoqLoblgerdna macrocephala macrcx:eghala Brcxinimann, 1952, p. 25, pL 2, figs 1-3.

- 270 - Rugoglobigerina (Rugoglobigerina rugosa pennyi Bronnimann, 1952, p. 34, pL 4, figs 1-3. Rugoglobigerina [Rugoglobigerina) rugosa rcfaindata teonnijnann, 1952, p. 34, Ea. 4, fi^ 7-9. Rugoglobigerina (Rugoglobigerina) gdlula Belford, 1960, p. 92, pL 25, figs 7- 13, text-fig. 6 (1-6). Rugoglobigerina macrqcephala Brcnnimann. Retri, 1962, p. 122-123, pL 17, fig. 3. Rugoglobigerina rotunciata Brcnniinann. Pessagno, 1967, p. 365-366, pL 65, figs 1-3, pU 68, figs 1-3. Rugoglobigerina rugosa (Rhimmer). Pessagno, 1967, p. 366-367, pL 75, figs 2-3, pL 101, figs 8-9. Rugoglobigerina tradingfaon'^'ngi'g Pessagno, 1967, p.367-368, pL 64, figs 1-8. Rugoglobigerina macrocepAiala Smith & Pessagno, 1973, p. 55-56, pL 23, figs 1-3, 7-10. Rugoglobigerina miìamensis Smith & Pessagno, 1973, p. 56, pL. 24, figs 4-7. Rugoglobigerina pennyi Bronnimann. Smith & Pessagno, 1973, p. 57, pL 24, figs 1-3. Rugoglobigerina rotundata Bronnimann. Smith & Pessagno, 1973, p. 58, pU 24, figs 8-11. Rugoglobigerina rugosa (Elummer). Smith & Pessagno, 1973, p. 58-60, pL 25, fi^ 1-4. Rugo«jlobigerina rugosa (Elummer). Masters, 1977, pt 622-626, pL. 56, figs 1, 4, 5, pL 57, figs 1, 2. Rugoglobi^rina tradin^ousensis Peasagno. Masters, 1977, p. 626-628, pL 58, figs 1, 3. Rugoglobigerina hexacamerata Bronnimann. Robaszynski et 1984, pi. 282, pL 49, fig 8a-c. Rugoglptaigerlna macrocephala Bronnimann. Robaszynski et 1984, p^ 284, pO. 49, fig. 7. Rugoglobigerina miìamensis Smith & Pessagno. Robaszynski et 1984, p. 284, pìL 50, fig. 3. Rugoglobigerina pennyi Bronnimann. Robaszynski et 1984, p. 285, pQ- 50, fig. 1. Rugoglobigerina pilula Belford. Robaszynski et 1984, p. 285, 302, pd. 49, figs 1-3.

- 271 - Rugoglobigerina rotundata EOtcnnimann. Robaszynski et 1984, p. 288, pL 50, fig. 2. Rugoglobigerina rugosa CElummer). Robaszynski et 1984, 288-289, pL 49, figs 4, 6.

Descriptì£si: Ihòs specdes-group has a broad morphcQogijcal variaMlit and is diaracterised by having a low to high trochoepiral test; generaHy 3 to 5 gli^ular diambers in the last whocl, increasing rapidly to slowly in size; test surface covered by variatile sculptural omamentation, progcessively developtng with cntoger^ from fine pustules and rugosildes to tiiick, cJoeely-^jaoed rugosldes and costellae, arranged in a meridional pattern; surface omaraentatim generalLy less devéloped on the last ciiamt)er; eguatcrlal periphery lobate; wide umbUìcus. Young ephebic spedmens are around 300-345pm in maximum diameter, bave 4 chambers in the last whoil and less coarse pustulose/injgose surfaces. Late ^hetdc and gercntic ^lecdmens are around 350-480^ in maximum diameter, bave less variabLe chamber ^lape anà coarser surface omamentation.

Remarks: It was òbserved a close relatdcniîip between the test àze, diambo: arrangement, coarseness of surface cmamentaticn, abundance and variahility of Rugoglobdgerina raorphotypes and their envircnments, in mar^ a^>ects simflar to the distributim pattems of the raid-Cretaceous faviiseUid fcraminifâ êe Chapter 6). Therefore, Rugoglobigerina ex gr. rugosa is regarded as a apedes-grotp comprising several morphotypes representing diffarent pdLyraorphic stages in the life cycle. The syncmymy list exemplifies the morpôlogical variability cf this ^>edes-ôup.

Range: late Campanian to Maastrichtian.

Occurrence: localities A-18, wélls 1-CA-l-SE, 1-CN-l-SE, 1-SES-lA, 1- SES-3, l-SES-9, l-SES-24.

- 272 - RugogLotàgeona hexacamerata Earonnlmann CEO- 34, Figs 15-17, 28-30)

RugogLobigerina (Rugoglobigerma) reichéU hexacamerata BrcxinLmann, 1952, p. 23-25, pL 2, figs 10-12. Rugoglobigerina hexacamerata Bronnimann. Pessagno, 1967, p. 364-365, pL 74, fig. 4, pU 91, figs 5-7. Rugoglohdgerina hexacamerata Brcamimann. Smith & Pessagno, 1973, p. 54- 55, pL 23, figs 4-6. Rugoglobógecina hexacamerata Bronnimann. Robaszynski et 1984, p. 282, pL 49, fig 5a-c OTOt 8).

Remarks: This specdes is characterised by having a large, very low to fiat trochoepiral test (varying from in maximum diameter Ecom c. 260fim, nearac/early ejhebic stage, ^)ecimen intermediate between R. hexacamerata and Archaeoglobigerina cretacea (d'Orbigny), to c 470^m, late ^hetdc/ gerOTitdc stage); generally 6 globular to rounded chambers in the last whcarl, increasing slowly in size; wide and deep umtdlicus.

Range: late Maastrichtian.

Occurrence: wélL l-SES-3 (rare occurrence).

- 273 - 3.2 - RADIOLARIANS

Subphylum SARCOODIA

dass ACnNOPODKA

SubcOas RAIUDLAHIA

Remarks: Entries and taxcnomlc remarks fot each radiolarian specáes are brief. Ref erences are resbácted to the original desdipticn of tiie ^¡ecdfis and to relevant references used in tíiis study. Purthermore, because of the fcagmentation of tests and oommon recrystalisatiOT, no dedsiDn could be made on ^lecáfic atbdbuticn cf several morphotypes. Such forms were either placed in single ^>ecies-gcoups^ eacái regarded with troad morghcJogical variabDity, cr pilaced in open nomendature.

Order POLYCrsnDA

Suborder NASSEEIAEOINA

Googj^mfaorax A (EL 35, Figs 1-3)

Remarks: This spedes is characterised by its smaU (around 190-300^m in máximum diameter), subqAerical ^pe, covered by diacply defíned pentagonal or hexagonal depressíons.

Range: late Alhian to eadiest Turcnian.

Occurtence: weUs 1-CA-l-SE, 1-CRL-l-SE, 1-OS-l-SE.

- 274 - (EO. 35, Figs 4-7)

Dictyonutra mnltnonstata Zittél, 1876, p. 81, pL 2, fíg. 2. Dictyonitra miilticostata ZitteL Fesagno, 1976, 52, pL 14, figs 4-9. Dicayomitra multácostata ZîtbeL Bec^tresser, 1983, p. 880-881, figs. 6 a-d.

Remaria iMctyoïnitra ex gr. muldoostata raorphotypes are characterised by having a smaU (c. 200—210jiim in maximum length), élongate, subconical test œnsisting of 8 to 10 segments, graduaUy increasing in dîameter; in some cases the last 3 to 4 segments have the same díamete, or the last two have pcogressively smaHer width^ each segment has cne transverse row c£ very smaU pores near the segment suture; the surface cxïntains numerous longitudinal costae.

Range: late Albian to early-late Turcnian.

Occurrence: locaÜtifis A-9, A-21, A-22, wells 1-CRL-l-SE, 1-ÜS-1-SE.

Dic±yomitra(?) ap, A (RL 35, Fig. 8)

Remarles: Test moderatély large (c. 400pm in maximum length), élongate, subccxiical, cxmsisting of appcoximately mne segments, with the last two segments having a sliç^tly smaller dîameter than the prevlous segment; test surface pcobat^y with smaU pores (not weE distingui^ed due to bad préservation). The lack of vertical costae, if at aH présent, may be due to recxystaüsation. Ihe morphotypes somewhat ressemble ^>ecimens c£ Dictyomitra rotundata (AÜfiv) iTlustrated ty Fcreman (1978-a, p. 841, pL 1, figs 1-3) from the late Albian-Cenomanían cf Angola Basin. However, because cf uncertainty as to the exact diagnosis cf the present ^jedes it is tentatively assigned to the Dictyomitra genus.

Range: latest Cenomanian.

Oc:currenœ: locality A-9 (rare cxicurrenœ).

- 275 - Lithostrobus sp, A (EL 35, Figs 9-11)

RemaEks: Spedjnens of Lithcstrobus sp. A have a small (about 290^ in maximum length), elongate, subconlcal test with 6 segments, gradually increasing in diameter, with the last segment havii^ a sLi^tly smaller diamet^ than the previews one; last 4 segments inflated, with well-defined segmental strictures; reticulate test surface covered with numerous smaU pdygaial depresions. Range: latie Alhian. Occurrence: well 1-CRL-l-^.

(EL 35, Fig. 12)

Remarks: Lithostrdjus sp. B morphotypes are distdngui^ed by having a minute (c. 160fim in maximum length), elongate, subconical test with 6 segments, gradually increasing in diameter; te* surface covered with numerous small pores. Range: late Albian. Occurrence: well 1-CRL-l-SE.

Suborder SPOHSZJUQINA

flracfanosphaeraC?) ap. A (EL 36, Figs 1-3)

Remarks: This is by far the most abundant speoes-grocp amongst the ^mellarians. Ihey are charactensed by ^erical shaped ^ledmens of variable sizes (about 110-360^m in maximum diameter), with a ^xxtgy wall texture and very thin p(xes. Range: late Albian to Turonian. Occurrence: localities A-1, A-3, A-9, A-12, A-21, A-22, A-35, weUs 1- CA-l-SE, 1-US-l-SE.

- 276 - Crucella irirìni Pessagno (EL 36, Figs 4-6)

CruceTIa irwim. Pessagno, 1971, p. 55, pL 9, figs 4-6.

Remaries: Spécimens of Crucella irwini are ciiaracterised by having large (c 400-450^m in maximum diameter) tests with four long and slender rays, t^jodng distally and nearly equal in length; central area with shaHow lacuna.

Range: latest Caiomanian to eariy-late Turcnian.

Occurrence: localities A-9, A-21.

Crucella messinae Pesagno (EL 36, Figs 7-8)

Crucella messinae Pedagne, 1971, p. 56, pL 6, figs 1-3.

Remarks: The specdes is distdngui^ed by ite moderately large (c 330- 380pm in maximum diameter) crucdfcrm test with cylindrical longitudinal rays and by lacking a lacuna in i±s central area.

Range: eariy Cenomanian.

Occurrence: locality A-3.

Cracella(7) sp. A (EL 36, Figs 9-11)

Remarks: This specdes is characterised by having a large (c. 400-S50^m in maximum diameter) test with shorter rays, subclindrical longitudinalLy; rays and central area planiform hcrizcntally.

Remge: early Caiomanian to early-late Turcnian.

Occurrence: localities A-1, A-21, weH 1-US-l-SE.

- 277- nbd i.;Md nun amamn Foreman (EL 37, Fig. 1)

Histiastrum anisum Foreman, 1978-a, p. 841, pL 1, figs 5-7.

Remarka líie spedes is c3istdngiuáied by ils large (about 480pm in máximum Isngth) test wdlii the presence of tiiree to four irregidarly developed arms. Range: latest Caiomanian. Occurrence: tocality A-9 (care occurrence).

OrtrimTifincma ex gr. mon«-ifipTift«»naia Pessagno (EL 37, Figs 2-5)

Orbia.ili,forma monticaDoenais Pessagno, 1973, p. 72-73, pL 16, figs 5-6, pL 18, figs 1-2.

Remarks: Test smaU (c 240-360^m in máximum diameter), disc-áiaped, neady circular in ouüine, with a vertical to rounded perifiíery; central cavity relatively wide and shallow; centre slighüy raised; fine me^work. Range: early Caiomanian to eady-middle Turonian. Occurrence: locaüties A-3, A-21, A-22, wéll 1-OS-l-SE.

EhasBÜfincma ex gr. laxa Pessagno (EL 37, Figs 6-7)

PhaseTifocma laxa Pe^gno, 1972-a, p. 276-277, pL 23, figs 7-9.

Remnarks: Spedmens of Phaqelifccma ex gr. laxa are characterised by having smaU (c 140-230;im in máximum length), élongate, subeDipscdxaal tests, varying in width (c 70-130jim in máximum width); sraooth surface with fine meshwork. Range: Cenoraanian. Occurrence: localLties A-3, A-9.

- 278- Pgeudoaoilopbacus parqueraensfe Pesagno (EU 37, Figs 8-9)

PaeudoaulDphacus parguoraensis Pesagno, 1963, p. 204, pL 2, figs 4, 7, pL 6, fi^ 4-5. Pseudoaulophacus parqueraensis Pesagno. Pesagno, 1972, p. 309, pL 30, fig. 4.

Remarles: Itàs specdes is disdnguished by its moderately sraaU (e 300^ in maximum diameter), circular test, l^itìcular in peripheral view; lobate periphery wiüi 9 lobes, each li^ hearing a *crt spine, whidi is commcoly not preserved. Range: latest Caiomanian to earliest Turcnian. Occurrence: localities A-9, A-22.

Spongotüpusí?) sp. A (EL 37, Figs 10-12)

Remarks: Moderately large (e. 300-400;im in maximum diaraeter), irregular ^ped ^)ecLmens, with apparenüy three to four rays and thickened centrai area. Range: eady Cenomanian. Ocojrrence: locality A-3.

Gens and -T^*^*^ indet, Spuméllarilnid ^ A (EL 37, Figs 13-14)

Remarks: lliis ^ìecdes is distìngui^ed by having a smaU (c. 200-320^m in maximum diameter) test with tìiree irregularly developed cays (which give the test a triangular étìape) and thickened centrai area. Range: early Cenomanian. Occurrence: locality A-3.

- 279 - 6.3 - DIATOMS

Class DIATOKACKA

Remarks: Because oE tiie great uncertainty regarding , the systematic positions of diatom fcustules recovered Airing this study, a taxcnomic Usting of specdes is not attempted. Rather, the miaroElora is trieOy discussgd in general informai terms (and arranged in mcarphcAypes). Specdmens of morphotypes D, E and E, wiìh an angular ce rcxmded peripheryr are tentatdvely thoii^t to be diatom frustules, mosbly based on their non-spcngy, smooth and even out^ sucfaoe and general slmilarity to the groupk

(EL 38, Figs 1-2)

Remarks: Small (e 220-230^ in maximum diameter), broad, thin, flattened discs (hiscuit-áiaped). Range: earliest Turonian. Occurrence: locality Pati 1.

nocpbùtype B (EL 38, Figs 3-4)

Remarks: SmaU (c 190^ in maximum diameter), broad, moderately thick, flattened discs, with a vertical periphery (pÜL-sh^Jed). Range: earliest Turonian. Occurrence: locality Pati 1.

MtXFhotype C (EL 38, Figs 5-8)

Remarks: Minute (c 120-190^ in maximum diameter), thick, flattened discs (drum-like fccms). Range: labest Cenomanian to earliest Turonian. Occurrence: localities A-9, Pati 1, wéE 1-US-l-SE,

- 280 - Hcxpbotype D (H. 38, Figs 9-10)

Remadcs: MocSeratély smaU (c. 280^ in maximum diameter), lenticular, moderately thin, bdxxmvex discs (Lentü-shaped); surface smooth and even.

Range: latest Cenomanian.

Occurrence: iDcáÜty A-9.

(EL 38, Figs 11-12)

Remarks: Moderately smalL (c 300^m in maximum diameter), Ixoad, moderately Uùck, ñattsied discs, wilii a rounded periphery (bdscuit-shaped); surface smooth and even.

Range: latest Cenomanian to earliest Cenomanian.

Occurrence: localities A-9, Patì. 1.

Hcrpiiotype P (EL 38, Figs 13-14)

Remarks: SmaU (e 240|im in maximum diameter), ^orth, thick, flatt^ied disc, with a rounded perifhery Q^óll-áiaped); surface smooth and even.

Range: latest Cenomanian.

Occurrence: locality A-9.

- 281 - CHAPTER 4

HICROBIOSTRATIGRAPHY

- 282 - 4.1 - INTSODDCTIOH

4.1.1 - Hetfaods

Because c£ the caving and sample mixing that commonly occucs in aü.- weD. cutting sampOes, cnly the top äown-hcile occurrences (the evcQutionary extinctuxi datum leveL or the last apîearance in the stratigraphical section due to envircnmental change^ o£ focaminifara and their peaks c£ abundances have biostratigr^diLc: significance. In other wocds, the upper boundary of the zcnes descrüied wäre deEined maihly by means of the last appearance (hiêst occurrence) of iis nominative and assocdated diagnostic speóes in the wéll-secti£xis studLed. Bowever, with the careful exaraination of aU the assemblages and diffarentdatjon cf caved and/or rewccked spécimens (decrease in abondance and stray occurrences, di£ferentdation in ccuour and preservatdcn) it was also possible to assess the approxiraate total range c£ the recorded taxa êe Tables 4.1-7), therefcre aBowing a more refined microhiostratigraphical ñamewcck to be establiäied. Ihe microfossil zonations propxDsed- hê are palmarily defined for regional application. However, there are close cmalogies between the EÄCposed püanktíOTic forarainiferal zcnal scherae and others estabÜêd for coeval strafa in other basins in the equatorial (Ceará: Viviers, 1982; Potiguar: Viviers & Regali, 1987; Maranhao and Para: Beurlen & Regali, 1987) and scxitheastem Brazilian continental raargin (Santos Basin: Viviers, 1986, 1987; Campxîs Basin: Azevedo et 1987, Koutsoukos, 1987) and elsewhere (e.g., Bcini, 1966; Pessagno, 1967; Premoli-Süva & BòDi, 1973; Longoria, 1974; van Hinte, 1976; Premoûi-Silva & Boersma, 1977; Sigal, 1977; Robaszynski et 1979, 1984; Wenders, 1980; Leckie, 1981; Caron, 1985; and SUter, 1989) -Tables 4.9, 4.11-12. Ohis makes ìt possible to t^f^sê^ their significance an a larger scale as weU to allow correlatdm with, and identification of, wocldwide palaeoceanogrsçhical events. It has also been possible to integrate the microbiustratigrapáiy wiih the mid-Cretaceous ammonite zcnal sdiemes foc the basin (Beurlen, 1967-a,b, 1970; SchaUer, 1970; Bengtson, 1983) - see Tables 4.8 and 4.10.

4.1.2 - Types of Biostratigraphic Units

Ihe biostratigraphic units defined in the proposed schemes are fac the most part what are termed Oppel-zones hy the ISSC Bitemational

- 283 - stratigraphie Guide (Hedberg, 1976). Accíxding to Hedberg (op. cit., p. 58): "Tîie OçpeL-zone may be defined as a zone cäiaracterized by an association or aggregati^ of selected taxcms of restricted and largely concurrent range, chcGen as indicative cf approximate contemporaneity. Mot aU of the taxons considered diagnostic need be présent at any one çQace for the zone to be legitimately identified. Hie lower part of the zoœ is commonly marited largely by first cçârance and i±s içper part by last ^ç>earance cf certain taxons. Ihe body cf the zane is marked largely by concurrences cf the diagnostic taxons." According to Carter (1974, p. 197), the criticai arguments in favour of recognising Oppel-zcxies (which hâve also been recognised by Hedberg, op. cit.) are; "(1) they tetack' (contrast with strict range zones); (2) they are logically distinct firom concurrent-ânge zoies (which in the final analysis are otapctive, rigoraisly defined units, cf doubtful practical use if more than two taxa arc involved in their recognititai), (3) that they are ultiraately non-obpctive, and - being defined by common consensus cr usage - therefcre flexible, and (4) that in this respe<± they correspond exactly to the working units termed "stages in maiy cLassificatdDns''. Mcareover, in additim to beÎng defined by the concurrence of certain diagnostic taxa, an Oppel-zcne may be based on a comtrinaticffi cf other criteria having time-significance such as lineai (evolutioncuy) zones, ¿üxtndance zones (Acme-zcnes), and so forth (Pessagno, 1977). Fer aU thèse reasons, such usage has been adopted in the miorcAñcstiatigraihic study. Ihe andere area cf the basin mostly consists cf neritic and upper bathyal depcsits, where the sédiments and associated micxafcssil táota are strongly sensitive to environmental changes. îhis study indkates that the complex interplay of ahiotic and biatic compcnents (the nature cf the total micTcfcesLl hiota) does not confccm to a generalised mjcrobiostratigraphical and palaeo-environ mental model based on the distributicn cf individual fcramirafara Riedes or genera êe Chîter 5). Therefcre, some envircnmentally-related assemtOage-zones {sensu Hedberg, 1976, p. 50-52; diiefly "ecozones"), of pdmary local application, had to be defined in carder to acjüeve fine-scale bJostratigcaEhic interprétation and the maximum detail in straldgraphical cxarrelation. The proposed schemes are cximpc^tte ones based on aU sections studied. Fcr boundary décisions the tcjtal microfauna has been evaluated.

- 284 - 4.2 - PSOPOSED PORAMIHIFERAL ZONAL SCHEHBS

Eadi focamimferal group has gceat bícstratigr^hic potential but they ace Umited in some litholagic units due to unCavoréüale depositional envircHiments. For example, smaH-sízed (c 100-300^ in maximum diametecr width ce length) benthonic focaminiferal assembJages are the basis for báastratágrapíiic studi es of dielf pelagic carbonates cf the mid-Cretaceous (upper Aptdan throu^ Coniacian), whereas planlctcxuc foraminif^a permit a detaüed zcnatiOT of oubo: áielf-alope marls and shales throughout the mid- and Upper Ccetaceous successicn. The benthcaiic focaminiferal Oppel-zones fi:om u^^ier Aptian-low^ Coniacian neritic envircnments have only a local character and their age was most^ asignad by means of both micxafaunaVüthofacies corrélaticn with nearbiy püanlctonic fccaminifera-dated localLties and after the ammoiite zcnal sdiemes of Beurlfin (1967-a,b, 1970, and SdiaBer, 1969, for the AMan) and Bengtscn (1983, fa: the Cenomanian- Coníacdan succession) for the outcrop-locaüties. The biostratigraEfeic zones discuased below, &om the cQdest to the youngest, are defined after characterisbic constibuent mixrofossQs. They have been named after cxie or two of the prominent specáes, fcr the Oppél- zones, and after two cr more diagncstic ^)ecies fcr the asemblages-zones (HeáDerg, 1976, pt 52, 58), whúái, individuaHy, may or may not be everywhere present in the zcnal assemfcQage. A prefix cOTsisting of the first one cr two letters cf the correspondent assigned stage is used as an informal notatifxi fcr the zcnes, numbered stratigraphicaEy upwards within each asBigned age/stage (e.g., Al-1 to Al-6, fcr the Alhdan). The zone- notatirais are álso foDDwed by a letter between fccackets indicatáng either a püanklíxiic Q?) or benthonic p) fcraminiferal zme. The zones, together with the ranges and abundances of the diagnostic qpecies are áiown in Tafafles 4.1-4,7. The táochrcnostratigraphic summary cf the studied weU sectáons is presented in TabJe 4.13.

4.2.1 - Planktonic Foraminifera

The sequence cf pOaniítonic foraminifera is based in part OTI the wocks of Mastas (1977), RcAiaszynsld. & Carón (1979), Robaszynski et aL (1984) and Carai (1985). Not álL of the zcnes defined fcr the central Narth

- 285 - Aüantdc-westem Tethyan/rranaitijcnal biíôvüices are represented in tiie área, racíStLy because the waters were too shaHow (mainly neritic) during tile óeposition c£ the Cotdnguiba FormatiOT, in the Cenoraanian to Coniacian. The pcesence c£ a considerable, wéll-developed, oxygen minúnum zone, cf variatüe intenstty and thickness, con^ácuous in the northem South Atlantic during the mid-Cretaceous êe Chapters 5 and 8), is likely to have been of, further restcaint to the widespread adonisation of deeper-water, zcnaHy ágnifícant, planktcnic taxa- Since a mapr part of this stiieme is based on dríUed material (as weU as primarily intended to be applied to, and enhance, subsurface stratdgr^hic coxelation), the upper boundaries cf several bdozcnes were defined mainly by means of last datura appearances in the weE ssctiars, i.e., at the hiêst down-hole occurrence (extinction datum) cf diagnostic qaecies.

4.2.1.(1) - Definition of the zones

Globiqecinelloides barri- Hedbergella (H.) gorbacfaíkae Zone [Ap-l. (P) ]

Category: Ofpel-zcne. Definition; Ihis zcne is characterised by the associatij:m of niobigerineEoides barri and HedbergeBa (H.) trocoidea with common ^)eciraens cf Hedb. (H.) gorbachikae. Assigned age; late Aptian. Reference sectíco: wéll 1-CN-l-SE (1002-1047m). Associated micrcfauna: HedberqeHa FaviLseUa) wa^tensls, Hedb. ^-) ex gr. delrioensiSr Hedb. (H.) ex ge. plani^ára, Hedb. trocoidea. E)istribution: Sediraentacy rocks within ttus zcxie have álso been recovered from the weU 1-CA-l-SE [1275-1320A3S0m(?)]. Palaeo-envirOTiments: diaHow to raiddle neritic. Remarks: A cored sectim cf the uppermost Oiterinhos Member, Muribeca Fcrmation, in the Aracají Hi^ (weU 1-CEB-lR-SE, core 7:370.9Qm), yielded a ángle ^ledmen referred to Globuligerina sp. cf. G. hoterivica l^ee Ch^íter 3), associated with an abundant assemtdage cf microgastropods and microbivalves, representing deposüdon in a tidal fíat environment with the

- 286 - influKice of nearby op&ì marine condìtiDns ^see Ch^>ter 6, section 6.3, and Chapts 8, sectìon 8.2.1). Minute, hi^ trochoGfdral, globuligecinid specimens, tentatìvely refenred to Ccooglobigerina (?) sp, A êe Chapter 3), are also recovered from the uppsc Aptian [welL 1-CA-l-SE: 1095-lllOm, 1125- 1140m, 1245-1260m; Zone hp-2,fP)]. GQobuligerinids have been repocted elsewhere firom Jurasic to tower-i^^Jer Aptian strata (cf. Mastsrs, 1977; GrigeUs & Gorbatchik, 1980; Caron, 1985; SUber, 1989). Ohe evidence suggests, therefcre, eilher a hìêr (younger) last appearance datum ^ the late Aptian) at low-latìtudes fcr the group or, quite likely, new taxa Eüaced within the phylogenetdc lineage o£ Ccnoglogigerina-GlobulLgerina- HedbargePa (Favusella). Mcreover, the record of globuügerinid spedmens, in the low^most marine sedimenta of Sergìpe, may further suggest an earlier dating (early-late Aptian) fcr the first true marine episode in the northem pcoto-South Atlantic Ooean. Ihe zone has têen reoorded in the low^most marine sectdon of weQs 1-CA-l-a: and 1-CN-l-SE, underLying a section of paralic Oagoonal) sediments. Ihe bdostratìgr^hic position c£ the zone seems to oorreîond to that of the fTinhjfjetin^Tloides algerianus, Hedb. gcarbachikae and Hedb. trocoidea zones of Longoria (1974), and G'des algerianus and Hedb. qortadukae Zone of Caron (1985) and SUter (1989) - see Tables 4.8-4.9. However, the general ^:piicabilLty of this zcne is uncertain and it needs to be tested wiih further coeval sections where sediments in gimiiJ^'' facies have been found.

Globigerinelloides ex gr. maridalensis- Hedbergalla (H.) similia zone [Ap-2. (P) ]

Category: Of^iel-zane. Definiticn: This zone is characterised by the assodatìcn of its nominate and associated ^ledes. The i^iper limit is marked by the last ^pearances Ìiighest occurrencesi of a number of ^Jedes. Foremost amongst these are the last occurrences of GlobìgerlneHnides barri, G'des ferreolensis, G\3es ex gr. maridalensis, and HedbergeHa (H.) simìH«- It is impcctant to note the first apiìearance cf TicineTla ^)ecies in the zonal assemblage. In aH other aspects, this zone dosdy resembles the undedylng one.

- 287 - Asigned age: late Aptian. Reference sections: weHs 1-CA-l-SE (1095-1260m), 1-DS-l-SE (981- 1260/1276m) and l-SES-3 {232S-2460ni). Associated microfauna: (1) Middle to deep neritdc hdofades: Globigerinelloides ^rtdense, ConoglobigerinaC?) sp. A, HedbergeHa p.) wadiitensis^ Hedb. (H.) ex gr. delrioensis, Hedb. p.) qorbarfiiJcae, Hedb. (H-) in&acretaoea, Hedb. labocaensis, Hedb. p.) ex gr. plani-^rira, Hedb. semielongata, Hedb. (H.] sigaSi, Hedb. (H.) trocoidea, TieineHa bepouaensls, T. rctoerti and T. ^ cf. T. primula. (2) Deep neritic to i^>p^ ba1±yal biofacies: Globdgeript^Tì''î'^ ^>tiense, G'des macrocamerata, Hedb. (P.) w?»=!hit-pntHty Hedb. ^.) ex gr. delrioenwi^y Hedb. (H.) qorbachileae, Hedb. (H.) infratxetacea, Hedb. (H.) masilakovae, Hedb. (B.) ex gr. planispira, Hedb. âli, Hedb. (H.) trocoidea, T. bepouaensis, T. and T. sp. cf. T. primula. Distribution: Sedimentary rocks witiun this zone have also been recovered from wens 1-CN-l-SE {811-1002ra), l-SES-9 r2628(?)-2862m] and l-SES-24 [2670(?)-2805ml. Palaeo-envircnments: middle to deep neritic (wells 1-CA-l-SE, 1-CN-l-SE), deep neritic to vîper tiathyal (wells 1-DS-l-SE, l-SES-3, l-SES-9, l-SES- 24).

Remarks: Hie zcnal assemtdage contains abundant, minute and small-sized (c. 150-250/m in maximum diameter) specimens of ginhigori Tielloides, Hedbergi^Tia and TidnpTia- Particularly significant at this horizcn is the sudden increase in abundance of Hedb. ^.) waf^hitt^nsis, Hedb. (S.) gorbachikae, Hedb. infracretacea, Hedb. (H.) ex gr. planispira, Hedb. trocoidea, T. befeouaensis and T. roberti ("Ist aburv3ance peak" of species of Tirinella). There is the first appearance of ^cimens referred to Tici nella spt cf. T. primula. They generally display cnly 6 chambras in the last whcrl, rather than 7 to 8, and a more closed umbilicus than the typical middle-late Albdan T. ex gr. palmula morphotypies ^ee Chapiter 3). Pcpulations of Hedb. p.) wa^tensis are here considered fades indicata^ but not good time markers. Occasional "blooms" of large favuselHd specimens (later ephefcdc and gerontdc specimens) are probably linked to periods of sea-level lowering anchor to displacement of unconsolidated shaBow-water deposits by turbidity currents (gee Chapter 6).

- 288- The "flood" atundances of favuseUids may be used, therefcxe, with considerable cautdon, for short distance hLostratdgr^hio correlation (locaHy defined acme-zones; cf. Hedberg, 1976, p. 59-60), such as amongst and between wéE sectdais cf the Aracap High and the Divina Pastcra Low areas.

Spedmens of GQobdqerine'noides ex gr. maridalensis ware recovered from wells 1-CA-l-a: {1095-lliain) arua l-aB-3. The jdnb occurrence of T. beôuaensis and T. roberti ^êcimens indicate an age not older than the late Aptian for the zonal assemblage and a last 3$f>earance datum for G'des ex gr. m;^ri'^''''nsis most likely at or near the Aptian-Albóan boundary. Ihe evidence fcom Sergipe suggests, therefcre, a hiêr (younger) extdnctdon datum for this ^)ecLes-group at low-latitudes than kwown elsewhere in the northem hemiêre (e.g., Sigal, 1977; Longoria, 1974; SUter, 1989). The biostratigraphic position of the zone is eguivalent to the G'des f^recJensis-T. beôuaensis Zone of van Hinte (1976) and to the lower part of the T. be;ôuaensis Zone of Longoria (1974), Caron (1985) and Sliter (1989)- Tables 4.8-4.9.

Globigerinelloides cushmani- Ticinella bejaouaensis Zone CAl-1.(P)]

Category: Ofpel-zone. Definition: The zcxie is characterised by a marked increaae in the afaundance cf ^)ecimens cf TìHnpTia be:pouaensÌ3 and T. rcfcerti ("2nd abundance peak"^, and by the fir^ c^pearance of GlofadgeriP^Tinir^»g cudimani in the zonal asemblage. In addition, its lower Umit is set by the last occurrences of G'des barri, G'des ferreolep^''=v G'des ex gr. marifìai>an5is and HedbergeHa (H.) simìlis, bere placed at the Aptian-Albdan boundary. Aadgned age: earliest Albdan. Reference sectìom weE 1-CA-l-SE (1035-1095m). Associated micrcfauna: Hedberg^n^i w'^^'itiangi.Q, Hedb. &.) ex gr. delrioensis, Hedb. ^.) gorbachikae, Hedb. (H.) infracretacea, Hedb. ex gr. gflanìspira, Hedb. (H.) trocoddea and T. sp. cf. T. primula. Distribution: Sedimentary rocks of this zone have also been recorded from wéll 1-US-l-SE (891-981m).

- 289- Palaeo-envircMiment: middle to deep neritíc Remarks: Ttie tdostratigraphic positiiMi c£ tiie zane is equivalent to the iDwer part of the T. berpouaensas Zone of van Hinte (1976) - Taiües 4.8-4,9.

Ticinella bejaonaensls Sone [Al-2.(P)l

Category: Acme-zone (cf. Hedberg, 1976, p. 59-60). Deördtian: Ihis zone is characterised by a marked increase in the abundance of ^)ecLmens of Ticine.lla bgôuaensis and T. roberti ("3rd abundance peak"). Ihere is the first occurrence o£ Hedbery"nj^ (H.) irfraccetacea in the zonal asemtüage. Asigned age: early Albian. Reference section: well 1-CA-l-SE (945-1035m). Associated microEauna: Glohigerinelloides cushmani, Hedb. p.) wa^îtensis, Hedb. (H.) ex gr. delrioensis, Hedb. (H.) gorbachikae, Hedb. (H.) ex gr. plani^ra, Hedb. (H.) trocoidea and T. sp. c£. T. pdmula. Distribution: Sedimentary rocks within this zone bave also been recovered from iDcalüy A-27, weHs 1-CN-l-SE (732-811m), l-SES-9 [2160(?)-2628m] and 1-ÜS-l-SE (711-891m). Palaeo-environments: middle to deep neritic (locality A-27, weDs 1-CA-l- SE, 1-CN-l-SE), deep neritic to upps: bathyal {weDs l-US-l-SE, l-SES-9). Remarks: Ohe biostratigr^hic position cf the zone is equivalent to the upp^ part of the T. beôuaensis Zone of van Hinte (1976) - Tätües 4.8-4.9.

Ticinella bcjaouaensia- T. ex gr. primula Zone [A1-3.(P)]

Categoty: Oppel-zcne. Definition: Ihe upp& limit of this zone is charactañsed by the last occurrences of Globigerinelloides cushmani and Tìr-in^Tia ber^ouaensis, both occurring rarely. It is impcrtant to note the first occurrences in the zonal assemblage cf Hedbergelia ^,) ex gr. simplex and G'des bentcnensis, near the L^Jper boundary, and of the TicineTla pdmula specdes-group. Asigned age: middle Aldan. Refeience section: wdl 1-CA-l-SE (915-945m),

- 290 - Associated micrcfauna: Hedb. ^.) w^í^-i^^giq, Hedb. (H.) ex gr. delrioensds, Hedb. ^.) gorbachikae, Hedb. (H.) inficacretacea, Hedb. ^.) ex gr. planispira and T. rdaerti. nioH-it-nt-inn- Sedüoentary rocks within this zcne have also been recovered from weDs 1-CN-l-SE(672-732m) and 1-DS-l-SE (621-711m). Palaeo-envircximents: middle to deep neritic (weHs l-CA-l-a¡, 1-CN-l-SE), de^ neritic to upp& bathyal (weil 1-üS-l-SE). Remarks: PartLcularly significant at this hccizon is the marked abundance cf specimens cf Hedb. (H.) gorbachikae, Hedb. (fl.) ex gr. plani^ára and T, ex gr. pdinula. The hiostratigraphic postbicn cf the zcne correapcnds to the T. bg^ouaensJs-T. pcimula Zone of van Hinte (1976) and T. pdmula Zone of Caron a985) and SÜter (1989) - Tablfis 4.8-4.9.

Biticinella breqgienaia- Ticinella ex gr. primnla Zone [Äl-4.(P)1

Category: Oppel-zone. DefinitJnn: Ihis zcne is diaracteriaed by the assocäaticn of its nomínate and aasodated species. ihere are the first appearances of BiticineTla breggiensis, Ticinella madecassiana (probable total ränge zcne in the basii^ and T. raynaudl in the zcnal assemblage. Furth^more, the upper limit cf the zcne is marked by a sudden increase in the abundance of Targe tidnellids", i.e., ^ledmens cf B. breggiensis, T. ex gr. prímula and T. madecassiana (c 300-380/m in máximum diameter) - ("4th abundance peak" of tdcineHiife). ASBJgned age: middle to late Albäan. Reference section: weil l-OS-l-SE (426-621m). Associated micrcfauna: Globáqedr^Ti^'dtK; bentcnensis, Hedberg*>Tlfl ^.) waáiibensis, Hedb. (H.) ex gr. delrioensis^ Hedb. (H.) gorbachikae, Hedb. (H.) infraccetacea, Hedb. (H.) ex gr. planispira, T. pcaeticdnensis and T. roberti. DJstrifcutJon: Sedimentary rocks cf this zcne have also been recovered from lOCaÜtY A-15, weDs 1-CA-l-SE (855-915ra), 1-CN-l-SE (612-672m), l-SES-3 [2250/2265(?)-2325m] and l-SES-24 [2490/2505{?)-2670rol. palaeo-envircmments: middle neritic to uppa: bathyaU

- 291 - Remarfca The hLostxatagr^Äiic pcsitiDn c£ Öie zcne is equivalent to tíie T, praetdcinensis Zone of van Hinte (1976), and to the B. treggiensis Zone/ T. pcaetüdnensis Subzone of SÜter (1989) - Tatiles 4.8-4.9.

Biticinella breggienaia- Globigerinelloides texomaensls Zone [A1-5.(P)]

Ccttegory: Oppel-zone. DeÖntdcn: TMS zone is ciiaracterised by tiie assocdation of its nomínate and afflocdated qjecdes. The upger limit of the zcne is distinguiäied by the last ^jpearances of RiticdneHa treggiensis and T'irin^^Tlñ ex gr. grimma, Tt is impcrtant to note the first occurraices in the zonal assembiage of Glc±ágerinelkñdes texomaensis and, near the Upper boundary, of Praeglobotruncana deMoensis and ^¡ecies of Hetercêüx. Assigned age: late Alblan. Reference secfcLcn: weil 1-üS-l-SE (396-426m). Asocdated mixrofauna: G'des bentcnensJs, Hedberg^Tia p.) wq!ît-pn!=n.'=v Hedb. ^.) ex gc. delnoensis, Eeä>, (H.) gorbachikae, Hedb. (H.) infracretacea, Bedb. ^.) ex gr. planispira, Hedb. (g.) ex gr. simplex, Hedb. ^.) subcretacea, Hetercêlix ex gr. globulosa, Het. ex gr. moremani, T. raynaudi and T. robertL Distribution: Sedimentary rocks of this zcne have also been recovered from wells 1-CA-l-SE (765-855m), 1-CN-l-SE (582-612m) and 1-CRL-l-SE (core 2: 1200.80m-core 3: 1214.50m). Palaeo-enviraiments: deep neriíác Remarks: Particularly sLgnificant at this horizon is the marked increase in abundance of hedbergeüids [such as Hedb. (H.) ex gr. dpirinensis, Hedb. (ß.) gorbachikae and Hedb. (H.) ex gr. planiüâra] and ^)ecimens of T. ex gr. pdmula. The hiostratigr^hic positdon of the zone is equivalent to the T. (ß.) treggiensis and Elanomalina buxtorfi-Rotaiipoca a^^>enninica zones of vcui Hinte a976) - Tatües 4.8-4.9.

- 292- Hedberqella (Hedb.) gorbachikae- Ticinella caynaadi Zone [A1-6.(P>1

Categoryi OppeL-zcine, Deäniticn: Dus zone is diciractensed by tíie assodatim <£ üs nomínate and associated ^jecies. ihe upper Umit of the zone is charactadsed by tiie last ^pearances c£ GlobigerineBoides texomaensis and HedbecgeTIa (ß,) gorbachiJtae. The zcne also contains tiie last appearance of ^»edes of TidneBa ff. raynaudl and T. roberti), occurring rarely in transitional morphotypes wiüün a TiHntaTia-HedbergpTla p]£xus assemblage. It is particulariy significant tiie first occurrence of Guembelltria ceno mana in the zonal assemblage. Assigned age: latest Albian. ReEênce section: weD. 1-OS-l-a: (381-396m). Associated microfauTa: G'des bentonensiSf Hedb. (F.) yacîHt-pngic^ Hedb. (ß.) ex gr. delrioensis, Hedb. (H.) ex gr. gflanispira, Hedb. (ß.) ex gc. simplex, Hetarohîx ex gr. glofaulosa, Praeglobotruncana f^ln^nsis. Distribution: Sedimentary rocks within this zone have also been recorded from 1-CA-l-SE (core 2: 761.80m-765m), 1-CN-l-SE (552-582m), 1-CRL-l-SE (core 1: 1182.S0m-core 2: 1200.80m), l-SES-24 [2460(?)-2490m]. Falaeo-environments: middle to deep neritic. Remarks: Particularly significant at this hcdzcxi is tlie marked increase in abundance of ^)ecimens wiöi a rugose/tustulose (with pústulas and/or costeüae) Chamber surface, such as Heda, (ß,) ex gr. dPlrioensis, T. raynaudi and Pr. delrioensis (weHs 1-CA-l-SE and 1-CN-l-SE). Tiiese "rugoee aná/oc pusbjlose" planktonic mca^hotypes are eguivcdent to t±te Hedberqella "ä costeHae" asembOage of Carai (1978) described firom the middle to upp&c Albdan of Site 364, D5DP Leg 40, in the AngcQa Basin. The bdostratigraphic posüdcn of the zone corresponds to the Elanomalina buxtccfi-Rotalipcca agpenninica Zcne of van Hinte (1976) - Tables 4.8-4.9.

Rotalipora brotzeni Zone [Ce-l.(P)]

Category: Oppel-zone. Definitim: This zcne is diaractecised by the assodatim of its nomínate and - 293- assocáated ^lecies. It is impcrtant to note in tiie zoial asseinblage tìie first ^pearances c£ RotaÜpoca ^penninlca and Rob. trotzenif and an abundance of "rugose and/or pustolose" morpAiotypes of HedbergelLa ex gr. dekioensis. Ih addtiíMi, ttie lower liniit of the zone is marked ty the íast occurrences of GOobigerineTloides texomaensis, Hedb. (H.) gorbachikae, Tionelta raynaudi and T. rcfcerti, placed at the Albian-Ceno manian boundary. Assigned age: earUest Ceno manian. Refaience section: welL 1-CN-l-SE (core 5:537.00m-552m). Associated mirrofauna: G'des bentcaiensis^ Guemboiit-ria ceno mana, Hedb. F.) waáTJtensLS, Hedb. ^.) ex gr. deTrioensds, Hedj. ex gr. planispira, Hedb. (H.) ex gr. simplex, Hetert^elix ex gr. globulosa, Het. ex gr. more mam, Elanomalina ^ cf. P. pcaebuxtocfl and Praeglobotruncana deMoepsH

Remarks: Several specLmens refaxed to Plano malina ^ cf. P. praebuxtxcfi wece recovered from weE 1-CN-l-^ (core 5: 537.00m), and seem to be transatáaiai mca:í*otypes between G'des bentcnensis and H. pcaebuxb^fi (Ch^xter 3). The bjostratigr^hic poeitim of the zcne corresponds to the Rot^ bcotzeni Zcne cf Carcn (1985) and Sliter (1989) - Tahles 4.10-4.11.

Praeglobotruncana delrioensis- Rotalipora appenninica Zone [Ce-2.(P)]

Category: Oppel-zaie. Definition: This zone is diaracterised by the asodatícn of its nominate and associated ^¡ecies. There are the last afpearances of Hedbergt=*Tlr^ p.) wafhitpnsis, Praeglobotruncana delrioensis and Rotaiipcca appenninica frare ^>ecimen5 c£ c 300^m in maximum diameter) in the zcnal asembOage. Assigned age: eady to middle Cenomanian. Reference section: locality A-1. Associated microfauna: Globdgerinelkàdes bentcnensis, Hedb. (H.) ex gr. delrioensis, He^j. (H.) ex gr. planispira, Hedb. (H.) ex gr. simplex,

- 294- Heta:chélix ex gr. globulosa and Het. ex gr. moremam. E)istari]xitdon: Sedünentary rocks c£ tíiis zone have also been recovered from weDs 1-CA-l-SE (705-core 2: 761.80in), 1-CN-l-SE a62-core 5: 537.00m) and l-SES-24 [2370(?)-2460m]. Palaeo-environments: middLe to deep neritic (locality A-1, weU. l-CN-l-ai), deep neritic to upper bathyál (wéHs 1-CA-l-SE, l-SES-24). Remarks: Particularly signifícant at this hcadzcn is the marked increase in the abundance o£ smalL-sized (c 200-30O/un in maximu m diameter) specimens oC Hedb. ^.) ex gr. delrioensis and Het. ex gr. moremani. Specimens c£ Hedb. p.) wa^tensis and "rugóse and/or pustulose" morphctypes oE Hedb. p.) ex gr. delrioensis are occasiDnally abundant at layes oC áiaHower envircnments. Hie tiLo^atigraE*iic position c£ tñe zcne is equivalent to the Rot. reicheli Zone and lowa: part of the Rot. cushmani Zone/ Rot. greenhcamensis Subzcne cf Carón (1985) and Sliter (1989) - Tables 4.10-4.11-

Hedbergella {Whiteinella) baltica- Hedb. (W.) brittonenais Zone [Ce-3.(P)1

Category: Ojpel-zone. Definition: Ihis zone is diaractecised by tiie asociation cf its nomínate and associated specáes. Ihere are the first appearances of HedbCTgeBa (Whíteinpnj*) b^tiHi^a and Hetfc. (H.) britbonenas in Üie zcnal assemblage. Furthermore, the lower Umit of the zone is marked by the last occurrences cf Hedb. ff.) waáatensis^ Praeglobotruncana delrioensis and Rotali^>oca appennip*r^- Assigned age: middle to late Ceix^manlan. Reference sectim: weH 1-CA-l-a: (645-705m). Asodated microfauna: GlohigerinePoides bentonensis, Hedb. (H.) ex gr. delrioensis, Hedb. ^.) ex gr. planispira, Hedb. (H.) ex gr. ámplex, Hetert^elix ex gr. globulosa and Het. ex gr. moremani. Palaeo-enwironments: deep neritíc Remarks: Particularly sigmficant at this horizcn is the marked abundance of normal-sized (c 300-350^m in máximum diameter) spedraens a£ Hedb. ^.) ex gr. delrioensis.

- 295- The hiostratigtaEáiic pceitim a£ the zone corre^onds to the Rot, cuáimani Zone, içper part oÊ the Rot, greenhomensis Subzone areî lowec part of the DicarinpTla alqeriana Subzone, of Caron 0-985) and Sliter p.989) - Tables 4.10-4.11-

Globiqerinelloides bentooensis- Hedberqella (W.) apcica Sone [Ce-4.(P)I

Cabegory; Oppel-zcne. DefinitLon: Ttàs zone is oharactensed by the associatiCTi cC Us nomínate and assocdated ^jecies. The iîper limlt of the zone is marked by the last ^jpearance c£ GtohLgerinelloides bentmensis. Furthermore, it is impcxtant to note the Qist occurrence o£ HedbergeDa (Wbí*-pi"^Tia) aggiea in the zonal assemblage. Asigned age: latest Coio maman. Référence sectûai: locality ft-9. Associated microfauna: Guembelltna ceno mana, Hedb. (H.) ex gt. deirioengj'v Hedb. ex gr. planispira, Hedb. (H.) ex gc. simplex, Hedb. (W.) báltica, Hedb. (W.) lxitt.mensis, Heterohelix ex gc. globulosa and Het. ex gr- moremani. Distrituticn: Sedimentary rocks cf this zone have also been recovered from locality A-45 and well 1-CA-l-SE {615-645m). Paîaeo-environments: shallow to middle neritic (lûcality A-45), uppo: bathyal (locaiity A-9, weE 1-CA-l-SE). Remarks: Partinilarly significant at this horizcn are the marked increase in abondance of G'des bentcxiensis (locaiity A-9), and large-sized Ç> 300fim in maximum diameter oc length) hedbergelEi^ (most^ "whiteinellid" mcxpôtypes) and heterohélicids. A single small-sizeâ (c 295^m in maximum diameter) spécimen of Rot, greenhçgnensis was recovered frora iocaüty A-9, thus suggesting eilher rewccking or a hiêr (younger) last ^)pearance datum (at cr near the Cenomaraan-Turcxüan boundary) for the taxcn at low- latitudes than cecorded elsewhere (e.g., Robaszynski et 1984; Caron, 1965). The báostratdgcaEhic position of the zcne is équivalent to the lower part cf the "zcxie à grosses globigèrines" oc "zcne à grandes glotdgérines" cf Sigal a95S) and van Hinte a976), and to the \ipper part of the Die.

- 296- algeriana Subz me/Rot, cuáimani Zanm and lowe: part of the Whit. arcfaaeocretacea Zcne of Carcxi (op. cit.) and Sliter (1989) - Tables 4.10- 4.11.

Hedberqella (Whiteinella) arcfaaeocretacea- Heteroheli» reassi zone [T-l.(P)]

Categcry: Oppel-zcne.

Définition: This zone is charactadsed ty the associaticn cf ils nominate and assocdated ^¡ecdes. It is important to note the first ^jpearances of Hedberqella (W.) archaeocretacea and Hetarchélix ren-qpa in the zonal asemblage. Asaigned age: earliest Turonian. Refœence sectkxi: locaiity A-2. Affiocdated microfauna: Guembelibda cenomana, Hedb. (H.) ex gr. d^rioer^Sr Hedb. ^.) ex gr. planispira, Hedb. (H.) ex gr. simplex, Hedb. (W.) aprica, Hedb. (W.) baltica, Hedb. (W.) paradutaia, Heterohelix ex gr. globulosa, Het, ex gr. more mani and Praeglobotruncana sp. cf. P. sbephanL Distributdm: Sedimentary rocks withln this zcne have also been recovered from iDcalitdes A-22, A-35, wéE 1-CA-l-SE (core 1: 604.20m-615m) and 1- DS-l-SE (core 1: 98.50m-366m). Palaeo-envircnments: middle to deep neritic (localities A-2, A-35), deep neritic to upp&: bathyal (locaiity A-22, wells 1-CA-l-SE, 1-OS-l-SE). Remarks: Partdcularly significant at this horizon is the marked increase in the abundance cf large-sized (c 300-580)im in maximum diameter oc length) hedbergeUids (mostly "whiteinellid" morphotypes) and heterchelidds. The record cf Heterchélix reusi (Cushman) in the lowermost Turonian of Sergipe is coeval wiüi first occurrences of the ^jedes reported from the western GulE Coastal Rlain area (Pessagno, 1967) and Trinidad (Koutsoukœ & Merrick, 1986). The hLcstratdgraphic posüdcn cf the zcne is équivalent to the lower part cf the "zone à grosses globágérines" ce "zcne à grandes globigèrines" cf Sigal a955) and van hinte (1976), and to the upger part of the W. archaeocretacea Zone of Caron (op. dt.) aria SHter (1989) - Tables 4.10- 4.11.

- 297 - Hedbergella {Whiteinella) aprica- Hedb. (W.) baltica Zone [T-2.(P)l

Category: Oppel-zcne.

Defìniticn: This zone ìs charactedsed by the asocìatdm of ibs nominate anà aasodated ^>ecies. There are the occurrences of Hedbergella (W.) aprir?^, Hedta. (W.) tyltHca ^id Heterchelix ex gr. more mani in the zcnal aseemtilage. It is impcrtant to note the ficst appearanoe of Marginotruncana undtilata (w^ 1-CA-l-SE), near the upper boundary. Aasigned age: early to late Turcxùan. Reference section: well 1-CA-l-SE I555/585m(?)-cx3re 1: 604.20m]. AsBodated microfauna: Guembéljtri^ cenomana, Hedb. (H.) ex gr. delrioensiSf

Hetfc. (g,) ex gr. planispiret, Hedb. (H.) ex gr. simplex, H. (Whit.) paradubia, Hebgohelix ex gr. globulosa, and Het. reusfi. Distributim: Sedimentary rocks of this zone have also been recovered from localities A-21 and A-29. Pàlaeo-enviraiments: middle to deep neritk: Oocalitìes A-21, A-29), deep neritic to L^jper bathyal (weE 1-CA-l-SE). Remarics: Particularly signiEicant at this horizcn is the marked increase in abundance of ^^edmens cf Guemtjelitria cenomana and heterdielidds in strata from ^lallower envircnments (Localities A-21 and A-29). Ihe bicstratigraphic posidcn of the zone is equivalent to the Helvetoglobotruncana helvetica Zone and M. sigaE Zone cf Wonders (1980) and Carcn (1985) - Tables 4.10-4.11.

Dicarinella primitiva Zone [T-3.(P)]

Category: Oppél-zone.

DeSnition: Ohis zone is characterised by the assodation of its nominate and aasodated speàes. It is impcrtant to note the first ^jpearance in the zonal aasemblage of Dicarinella primitiva (locality A-8) and the last occurrence of Guembelitria cenomana (locality A-17).

Asìgned age: latest Turcnian. - 298 - Reference sectians: tocalities A-8 and A-17. Aascxdated micrefauna: Hedb^gaTLa ^.ì ex gr. (telrJoenHÙy Hedb. (H.) ex gr. planispira, HetercAieJix ex gc. globulosa and Het. reasHi. PaTaeo-envircximents; ^laHow to middle neritic Oocality A-17), middle to deep neritic (locality A-8).

Remarks Particularly significant at this hecizcn ìs tiie paucity cf tiie planktonlc Fcraminifara recovered fìrom the studied sectiois, pceiiattLy as a refiult ef ncn^areservaticn and very indurated calcareous lithofacies. Ihe occurrence cf GuembeHtria cenomana in i^jpermost Turcnian strata indicates a hi^er (younger) last appearance datum fcc the taxen at low-latitude ^èlf regicns than recorded elsewhere (e.g.. Cardi, 1985; Sliter, 1989). The tóostratìgraphic pesiticn cf the zene is eguivalent to the lower part ef the DicaripfTì^ primitiva Zone ef Caroti (op. cit.) - Tables 4.10- 4.11.

Arcliaeoqlobiqerina cretacea- Dicarinella primitiva Zone [Co.(P)]

Categocy: Op^el-zone. OefuiLticai: This zc^ is characterised ty the assodaticn of its nominate and aasodated ^ecdes. Thece is the first appearance c£ ArdiaeoglobLgerina tJowi and A. cretacea (locàlity A-11), and the last occurrences ef Di cannella primitiva (locality A-10) and HedbargeTTa (Hedb.) ex gr. simpilex in the zonal assembla^. Affiigned age: eariy Ccniacdan. Reference sections: localitdes A-10 and A-11. Associated raicrafauna: Hedb (W.) paradubia, HeteccAielix ex gr. globulosa and Het. reussL Distrihution: Sedimentary rocks cf this zone bave àlso been recovered from locality Tabocas 2. Palaeo-environments: middle neritic Remadcs: The hicstratigraphic position ef the zone raay correspcnd to the upper part c£ the D. primitiva Zone of Caroi (1985) - Tables 4.10-4.11.

- 29 9 - Dlcarinella concavata- Mar g ino trnncana sinuosa Sone [S-1.{P)]

Category: OppeL-zone.

DefìnLtion: 'Ras zcne is diaractedsed by the aseociation c£ Its nominate and asBodated ^êcie^ Ihe t:pper limit is marked by the last cppearances o£ DicarinpTia concavata ôbatile total range zcne in the basin), Marginotruncana sinucsa and Hedber^Tif^ f^,) flandrini. It is impcrtant to note the last occurrences in the zcnal assemblage of M. renzi and fi. ondulata (weEL l-SES-3: 2235-2250m; i^per Ccniacian), together wi±h the first cîpearances cf Ccntusotruncana ex gr. gemicata, nsar the uf^ìer boundary, and VentrilatreTla ausdnana (weE 1-CRI>1-SE). Aasdgned age: late Coniacian to early-late SantOTian. Reference secticns: weEs 1-CRL-l-SE (cwe 1: 1176.40-1182.50ra) and 1- SES-3 (2205-2250/2265m). Associated raicroEana: ArdicOjglobEigerina blowi, A. cretacea, GLt^dgerinelloides eschaà, Hedb. (H.) ex gr. delrioensis, , Heterchelix ex gr. glii^xilosa, Het. pulchra, Het. re"

nirCTrtwpJTa dsy metrica Zone [S-2-(PJ]

Category: Oppel-zone. Defimtion: Ihis zcne is oharacterised by the associatùm of its nominate and asociated specdes. It is impcrtant to note in the zonal asemblage the last appearances of Dicgrin^Tia asymetrica ^obable total range zoie in the basin) and morphotypes of Hedtaergella ^.) ex gr. delrioenpi^ Ihe lower Umit of the zone is marked by the last occurrences of D. concavata, Hedb. (H.) flandrini and Marginotruncana sinuosa. -300 - AsEÌgned age: late Santonian. Reference sectim: weH l-SES-3 (2175-2205m). Associated micxc£auna: Aráiaeoglobagecina blovi, A. cretacea, Contuaotruncana ex gr. fcmicata, GlobiqeEineTlnides aiaerranta, Cdes escheri, Cdes ultramicra, Hetadiélix ex gr. globulosa, Het. pulchra, Het. re

CoabBOtruncana r^ttpT^CMwii^f— Gtobotrapf^ant^ etegafca-

Category: Oppel-zcne. Defìniticn: Ihis zone is charactgised by the assocdatúxi cf ibs nominate and affiocdated ^ledes. Ihere are the first appearances in the zcnal assemblage cf Ccntuaotruncana pat^nifcrmis, Globotrur^j^ripTi a havanensis^ Gkbiotcuncaniba eOevata-Cnita stuartdfocmis plexus (total range zcne) and Genita stuartiformis S.&, and the last occurrence cf Heterohelix re'^-'^.r Moreover, the lower limit cf the zcne is marked by the last occurrences of Hedb. (H.) ex gr. deldoensis and Di>aHiv>Tia asymetrica, püaced at the Santonian-Campanian boundary. Asigned age: early Campanian. Reference secticn: weill l-SES-3 (2085-2175m). Associated microfauna: Archaeoglobigerina bilowi, A. cretacea, C. ex gr. fcmicata, GlotaigeaneTloides esdìeri, G'des ultxamicra, Globotruncana arca, HetercAielix ex gr. globulosa, Het. pulchra, E^udoguembelina cnstulata. Distrihutdon: Sedimentary rocks within this zone bave also been recovered from weas 1-AU-l-SE (510-S40/555m), 1-CN-l-SE (0-21/42m), and l-SES-24 [2220{?)-2310m].

- 301 - PaQaeo-environments: uppec bathyal {wéDs 1-AO-l-SE, 1-CN-l-SE), middle to ]ower bathyal (weLs l-SES-3, l-SES-24). Remarks The triostratigraphic positivi of the zone is equivalent to the fflnita elevata Zone of SUta: (1989) - Tatìle 4.12.

Globotrnncana orientalia- G'cana ventricoaa Zone [Ca-2.(P)1

Category: pppel-zone. Defiratian: This zone is diaracterised by the association of its nominate and associata qjecdes. Ihere are the first ^jpearances in the zonal assemblage of Globotruncana linneiana, G'cana biTTm'ri^ G'cana ocientali.'v G'cana ventai f'f^, Globotruncamta subspànosa, Pseudotexti ilari q élegans and Rugoglobiqerina ex gr. rugosa, and of Cnita ^luarti,. near the upper boundary. Affligned age: eady-late Campanian. Reference sectìon: wéE l-as-9 [1638-1980m(?)]. Afflociated microfaina; Ardiaeoglobigerina blowi. A, cretacea, Contusotruncana ex gr. fornicata, GiDbigerinpTifritìfMì aberranta, G'des escherl, Globotruncaniba stuartifcrmis SA, Hedberg^Tla ^.) holmdélepgi'^ Heterohelix americana, Het. ex gr. globulosa, Het. planata, Het. _ pulchra, Het. striata, Iteudoguembelina costata. Distcibuticn: Sedimentary rocks within this zcne bave also been recovered feom weHs 1-AU-l-SE (core 2: 143m-510m), 1-CA-l-SE [0/84(?)-465m], and 1-SES-lA a980-2070m). Palaeo-envircnments: deep neritdc to i^Jper bathyal (wéll 1-AU-l-EE, 1-CA- l-SE), upper to middle bathyal (weHs 1-SES-lA, l-SES-9). Remarks: Rare spedmens referred to G*mta sp. cf. G. calcarata were recovered from wéQ 1-AU-l-a: (cOTe 2: 143-145m). The paucity and bad ^eservatim cf the ^>ecimens, with broken tubulo^ùnes, do not aHow an unequivocal determinaticn of the apedes. It seems, however, that they refaresent intermediate fcrms between Cnita subgrinosa and fflnita calcarata (Chapter 3). Ths bòostratigrc^hlc posLbim cf the zcne is equivalent to the Globotruncana ventricosa Zcne and Globotruncanita calcarata Zcne cf Caron a985) and Sliter a989) - Table 4.12.

- 302 - Contnsotrancana ex gr. fornicata- Globotruncana linneiana Zone m-i.(P)i

CategcMy: Oppel-zane. DeCmitkn: ihis zcne is ciiaractedsed by tiie assodatñon cf its nominate and associated species. Thece are the last ^;pearances cf Contusotruncana ex gr. fornicata/ Globotruncana buPoides, G'cana linneiana and Globotruncanita subEpincsa (wéD. l-SES-24) in the zanai asemblage. Furthermore, there are the first occurrences cf Gansserina gansseri, GlobotcuncaneTla petalddea and G'cana aegyptiaca (e.g., welL l-SS-9: 1350-1458m), near the upper boundary. Assigned age: early Maastrichtian. Reference secticn: wéD. l-SES-9 (1350-1638ra). Asocdated microfauna: Ardiaeoglobigprina blowi, A. cretacea, C. patRTLìfccmis, GlobigerineliDides aberranta, G'des escheri, G'des ultra miara, G'cana arca, G'cana linn^igna, G'cana subdrcumnodifer, G'n'^Tl?^ havanenr=nfv Cnita stuartifcrmis s.s,, HedbergpTia (H.) hobndplpnCTw, Heterohelix ex gr. glc^xilosa, Het. planata, Het. pilchra, Het. striata, Pseudoguembelina costata, PgeudÜna palpebra, Pseudotextularia elegans and Rugoglobigerina ex gr. rugosa. Distribution: Sedimentary rocks within this zcne bave also been recovered firom wéll l-SES-24 [2190C?)-2220m]. Palaeo-environments: iççer to middle bathyal (wéll l-SES-9), middle to lowor bathyal (wéll 1-SES~24). Remali^ Ihe last ^ìpearance datum of spedmens of C. ex gr. fcmicata is in the Campanian on the onshore wéE-sections (e.g., 1-AÜ-1-SE: 510-540m, lower Campanian; 1-CA-l-SE: 174-189ra, ipper Campanian), due to Effogceœively áiaHower pélagLc conditions (içper bathyal to deep neritic) upwards in the stratigraphie séquence, and towards the NW area of the basin ^.e., present-day onshore area) - [see Chapter 5, Fig. 5.13(E), and Ch^Jtar 8, secticn 8.4, Figs 8.23-25]. The bJCBtratdgraphic position of the zcne may be equivalent to the G'nita calcarata Zcne, Cn&Ha havanensis Zcne, G'cana aeyptiaca Zcne and lower part cf the Ganss. gansaeri Zcne cf Caron (1985) and Sliter (1989) - Table 4.12.

- 303 - Gcmsserina gansseri- Globotruncanita stnartiformis Zone [M-2.(P)]

Categouy: OppeL-zcne.

Defìnidon: Ttns zcne is diaractedsed by the assocdatiai cf ìbs nominate and associated speòBs. The i^iper limib is raarked hy tiie last occurrences of Gansserina ganseri, Globotruncana rosetta, G'cana ventricosa (weDs l-a!S- lA, l-as-9 and l-SES-24), Globotruncanìta stuartdfccmis {weH l-SEB-3) and Contiisotruncana paHaTiifqcmis . Furthermore, ih is important to note the first ^jpearances of G'nita pettersi and Guemb^litT-ia cretacea in the zcnal assemblage.

Assigned age: late Maastrichtian.

Reference secttcm; weE l-SES-24 (2100-2190m).

Associated microfauna: ArchaeoglDbìgerina fcilowi, fnnhigerirpTIni'ip^ escdieri, G'des ultra migra, G'cana aegyptiaca, G'cana subcnrcumnodifer, GlobotruncaneHa havanensis, HeterchéUx ex gr. gkrfautosa, Het. planata, Het. pulchra, Het. striata, Pseudoguemtaelina cxistata, PseudTina excxìlata, PseuJlina palpebra, Pseudotextularia browni, Pseudotext. elegans, Rugoqlobdgerina hexacamerata, R. ex gr. rugosa.

Distribution: Sedimentary rcx:ks within tiiis zcne bave also been recorded firom wéns 1-SES-lA a530-1920m), l-SES-3 {1995-2085m) and l-SES-9 a314-1350m).

Palaeo-enviircnments: i^jper to middle bathyal (wélls 1-SS-lA, l-SES-9), middle to lower bathyal (weE l-SES-3, l-SES-24).

Remarks: The biostratdgr^hic position of the zcne is equivalent to the micMle and upper parts of the G. gansseri Zone and lower part cf the Atathomphalus mayaroensis Zone of Caron (1985) and Sliter (1989) - Table. 4.12.

- 304- CoPtusotruncana contasa- Globotruncana aegyptiaca Zone [M-3.(P)]

Category: Oppel-zone. Oefìnitìcn: Ttàs zcne is diarac±erised by the associatici of ìts nominate and associated specdes. The ippec limit is marked by the last occurrences of Contusotruncana contusa (total range zcne), GLi^aotruncana aegyptiaca, Hanoglobulina varians (total range zcne) and of ali assodated Late Cretaceous ^>ecies.

Asigned age: latsst Haastdchtian.

Reference section: well l-SES-3 (1905-1995m).

Asodated microfauna: Archaeogldagerina btowi, Globigeanelloides eschai, G'des ultramicra, C3obotruncanita esnehagis, G*mta pettersi, GkAxitruncanella havanensis, CnpTla petaìpid^a, Guemb^iitri;^ cretacea, Heterchélix ex gr. globulosaf Het. piirhrq, Het. striata^ Pseudoguembielina costata, PseudTina excolata, Pseudotexh ilaHa trowni, Pseudotext. élegans, RugogLabàgerina ex gr. rugosa.

Distrihiition: Sedimentary rocks within this zcne bave a3so been recovered feom weDs 1-SES-lA a410-1530m), l-SES-9 (1170-1314m) and l-SES-24 (1980-2100m).

Palaeo-envircnments: uppec to middle bathyal (wéDs l-aiS-lA, l-SES-9), middle to lower bathyal (wélls l-SES-3r l-SES-24).

Remarks: Spedmens of C. contusa were cnly recovered from upper Maastrichtian weIL-secti«ìs deposited in middle to lower bathyal envirraiments (e.g., wélls l-SES-3, l-SES-24), suggesting the taxm t» bave been the de^jest dwelling (raeso- to bathypelagic) Cretaceous planktfflùc Foraminifera. The bncstratjgraphic pcedldm cf the zcne is equivalent to the upper part of the Abathomphalus mayaroensis Zcne of Carrai (1985) and Sliter (1989) - Table. 4.12.

- 305 - 4.2.2 - Benthonic Foraminifera

"Ole proposed benthcnic foraminlEeral zcnes were deEîneâ taking into account the foiDowing cmsìdecaticns: 1. The overalL distnbutLan pattern c£ fcraminìfaral assembdages was chiefLy corrtrcGIed by enviranmental variations within tiie basin cf ijeposition (Chapter 5). 2. The i^jper Aptian-Maastrichtian aêmtalages are apparentLy représentative of a single bLcprovince (the centrai Ncrth Atiantic-we^:^n TetìiyarV' Ttanstdcnal realm; Chîter 9). 3. Within the basin (where no mapr physical barriers to micrcfaunal migration exìsted), ^ledes disappeared abruptly and newly evcOved cr immigrant ^pecies spread rôdly, within the limita cf thedr enviranmental bcderance, occupying the vacant niches. For instance, 28 qpecies of calcareous benthonic Foraminifera and 21 agglutdnated taxa (a total of 49 species) have been recorded firom the upper Aptdan strata. At the Aptian- Alblan boundary 7 calcareous benthcxiic and 5 agglutdnated ^>ecde5 disappear &om the zonal assemblage. Thèse were replaced by 6 calcareous and 6 agglutinated new ^jecdes in the eadiest Alhian, keâng unchanged the total number of 49 taxa [aee Ch^ïter 5, Fig. 5,13 (B)], aiggesting, therefcre, full explnitaticm of nidies. 4. Ccnseguently, first and last îpearances cf short-ranging benthcmc species potentiaUy provide isochronous zcnal boundaries within the basin. However, the sélection of zanai markecs and the precise récognition cf their first appearance and extincticn levels have to be establiêd aft^ fades-constant stratigraphie séquences, where no mapr environ mental change bas takoi çiLaoe over a long time-intervaL Comparison between the zcnal scheme prcposed herein and the pQanktcxuc Focaminifara (Section 4.2.1) and ammonite schemes is made and pcesentsd in Tables 4.3-12. Althou^ the limitations cf the passent scheme fer stratdgcajrfiical corrélation, chieQy restricted to particular biofades within the basin, many of the gêcdes ranges list^d in Tables 4.2, 4.4 and 4.6-7 are recognîsed to be of régional importance. The zone-notaticns at assemblage-zones are sometimes foDowed by a letter, whidi corre^xands to zones defined fer différent bàûfacdes within a probable coeval unit [e.g., Ap-1(B)A and Ap-1^)B, foc the iqjper AptianJ.

- 306 - 4.2.2.(1) - Définition of the zones

Lingnlogavelinella ciryi-" Llngnlopodosaria nodosarla- Marginnlina ex gr. aeqtiivoca zone ÏAp-l.(B)A]

Category: Assemtüage-zcne.

Definîtian: Ihis zone is dTéuracteriaed by the assocUitdon of iïs noininate arû affîociateâ spedes.

Assigned age: late Aptian.

Référence section: wéll 7-CP-252-SE (core 1: 466.00m-core 4: 497.70m).

AŒOci^ed micxofauna: Astacolus ^ c£. A. sdtular Astacolos 3p. A, Conorboides ex gr. minutigima/ Dent-glîna communia. Paît, carisbriata, Eogut+iitina anderyi, caobulina lacxima, GJob. prisca, LenH'7"1ina ex gr. gauitina. Lent, ex gr. ro*-"ia<-a [mccE*îobypes o£ Lait, mumsteri (Roemer)], Lent, ex gr. subangulatci, LinqulogavelinelJa aryi, LJngulonodcsaria nodosaria, Marqinulina ex gr. aequiroca, Pat'=''nina subcretacea, Pyrulina cyllndcoidesr RamuÜna fijsifocmis, Spirinina minima, Turri^'iTiina subconica, ïSeudonodofiaria ex gr. humius, Vaginulina ex gr. de bilis, Vaginulina ex gr. kodui; QuinqueloculinaC?) sp. A; Ammobaciilites reophacoides, Gaudryinopsis fgifocmis^ Maisscneîla kummi, Marss. ozawai, Marss. trodius oxycona, Marss. trochus turds, QnasLspircplectam mina ex gr. alexanderi, Quas. ex gr. goodlandana, Quas. linkL

Distribution: Sedimentary rocks cf this zcne have also been recovered from locality A-38 and wéU 1-CPB-lR-SE [320/330m(?)-core 3: 357.25ml.

Palaeo-envircximents: áiaHow to middie neritic

Remarks: Ihis zone bas been cnly recorded in the lowermost marine sédiments cf the Taquad. Member, Riachuelo Fcxmatdcin, in the area cf the Carmépolis Field, AracaQl High.

- 307- flmmobaculites sp. cf. A. coprolithiformis— Buccicrenata ap. cf. B. libyca-Haplophragmimn lueckei Zone (Ap-l.(B)B]

Category: Asembilâge-zone. Définition; lïiis zcne is diaracterised by the asocdatlon of its nomlnate spedes tAmmobaciilites ^ cf. A. coprcilitfaifocmiSf Buccicrenata ^ cf. B. lltjyca, Haploghragmium luedcei]. AfBi'gned âge: late Apdan. Refœnce section: well 1-CA-l-SE (1245-1260m). DisIrihutlCTi: Sedimentary rocks of tiiis zcne have also been recovered ûrom welL 1-CN-l-SE (9U-927m). Pàlaeo-envircximents: paraîic pagocnal).

Lenticnlina ex gr. nodosa- Lent. ex gr. subangulata Zone [Ap-2. (B) I

Category: Oppel-zcne. Définition: Ihis zcne is diaracbedsed by the asodation of its nominate and aœocdated specdes. There are the first occurrences cf Lent, ex gr. subangulata and Budarfievaella nonionincddes in the zcnal assemblage. The upper Umit is marked by the last appearance cf Lenticulina ex gr. nodosa. Referenœ section: wèE 1-US-l-SE (981-1260/1276m). Assigned âge: late Aptian. Associated micrcfauna: Ccnorboides ex gr. minutiffiima (probably drifted i^pedmens by burtdditic currents firom ^laDowa: environments), Gavplinpfla barremiana-Gav. flandrini filexus, aoborotaiif-pig multisepta, Gyrcddinaides ex gr. globosa, Gyr'des ex gr. mtida, Lentdcuîina ex gr. gaultina. Lait, ex gr. rotulata [morp^otypes cf Lent, muensteri. (Rœmer)]; Ammodiscus incertusr Ammod. tenui'simus, Bathysiphcn ex gr. vitta, Eggerellina mariae, Gaudryinopsis fni^crmis, Hyperammina ex gr. gaultina, MarssoneHa kummi, Marss. ozawai, Marss. trochus oxycona, Marss. trochus trochus, Marss. trochus tairris, Quasispircplectammina ex gr. alexanderi, Quas. sp. cf. Q- anœp^ Quas. linki, Textularia minuta, Trochammina ex gr. minuta. Distributîcn: Sedimentary rocks cC tliis zcne have also been recovered Ërom weHs 1-CA-l-SE [1095-1245m, 1260-1320/1350(?)m], 1-CN-l-SE (811-912m, 942-1050m) and l-SES-9 [2628(?)-2862ra].

- 308 - Palaeo-envircnments: mijddle neritlc to upper batìiyàL

Epistonina carpenteri- Gaadryinopsis flliformis Zone [Al-l.(B)]

Category: OppeL-zcne. Defiròtion; Ttùs zane ìs diaracterised by the assocdat±:n cC iis nominate and aasodated ^lecLes. Ihere are the fùst occurrences of Epistomina carpenteria Sp. ch^manif Gaudcyinopsis ^ cf. G- gradata and PseudogaudryineDa/ Spiroplectinata ex gr. diviciens in the zcnal aasemblage. Tuie upper limit ìs marked by the last appearance of Gaudcyinopsis fiiifcrrois. Aasigned age: eariiest Albian. Ref^ence sectìon: weH 1-CA-l-SE (1035-1095m). Associated microfauna: Trocholina sp. A ^pecimens drifted ty turtaiditic currents &om shaBower, ocditic/oncolitk: ^oais), CithqHna sp. h, Dgitalina ex gr. iegumen, Lentioilina ex gr. gauMna, Lent. ex gr. rotiilata, Lait. sp. A, Ramulina aculeata; Bathysiphon ex gr. vitta, Marsscoella kummi, Quasjgnrcplectam mina sp. cf. Q. anceps, Trochamminoides ex gr. dubia, Valvulam mina (?) sp. A. Distrihutim: SedLmentary rocks of this zone have also been recovered &om weDs 1-CPB-lR-SE [198-320/330 (?)ra], l-OS-l-SE (891-981m) and l-SES-9 [2412C?)-2628m]. Palaeo-envircnments: ^mHow to middle neritic (weE 1-CPB-lR-SE), middle to deep neritic (weEs 1-CA-l-SE, l-OS-l-SE, l-as-9). Remarks: An outcrop-sectiOT (localifcy A-32, 'DouviEeiceras euzebiai Zone'; lowermost Albian), of a paralic (lagocxial) facies, yjelded an assemtQage composed of AmmobaciiEtes sp. A, Buccicrenata sp. cf. B. libyca, Haplophragmium ex gr. foediaàmum, togetha: with few ^jedmens of diapmani, I^nt. ex gr. rotulata, and Quas. ex gr. goodlandana (the last named three pcobably drifted qjecimens from shaUow/middle neritic environments by stcxrra-generated botbom currents, as suggested by the sedimentcOogical evidence cn the outcrc^)-section, which diows the influence of stocm w aves - stoc m-generabed hu tnraocky croes-stratdfication - see Chapter 8, Hioto 8.3).

-30 9 - Oaangularia schloenbachi- PseadogaadrYinella/Spiroplectinata ex gr. dividens Zone [Al-2.(B)]

Category: Oppel-zcoe. DeSritùxi: Ttús zone ìs charactensed by the assodation of its nomínate and aasocdated species. It is impcrtant to note in the zonal assemblage the first occurrences of Osangularia sdiloenbachi and Tristix ex gr. excavata, near tlie iîper limít. Ihe uppec Hmít ís marked by the last ^pearances of Epistomina tAiapmani, Gavî^TinTia barre miana-Gav. fiqnrtríni plexus, BudaêvaeHa nonicninoidesr Marsecnpllg ozawai and ' PaeudoqaudryineücySpircâectinata ex gr. dividens.

Affiigned age: early Alhian.

Refarence section: welL 1-us-l-SE (711-891m).

Aasociated microfauna: Ccnorboídes ex gr. minutássiroaf GloborotaUtes ex gr. michiaiíniana êe taxonomíc remarks, Chîter 3), Gtobtes sp. cf. G. mnlHsppta, GyrotdinQides ex gr. globosa, Gyr^jes ex gr. nitida, Patetlina subcretacea, spi'^TT'na minima ^nrcîabLy drifted ^)eclmens by tiirhj/^Hf currents &om âBower envircnments), L&nt, ex gr. rotnij^tq, Lent. ex gr. saibangulata, Letf-i'-'''''ina sp. A, IJngulogavp1ipp"na ciryi, Pseudcnodopjr^ri^ ex gr. humílis, Ramulina aculeata. Raro, ft^giformisf PseudosigmoilinaC?) sp. A; ParacoskinoHnar?) sp. A (^lecimens drifted by turhiditic currents from diéJtower envircnments), Ammodiscus incerti^'V Bathysjphon ex gr. vitta, EggereÜLna mariae, Gaudryinopsis sp. cf. G. gradata, GlomospirelLa gaultina, Hyperammína ex gr. gaultina, MarsscneTla kummi, Mara, trochus oxycona, Marss. trochus trochus, Marss. trochus tnrrity QnfFn.epriroplectammina ex gr. alexanderi, Quas. sp. cf. Q. anceps, Trochamminoides sp. cf. subcOTonata.

Distrihuticn: Sedimentary rocíes of this zone have a]so been recovered from locality A-27, wéDs 1-CA-l-SE (945-1035m), 1-CN-l-SE (732-811m), 1-SES- lA [2070C?)-2400m] and l-SES-9 E2160C?)-2412m]. Palaeo-enviraimentSi middle to deep neritic Oocalily A-27, wéUs 1-CA-l- SE, 1-CN-l-SE), deep neritic to upper bathyal (wéHs 1-OS-l-SE, 1-SES-lA, l-SES-9).

- 310 - Bpistomina carpenteri- gp. splnalifera Zone [Äl-3.(B)1

Category: Oppel-zcne, Definition: Ihis zone is charactedsed by the agrociatdcn of its noidnate and assocdated speä^ Tt is impockant to note the first occüixences in the zonal assembOage of C-^pgi<^p'na ex gr. visnd^v^ and Epistomina ^äpnlifecaf and the last appearances of B;^ carpenteri and Gtoborotalites sp^ cf. G. multiaepta. Aarigned age: ndddLe Albdan. RefÄence section: weE l-öS-l-SE (621-711in), Asocdated microfauna: Ccnorboides ex gr. minuHg^jjiia, TurricpiriTlina subconica (probahLy didfbed spedmens by turbdititic currents from äiaHower environments), Gyrcddinoides ex gr. gioboea/ Gyr*des ex gr. nitida, Lentjgilina ex gr. rotuJata, Lent. ex gr. subangulata, Tristdx ex gr. excavata; Pseudo-sigmoüinaC?) sp. A, Qiiinquelpculina(?) sp. Aj Bathysip^on ex gr. vitta, Hyperam mina ex gr, gatütina, Harsson^Tla trochus qxycona, Harss. trochus turris, QuasispiroplectamTnina sp. cf. Q. ancegs, Quas. ex gr. goodlandana, Quas. ünlci, Textniaria minuta. Distribution: Sedimentary rocks cf this zone have also been recovered firom tocatity A-37, weDs 1-CA-l-SE (915-945m) and 1-CN-l-SE (672-732m). Palaeo-envircnments: middle to deep neritdc Qocality A-37, weDs 1-CA-l- SE, 1-CK-l-SE), deep neritic to vippsc bathyal (well 1-US-l-SE).

Gavelinella berthelini-Gav, plimmerae-Gav. rensai plezus - Gaudryinopsis ap. cf, 6. gradata Zone [Al-4.(B)1

CategOTy: Oppd-zcne. Definiticn: This zcne is characterised by the affiodation cf its nominate and assodated apecdes. Ihere are the first appearances of Gav^ii"^""^ berthelini - Gay, plummerae - Gay, re"^ plexus and TextiilAria ex gr. subccaiica, near thei^ipa boundary. the i^per limit is marked by the last occurrences cf Osangiilaria schloenbachi, Gaudryinopsis ^ cf. G. gradata, Quasiqriropflectammina ex gr. alexanderi, Quas. ex gr. goodlandana and Quas. linki in the zcxial asemblage.

-311 - Refmence sections Jocality A-15 (micädle Albian), well l-SES-3 [2250/2265{?)-2325m]. Asigned age: middle to late Albian. Associated miggfauna: p.) middle to deep neritic bjoEacies: Conorboides ex gc. minutissima, Eoguttulina anderyi, Epistomina ^arniifera, Gavelinella berthelini - Gav. plummerae - Gav. reussi. pLexus« Laiticulina ex gc. rotulata, SpiriJlina minima, Pat-pTlipa subcretacea; Margv*><=*Tia trochus trochus, Quasispircplectam mina ^ c£. Q. anceps, Textiilfiria minuta. (2) deep neritic to i^iper bathyal bdofacies: Gyroidinoides ex gr. globosa, Gyr'des ex gr. nitida, LentJculina ex gr. robnlata; Ammodiscus incertus, Bathysighcn ex gr. vitta, Glomospirella gaultdna, Hyperammina ex gr. gauTtina, Marss. trochus tiirris. Distrihutam; Sedimentary rocks cf this zane have also been recovered &om locality A-16, weDs 1-CA-l-SE {855-915m), 1-CN-l-SE (612-672m), 1-OS-l- SE (426-621m) and l-SES-24 [2490/2505m(?)-2670ml. Palaeo-envircnments: middle to de^ neritic {Localitdes A-15, A-16), deep neritic to upper bathyal (weDs 1-CA-l-a:, 1-CN-l-SE, 1-US-l-SE, l-SES- 24.

Heobnlimina sabcretacea- Saracenaria sp. c£. S. erassiepatata Zone

[A1-5.(B)]

Category: Oppel-zone. DefinitLcn: This zcne is characterised by the asscxnaticai of its nominate and ascxnated specdes. There are the first ^pearanc:es cf NeotxOimina sutxjetacea and Sarac:enaria sp. cf. S. crafgri costata in the zonal aasemblage. Assigned age: late Albdan. Rrference secticn: well 1-CRI/-1-SE (cxare 2: 1200.80m - core 3: 1214.50ra). AsBCxnated microfauna: Ccnorboides ex gr. minutissima (ga:c±>ably drifted specimens by turbidltic cnirrents from diaEower envircnments), 0^^»««''^""'* ex gr. viscddus, Dentaiìna cx?mmunis, Gavplirvtla taerthelini - Gav. plummerae - Gay, reussi, plexus. Globulina prisca, Gyrm'dìncjides ex gr. globosa, Gyr'des ex gr. nitida, Lenticulina ex gr. subangulata, Bathysithcxi ex gc. vitta, Marsson^n^ trocJius oxyccina.

- 312 - DìstxibutioTi: Sedmentary rocks of this zcaie have also been recovered front wéDs 1-CA-l-SE (765-855m), 1-CN-l-SE (582-612in) and l-OS-l-SE (396- 426m). Palaeo-envìranments: deep neritic

Heobnlimina saber etacea- Tristix ex gr. excavata Zone [AL-6.(B)]

Categcry: Oppél-zone, D^inüdon: Öiis zcne is diaracterised by tlie association of its nominate and asocdated ^lecdes. The upper limit of the zcne is marked by the last appearances cf Iientia.ilina ex gc. subangulata, Neotailimina subcretacea, Ramulina tetrahedcalis ^obabLy total cange zone in the basire ai^ Tristix ex gr. excavata in the zonal assemblage. Assigned age: latest Altaian. Reference sectiOT: weOl l-OS-l-SE (381-396m). Associated microfauna: Dentalina communis, Gavpii^pTiTi berthelini - Gav. plummerae - Gav. reu^ plexus, Gyrni^noides ex gr. globosa, Gyr'des ex gr. nitida, LCTiticuHna ex gr. gaultina, Lent. ex gr. rotulata; pgeudosiqmoilina(?) sp. A; HarssoneHa trochus oxyccma, Marss. trochus turnst Trochamminoídes ex gr. subcorcnata. Distribution: Sedimentary rocks of this zcne have also been recovered firom weDs 1-CA-l-^ (core 2: 761.80m-765m), 1-CN-l-SE (552-582ra) and 1-CKL- 1-SE (coce 1: 1182.50m-coce 2: 1200.80m). Palaeo-enviraiments: middle to deep neritic

Cibicides sp. A- Planalaria complanata Zone [Ce-l.(B)]

Categcry: Ojpel-zane. Definitinn: This zcxie is diaracterised by the associaticn of its nominata and assodated spedes. There are the first appearances in the zcnaL assemblage cf Cibiddes sp. A, PcaebuUmina ex gr. nannina, and Plannif^ria coroplanata, and the last occurrence of Sacacenaria sp. cf. S. cr^^'gdnostata. Assigned age: earliesb Csio manían.

- 313 - Reference section: well 1-CN-l-SE (core 5: 537.00m). Associated microfauna: Casaidella ex gr- visòdus, Dentalina communis, GavelineTla berthélini-Gav. plummerae-Gag. revLssi plexuSr Globorotalites ex gc. mjjdielinìana, Lentiailina ex gr. rotulata, MacsBonella trochus tairris. Distributicn: Sedimentary rocks cf tìiis zone have also been recovered from wéD. 1-DS-l-SE {366-381m). Palaeo-environments; deep neritic

Linquloqavelinella{7) sp. cf, L. thalmaiiniformis- Spirolocalina cretacea Zone [Ce-2.(B)]

Categcay: Oppel-zcne. Definition: This zcne is characterised by the first occurrences of Gavelinella sp. A, IJngalDgavelinfiTI a (?) sp. cf. U tìialmanmfcrmLs, Lingulogav. tccmarpensLSr SpircQoculira cretacea (prc^jably total range zone in the basdn) and Spiraloculina sp. A in the zonal assemblage. Assigned age: early Cenomanian. Reference section: locality A-1. Affiocdated microfauna: Anomalinoides sp. A, Ccnorboides ex gr. minutissima, CcxYFhostoma sp. A, Gavelinella berthelini-Gav. plummerae-Gav. reusL plexu^ Gyrcddinoides ex gr. nJÜda, Lenticulina ex gr. roti Hata, Pat-pTiìn^ subcretacea, Praebulimina ex gr. nannina, SpiHTiina minima, Vaginulina ex gr. kochii; Text" il aria ex gr. subconica. Distribution: Sedimentary rocks of this zone have also been recovered firom localitdes A-3, tt^wranga 2, weDs 1-CA-l-SE (705-735m) and 1-CN-l-SE (162-core 5: 537.00m). Palaeo-environments: middle to deep neritic (iDcalitìes A-1, A-3, Itapcranga 2, wéD. 1-CN-l-a:), deep neritic to ipper bathyaO. {weH 1-CA-l-SE).

Cibicides sp. A- Hodosaria ex gr. obscnra Zone (Ce-3.(B)]

Category: Oppel-zone. Definitdon: This zcne is charactansed hry the associatjon of üs nominate and affiociated species. 3t is iraportant to note in the zonal assemblage the first

- 314 - occurrence cf Nodosaria ex gr. obscura and the last sppearance cf ri hi fi fies ^ A. Assigned age: middle to late Cenomanian. Refarence secCim: wetH 1-CA-l-^ (645-705m). Aasocdated miccofauna: Gaveh'nella berÜielini-Gav. plum merae-Gav. reussi plexus^ LJngulogavpli'nplla tocroarpensis. Distribution: Sedùnentary rocks of tiiis zone have also been recovered from locality Cruzes 15. Palaeo-envircnments: shaUow to middle neritic (Cruzes 15), deep neritic (wéEL 1-CA-l-SE).

Gabonita levis- Diacammina sp. A Zone (Ce-4,(B)l

Categray: Oppel-zcxie. Definition: Ihis zone is characterised by the association o£ its nominate and associated spedes. It is important to note in the zonal assemblage the first occurrences cf Gabonita levis, AmmobaculJtes impexus. Am momarginulina paterePa and the last appearances d Spirotoculina sp. A and Discammina sp. A (fa:c¿>abLy total range zone in the basdn). Asignad age: latest Cenomanian. Refaence sections: localitdes A-9, A-45. Associated microfauna: (L) äiaBow to middle neritic biofacies: Ccnorboides ex gr. minutimnia, Géwelinella berthelini-Gav. plum merae-Gav. renasi plexu^ Praebulimim ex gr. nannina; Tvitairiiinai?) sp. A. (2) uppa: bathyal bdofacdes: Cassidella ex gr. visciajs, GavelineTla bertheUni - Gay, plummerae - Gav. reussi plexus, Gavelinella sp. A, GavelinopsisC?) sp. A, Ccnorboides ex gr. minu<'^'=*Hjia l^xcobable drifted spedmens £rom áiallower environments). Globulina lacrima, Glpb. prisca, lónqulogav^ii "PTI a (?) sp, cf. L. thalmannifcrmis, Neobulimina minima, Praebulimina ex gr. nannina, Spirdloculina sp. A, Valvulìneria sp. B; Marsson^Ti^ kummi, Marss. trochus turris, TextiIlaria ex gr. subconica, Trochammina ap, A. Distribution: Sedimentary rocks cf this zone have also been recovered &om locality A-46. Palaeo-environments: áiaDow to middle neritic (locality A-45), upper bathyal (Locality A-9). - 315 - Remacks: Ihare is a marked increase in the numbec of gavelinelUd mcrphotypes cf the Gaveìineìla tJCTthélini.-Gaw. pktin ma:ae-Gav. reussL plexus. Specdmens cf normal sized tests (arcaond 300-370jttm in maximum diameter) are usuaUy preeent, aUthou^ variaMe numbars of minute indivìduals, wiih low^ docsal hei^t, also occur in the aize fìractdcsis below 200um ^hapber 3).

Gabonita levis- Gab. obesa Zone [T-1.(B)]

Category: Oppel-zone. DefJnitLtxì: Ihis zcne is characterised by the assodaticn of its nominate and associated specdes. It is impcriiant to note in the zonal assemhOage the first occurrences of BulimineTla sp. A and Gabonita obesa (^obably total range zcne in the basin), together with abundant ^>ecimens cf Gabonita levis and the last appearance of CagàA*Tifl ex gr. viscidus. Assigned age: earliest Turonian. Reference sectiim: wèlL 1-US-l-SE tcOTe 1: 98.50m-366m). Affiociated microfauna: Gav^jlineHa berthelini-Gav. plum merae-Gav. reussL plexuSr GavelinopsisC?) sp. A, Sp'T-iTiirM minima, Turri^riTlina subconica (pcàbat^ drifted q)ecimens from diaHower envircnments), Caucasina sp. A, Coryphostoma sp. B, Dent-aiina vistnirip, lingulogavpij n^pa (?) ^ cf. L. thalmannifcrmis, Idngulogav. tormarpen-gìs Neolxilimina minima, Nodosaria ex gr. obscura, ValvuHneria ap. B; Trochammina sp. A. Distributian: Sedimentary rocks of this zone have also been recovered from localities A-2, A-22, A-35 and wélL 1-CA-l-SE (core 1: 604.20m-615m). Palaeo-envircnments: middle to deep neritic (localities A-2, A-35), deep nCTibic to upper bathyal (locality A-22, wélls 1-CA-l-SE, 1-US-l-SE).

Gabonita levis- Nodosaria ex gr. obscura Zone [T-2.(B)]

Category: Oppél-zcne. Definiticn: This zcne is characterised by the association cf its nominate and asociated ^)ecies. It is important to note in the zcnal assemblage the

- 316 - first occurrence of Gabonita ^ cf. G. parva, txjgeth^ with tiie last a^ipearances of Gabonita levis and Nodosaria ex gr. obscura. Aaàgned age: early to late Turonian. Reference section: wèll l-CA-l-ai E555/585ni (?)-core 1: 604.20m]. Associated microfauna: Bulimineìla sp. A, Conorboides ex gr. minutisdma, Dentalina ex gr. legumen, Dent. vistulae, Gav^UrvaTia bertìielini - Gav. plummerae - Gav. re»»?^ plexus. Lagena paucLoostata, Lenticulina ex gr. gaultina, L«tt. revoluta, Lent. ex gr. rotulaba, Ncnionella sp. cf. N. austinana, Nodogenerina ^ cf. N. alexand^P, Nodosaria limbata, spiriii-ina minima, Turrl'^"T''TH na subconica, Valvniippria sp. B. Distributim: Sedimentary rocks of this zone have also been recovered from localities A-7 and A-29. Palaeo-environments: middle to deep neritic (localities A-7, A-29), deep neritic bo ìXppex bathyal {weE 1-CA-l-SE).

Gavelinella berthelini-Gav. plommerae-Gav. reusai plexus - Valvolineria ap. A Zone IT-3.(B)]

Categcary: Oppel-zcne. Definiticn: Ihis zone is characterised by the asocdatdcn of its nominate and asodate spedes. It is important to note in the zonal asaembüage the first occurrences of BcQivina sp. cf. B. in^ñ*»*ta ^ee taxonomic cemarks, Ch^»ter 3) and Valvulinecia spu A, togethor with the last appearances cf the Gav'*i''"**'na berthelini-Gav. plum merae-Gav. re"g^ pilexus. Asdgned age: latest Turonian. Refa:ence section: locality A-6. Asodabed microfauna: Gavelinella sp. A, Lenticulina ex gr. rotulata, LingulDgavt*i'''''*«*'na tormarpensis^ SpiriTiina minima, PatiaTiina subcretacea, Planulina sp. A, Praebulimina ex gr. nannina, Turri^rinìna subconica. DisbributlCTi: Sedimentary rocks cf this zone have also been recovered firom localities A-8, A-12 and weE 1-CN-l-SE (21/42-162m). Palaeo-environments: aiallow to middle neritic (localities A-6, A-12, weE 1- CN-l-SE), middle to deep neritic (Locality A-8).

- 317 - Gavelinella sp. A- Yalvnlineria sp. A Zone [Co.(B)]

Category: OppeL-zcne. Dpfinitirgi: Has zone is charactedsed by the asociatim c£ its nominate and associate ^lecies. There are the last appearances c£ Gav*>1in^Tla sp. A, linguloqavellnRTla tocmarpensis, Valvalineria sp. A and Texhilrtdq ex gr. subccmica in the zonal assemhOage. Aligned age: early Ccniacian. R^&^ence sectdm: Tabocas 2. Associated micxofauna: Ccnorboides ex gr. minuHfg^Tna, LgitHmiina ex gr. rotulata, Neobulijnina minima? SpircQoculina sp, A. DistdbutJon: Sedimentary rocks of this zone have also been recovered from localities A-10 and A-11. Palaeo-envircaiments: middle neritic.

Gtoboco*-^^^^"^ qgdnea— T^iiii-ii'^ina revoiluta Zcne [S-l.«]

CabegOTy: OppeL-zone. DeSnitiOT: This zone is charactedsed by the ascxnatian of its nominate and afficxriate species. It is impcxtant to note the first occ^jrrences cf Eponides aracajjensis, GavelineHa ex gr. beccy^riifocmis, Gav*>1in^Tlfl correc±a. Gay. sandLdgei, Gav. ^assocostata, Gavelinopsisf?) sp. B, Reng^pTl? ex gr. szarpcxdiae ^ee taxonoraic remarks. Chapter 3), Dorothia ex gr. bilii^ta^ GaucJryina laevigata, feeudogaudrylnella ex gr. c:^jitosa and Recurvoldes ex gr. globulosa in the zonal asemhOage. Furthermore, there are the last appearances of Lenticulina revoluta, at or near the Coniacdan-Santonian boundary, and of Globorcjtalites ^rinea (probably total range zone in the basin).

Assigned age: late Ccniacian to early-late Santonian.

Reference secrtions: wells 1-CRL-l-SE (core 1: 1176.40-1182.50m) and 1- SES-3 (2205-2250/2265m). - 318 - Affiociated micrcfauna: Alloinorphina ex gr. cretacea, BcOivina ex gc. incrasata, BuLLmineTla trevispira, Bolim. ex gc. colonensis^ cil-riHrfc>ei ex gc. beaumontianuSf CMiariiìa muTticostata, Dentalina vistulae, Dmtalina ex gc. legumen, Dent. megapcilitana, Gav**liTvTla tfiamanni, Gav. ex gr. yp-la.'yrManqìs, Glpborotali'tps elkgste, Globtes ex gc. midiiîipiana, Globtes ^ cC G. muìtiqepta, Gyrcdi3ina bPi.qFìpH, Cyridina ^ A, GyroidJnoides ex gc. globosa, Gyr'des ex gr. nitida, Gyês quadcata, LgiHi-nlìna revmiitj=i^ Lent. ex gr. cotuTata, Neobulimina ag)eca, Neob. miniina, Nodosaria limbata, 1ÌH^^^^^ ficrealis, Oothostella ex gr. halfeldi, Osangularia cocdieciana, ^ navarroana, Os. veOascoep^Hg^ Praebulimina ex gc. Eang, Praeb. ex gr. nannina, Praeb. ex gc. pcdìixa, Praeb. reussi, Pseudonodosaria obesa, Pyrulina cylindccddes, Quadcimoriîina ex gc. aflomortîincddes, Ramulina aculeata, Valvulinecia amarali; Ammodiscus cretaceua, Ammod. planus, Baaiysithcn ex gc. vitta, Gaudr. pyramidatai, Glomospira diarcddes, Hcrmosina ex gr. gk^xilifeca, Hcrm. ovulum, Kalamopsis grzybowddi, MarscneTlq trochus trochus, Marss. trochus turris, Psammosîaera scruposa, Rzdiakina epigona. Disbributdm: Sedimentary rocks of tiiis zone have also been, recovered from weUs l-SES-3 (2205-2250/2265m), l-SES-9 [2124(?)-2160ra] and l-SES-24 [2310-2370(?)m]. Palaeo-envircHiraents: deep neritic to \jpp&: batiiyal (wéU. 1-CRL-l-SE), upper to middle batìiyal (weDs l-SES-3, l-SES-9 and l-SES-24).

Hattallinella texana- Orthofcarstenia clarki Zone [S-2.(B)1

Category: Oppel-zone. Definition: This zone is characterised by tìie assodaticn of its nominate and associated ^lecies. It is important to note the first occurrences of BcQivina ex gr. afra, Nuttallinella texana, Octhc^arstenia darlo, Orthok. clavata and V«T>euilina cretacea in the zcnal assemblage. Assigned age: late Santonian. Reference secticais: weDs 1-CA-l-SE [465{?)-555m] and l-SES-3 (2175- 2205m).

Associated microfauna: ABomorphina ex gr. cretacea, BandyeUa ex gr. greativalleyensis, BòL ex gr. incraffata, BuliminpTla breyi^jira, Bulim. ex gr.

- 319 - cctlonensis^ BuUm. quadrilobata, Citfaarina navarroana, pgTtaiina ex gr. lequmen, Eponides aracarpenHisT GavRlinRna correctar Gav. sandii3geif Gav. ^dsoccstata, Gav. ex gr. velascoensis, Globorotalites ex gr. midieliniana, Gyrcadlna bei-ffieli, Gyroidinoides guadrata, Lagena paucico^ata, LaiHriiiina ex gr. rcfadata, Heobullmina aspera, Neobulimina canadensis, Nodosaria ex gr. aEHnis, Oriaio^Ha ex gr. halfcldi, Osang\,i'laria cordieriana, PraebuJimina ex gr. bantu, Praeb. Idckapooensis, Praeb. ex gr. pnJixa, Praeb. r&igqj, PseudouvLgeiina plummerae, piiTliarrla ;prvisif Quetdrimcgthina ex gr. aHomorghinoides, RamuUna aojleata, Reng^Tia ex gr. szajiochae, Stensioeina sp. A, Valvolineria amarali; Aminobaa.T3ites ex gr. coprcGithifarnds, Asanospira ex gr. glabra, Asan. walteri, Bathysigh

Distdhutim: Sedimentary rocks a£ this zone have also been recovered from wen l-SES-9 [1980(?)-2052m].

Palaeo-environments: deep nerltic to upper bathyal (well l-CA-l-EE)f i^pper to middle bathyal (wells l-SES-3, l-as-9).

Reusaella ex gr. saajnochae- SIphogenerinoides bramiettei zone rCa-l-(B)]

Categrary: Oppel-zcne. Definidm: Ttds zone is characterised by the assodatdm of its nominate and associated species. There are the first occurrences of Fmipgngl andi iiina velascoensis, Gavelinella nacatochensis, Globorot-aiitPw subconica, Gyrcddinoides loetterlei, Siphogenerinoides bramii^t-tei, Hagenowella ex gr. sufcephaerica and Recurvoides ^ cf. R. subturbinata in the zcnal assemblage. The i:pper limit is marked by the last ^jpearances of Osangularia navarroana, PuHenia :^rvisL and Ren^Tiq ex gr. szapochae. Assigned age: early Campanian. Reference secticn: weD. l-SES-3 (2085-2175m).

- 320 - Associated microfauna: AHomorphina ex gc, cretacea, BoUvina ex gr. afca, BulLiniiieHa ex gr. coJonensiSr BulLin. guadrilcfcatair Citaicides sp. B, Dentalina ex gr. legumen, Eponii3es aracaiiensLs Frcndiailaria migrodisca, GavpiinpTia ex gr. beccariifocinis, Gav. tomeiana/ Gav. sandidged, Gav. âisocostata, (TT'^rot'^1''t» ex gr. "lirlr^lipii^na, Gyroddina tyigîi, GyrcddJnaides ex gr. globosa, Gyr'des quadrata, Lentiailina ex gr. rotulata, Neobalijnina canadensis^ MuttaTlinella ftoreaiis, QritfacsteTla ex gr. halfeldi, Ortiiokarslienia cJavata, Orth. clarki, Osangularia cordieriana, Os. velascoensiSr Elanullna taylorensis, Praebulimina ex gr. bantu, PraebuHmina ex gr. fang, Praeb. kirjtapooensis, Pcaeb. ex gr. prdlixa, Praeb. re"g^', Valvulineria amarali; Ammotaqilitpa ex gr. coprolitfaifocnilg^ Bathysjghcxi ex gr. vltba, Gaudryina pyramidata, Glomoôra cAiarcddes, Haplophraginoldes ex gr. bulloides, Spirc^dectammina laevis, TtochcEpiraf?) sp. A. Distriijutim: Sedimentary rocks of Uiis zcne have also been recovered firom wens 1-AO-l-SE (510-540/555m), 1-CN-l-SE (0-21/42m) and l-SES-24 [2220{?)-2310m]. Palaeo-envircHiraents: i^jper batiiyal (weHs 1-AU-l-SE, 1-CN-l-SE); middle bo lower bathyal (wells l-SES-3, 1-SE&-24).

Lacosteipa gouskovi- Orthokarstenia clavata Zone [Ca-2.(B)]

Category: Oppel-zone. DefirdtJcn: Ihis zone is characterised by the association cf its nominate and asocdated species. The upper limit is marked by the last appearances of GavelinRTla correcta, Gav. lomelana, Gav. sandidgei, Lacosteina gouôvi, Neoflabelina rugosa (probably total range zcne in the basin), QrithoetpTla ex gr. halfeldi, Orth<ârstema clavata and Valvulineria amarali. It is important bo note the last ^pearance in the zcnal assemblage of Elanulina taylorensis, and the first occurrences of E^risbomina supraccetaoea, Gciv*>ii"**'na monterelensis, Praebulimina âinata and A m moqlobLgerina ex gr. globigeriniformis. There is a marked increase in the abundance of qaedmens of BcJivina ex gr. afra, which disappear regionally at the u^jer limit of the zone in response to environmental changes and fades variatims. The

-321 - ^¡edmens only reappear, rarely, hi^er in the stratigcaphic sequence, in the upper Maastrichtian (weE 1-SES-lA), Assigned age: eady tx> lat^ Campanian. Reference sectdrxis: locality A-19, wéD. l-SES-9 [1638-1980{?)m]. Associated miccafauna; CL) deep neritic to uEper bathyal bdofacdes: BcJivina ex gr. incraffiata, BulimineUa ex gr. ccJonensis, Bulim. pseudoeleganHcgHjna, Epdstomina supcacretacea, Eponides aracajuensis, Ga^iiTv>Tia ex gr. beccariiformis, Gav. nacatochensis, Lenticulina ex gr. rotulata, NeobuUmina áspera, Neobulimina canadensis, Nodosaria ex gr. affinis. Nod, limbata, Ncnionella aust±Tana, Orthokarstenia Harlci, Ortfaok. ewaldi, Praebiiimina ex gr. bantu, Praeb. crasa, Praeb. ex gr. fang, Praeb. kirdi^KXjensis, Praeb. ex gr. prcJixa, Praeb. reussi, Pseudouvigerina ptlummerae, Pyramidina rudita, Quadrimorphina ex gr. aHomorphincddes, Siphogeneri nm'di°s bcamletteL

i^jper to middle bathyal bLcfacies: ADomor^hina ex gc. cretácea, BcQivina ex gc. ijiQcassata, BuUmineTla ex gr. colonensis, Bulim. quadrilobata, CitaLcddes ex gr. beaumontdanus, DentaTina bawfpi;^nata. Dent, ex gc. gcafiiig. Dent. megapcJibana, Dent, vistulae, Rll-irsoglandulina v^la'^coensis, Eponides aracapensis, GavelinelJa ex gr. beccariiformis, Gav. spissocostata, Gav. ex gc. velasooensis, Globocotalibes ex gr. micht'iinigna, Globtes sp. cf. G. mulbisep?ta, Globtes sufaconica, Gyrcddina bedseli, Gyr'dina sp. A, Gyrcddinoides loetterlei, Gyr'des ex gr. nitida, Gyr'des nonionoides, Karreria sp. A, Lacosteina goud^ovi, Lagena paucicosbata, LenticiiHna ex gr. rohiiata, NeobuHmina áspera, Neobniítm'na canadensis, Nodopnria ex gr. affipiH, Nodosaria limbata, NuttaTlineHa SorealL';^ Nutt. bexana, Orthokarstsnia tdarki, Osangularia cordieriana, Os. velascoensis, Praeb ili mina ex gc. bantu, Fcaeb. ex gc. fmq, Pcaeb. kickapooensis, Pcaeb. ex gr. prolLxa, Praeb. reussi, Pseudonodosaria ex gr. hu milis, Pseudonod. c^aesa, Pseudouviqerlna pJummerae, PuOenia cretácea, Quadrimocphina ex gc. aHomorphinaides, Ra-iaiiÜna aculeata, Siphogenerinoides bramletbei; Ammobaculites ex gc. ccpccQithifcrmJs, Ammodiscus glahcatais, AmmovertePina sp. A, Asanospdra ex gc. glabra, BatdysapAicai ex gr. vitta, Budai:hwap"na trinitatensis, Crifcrostomoides ex gr. trinii-qtensis, Docothia ex gr. b'"n>^^, Gaudcyina laevigata, Gaudr. pyramidata, Glaphyrammina sp. A, Glomocara charcides, Glom. gordialis, GJomospirella gaultdna, Hagenowella ex gr. gi>'q:haecica, HapQophcagmoides ex gc. buDoides, H^'des rugosa, Hccmosina ex gc.

- 322- qLAiulifera, KarreriftTla ex gr. conversa, MarssoneÜJa trochus oxycona, Marss. trqcfaus trochusr Harss. trochus hirris^ Pflu3ina sp. A, Psammo^Aiaera scri^)osa, PseudogaudryineHa ex gr. capitosa, Recurvoides ex gc. globulosa, Rec ^ c£. R. subturhdnata, Rhabdammina ex gr. discreta, Rz^iakina epigona, Saccammina ghaerica, Spirolocammina sp. A, Spirc^flectammina chlcoana. Trocha m minoides flagecL Distribution: Sedimentary rocks of ttiis zone have also been recovered &om locality A-18, weUs l-Aü-1-SE (143-510m) and 1-CA-l-SE [0/84(?)-465ra], and 1-SES-lA a920A980-2070m). Palaeo-envircximents: de^ neritic to uppec bathyal (locality A-18, A-19, wells 1-AO-l-a;, l-CA-l-a¡), Lçjper to middle batiiyal (weDs 1-SES-lA, 1- SES-9).

Cibicides ex gr. beanmontianos- Gyroidinoides nonionoides Zone [M-1.(B)]

Category: Oppel-zone. Definition: Ttiis zone is characterised by the asodatdon of its nominate ^jecies. The upper limit is marked by the last ^pearances of Citâcddes ex gr. beaumontdanus, Gyrcddinoides nonioncjides, Nec?flat>»liTia retH''^'iñtj^r araebulimina ex gr. fang, Praeb. ex gr. prcdixa and Praeb. ^ñnata. It is important to note the last appearancies of Neof1ñt'*'1ina semireticulata and Heof. ex gr. pflulifera , near the lower limit cC the zcne, and the first ocxnirrencs of Ammobaoilitpq sp^ cf. ^ fragmentaba in the zcanal aaGembQage. Aadgned age: early Maastrichtdan. Reference section: well l-SES-9 (1350-1638m). Aœocdated microfauna: Allomorphina ex gr. cretácea, Daitalina ex gr. legumen, Eponides araczapensis, Frcfi^ miaría darki, Gav^iiTvi'na ex gr. beccariiformis, Gav. nacatochensis. Gay, spissocostata, Gav. ex gc. velasccjensis, Globorotaiit^ ex gr. mich«='iiniana, Gyrniftina lyi.'=ffp'li, Gyrcddinoides quadrata, Lent-imiina ex gr. rotulata, Neobulimina a^)era, Neob. canadensis, H(x3ogenerina stet^enscaTJ, NuH-aTiinpTla floreaiis, Nutt. texana, Orthokarstema clarki, Praebulimina ex gc. bantu, Praeb. kicdcapoc^nsis, Quadrimcarphina ex gc. allomorghinoides, Ramulina acruleata, Sighogenednoideg bramletbei, Sbomatcrbdna sp. A; Alveologhragmium sp. A,

- 323- AmmobacuHtes ex gr. coproîibhifccinia, Ammodiscus aretaceus, Ammoglobigerioa ex gr. qlobjgerinjfcrmis, Bathysipîcn ex gc. vitta, Critrostomoides ex gr. trinifratgisis, Dorothia ex gr. biTi^^t-a^ Gaudryina laeviqatctf Gaudr. pyramidata, Glomosgdra char codes, Glomo^xir^'na gaiUfcrna, HagenoweDa ex gr. SHta=phaerica, HaplDehragntaides ex gr. b'Tlîdtâ, Hccmcsina ex gr. gIobilifa:a, Hyparammina ex gr. ga"H-ina^ KarrpHplla ex gr. cCTiversa, Marsscgy*Tla txochus trochus, Marss. trcx:hus tnrris, Psammosghaera scngx^sa, Recurvcddes ex gr. giobjlosa, Rzehakina îgona, Rzeh. figdstomata, Silicosigmoûma r-pniFtxruca, Spiroplectamnüna sigm^îdinar •nrochamminoides flageo, Vanemiina cretosa. EtJstribitJDn: Sedimentary rocks c£ this zone have also been recovered â:om wens 1-AÜ-1-SE {0-143m) and l-SES-24 t2190{?)-2220m]. Palaeo-environments: middle to deep neridc (well l-Aü-1-a:), vçper to middle bathyal (weD. l-SES-9), middle to Iowa bathyal (well l-SES-24).

Gyroidinoideg loetterlei- Osangularia velascoensis Zone tM-2.(B)]

Category: QEpel-zcne. Definition: This zcne is characterised by the associatdcm of its nominatie and associated species. The içiper limit is marked by the lasb appearances of Gyroidinoides loetterlel, Nodogenerina st^hensoni, QsangiigHa velascoensis, Rraebulimina ex gr. bantu, Ammobaculites ^ cf. A. firagment-gria, Rzehakina fissistomata and Vemenilina cretosa. Aadgned age: late Maastrlchtian. Reference secticn: weU. l-SES-24 (2100-2190m). Associated microfauna: Allomorphina ex gr. cretacea, Bandyella davata. Band, ex gr. greatvalleyensis, BcJivina ex gr. incraasata, BüHmii^na ex gr. ccdonensis, Bulim. quadrilobata, DentJilina ex gr. gramli^- Doit, ex gr. legumen, Epcnides aracapensis, GavelinpTîiu ex gr. beccariifocmis, Gav. monterelensis, Gav. nacafaochensis, Gav. ^risocostata, Gav. ex gr. vplascoensis, Gu^niiina communis, Gyr^idina bpi,qi=ipli, Gyr'dina megastomat, Gyrcidincddes ex gr. gLobosa, Gyr'des quadrata, Lentii-nlina ex gr. rohilata, Marginullnopsis sp. A, Heobulimina a^>era, Neob. canadensis, Nodosaria ex gr. affinis, Nonicnella austinana, Orthcrfcarstenia darki, Osangularia ccrdieriana, Praeb. kickapooensis, Praeb. réussi, Pseudonodcsaria ex gr.

- 324 - huiniiigr Pseud. obesa, Pullenia cretacea, QuadrJmorphina ex gr. aliomcBíiphincddes; AlvecOoptiragmium sp. A, Ammobacii^t^^ ex gr. coprcJittufocmis, BathysitAion ex gr. vibba, CriixostomoiiJes ex gr. <-rTTTit-qtf»risis^ Dendrophyra ex gc. exccigj^, Docothia ex gr. buHeta, Gaudcyina laevigata, Gaudc. pycamidata, Gtomospica goc^aiío^ Hagenowella ex gc. subBEhaecica, Hégflophragmoides ex gc. buHoides, Hcrmosina ex gr. globulifga, Horm. Ovulum, Hyperammina ex gr. gauMna, Marscrv'na trochus oxyccaTa, Marss. trochus ^''ir^g, Psammosghaeca scruposa, Pseudogaudryin^TTq ex gr. capítosa, Recurvoides ex gr. globulosa, Rec ^ cf. R. subturbdnata, Reophax texanus, Rhizammina ex gc. indivisa, Rzehéikina epigona, Spircplectammina laevis, Spir. ex gc. spec'''^hí1^'^ THt-avia pJli'^ae. Distributim: Sedimentary rocks of tiiis zcne have also been recovered from wells 1-SES-lA a530-1920m), l-SES-3 (1995-2085m) and l-SES-9 {1314- 1350m). Palaeo-environments: i^jper to middle batiiyal (wells 1-SES-lA, 1-9ES-9), middle to lower bathyal (weHs l-SES-3, l-aS-24).

Bolivinoides draco- Orthokarstenla clarfci Zone [M-3.(B)]

Category: Oppel-zone. Definition: This zone is characterised by the association of its nominate and associated ^pecdes. Ihe iqipec limit is macked by the lasb appeacances cf Bolivinaides dcaco, Ortfadtarstenia cdarki, Praebulimina kickapooensis and Praeb. reuffiL It is important to note the first occurrences of davulinoides ex gr. trilátera, Gaudcyinopsis glatacata and Paeudoclavulina arenata in the zonal assemblage. Assigned age: lat:est Maastriditian. Reference section: weE l-aS-3 (1905-1995m). Associated miccofauna: Aüomort^üna ex gr. cretacea, Bolivina ex gc. afea, BoL ex gr. inccassata, Buliminella brevispira, Bulim. ex gc. colonensis, Cilácddes gp. B, Eponides egacajieneis, Gavp>1ip^Tia ex gr. beccapifccmis, Gav. dementdana, Gav. montsrelenais, Gav. nacatochensds^ Gav. ^assocostata, Gav. ex gr. velascoensis, Globorotqiit-pq ex gr. micheHniana, Gut-Hiijria communis, Gyrcddina bpi^^iy Gyr'dina megasboma, Gyr"if?iprides ex gr. glx^xjsa, Gyr'des ex gr. nitida, Gyr'des quadrata, Lctgena acutdcostata.

- 325 - Lentia,]3ina ex gc. cotulata, Neobulimina asp^a» Neofaulindna canadeniàs,

Nodosacia ex gc. affims, tJuH-a-ninoTia floceaUSr Mutt, texana, Osangularia cor^«=n-iana, Pseudonodoséiria ex gr. twmPi^ Pseudouvigerina pluiainerae, PuHenLa cretacea, Pyrulina cylindccddes, QuadrijnOTtîina ex gc. aHomorEdùnaìdes^ Ramulina aculeata, Sighogenerinoides fcramlettei, Vagintilina t-riinbata; AmmobaailitiF^ ex gr. oogyolitfaifornùs, Ammodiscus gretaoeus, Am mod, glafcratus, AmmoglDbLgerìna ex gr. glpbigprinìfocmis, Asano^rira ex gr. glabra, BaÜiysighcn ex gr. vìtta, Critrosbomoides ex gr. trlmtaterCTg, Dorotiiia ex gc. bêta, Gaudcyina laevigata, Gaudc. pyramidata, Glomoâira cìiarcadesr HagenoweHa ex gr. subsgîaerica, HapJophragm crides ex gc. bullaides, Hcrmosina ex gc. glotyiiifCTa, Hyperammina ex gr. gaultina, Karrpi-i^Tla ex gr. cCTivecsa, MacsoneDa trochus oxycona, Marss. trochus trochus^ Psam mostrerà scnqxsa, PseudogaudryineTla ex gr. c^àtosa, QuasLqpiroplecbam mina navarroana, Recurvoides ex gc. globulosa, Rec sp, cf. R. subburbinata, Reophax texanus, Rhizammina ex gr. indivisa, Rzîakina epigona, Saccammina sphaerica, Spiroplectammina chlcoana, Spir. laevis, •Qltaxia eDisorae, Tcocham minoides flageri, Vameuflina cretacea. [distribution: Sedimentary cocks within this zcne have also been recovered &om weDs 1-SES-lA a410-1530m), l-SES-9 {1170-1314m) and 1-^-24 a980-2100m). Palaeo-envircnments: uppec to middle bathyal (weHs 1-aS-lA, l-as-9), middle to lower bathyal (wéEts l-SES-3, l-SES-24).

- 3 26 - TABLES 4.1 TO 4.7

RANGE CHARTS

KEY

I 1-5% (rare) 6-10% (common) 11-20% (frequent) 21-30% (abundant) i >30% (very abundant)

(Based on 300-specimen counts of the fraction > S2}m)

- 327 - late Aptian Albìan Ap-1 Ap-2 Al-1 Al-2 Al-3 Al-4 Al-5 Al-6

Subordec Globic[ecinina

CMes tEioma«sis (ìnembelitiia oenomana HedbergePa gayuséllal wa^iitaBS Hedb. ex delrioensis H**^h, (p,) yrtaadiikae Hedbw ^} ex gr. ^aaniEpira Hedb.

«H-inuTieina bceggieiEÒs Hetfliergella (B^

HedbergePa CB4 sutacretacea

fìr-ìnuTi^ madecasiana

TSc graetianerBis

CìfiMijpriTipTi niAaig cidunani

Tir-inuTla gp^ ff_ t pHiniila Conoqlotaigadna (?) ^ A fTlnhi.y»ri noTIrriiÌM aptàeDBB (Tdes barn.

TAHE£ 4J.(A): Biostratìgraphic distcibutiDn and relative abundances of planktonk: foraminiferal assemblages (Siiborder Glohigerinina) £com tiie labe Aptian to Albdan.

328 late Aptian Albian Ap-1 Ap-2 Al-1JAl-2 IA1-3|A1-4 Al-5 Al-6

&des macrocaneratis ffdEs ^ gr. maridaleifiis Heito. {BJi labocaensis Hedb. (E.) maslaltogae Hedb. ^ 3&mie3cngata Hedb. fffJi sigati. Heaa. fp.) aunilis caoKiliqmna ^ G. botecivica

TABLK 4J.(B): Biostratìgraphic disbnbution and relative abundances of planktonic foraminiferal a^mblages (Suborder Glohigerinina) from the late Aptdan to Albdan.

329 late Aptian Albian Ap-1 Ap-2 Al-1 Al-2 Al-3 Al-4 Al-5 M-6

Gavelìnella becthélini-^T.

Gyr^fcs ex gr. nitida IgntTculjna ez gr. gaiiltiiia Lent. ex 9;. rotiilata Lent, ex flpf. sufaangi'ij»*'?' Neobutinina aubcxetacea Ramiilina tetcahedr?^ìT^ì Tìisrix ex gr. e«:agata CmKatxttdes ex gr. mìnoHfgina

SararprvWTì cf. S. uagacnstata Eogirttulina andaiyi

E^ilbCOTni"^ M ni Pili'^ temgularia artìToenbachi Patellina subcretacea t^Tìi-TTKna minuna BpJstp'n'Ta carpi"'**""'' Globarotalibes sp. c£. G. mnltiBepta aibconica T^ÌBtt un'ina cì*j^pnianL Gavelìnella bacrendana— Gav. Qandrini pIpT''"' Gtobacotfi^tf^ ex gr. iirii~h^1ÌTTÌam

linqcdoqag^tinpTla ciryL feeMdorf*^'^*"^ ex 7. tmiiflis Ramùlìna aculeata

TABLE 4J pi): Bkstratìgraphic disbnbution and relative abundances of benthonic foraminiferal asemblages (Suborders Spirinina, Ihvolutinina, Lagenina, Robertinìna and Rotaliina) from the late Aptian to Albian 3 30 late Aptian Albian Ap-1jAp-2 Al-l|Al-2!Al-3IAl-4lAl-51Al-6 RanÙlina fi'gaFnrmÍH fftt^^^na ^ A Dgitaliiia ex gr. legumm ItocfaQlina ap, A I^itictilìna ex gr. nodosa Astacnlirs ^ cE. A. aotula flstacoìiB sp. A Dentatina rni irfi iata Globulina laoima Gutbilina ^ A Pyndma c^indcaides

Hacqinulina ex gr. aeqmvoca

Vaginutina ex gc. HPHÍÍIH Vaginulina ex gr. kodm

Suborder Hiliolina tegudosjqmoilina (?) sp. A Quinqueloculina (?) sp. A

Suborder Textularlina Marsopt»Ti?i trodius oxycoiia Mara», trochus tiims

TYnf^ìa mini Tini tìp^ '^y i-F, TL subccKonata BdtfaysijiKxi ex gc. ^ Ammodiacus inoertus Gaoayinogsis sp. cf. G. grJvfa<'Jì

Hyperam""'" ex gaiilHna MarssoneDa trociiis trocAis TABI£ 4.2 (B): Biostcatigca^hic distributiDn and relative abundances of benthonic foraminiEeral assemblages (Suborders Spirillina, Ihvolutinina, Lagenina, Robertinìna, Rotaliina, Miliolina and Textulariina) from the late Aptian to Albdan. 331 late Aptian Albian Ap-1lAp-2 Al-l| AI-2I Al-3| A1-4J A1-5|A1-6

QtiaB. ex 7. •y'^ì'ndaiia Qoas. finid. ica

Bggerellina madae

Paraceridncüina (?) ap. A

dividono AiBffl"*''''''"^''* 'jc A»

GaudcyinouM SÜCücnis Ha;di3|Éiragaiiiin ex gc foedisÙBon aideg ex dotia VahmlaaMÌna (?} s(k A

ttochanndna ex ^ nimia AmnobacnlitHe sp. ^ A. ''''fT'itili'iT^M Ammob. ceotThacoàdes

TABLE 4JZ (Q: Biostratìgraphic distribution and relative abundances of benthcMÙc' foraminiferal assemblages (Sutorder Textulariina) from the late Aptian to Albian.

332 Cenomanian Tuconian Coniac, Ce-1 Ce-2 Ce-3 Ce-4 T-1 T-2 T-3 Co

Suborder Globigecinina

flrcìiaeoqi"Wfyi»-;na blowi Arcàu (letacea

HedbgyTia ^ ex gc. gmplf»» Bedb. (Hhiteinéna) paradiihdfl Heteratwti-y ex gr. glfrtxilosa

Hedbergella ^) ex gc. delcÌDeiEis Be^iu (H.) ex gc. p1a"i«^Tira Gìipni b^Tìtri a cenomana HedberqéHa (H.) apdca Hedb. (H.) halHfa Heterohelix ex gr. mccemam Marginctomcana undtilata ftaeglobotrimcana stHobam Hedberyni^ (W.) artàiaeocietacea Hedb. (H.) hrittnnCTsis

Rotalipcca gceenfaocnenais HedbergeHa FaroBePa) wa^ntensis ftaeqlobotruncana ffalrirtensis Hobalipora appenninica Rotalipcca txotzari. Hanomalina sp. (£. p. [» .w»ti gtt w ri

TABLE 4.3 : Bìcstratìgraphic disttibution and relative abundances of plankbanic foraminiferal assemblages {Suborder GQobdgerinina) from the Cenomanian to late Coniacian.

33 3 Cenomanian Turonian Coniac. Ce-1 Ce-2 Ce-3 Ce-4 T-1 T-2 T-3 Co Ccnocbcddes ex gr. nrinuHgama GagpTinnTIa gg. A IgnticulJna ex y-.rotailata linguIogayr^TirmTia tmnarpmsis NecfauUmina minima VaivoüneEiä B Boliyina ^ c£. E. incraasala Gagt^iTfwTia bertfaelini—Gay. piamma:ae-Gag. rg™ plpinw PatpHina aibcretacea CTaraiHna ^ À ftaphnlimina ex gr. nannina f^TfnTHrra minima 'njTispiriBina sobconica

Dentalina ex gc. legiimen Dsitalina vistiilae Gabonita levis Gabb ^ c£. G. parva lagena paiin'nngtata I^itdculìna ex gr, ijaniHria lent. revoluta HcxiioneDa sp. dE, N. austinana Hodoqenecina sp. cE. N. glexantj"'' HorlnRaria liint>ata Hod. ex gc. obscura Valviitineria sp, A CflfTàJpTIa ex gc. viscidus Caacasina ^ A CccygtKBfaDma sp. B Gabonita obesa GavelinapsiB (?) ^ A Ijngiilogagpìinpna (?) ^

TABIE 4.4 (A): Biostratigraphìc distrit)UtÌDn and relative atundanc^ of benthonic focamimferal assemhlages (Suborders Spirülina, Involutirana, Lagenina, Robertìnina and Rotaliina) from the Cenomanian to late Coniaaan. 334 CenoKanian Tueonlan Coniac. Ce-1 Ce-2 Ce-3 Ce-4 T-1 T-2 T-3 Co

Qob.

Anomalinaides sp. A Ca.y|Jio5toma A Gyraidinoides ex gc. pìHffa lingulina kpnpH Sanulana complanata Bamulina aculeata Vafpfitina ex gc. Itn^hti Omtalina communis GkAxrotalìbes ez gc.

Saracenaria ^ (±.

Subordec Hiliolina

SpiroLocuIina spk. A ScBroIoculìna cxetacea

Suborder Textularlina

TexHrtarìa ez gr. qihrTuriirq •ttortìamniTiTa sp. A Am moba" ilitp-w impexos AmiDomarcnniilìna patK^^a Dìscammìna A MdLaaji»¿na kummi Macai, trorfius ^"""g TVit-a^ilìna (?) EpL A.

TABI£ 4.4 (B): BÌJDStratigraphic distributiDn and reiatLve atundances of benthonic foramijiìferal ase mhlages (Suborders Spirülina, :&ivQlutinma, Lagenina, Robertinina, RotaUina, MÍÜcOina and Textulariina) from the Cenomanian to late Ccniacian. 335 Santon. Caapanian Haastcichtian S-1 S-2 Ca-1 Ca-2 M-1 M-2 M-3 Subocdec Globigecinina Arcfaaeg]i"F«jc»-;na Movi CoiiLiBOtliuncana contusa rinhìfjm'npTiftìfipg esrfiegl (?des ùUramJCTa Globotnmcaia aegyptiaca Gk^xjtruncanita pettersL gcanita eaiebKsis 1 Gtobotiuncanella hawanensis CneHa pe*^i"iriea GuembelTtria cretacea 'Be*frfitPiì^ ex 7. Rotules Het. piilcfaca Het. .striAl Hanoglobulina varians Keudoguemfaelina cucjLrfta pamirffina exc"l?Tta feeudotex^'iaHjì txowni teeudoteit. eJegans RagoglobiqeDna ex gr. rugasa GanssEEina tjdimgi SoboLnmcana ccBet±a (jcana faifacnrcmnnodifer (7cana nnuty Ir-nM.!

ContaBottunrana patEDifocinis npterr^^ti» planata feeudoguembetina palpebra Rugoglotâqedjia h**ìtar-ani erata ftrdiaecjglofcBqenna cre*:

TABLE 4.5 (A): Bkstratigraphic: distribution and relative abundances of plankton! c fcjraminiferal assemblages (Suborder Globigerinina) ftrom the late Coniacian-SantcxTian to Maastrichtian.

336 Santon. Campanian Haasteichtian S-1 5-2 Ca-1 Ca-2 W-1 W-2 H-3 Globmtunujia linnedana Globotruni:dnita 'ì^ibppinosa HedbergePa (HJ b^md^^^e dofaotxuncana czìontalis Globotnincanìta ^ c£. G. rairfwata

Betarotielix anecicana fTlniifTi T'iTm '^iiil'a ^Ì&iat3— sbiartifianiiis pi*»x"Q Heterohelix reiHsL nìf-ai-ineTiJ* asymetadca Hedberqélla (E.) ex gc. lìpTrinenas Marginotruncaiia amcgt rtir-TirïttpTia cccicavata Hedb. (HJ FlanHriTii Marginotnincana nenzL Hanrj, undiilata Ventrüafarella austìnana

TABLE 4.5^): Bkstraügraphic distributìm and relative abundances of planktonic focamiiùferal assemtdages (Suborder Globigeriniiia) from the late Coniacian-Santonian to Maastrichtian.

337 Santon. Campanian Haastr icbtian S-1 S-2 Ca-1 Ca-2 M-l M-2 11-3

JffloiBocpbina ex gc. ocetacea Bofaripa ex gr. afra BoL ex gr. incrasata Bcaivincndes dcaco

ftititninp'na Li.CTii4Jira Bulûn. ex gr_ ccdonensis rihir-irhaq ^ B Eponides acacaïjensis GaveHinena ex gc. Gav. cleinmtiana Gav. montjecetosis Gav. nacatochenfâs Gav. '^TMrif Gav. ex gc. velascœEis

Guttiiïma commums Gyrcàdina beosB^l GytMina megaatoina Gyroidînaides ex gc. globosa Gyrt3es ex gc. nitida Gyrt3es qaadcata lagaia aciiHrrrf^^ TippHmtina ex gc. cabdata Heobulimina aapera Heob. canadafBïs So^^npsw-ia ex gc. J^njff NiiHaHïnena fkzealîs Hutt. texana Orttaofcatstiaiia cJarid OsangulaCJa nnrrHm-iana ftat^iKinina Idric^ooenBis fta«»KiHinma reuB. — — teeudonodnmria ex gr. twtiiTtKa

TABLE 4.6 (A): BiostcatLgraphic distribution and relative abundances of benthcxiic fOTaminiferal assemblages (SuiDOcdecs SpiriHina, ihvblutinina, Lagenina, Robertinina and Rotaliina) feom tiie late Coniacian-Santonian bo Maastciditian. « ^ - 3 o o Santon. Campanian Maastcicfatian S-1 S-2 Ca-1 Ca-2 M-l M-2 «-3 Iteudouyiqeriiia gdimmgrae Biïlpma Qcetaoea Pynilina c^ûAtâdes Quaifcmaiphina ez 9;. ànomocptrincades RamuHna acudeata SiLiaxjKiy""™'^^ tzamiottei Vayrofina twinHata BanctyeDa davata Band. ez gc. greatoaHeyensis Buliminéna gtiai^Hiobata Dent- ex gr. Jegumen GvroKÏinaâdes ]aet±ecla. Marginulinoogs ^ A Hodoqmedna stephemonL HonioneDa ausrinana rtonqiiiaria velascoenss ftaebulimina ez gc. banta teeudonodomria ohPsa rihir-iftes ez gc. beaumontianus Frondicnlaria clarki Gynadînaides nonioncrides Necâbellna ex gr. pTiniifera NeoË. reirii-iiiata Neof- semjreticulata âetîHTnina ex gc. fanq ftaeb. ez gr. pccOixa a:aeb. apinata ÊMddlamarcddna ^ A ftitiminpTla pee"'^'''rfegan<'i^"'a Dentalina haafplanata Paît, megapolitana Dent, vistolae EDipBoglanduJIina wlascoensis Eîistpmina sopcatjeljiuea

TABI£ 4,6 (B): BJœtratigcaphic distcibutiijn and relative atundances of benthaiic foraminifecal assemblages (Subocders SpiriHina, fiivolutinina, Lagenina, Rcrf^ertinina and Rotaliina) from the late COTÛadan-Santonian to Haasbrichtian. 339 Santoa. Campanian Maastrichtian S-1 S-2 Ca-1 Ca-2 M-l M-2 M-3

GavetîneDa erecta Gag, Ittimana Gag, andidgei Globtes aibconica Gyroàdina ^ \ pameua spm A Tjicnfitema qoirirogi lag^ia panr.íf-ir»i»,ita

QdtbosLella ex gc. halfiairtï OctiiottaistiHiia clavata CJctfaok. ewaJdi Osangiii^^ iji riavacToana iSanitina taylfyei'g'q ^ramiiììna nidita Vaiivulinada anacaH nuŒodiaca RmgTpn;! ex gc. Bapcx^ae RÜlfinia jmrica CiHidLiiia navflPCQana Str-^n^na ^ A Gaoelînella tlialnanni GageiinD|a3 (?) sp. B GIobmitaiitES ^gsis Glotytes m"W^'*vt^ Glotftes qñnea fTttif^iTu^ mutticostata LenticutiiQ rewoliita Hef*^'ìì"'''na aimaa KaebuKmina ex gr. nannina

TABE£ 4.6 {C): Bicstratigraphic cîîstTibution and relative abundances of benthaiic foraminiferal assemblages (Suborders SpiriHina, Divolutinina, Lagenina, Robertinina and Rotaliina) from tiie late Coniadan-Santixiian to Maasteichtian.

340 Santon. Campanîan Maastrichtian S-1 S-2 Ca-1 Ca-2 M-1 M-2 M-3 Subocder Textularlina Ammobaculites ex gc. eoproLitfaiíJQcais Ai&Diodiscus cr^^acd^s AnillOtL rjlahrpitng Anmod. giaiBB Ammoqlobiqepna ex gr. glotHqepntfmnis Asancspira ex gr. glataca BaLhyEàphon ex gr. vitta namilîTinirip>a ex gr. t-HI^

DocoHiia ex gr. hiTlPtn Gautkyina laenrigata Gaudc. gyramïdata Gaodryinotgàs glalxata Glomosaica i4mrni<ípfl Hagenowella ex gr. 3±Eçhaerir^ Sa^oçkaagmcôàes ex gr. buHaides Hocinosina &L gc. gkAwlïfera Hypecammina ex gr- gauQtina paTTpri^^Tla ex gr. conversa MarfTjnrwTTa trocAuB oxycona Hai^. Lcocfaus teocfaus feaminoefhaera acruposa fôeudoclavulina ar»iata KeudoqaodcyineJla ex gr. es (^tafOF^Tiropiectammina navarroana Recurvcodes ex gc. globulosa Rec ^ c£. R. aubtairfcànata Seophax texarma Shizainiidna ex înâisis Rzeh^dna epigona Saceammina f^*""^^ SpiroçaectaiBiiiina rfñcoana _ Sproplectamiiiina laews

TABLE 4.7 (fii: Biostxatigraf*iic distnbution and celatíve abundances of benthcffùc fccaminiferal assemblages {Suborder Textuiarilna) fcom the late Coniacian-Santonian to Maasbñchtian.

341 Santon. Caapanian Maastr ïchtîan S-1 S-2 Ca-1 Ca-2 H-1 M-2 M-3

— — - —. ^^77r^^JlT^^m^nrri^^w Baqeà

AtvecdoFÉitijqiiiiuiii 33L A Ammofaaculttes afx. cf. A. traqmentana DenAophyra ez qr. *-TrF'l*5i — — — - Glomo^Bra qocdialïs BonnoEÎna ovuliiiii NamnriRTIii tmrhin tinrifl Rzehaidna Ssastninate

Vaneinlîna rrp* n&> ninfm>^MfMT1a tpwiH-fj»^

Sïatoi^dectaiDiiiîiB siqmoîâina AmmovecteDina SÇL A

GLaTîycammïna sp. A HaplapfacaqmcdâeB njqoŒ Pîlulil» ^ A Rbabdammina ex qr. discreta SpirQlocamiinna sp. A ItOtAlCSBCa (?) 31. A Açinfr^Tira waltprî 'D^xîamouna tjatJHWMT»^ TïixîiininÎTnTfles ex gc. f^'Hiiig

TABLE 4.7 ©: Bicstratigcaphic distributiûn and relative abundances of benthonic foraminiferal assemblages (Suborder Texhilariina) from tiie late Coniacian-Sanbonian to Haastrichtian.

34 2 TABLES 4.8 TO 4.12

Correlation of various zonal schemes. No attempt has been made to modify the original zone names, which are presented as proposed by the several authors.

- 343- 3 K la • u 1 B t -•-1 11: ti « q a li o q • . •» ^3 s g. u IP g o li III . a :3 " a - g. b. li « 9 • U it a « . o 3 i " s • >• -«4 •** o « VI H q ti* •ao a Ili" p ll:t"1 ho- ^ ^t •a ab" n ti 3 •• B w a II 3 . 3 ^ 4

o Q a li u « o S T-» 9 « q b. ¿81 « 1= 4 Ti Q J3 Q u HO « [7 q O »4 fa 14 q K H O -q O B i-f a q a-M -H O b fl) s -H iIqj « 5-3 P u d u a B "3-a Ì3 « n •u u ? ^ *4 tu M M 1« U € II 3

.—1 m -* 1 • 1 1 1 1-1 << k

CU n a —. cu ao «r ~O w • U (» H 3 s «I -sa -u ^ II -•-« U 1 • o ni l' g O ^ T~ g-3 11 m ss ^1 p< o a a ^1

a -rird 0V1 Di [d s- tO ja 4* tu Vi ** o.a, 3 fTltfm "^.^l^*^ ammonite zonation (after Beuden, 1967

3 4 4 TABE£ 4.90^; Cotrelatáon of various Edanktcxiic focarainiferal zonal schemes proposed for tìie upper Aptian to Albian.

34 5 1 i fei a ( * 1 u 1 • 9 1 1 1 * V 1 w «0 • < « A 1 1 1« 1 t • > I* M i ^ m 1 a • « 1 ^ S ä i o « m 1 • (= 3 î I a S. « 1 M a> ri « 1* 1 r: 3 1 s 1 1 a c S Ì i 9 3 -- • S 1^ 3 ii B 1 E 1 il Ì *« •I lÛ 1 1 " ú 1 •5 1 .3 •M 1 ^ •1 cr 3 s i a 1 •î- i il Il 'S • ma n il II S 's î Il • 1 á > 1« il ä '

lì « ri 3 ri 4* î 1 î 3 * SI'!" Ì 3 3 1 ri î i 3 -''g- I* o ij •• T>»- 3 • j • II • 3 tí il •t K H il. >i ••* •ttfc —1 - IB. s •"< Sn •3 o •V • M Iii « H « —1 M 33 • " -aï ì ú -Id lì if 0 • 3 = ì n D a 1 1 U Î 01 3 la nS tteT^dï aaddn a en

TABLE 4.9(^: CocrelatiOT of varÏDUs planktonic forarainifecal zonal schemes proposed foc the içper Aptian to Altaian.

346 Ammonite Zones Koutaaukos, this study (afl£r Bengtacxv Stages 1983, aid i leyraent & Bengtsonr Planktonic Foramlnifera Benthonic Foramlnifera 1986)

(Co) Arcbaeoglabigeriaa creticea- CavaUoeUa ip. k- Coniacian Sol gerite» DicarioBlla primitiva Valvuliaecia ip. K Zona Zone

CareJiaeJlA bertbelini- Oicaeiaella primitiva SubprioDOcfcl US (T-3) Qìv. pl\iaaotaa-aìv. reussi plaiui - Zone Ualvuiineria sp. A Zone

Bedbergella ['Kliiteinaiia) aprica Cabonita Invia- Turonian {7-1] aedb. (W.) baitica Uodosaria 6i gc. obacìira Zon« tane Saplitoides

aedbergella (W.) arcbaeacratacBa Oabonita Ìevis-Oab. obesa (T-1) Betecobelix reusgi Zona PseudotisBotia Zone

aiobigeriDalloidas boatooBBais- Caboaita laria- (Ce-4) Bedbergella (W.) aprica S, (Kaaabiceras) Discmaiaa sp. \ Zone Zone

Acatbocerat Hedborgella (H.t baltica- Ciblcidaa ip. k- (Ce-3)' Bùdb. (H.) brittoDBasia Sodosaria ex gr. obscjra Zone Cenomanian DuavBgaaocacaa Ione

Praeglobotruacana delrloeaaia- Liagulogaveliaalla (7) RotaJipora appeaaioica sp. ci. L. tbalmaaailoiraia- GrayBoaites (Ce-2}' Zone Spiroloculioa cretacea Zona

Cibicide» ip. k- Rotalipora brotieni PJaauiaria coaplaaata (Ce-1) Zone ? Zone TABI£ 4J.1(A): Correlatìan of various planktOTiic foraminiferal zonal scheraes j^oposed for the Cenomanian to lower Coniacian.

3 48 TABLE AAlißli: Cotrelatím of various pOanktcmc foraminiferal zcmal schemes prc^)osed fcx the Cenomanian to lower COTiiacdan.

349 w 3 -23 a 3 A 5 • a a 9 ^ e i i 1 O a '3 IS n ti d

• a 3 . 3 Ì a 3 E3 -E ï m 1 •-4 f> 3 3 a E as - 2 1 1 l B • Ì 1 i • is ìì ^' 41 d 4 d d B ti ti ti 9 m 3 a—7=— • B > a e ^4 ^ e <« 3 Ì 3 1 • |a E i i 3 Ì ^ Il 1 ô 3 :5 B U d ta ?3 >> 3 S a» 3 3 E ça ^ â 3 El II d <> liti •it

-H eo a -a cII a 3 a n •a a l m a 3 m Z E >* s »« - 3 3 m l "1 --• m B m e» à 1 X B Jl 1 5 d ci s ä d d o OD B 3 3 B (h 3 3 m E 2 33 E 3 3 E •• 1 3 kl a * es 1 a * 8 Ì S B -a i 1 s a a Ö •=3 o ta 3 d li <> lì ti B 8 « s 3 3 • 1 8 3 5 E 1 a 3 E l 3 a' 1 B « 1 Q î B U a e a a 4 d . U i ^ d a d d d d Bd B m 3 -H 8 3 tn m 3 •H a E s E 3 3 • a 14 ! a 1 S 'S & S -•4 a 3 B » li d d li d

1 1 B B >• ï TI Él 3 •a BUM S Zi *> a ; M si h 3 ; P 'C i ì n SI" * a 41 3. Ms es a J+3* aaâ 1 •« a q 33 3- II" 01 al Si II O jti Ils 1 II u n a 33 o 5 s a 3 r* :9 r r« 1 1 •• M: z c 3 n

to B 0öl S ta *> 1

TABLE 4J.2py: Ccarrelation of various planktcaiic fcaraminiferal zonal schemes proposed for the upper Coniacian-Santonian to MaastrichtLan.

350 Viviers, Viviera, & Regali BeurlsD i Azevedo t Regali, Koutsoukos, this study 19B6,.1987 Koutsoukos 19S2 Hogutl et al.,1981 1987 L987 Stages (Santos (in Beurlen (Ceara t Santos, (Para-Maranh IO (Potigiiar Campos Basin et ai., 19B6 Basiti) Basin) Basin) Basin) 1972 Contusotruocana caatusa- {H-3) CiobatrtiDCJQa aegj^Cl^ca A. aafazoeùaia S. reiclieii ? (3, aajptiaea lane

tí •rini Gansseeìna gaassed- a. gausseri 0. coatusa a. contusa alobotcuacaoita stuartifonais 0. ganssari a. gaossari •u (M-2Ì 0. gansserl Ione u -H It 17. eJarata •f in fi ?

Centusotruflcaaa foralcata^ a, pluimeeaa- (H-1) O'caoa lioneiana a, fornicata a. fornicata B. íoroicata Jone

0. buliaidas a, fornicata S. fornicata dJobiitruacaaa oriaotalia- a (Ca-2) C'cana vaatrlcDsa M -H Zana et a. iapparenti 1 ni alobattancaaa líaaaíaaa- (Ca-1) OJúbotruacaoita elevata/ wltbout a. fornicata 0. cuarctata U Stuardifontia plexus dlagntiitlc Zone micrafoBSllt Q. fornicata

a IO (S-2) Dicarineila asynetrica 0. asfBatrica -H (J Ione O 0. concava ta HlttOUt p. cocarat» • 0. eoacarata t. dairioaasi* ta dlagnostlc co Dicarlnelia contravata- Dlt:rofoiiiU (S-1) Harginotruncana sinuosa a. coa cara ta Ione Coniaclai D, inbricata M. uoiJuIata M. undulata Biochronostratigraphic Summary

Hell - Sections Stages CP-252-81 CPa-is-81 CRL-l-SI l-DS-1-81 i-sn-u 1-SI8-3 l-SIS-9 1-818-24 11-3 1410a 1905« 1170B 19B0a u Kustrichtlu K-2 1530a 1995a 1314B 2100a 1 H-1 - 7 - • 7 • " 7 • 1350B 2190a u Ca-2 0/8ta(7) — 7 - 1920/80a • 7 • 1638B • ? • Caspulia Ca-1 • 7 • OB - 7 - • 7 • 2085a " 7 • 2220a(7) u A-2 46SM(7) — 7 - 217 Sa 19S0B(7) • 7 • Baatonilo 1 fl-1 • 7 • 1176.40B 3205a 2124B(?) 2310B Coniaciu 1u Co

u T-3 - - - - 21/42a ------— — - 7 — ------. - — TUTonian n 1-2 555/585« • 7 • - ? - 1 T-1 604.20a • 7 • 98.30B

Ca-4 6l5a u Co-3 643a Csacaasian a CB-2 70Sa 162a 2370a(7) 1 Cs-I 735B 537n 366a • 7 • XI-S 761.80a 552/560a - - - - US2.50B 381a 2460a(?) u U-5 765a 582a 1200.80B 396a - - - -

&1-4 B55II 612B " 7 - 426a 2250a(?} 2490a(?} Albian n Al-3 915a 672B - 7 " 621a • _ _ Id'Z 94Sa 732a " 7 — — 7 — 7 — 7 ila 2Q70a(?) 2160a(?) 1 U-1 1035a — 7 — 19 Ba — ? — B9Ia • 7 • 2412a(?)

Ì9-2 1095B glia — 7 — • ? • — ? - 9Bla — ? — 2325a 2628B(7) 2670B(?) upper aptiaa Ap-1 1275a 1002a 466.00a 320a(7) — 7 — • ? • — ? *. • 7 • • 7 • • 7 • Legend: hiatus - — - oo-diagiiMtic Blcrofosslli ' ? ' Bot-stndled toctioa — ? — (aroiional and/or (sectioa ai uncsrtain biostratlgraphie (probable record of Ute ZOBB) Bon-depoitional) positioa)

TABLE 4-13: Biochronostratigraphic summary of the studied weE-sectìons.

352 CHAPTER 5

FORAHINIPBRAL MORPHOGROOP

DISTRIBUTION PATTERNS,

PALABOCONMDNITIBS AND

TROPHIC STROCTÜRBS

353 5.1 - INTROOOCTIC»

One oC ttie main obpctìves of micrcpalaeaitalogical studies is to record, interpret and attempt to predict dianging pattems and interactions betweai rates oE tàotdc dlversificatim and evcdiiticm throughout stratàgrajAùc séquences. Foramimferal assemblages have been extenslvely used fer biostxatigraphlc and palaeo-environmental interprétations tiirouôut the Mesozcdc and Cîozoîc sedimentary successions of the wcsHà océan, lïiê has been a particular emphasis on the Cretaceous Period, witìi studies presentdng global and regimai schemes c£ bathymétrie and hiogeogcaphic distributions of benthcnic assemblages (e.g., SlLter, 1972; Sliter & Baker, 1972; Scheibnerovà, 1971a, 1976, 1978a; CÛsson, 1977; Haig, 1979î Koutsoukos, 1984; Nyong & Olsscxi, 1984; Olsscn & Nycng, 1984; Dia&- adto & Azevedo, 1986; Koutsoukos & Morijck, 1986; Viviers, 1986; Azevedo et 1987; Koutsoukos & Dias-Btito, 1987; Reiss, 1988). However, the apEôach in palaeo-eccQogical studies is usuaüy restricted to the repcrt of occurrence pattams of individual taxa and/or major groups. Orily very rarely is the hLcOogical background behind the distribution of thèse "empty"

ôtOEuasma-free) tests^ which are œe of the main hinHf constituents in marine sédiments, discused- As was dearly painted out ty Marszalek et ^ (1969, p. 342) The majar efforts of micriîaleontalogists have been directed toward a descriptim of the pattern of distribution of focaminiferal tests, not toward an understanding of whare and how foraminifers Uve.' Since that time little has changed. Ohe présent di^ïter aims to delineate the general distzibutiím patt^ns of Cretaceous fcraminiferal morphogroups and pataeocommuratíes in the Sergipe basin. Althou^ it would be very rtifFjniit, if not imposible at au, to write in détail en the behavioural physiQlDgy of fossil fccarainifera, an attempt is made to discuss the pcobable main environmental and EîyHinlogical contcoDing forces behind their distributivi. On the principie of infm±ìg feom the better known to the Üeêr known, i.e., by référence to welL documented studies on extant foraminiferal assemblages, a model is proposed in ocder to explain the re2atÌOTshìp of trojiíic structures and distributim pattems of Cretaceous foraminiferal palaeocommunities. Wilhin this diapter the subpct is considered in four parts. (1) FirsÜy, it is necessary to discuŒ some concepts of foraminiferal palaeo-ecolDgy and the models adopted in the présent study; some of the known functdons of the

- 354 - test? and the inferred tcoptúc grcx:ps of tiie fcraminiferal assemblages recorded in the Cretaceous marine successioi of Sergipe. (2) 'ùi the subséquent part the assemblages ace arrangea into mcar^cdogical groups, based on common extemal featuces of the test, with an assessment cf their palaeo-environmental distribution, substrats types and inf^ed modes of life. (3) Ohe third part indudes a díscussiüxi of the dihñbutinn pattems of fcraminiforal assemblages ârom mid-Cretaceous oxygen deplsted environments and of the fcraminiferal respcnse to hypoña. (4) PinaUy, there is a summary c£ the focamirdf^aL palaeocommunü^ structure, primqrily focusing

5.2 - FORAMINIFBRAI. PALAEO-ECOLOGT

Fccaminifera are, Uke aH the marine microfossU groups, affected by (âianges in environment and palaeoceanogr^jhic conditions. 1^ prime fccce behind the distribution, évolution and regional extanctàon events of foraminiferal fosaü commumties is the differential influence of depth- related factors, amongst which are included stability of the environment, water température, disolved oxygen concentratiOT, salinity, awailabdlLty of calcium carbonate, nutrient resources, substrate type, and wave and current activity (Fig. 5.1). Ihese factcrs, however, are not necessarfly purely depth-related, but may be linked to other processes. H: must also be emEîasised that cautdm, and criticism, must be used when appLying foraminiferal depth dJstributJOTi models establiêd else w here in the gecOogical record to the Cretaceous assemblages. Benthcnic fcraminiferal commumties wculd have extended their distdbutim when particular environmental factcrs allowed, and therefcre cannot be sijnply related to depth mches. Ihe complex interplay of abioüc and hiotic components (the nature cf micreáienthos) does not confocm to a generaüsed palaeo- environmental model of wideîread cîptiriatim based on the distributicn of particular foramiráferál genera oc species. However, shelf envircnments of low-latitude régions ^di as in the Cretaceous of S^gipe) have the greatest potential for envircximental stabólity because insolation is more consistent seasonaUy. Mcreover, the upp&: Aptian-Maastrichtian foraminiferal assemtûages ûrom Sergipe are apparentiy représentative of a single biogeoprovince êe Chapter 9). Ih that conte xt, highly adapted/

- 3 55 - FEGORE SJ.: MaJDr focaininiferal troE*iic resources anä substrates (type and relative physLcal stabÜLty) in tìie marine environments (inferred for the Cretaceous of Sergipe).

35 6 apecialísed mocôtypes (whicái norioally äiow hiâ: rates cf extinctkn as tile aivironment dianges with time) may be expected to ©idure for a longer time-interval and to have preferentiaUy inhafcdted a characterdstic biofacies wiüún the basin (where no mapr [Aiysical barriers to micxofaunal migraticn existed). Ih ceder to asaem Üie palaeo-envircnmental significance of Üie microfossil asemblages présent in tiie studied sections, mid- to late Cretaceous (ñptían to Maastrichtian) palaeobatiiymetric modéls cf bentiicnic foraminifera (e.g., Slita: & Bakec, 1972; S<äieihnerovä, 1976, 1978a; CÛsson, 1977; Haig, 1979; Petters & Ekweozcr, 1982 a, b; Olsscn & Nycng, 1984; Nycng & Olsscn, 1984; and Koutsoukos & Merrick, 1986) and fdanktonic foraminifera {e.g., Sliter, 1972, 1975; Hart & Bailfiy, 1979; Hart, 1980; Wenders, 1980; Carón, 1983; Carón & Homewood, 1983; Leckie, 1987) wê used foc compardscn. The palaeo-envircnmental interprétations were made wiüiin the regional Cretaceous palaeogeogrîiy of the basin, and suppacted by the sedimentological évidence and d^>QSÍfcií»ial models documented elsewhere êe Chapter 8, Figs 8.6-7, 8.9, 8.15-18, 8.23-24).

5.2.1 - Function of the Focaminiferal Test

StudLes cf living ^>ecimens in laboratcry cultures and of fixed, frozen and dried test-protcplasm have suggested various possible functicns of the test in foraminifera. Pour basic functiois are here considered to be the most important:

(i) ítotecticn agairst predatdon. There is very little infcrraatdon en predati«i of fccaminifera by other csrganisms, althou^ some foraminifera are known to be ad^ited for feeding on other foraminifera (Christiansen, 1971; Liçps, 1983). As pcdnted out by Harszalek et ^ (1969, p. 346), ârom observatdois cf Uving focaminifora in culture, It would seem that vecy £ew animáis lacgec than fcraminif^s ace interested in them as food'. Predatdcn fcy miarogastrcpoâs could be potentiaUy ctxisîdered, especáaUy when a large pcpulatim of thèse moDuscs is présent (as in the shaHow to middla neritic deposits of the ipper Aptian to middle Albian section cf Sergipe). Observatims of guts contents of

- 357 - varìous manne cxrganisms indicate that more aften they are inddentally ìngesbed biy metazoans while feeding on, ce in, the substrate ^éuid & IJppB, 1982; làppe, 1983; Buzas et 1989). Althou^ no certain evaluadon exists on how they constituts impoctant trophic resairces, it has been ôwn that E^redatocs play an impactant rcOe in regulatàng fcraminiferal densitìfis Orand & Lippe* op. cdt.; Buzas, 1978, 1982; Buzas et op. dt.). Intense consumptioi cn focaminiferal assemblages by invertebrate grazers and detntal feeders reduces the foraminiferal standing cxop, whereas fccarainifaal densities were significantiLy higher in the scarcLty oc absence of maarofaunal ^redatocs (Phleger & Soutar, 1973; Buzas, op. dt.; Douglas & Heitman, 1979; Buzas et cdt.). tii) To provide Ecotecticn against adverse physical ce cheraicài conditicns. Marszalek et ^ (1969) have suggested that the test of focamimfera may serve as a diemical Welter against adverse changes in environment (e.g., ghysical disturbance, particulady flow stress). Fcr irstance, multichambered foraminiferal tiests with smaH ap^tures wculd offer a good refuge for the ccganism under conditions cf ^ysico-chemical stress, and would aQow tòme foc osraoceguLatCTY adjjstment to the new condtti£ins while the main body of pcotpplasm is withdrawn into the inner chambrars. (ii^ To control the boiâncy of the ccganism. Fccaminifaral tests are obviousLy heavier than sea water and it is evident that they serve as bouyancy regulators in planktonic ^lecimens. Ihey wculd s^rve the same &nctì£m in benthcnìc Qcganisns, as a means of counlsracting the naturai bouyancy of the protoplasm (cf. Marszalek et op. cdt.). (LV) TO favour mode of life (dweHing habits and feedìng strategy) in a particular substrate mi:ê.

5.2,2 - Foraminiferal Trophic Gcoups

The trcphìc structures (feeding strategy-dwèlling hafcdts-suhstrate niche pattems) of foraminifecal palaeocommunities seem to be inOuenced by the overaU envircmmental conditions (e.g., bathymetcy, sedijnentatiDn rates, oxygen concentrations, temperature, calcium carbonate availability), food resources (Rhoads & Young, 1970; SokolDva, 1972) and substrate (type and E*iysical stabiUty) (Scott, 1978; Rhoads & Ycung, op. dt.) - aee Fig. 5.1.

- 35 8 - Faraminiferal pseudopodia are diaracteristic of the different trcçhic mechanisms used by the spedfis in cijtaining their food. The fcxraminiferal test Çts morphology and wall compoeitim) plays an important role in the deployment of pseudppodia in the feeding process (JJpçSr 1983). ]h tium, trofhic strategy dictates, to some extent, the test morE^cQogy of the foramimfera, which can be grossly inferred from the basic requirements of Ending food in the sediments (lipps, 1975, 1976; Haynes, 1981; Jones & Chamock, 1985).

Planktcnic fcraminifera appear to have a varictble troEîic strategy as they are known to feed cn planktcnic diatioms, dinoQagellates, copepods, amphipods, and other raicroEilanktcn (cf. Bé, 1977). BOTthcnic foraminifera show a wide range of feeding types. The most common known types of feeding strategy are herblvcxy ingestion cf eûgae and/or bacterid, camivory, omnivocy, bacterial and dettital scavenging, and suspension feeding (cf. Lee, 1980; Lipps, 1983). Symbiosis with various types of unicellular algae has been reported in larger fcramimfera &om sutece^ncal/tropical cQigotrophic êlf carbonate environments (e.g., Lee, 1974, 1980; Lippe^ 1983; Reiss & Hottinger, 1984; HaDock, 1984, 1985, 1988; Lee s Hallock, 1987), and has also been shown to be an important driving force in their morpholDgical evcQutdcn (Lee et 1979; Lee & Hancock, op. cit.). Ihe benthcnic fcraminifera &om the Cretaceous succession cC Sergipe thrived in pelagic carbonate and sûiàclastlc envircnments and were, mostly, not li^t dependent (non algal symbLait-bearing taxa). Ihe assemblages can be broadly arranged into three mapr categories of trophic groups, according to their general dwelling and feeding strategies: deposit feeders (epifaunal and infaunal); passive herbivores Oôwsers) - represented by rare ^jecLmens; and suqjension feeders. They are individually characterised and discussed below.

D^oBt feedecs

Deposit feeders are focamindfera that feed over the substrate (epifaunal), in and near the sediment-water interface fehaHow burrowers), car within (infaunal) the sutEtrate. They remove food feom sediment either

- 3 59 - •selectively or randomly (cf. Wálkor & Bambacii, 1974). Tías trc^rfuc group would be expected to attain maximum diversity and hígii densities cn soft, fine-grained, organic muds containing an abundant food su^y (Rhoads & Young, 1970).

The main trophic types of deposit-feeding foraminifâ are as follows: (1) Snfaunal depœit feedees w»'^*^?*^ and detaôLcd. acavcnytas feeding infînaUy cn particulate ccganîc detritus oc tacteria; mostly common in fine-grained (mud and gilt) sediments. Infaunal deposit feeders have eknigate tests, a morôlogy that minimises the strength required by the ^ledraen to drive itself throu^ the sediment in order to feed infaunalLy (Lipp^ 1983),

Active bsstBSKMXSi grazing cn algae (diatoms) and bacteria as they move over the substrate (the latter the cnly living flora below the ^iiotic zone). DetruivQces: feed cn ccganic detritus firom bottom sediments. These seem to be scavengers taking in particulate ocganic material such as dead diatoras, small pieces of sea-weed, aggregates and faecal pellets, fine clay-sized organic particles and/or parts of decaying metazoans (= hertivorous, omnivorous cc carnivorous scavenging). Omniscces: opportunistic feeders that could eat both algae and bacteria but also combinatij:»is of these and animal matter cc organic detritus (= detritivores). CarnLvQces; feeding on othâT living and/or dead protozoans, small acthrt^xids and occasioialy scavenging on corpses of larger crganisms. Camivorous fccaminifera have very long and narrow adhesive pseudopodia cc extrude a deployed pGeudopodial network cn the mud surface, capable of holding and immobilise small metazoans and other protozoans (Christiansen, 1971; Lipps, 1983). Epdfaunal deposit feeders were probably capable of only very slow movement (possíbly cn the ocder of cms per 'day; cf. Bdltov^qy & Wright, 1976). Simlac general strategies utîUsed foc the capture of food can be found amoigst all feeding types cf ^ofaunal deposit feeders of fccaminifera. Therefore, a wide variety of similar test morphologies may be expected to occur within this trofiuc gcoiç) (cf. Lifps, 1983). The distincticn between ^rffaunal and shaUow-infaunal modes of life may also be subtle foc soft muddy substrates.

-3 60 - Most of the focaminifera that have been kept in cultures, are ^lallow- wat^ forms and they seem to be cath^ omnivorous (Christiansen, 1971). Bowever, it has been reported that at least some focms are more specialised in their food requirements and ingest only certain material, such as particular species of diatoms cc cnly living diatoms. Others have alw^ been observed Ixowsing cn the same sea-weed species (Christiansen, cp. cit.).

Pagrive epifaunal herbivores are attached cc serai-attadied ftempccarily attached to the surfaces of macrophytes or hard substraties) ^)ecies that feed cn plant material. They harvest with their pseudopodia at, or near, the site of attachment browsers). As far as feeding behaviour is concerned, passive herhLvores can only be found beneath the photic zone. However, maj^ semi-attadied fccros feed also cn bacteria and organic detritus in envircnments beneath and below the photic zone, so that this category grades into epifaunal deposit feeding (cf. Walka: & Bambach, 1974). Passive epdfaunal herbivores have mostly irregular, flattened cr low to high trochoid tests grasier, 1975; lAppSr 1983).

Suspension Peeitecs

5u^)ensicn feedecs are individuals that subsist cn fine su^)ended cr re- su^iended particulate organic matter (e.g., swi^nming and floating organisms, re-su^>ended organic detritu^ from the necur-bottom water-layer.- Many suspension feeding fcraminifera may also directly utilise dissolved and colloidal organic molecules (filter feeding; cf. Turpaeva, 1959; Walker & Bambach, 1974), especially those taxa thriving in cdigotrophic envircnments (Lipps, 1983). Su^)ension feedecs predominate in regicns where the sedimentation rate is either very high or extremely low (Angel, 1988), as in middle-lower slope envircnments. Focaminifera that su^Jensim-feed in the water column produce a very extensive pseudopodial network to catch food particles which passively fall or are drifted into it. They have racstily an erect long, tubular test, partially buried in the sediment. Some have a lacge number of tranches (cf. Christiansen, 1971; Lipps, 1983).

- 3 61 - 5.3 - HORPHOGKOUPS AHD INFERBED HODBS OF LIFE

The morirfiotypLC cQasificatdCTi adopted here for the benthanic faranurdf^al asemtilages and inEerred modes cf life are summarised in Table 5.1. Ihe classificatLon is baaed cn extemal characteristics such as chamb^ arrangement, coUing pattern and general configijratim c£ the test. Its applicatditxi in the diagnoses of environmental conditdcns fallows the same basic concept as used by Chamney (1976), Severin (1983), Jcnes & Chamock (1985), B^nard (1986) and Jcnes (1966). feeding strategies and dwelling habits in relation to test morphology cC benthonic fccandnifera have tjeen inferred based upon the models prc^jcsed by Myers (1943), Bandy a964), BcOtovskoy (1966), Marszalek et ^ (1969), rjpps & Valentine (1970), Christiansen a971), Murray (1973), Brasier (1975), IJpps (1975, 1976, 1982, 1983), Lee a980), Haynes a98i), Kitazato a984, 1988), Shirayama (1984), Codiss a985), Jones & Chamock (1985), Gooday a986, 1988), Jones (X9Q6), Bemhard (1986) and Kaminski et ^ (1988). The focaminifaral genera are arranged into groups infocmaUy named after Family designation ^ee Chapter 3: 'Systematic Palaeontology^.

Ihe morphological characteristics that s^>arate some categories are not totaly exclusive and seem to overlap (e.g„ CH-A.4 and CH-A.7, AG-B.2 and AG-B.3; Table 5.1). "Hiey were separated an the basis that the taxa beliwiging to two sub-mocphogroups have, mostly, distinctive compositicns, the morfrfioaogical affinities are not so dose and they vary in distributdon pattems (compositiai/telative abundances vs. environment? see Fig. 5.2 A and B), Ihedr overlap in mMphological features is acknowledged by their cJaif^erlng into the same morphogroup^

It must be stressed here that inferred life pcsttdois represent only prefaential habits. Most firee-living deposit-feeding ^)ecimens, foc example, of an epifaunal/shaHow infaunal life habit, are characteristically mobile and rework and wander in soft muddy substrates throughout the whcQe unconsolidated uj^Jer part and even in the sediment/water interface in the search foc food. Distinct micrchabitat differences have also been ^own to exist between benthcnic focaminiferal ^)ecies of the same genus (e.g., Gary & Healy-WiDiams, 1988). Detailed infocmatdon cn the vertical distributicn of

- 362 - 0 ts a. un KORPBO CHAMBER INFERRED INFERRED TAXA GROUPS OD. CEHERAL KORFHOTÏPES GROUPS NUMBER HICROHABITAT TROPHIC GROUP 1 o m ta nu IO pîân^oôîai, low/high trochospiral gavelinellids, roiallaidt and conorboldldi brnad eplfaunal cancivo-coavcx, low trochospirel depaiit faadari gavellnellidi and bagginldt SU broad mtlated, biconvax epifaunal/ gavellnellidi, alabialnldi and aonlonldi periphery broadly roundad •hallou infaunal deposit faederi lodpaesiva «pistonarllds, alabaniaidt, globoiotaUtlds, ccaical, lov troebaipiral herbivore* Ibromeri) qatallnalHia and cibicldlâ» Dultllonlar apifaunal lEnticulat, lou traehospiral epistoamids, osanguisnldi, gavaliaelilds, eponidida and planulinida perlpbery subacuta/carinata depoilt faaderi lenticular, plaaispirâi eplfaunal/ pariphery lubacute/carinate shalloM infflunal coiled vaglDullnlda Li deposit teeders ana passive bilocular/ involutinids, splrllllnids and patallinids o> CH canicali lau/high trochospiral nultilccular herbivores(browsera) epifaunal 8 dlacDidal-flattened bilocul»T spirlllinlda polymorpbinids,chiloitoaallid3,quBdriiDorpbinidi globular/ovate to aloBgatB/£uBÌ£nrn')''^J°f!f^"'( plaurostomellida.lagenida and ellipsolageald^ eplfaunal/ broad CO palmate, coinpressad infaunal UDCoilad vagifluiinlai 3 k plamtplral to uncoilad uniaerlal alonqata, ttraight to arcuate uncoiled vaginulinids.nodoiarlIds.ichthyolarl di, uniseriil of planispiral-uniaarial elongate polymorpbtnids and stiloatcmellld^ | ^5 tapared roundad-alongate ^,^tMrrilinids,bDltviaid».buiiainelIida,lacoatflinidi, trlstrial-bitarial-uniserlal infauoal deposit faaderi |slpbaganecinoididi",tu"rïe"nkoinlds.cauEa«lnlds.rêuiBBlltdi tapered flacteaad-alongate bisicial bolivinlds, bolivlaoldlds and fursaakolaids fuiifora, coDpraiied lì) ^ broad Dultllocular apifaunal •plrolacullnidi il CP aloogata to orate epitaunal/ bauerinldi quiaqualoeullna sballo» infaunal eloogata, variable coiling Ittuolids, haplopbraaailds ,barmosiaidi ,eggerel ids Infauoal uniserial and nultisecial varneullinids, pseudo^audryinidi.taxtulariids law trochoEpiral/plaaispiral, deposU feedsri and passive trocbaminids, taapiophrsgmaidlds, dlicacninids, epifaunal li 1 broad herbivorealbrOMsarl) oyelaiiminids and valvulanninids lou trocaospiral/itreptoaplral/ baplophragnoidtds, aanosphaeraidlnlds plaaiapiral, spberical/subEphariea Bpifaunal/ and llt^gtiih)ja AG atreptoapiral/plaaispiral, bllocular/ EballoM deposit feadari amaodlacidi and rtabakinids cu subapbarieal/flattened aultllocular Uf aunal globular pSumospbaarids, aaecasainidi unilocular batbyslpboDids, hippCeraplnidi, tbabdanalnidi tubular ac braacblng eplfiunal suspension icaderi fi C, and aictaenocailldi ti y S I ä S Sä« ils s "ss 3 ^ s o EC H b4 di

PIGOBB 5.2: Palaeo-envirOTimental distriixatdun and relative abundance of major focaminiferal trophic groups (A) and morphogroups (B) - see Table 5.1. Inferred for the Cretaceous of Sergipe.

364 fcsraminifecal species wìthin deep-sea sediinents have been given recently by Shjrayama {1984), Codias (1985) and Gooday (1986, 1988) and ìndicats a degree of ^jecdes vsrtical segregation (verticaL ndjcrchafcdtat partitiming) among infaunal dwèlUng assemMages. CocTiss (op. cit.) has demonstrated tiiat fcraminifaral distrihutdjaTs witìiin tìie sediinents vary witii wato: deptii and has also suggestsd that several infaunal taxa are primarily controlled by the diff^ent EhysLCOchemical conditinns within the substrate, as this micrchabLtat is geocheroicaDy distinct &om the sedlment/water interface. On the other hand, ovedying bottoni-water craiditicms probatly also played an impcrtant role in the tnicrchahitat dlstributicn of certain fccaminifera, which do not seem to be restricted to infaunal nidies. Fcr instance, some extant foraminiferal assemblages adapted to infaunal life in the deep sea (Ccadiss, 1985) have been found to occur in the surface of sedimenta from oxygen depileted environments (Douglas & Hedtman, 1979), Ih the pcesence of oxygen, the overaH distributdon of the focaminifera is pcctoably dictated largely by the distributdon of utdlisable food witìiin the sediment (cf. Gooday, 1986).

5.3.1 - Deflnition of the Nocphogroups

The foraminif^al assemblages recovered from the upper Aptian to Maastririitdan succesion of Sergipe *ow, basacally, the following types of morjiiogroups (distingui^ed and subdivided according to waU structure and morEhalogìcéd. similarity) - ^mmary in Table 5.1):

Remadcs:

Specimen Diraensians : H = Height of Test (height of the trochospire, measured along the coiling axis of bcoad asymmetrical and elongate tests); D = Diameter of Test (maximum width, measured along the coiling pilane of asymmetrical focms; D > H); W = Width of Test (measured acrces the coiling piane of elongate fccms - W < H, and along the coiling axis of fcdconvex qjecimens - W < D).

- 365 - CaflcapeooB-^yaHiie g3) FCraminifera

MACÉiogcciiq}

Mocphogroi^ (CH-A) includes lowyhigh trochospiral and planì^aral morphotypes, witìi püano/concave-convex to biconvex tests, and pœiçhery subacute/caonate to tcoadLy rounded. "Hie variable morjáiologies and generally low surface area-to-volume raitios (low H/D and W/D values; < 1) reflect adaptation to a primarily epifaunal miarchahLtat, with predominance of active depcsit-f eeding strategy.

Submocphogroup (CH-AJJ (e.g., PL 14, Figs 17-25; EL 18, Figs 27-32; PL 19, Figs 1-4, 8-11) (tdano-ooovez trocAospiral, hroad mcrpbotype^ usually a idancv'concave iirnhitinig vitfa a ccn9

Submccpbogroup (CH-A.2) (e.g., EL 19, Figs 28-31; EL 20, Figs 26-31; PL 21, Pigs 1-13) (low trochoqpiral compceaed morphoLyptay a^m metrical, fdano/concavo- convex test^ rounded to subacute peEÌpbecy; multíloculac) - (H/D < 1) Ihfaxed mode of life: qrifaunal; browsing herbivores and active deposit feeders (grazing herbivore^detritiTOre^omnivores). Substrate: fine-grained calcareous or siliceous muds. Distri butd¿n: neritic and ufçier bathyal biotopes.

- 3 66 - Taxa: gavellnellids [GavpiinaTiq nacatochgsis (Cu^man); lingiüogav'H r^V^ cJryi Halapns-Bìzciuacd; Lingiilogav»°ii n^Ti tccmarpensis (Brotzen); Liiigiiloqav'lir*=''nj^ (?) sp. c£ tti^^lannifcrmis (Fuotnikova)], and bagginii3s (Valvulineria). Remarks: A dlnse mcjrphoJogical affinity exists between gcoups (CH-A.1) and (CH-A.2). Ttie raorphotypes occupifid most cf the undifFerentiated diélf QC Sergipe during the Cretaceous. Many o£ the special adaptatàcns in ^lape and omamentaticn seen in these fcraminifera, diaracterised by relatlvely few bcoad additive moriAictypes, ^pear to have developed in response to an unattached mode of iife cn soft sandy or muddy áielf sedLments. The specimens wece pcobahly epibenthixiic deposit feedecs gcazing on diatoms and bacteria, but also ingesting detritai ccganic mattec by means cf larga cytcplasmic peeudopodia extending into the soft mud acound and below them. The tests may have rested fireely cn the bottora wi±h the plano- concave ventral side cóented lowermost and the convex postañoc exposed at oc above the sedlment-water interface. The ^)ecLmens could have been held an the sediment surface ty the bcoad test width and the deployed pgeudopodia, both acting to stahüise and pcevent them from sinking into the fìne-grained soft muddy sediment, whece they are commonly found. In Cenomamian-Toronian sectifxis depcsited under oxygen depleted (dysaerobùv'quasi-anaerabic) conditiiMis, morphotypes cf (CH-A.1) and {CH- A.2) are dominated by minute (e 100-200^m ìn maximum diameter) qpecimens fsee secti£xi 5.5.2).

Submocpbograup (CH-AJ) (e.g., PL 16, Figs 28-33; EL 18, Figs 21-26; EL 20, Figs 11-16) (low tcochoqEòcaV^ieauf ^aràagsral/igiataagicaL inflated mocphotype^ bdooRvez; pexqAiecy bcoadly cotinded; nnütiloculac) - (W/t) < 1) Ihferred mode of life: epifaunal/tìiallow infaunal; active deposit feedecs (gcazing harblvoces/detritivoreVomnivcces anà/ca: bactecial/detrital scavengers). Substrate: sUiceous muds. Disttibuticn: outec neritic and bathyal tòotopes. Taxa: gavelineHids [e.g., Gayplin^Tla ex gr. beccaciifocmis (White); GcivelineTla velasooensis (Cudiman)], alabamirrids [Gyroidina, Gyrcddinoìdes: e.g., Gyr'des nonÌOTioides (Bandy)] and nonicmids (Ncnim^Tla, PuEeraa).

- 36 7 - Remarks: mc±dle hatiLt partdculanLy williin soft muds in the deep sea bed; the more rc^xist qiecimens are usuaDy recorded in deeper O^thyal) environments.

Submocphogroup (CH-A-4) {e.g., EL15, Figs 1-3, 9-10, 12-19; EL16, Figs 8-20; EL17, Figs 1-36) (toir-tcncha:piraV conical mocphotype^ flaHi?ned to vecy low ^ìraL side with a convex nmKTiagy of vari^ite heà^Ut^ muTtiloculaE) - (H/D < 1) Inferred mode of iife: epdfaunal; passive herbivores (attached: Cibicides3 and feee-living depctàt feec3ers (grazing herbivore^detritivoceg/omnivores) Substrate: fine-grained sands, and calcareous or siliceous muds. Distributicn: middle-out^ necitic and uppa:-middle bathyal bdotopes.

Taxa: epistomarüds (NuH-aTiímaria), alabaminids (Gyroidina, Gyroiáincjides), gLoborotaUtids (Globorcjtalite^, HHHrtit^B (ÇihiHriPw), and gaveünellids [e.g., Orithost-pTia ex gr. halféLdi (Petri)].

Submocphogroup (CH-A.5) (e.g., PL 10, Figs 7-23; ÎO- 18, Figs 1-16; IO. 20, Figs 1-4) (low tiin,îrayheac!^ Eâmspicsil, compcessed, neady táconvaîâiticaílar morptiotypes; periphery subacute to cadnate; miiltQoculac) - (W/D < 1] Inferred mode of life: epifaunal; active deposit feedecs (gcazing herbivoreVdetritivore^/omnivciresj. Substrate: fine-grained sands and calcareous or suiceous muds. Distribution: mirldle-outsr neritic and bathyal hiotopes. Taxa: epdstominids (Epistomina), csangulariids (OsangularUQ, gaveUneUids [e.g., GaveUneHa spiscxMStata (Cushman), GavelineHa barcemiana Bettenstaedt-Gav. flandcini MouHade plexus], ^wnidids (Epomdes), and planulinids (Planulina).

Remarks: morphcïtypes Fntmlar to (CH-A.2), from which they differ in being nearly biconvex with the peciçhecy subacute to czarinatie.

Submccpfecagroup (CH-A.6} (e.g., PL 8, Figs 14-32, 35-36; EL 9, Figs 15-18) (Ipnrinilac mocphotypesg biooovex, "gàaâspiraDy cnOed; pedptieEy subacute to cacinatE; muttuociilac) - (W/t) < 1) ihfecred mode of life: epifaunayaiaTlow infaunal; active deposit feedecs (gcazing herblvore^detritivore^omnivores).

- 368 - Substrate: Sne-graìned sands, and catcareous or süiceous mu^ Distribution: neritL:: and i^iper-middle batiiyal bdob^ìes. Taxa: coûed vaginulinids (Astaoolus, Lentiriiiii-H, Püaniilj^H^, SaraceP^Ha) Remarks: Ttie specimens vere pcobahly active depccdt feeders that üived cinse to, and at, the sediment-water interface (epifaunaVáialtow infaunal). Theìr generaUy smooth/Httìe ccnamented tsst and compressed áisce also suggest tiiat they were rapid burrowers and pcobably adapted to variabile bottom conditions, ihe occurrence of these morphotypes, ìn variable numbers, in virtuaHy aU ^elf and upper slope biotopes suggest ^3aptation far a wide variety of envircnmental conditions (eurytcçdc specimens). Iheir occurrence is always of subordinate importance, very rarely being found in significative abundance (exception, in dysaercíñc/guasi-anaerobic environments of the vpp&: Aptian-lower Altaian; section 5.5.1, Chapter 8, Figs 8.3-5).

Submccptiogroup (CH-A. 7) (e.g., EL 7, Fi^ 1-2, 5-11) I^Q^ tacocfaoqpgraU low/hi^ oonìcal mccphotypeg? hnnraiTar to muUdkxaiIar) - (generaUy E/D < 1; H/D > 1 in some high conical trocholinids) Ihferred mode cf Ufe: ^)ifaunal; semi-attadied herbivorous O^owsers) and deposit-feedecs (grazing herbivores/ detritivoces). Substrate: bioclastic ñne-grained sands and catcareous muds. Distribution: ocûitic/oncolitic áioals CBrocholina), algal patch-ceefs^ and neritic biotcpes. Taxa: involutiníds CRrochcOina), pateikiniâs (PateHina) and spiriQinids fTurrispìrTriTTa). Remarks: the pateTlinids and oonical spirdUinids are supçwsed to have been semi-attached herbivores (browsers), but also probably epifaunal deposit feeders that lived àree cn the soft sediment surfaces, as did the plano/ctxîcavo-convex morphotypes (CH-A.1-2), resting on and partialy buried in the sediment/water interface, with the convex dorsal side prqjecting iç)wards.

Submccçhogroi^ (CH-A^ (e.g„ EL 3, Figs 3-4) tdiaooidalr-aatbmed mocphotypeg fcàlociilai^ - (W/D < 1)

- 369- nhferred mode of life: epifaunal; active deposit feeders {grazing herbivore^ detritivore^omnivores) Sutstrate: calcareous rauds. Distributicn: neritic biotopes. Taxa: «^nTi'i^'^ (Spidliina). Remarks: tiie txoadnes of Mie fiat apinllinid tests may have acted in a snow^oe manner to facilitate locomoticn and prevent their sinking into the sédiment.

Hccpliogroiç ^H-B) Morî*iogroup (CH-B) îs represented by focaminiferal assemblages witti elcngate tests of genecaHy high surface area-to-volurae ratios fliigh H/W values; > 1), which may be a functicnal morphological adaptation to a predominantiy infaunal depnsit-feeding strategy.

Submccpbogcoiqp (CH-BU) {e.g., îO. 9, Figs 23-36; EL 15, Fi^ 29-35)

(gLcAulac to ovate mcxpbotypes; low txoàxeçàrÂôaEiial/ unisedal tests; tmdïng to become eOcngê and âisificrm; ^^^^ÎPT cr mùMIocuIazi - (H/W > 1) Inferred mode of life: epdfaunaVSnfaunal; deposit feeders {grazing herbivores /omnivores and/or bacterial/detrital scavengers). Sutstrate: fine-grained calcareous oc siliceous muds. Distributicn: neritic and upper-middle bathyal biotopes. Taxa: pdlymorphinids (Eoguttulina, Globulina, Guthilina, Pyrulina), chilostomellids (AHomorphina), quadrimorphinids (Quadrijnor^faina), pleurostomelli ffe (EDipsoglandulina), lagenids (Lagena), and ellipsdlagenids (Fisnurina). Remacks: mobile habit pacticulacly within soft muddy substrates in tbe êlf and upper slope; poLymorphinids, lagenids and eQipsolagenids occur mostly in low-diversity smaU-sized (c 200-300um in maximum length) assemblages, of variable numbers, in fine-grained peHtic sédiments of the shélf.

- 370 - Submcrphogroup (CH-B. 2) (e.g., H. 8, Eigs 8-10; PL 9, Figs 1-6, 12-14, 19-22} (paQmats to subtxìangular, troact flattened morpbotypag plani^riral to unòsedal; multilociaa^ - (H/W > 1)

Drfanred mode of life: ^rifaiinayaiallQW infaunal; deposit feeders (grazing herbLvores/omnìvcares and/or bacterial/detrital scavengers). Substrate: sOiceous muds. Distributicn: outer neritic and \jpp&: batìiyal biotopes.

Taxa: uncoiled vaginulinids (CiHiqrina, Neon bolina, vaginulina), nodosariids (Frondicularia).

Submcrphogroup (CH-B.3) (e.g., PL 7, Figs 24-38; PL 8, Figs 1-7, 11-13, 33-34) {elmgafae, straì^it bo accuabe moEphotypese unìsedal ce pflaiiìqaiLdl to unìseriail; intiUàlDculai^ - (H/W » 1)

Ihferred mode of life: epjfaunàyaiallo w infaunal; deposit feeders (grazing herbivOTes/omnivores and/ca: bacterial/detrital scavengers). Substrate: fine-grained sands, and calcareous or siliceous muds. Distributim: neritic and upper-middle bathyal biotopes.

Taxa: nodosariids (D^talina, Lingulina, Nodosaria, Pseudonod'yqria, •Ddstix), ichthyolariids (TJngulonodosaria), uncofled vaginulinids (Margipnii'na, Marginulinopsis, Vaginulina), karreriids (Karreria), elongate pdymorphinids (Ramulina) and sdlostomeUids (Hodogenerina).

Submcxpiiogroup (CH-^^ (e.g., PL 10, Figs 29-33; PL 11, Figs 5-15, 17-30; PL 12) [tapered counded-elongabe mcrphotype^ accular to ovate in (xcs sectìcn; trfHprial to hisprial (ce enroDed Insensa) to uniaecial; niultaocularl - (H/H » 1) Ihferred mode cf life: infaunal; deposit feeders (bactecial/detrital scavengers). Substrate: fine-grained calcareous oc siliceous muds. Distributdon: middle-outec neritic and upper-middle bathyal tòotopes.

- 371 - Taxa: turrilinífte {Heobaliinina, Praebulixnina, Pyramidina, PseudouvdgeriiB), lacosbeinids tLacxjsteina), bcûivinids ^olivina, Gabonita), sighogeneanoidiás (Orthokarsteniar SighogeneriiKJides), buUmineUids (BuüminRTIa), fiicsenkainiâs (CasfAteHa), caucasiniife (Caucasina), reusseDlds (Reng^na) and pleucostomeHids (BandyelLa).

SubnKTphogroup (CH-B.5) {e.g., íO. 11, Figs 1-4, 16; EL 13, Figs 20-23) (tapered Satteraed-ékngate marphotypes; oompceaged, peiphery subacute to acute; hwprial; muTtOoculai:) - (H/V » 1) Infecred mode c£ Ufe: infaunal; depcsit feeders (bactecial/detrital scavengers). Substrate: fine-gcained calcareous and siliceous muds. Distribution: middle-outec necitic and i^jper-middle batiiyál fcáotopes. Taxa: tolivinids (Bctlivina), ñirsenkoinids (Coryphostoma), ana bolivinoidids (BcJivinoides). Remacks: groiçis (CH-B.4) and (CH-B.5) pcobabLy compcsed mobüe assemblages cf depcsit feedecs aâ^>beâ to an infaunal microhabitat in soft, Sne-grained, muddy sédiments in areas cjf relative bottom stability and abundant nutrients (in tiie fcarm of depcsited ctganic detritus and bacteria; hi^est abundanœ and diversity of morj*iotypes are recorded in outer diélE and ccjper slope settdngs, near the *èlf edge, cQose by and below the çiiotic zcfie; commoi in upper ATbian (turcilinicfe, fucsenkcinids) and Cenomanian-Turcfiian sections (turrüinids, buliminellids, bouvinids, fursenkcdnids, caucasinids) and abundant in i^ipec Coniadan-Maastrichtian stcata ftucrüiniffe, bolivinids, buliminellids, sí^hogenerinoidids, lacosteinids, ceusseUids boUvinoidids).

Cakarecua-Poroálaneoas {CPj Focanriinfieca

Hocpbogcoiiç (CP-i^ (e.g., EL 7, Figs 13-20) {Eusifonn in outfline, compceaaed moEpfaoCype^ pedphecy squacely tcuncafae, bcoad; two cìiambeES per wboÚ; muttUDCulac) Ihferred mtxie of life: epifaunal^haUow burrowers active deposit feeders (grazing herhivores/detritivoces/omnivoces).

-372 - substrate: fine-grained calcareous or aliceous auâs. DistributiDn: middle-outer neñüc and içjper bathyal biotcpes. Taxa: ^àrcJoculirrids (Spiroloculina). Remarks: Ihe morphotypes also diîlay ad^ïtaticns to an epifaunal/^mPow infauraL micrcAiabitat in soft mudt^ bottoms, and were probabLy active deposit feeders. Their occurrence is not wideêad in the basin, being abundant at only few localities, suggesting a very patchy distnbuticn c£ favourable habitats. Ihey are found maìruy in fine-grained, csrganic-cich sédiments in outer êlf and upper slope areas of the Cenomanian {e.g., locality A-9, upp^most Cenonianian; Fig. 8.16).

Morphogroup (CP-BÎ (e.g., EL 7, Figs 21-23) (élmgate bo ovate in outtìiie, quincpieloculine macçtutypesi axial pedpbecy counded to trúncate; multíloculac) Iiïferred mode of life: epifaunayaiallow burrowers; active depcsit feeders (grazing hertivore^detritivore^omnivores). Substrate: Sne-grained calcareous or siliceous muds. DistxibutifiHi: inner-middle neritic báotopes. Taxa: hauerinids [ISeudosigmoilina (?), Quinc[ueIoculina (?) ].

j^i^^l IM ^ ^ldl?P^ pVG) ft^Ti mifii fi>fg

Agglutdnated fccaminifera are maihLy represented by specimens with a secreted organic oc calcareous fToksvad & Hansen, 1983) cement and agglutánatied calcareous oc silici-clastic partdcles and comprise the fcillowing raorphotypes (sensu Jones & Chamock, 1985; Jones, 1986):

Hocphogcoup (AG-A) (e.g., EL 3, Figs 24-39; EL 4, Figs 11-16, 28-40; EL 5, Figs 1-4, 17-41, EL 1-5, 8-31, 34-35) [ SÛMlar to (CH-B.3), (CH-B.4), and (CH-B.5) ]

(elongate mccphotypBEç vaded diamber accangem^ and caiUng moâ^ uninerial and midtìaeEial; nultiloculac) - (H/V > 1)

- 373 - Ohferred mode of life: infaunal; deposit feeders gaacterial/detrital scavengers). Substrate; fine-grained calcareous ce siliceous niuds. Distributdon: paralic, neritic and bathyal biotopes. Taxa: uncoiled Tibiolids (Am mobaculitps), haptophraginiids (Haplophragmium), hacmosìnids (Hocmosina, Reophax), eggereHids [Dccothia, KarrerieUa, MarssoneBa), pseudogaudryinids (ClavulinoideSf Pseudoclavìilina), ygmeuilinids gggerellina, Gaudryina, Gaudryinopsis, PseudogaudryineTla, BsaudoqaudryineHa-Spiroplectdnata plexus, VemeinTJna), ataxcf^iragmiids (HaqenowéDa), valvuliniife [Tritaxiijnaf?) ], ^xiroplectara minids (quasispiroplectain mina, Spdrctdectam mina), textijlariids pitextiilaria) and t-ritaìriifte caitaxia).

MOEfiiogcai^ C&G-E9 [ Siinilar to mor^Aiogroi^ (CH-A) ]

Submccptxsgcoup (AG-^;J} (e.g., PL 2, Pigs 19-24; EL 3, Figs 1-11; EL 4, Figs 20-25; EL 5, Figs 8-16) [ «milar to (CH-A.2) ] (low trocdia^KaV^danì^picaiU oompcese^ bcoad mccphotype^ pec^ffaeiy naoow:^ rounded oc subacuta; miHtiloculac) - [W/D ce H/D < 1) Inferred mode of life: epifaunal; passive hecblvoces O:rowsers) and active deposit feedecs (gcazing herblvoce^detritivDre^ omnivoces). Substrate: fine-gcained siliceous muds. Distributdon: pacalic, outer neritic and uEpec-middle tiathyal biotopes. Taxa: tcocham minìds frrochammina), haplothragmcàdids (Asanospira), discamminids (Discammina, Glaghyrammina), cyclamminids (Alveòlophragmìum, Bucdccenata) and valvulam minìds (Valvulammina).

Sutnnorphogroup (AG-B.2) (e.g., EL 2, figs 25-35; EL 3, figs 12-21; EL 4, figs 1-10; EL 5, Figs 5-7) [ qimilar to (CH-A,3) ] (low tiocfaoqpiraVfetreptaspirai^flani^ired, flr*^^^ to subE(teEÌcal mczpbotype^ inflated; -gesj^tecs bcoadfy rounded; mtOtDoculai^ - (W/D<1) Ihferred mode of life: epiEaunal/shaUow infaunal; active deposit feeders (grazing hecbivoreVoinnivoces and/or bactecial/detrital scavengers).

- 3 74 - Substrate: fine-grained sands or sUiceous muds. Distribution: bathyal biotopes^ Taxa: haploEáiragmoLdLds (Cribcostomoides, HaploiAiragmoides), am mosphaecoidinids purü^phevapH Recurvoides), Ktuotuhids CDrochamminoides) and trochamminids (ftmmoglobògerina). Remarks: mobile habLt particulady within soft muddy Substrates and fine- grained sands cn the deep sea bed; low-diversTty agglutinated assemblages composed by infaunal deposit feeders (AG-B.2, AG-A), with subordinate numbers of ^nfaunal ^»ecimens (AG-B.1, AG-B.3), tend to Ripear in pTi^Jcrticnally hiêr numbers (c 20-100% in the iîper Aptdan-middle Albian, and c 10-30% in the uppermost Cenomanian) during hypoxic/tjjasL- anoxic epdsodes over the outer äielf and L^per slope êe sectdcn 5.5).

Submczpfaogcoi^ p^G-B.3) (e.g., EO. 1, Figs 21-35; H. 2, Figs 1-8) [ similar to CH-A.8 and CP-A ] feaanìsEdra]/itj.qXjuatàral orni, ftatbmed/ûbqiiaeòcal mcrpbotype^ hnnniiar ho multìlDculai^ Merred mode of Hfe: epifaunaVîallow infaunal; active deposit feeders (grazing herbivore^detritivoreômnivores and/or bacterial/detrital scavengers), Substrate: fine-graimd sands or sQiceous muds. Distdbuticn: bathyal bdotopes. Taxa: ammodiscids (Ammodiscus, AmmovertpTlina^ GJomospira, Glomospirella) and rztìiakinids (Rzdiakina, Sflicosigmoilina, Spjrolocammina).

Submccpbogcoup (AG-B,<4 (e.g., PL 1, Figs 11-16)

(sin^, ginhiijw Chamber mocphotypes; unOocular) Ihferred mode of Ufe: epifaunaVäiaHow infaunal ßialf buried in the sediment surface); passive depcsit feeders (herbivorcws/ omnivorous detritivores) - (cf, Christiansen, 1971). Substrate: fine-grained sands and siliceous muds. Distributim: bathyal bdotopes. Taxa: psammoq^aetdds (Psam mo^haera), saccamminids (Pilnlinq, Saccammina).

- 375 - Mcrptaogcoi^ ^G-C)

(e.g., n. 1, Figs 1-10, 17-20)

(tubular or tranciiing mocphotypes unOocular)

LiCerced mode of life: ^òfaunal, at:táched to the sea Soor ce embedded ìn soft Substrates; su^)ension feeders. Substrate: fine-grained sands and suiceous muds. Distributdcn: bathyal biotopes. Taxa: bathysiphcnids pathysàphon), hìppocrepìnids (Hyperammìna), rhabdamminids (Dendroghyra, Rhabdammina, Rhìzammina) and aschemocellids (Kalamopsis).

Remarks: The mortiiotypes were jKobabLy suqjensinn feeders thriving in nutrient-poor (cQigotrcphic) deep-water environments from very near the sediment-water interface. The evidence from extant specimens (Christiansen, 1971; Gooday, 1983, 1986) suggests that they w^e either attached to the sea floor or embedded in soft Sediments wilh ^3a±ures directed away from substrate. Ihe ^ledmens are usuaEy assocìated with the ^ntg and fine- grained hemipelagìc layers of gravity flow deposits in outer neritic-i$^per bathyal envircnments af the i^^per Aptdan to Albian (Angico Member, Riadiuélo FccmatÌDn), and in lower-middle bathyal settings of the upper Coniacian-Santonian to Maastrichtian (Calumbi Member, Piacabucu Fcrmatim). As these are epdsodic and localised events (Fig. 5.1) this particular báota could represent imìgrant speàes from nearby sites, les affected by the b-gbidic currents, whìf^ would goickly repc^ulate vacant niches (e.g., Verdenius & van Hinte, 1983). However, the occurrence of tubular fragmenta gathysipdicn and Hyperammina) as the more abundant, neatly exclusive, agglutinated compcnent of some layas (e.g., weil 1-üS-l- SE, core 5:678,60m - Pigs 8.5, 8.8; see sectìon 5.4.3) may also suggest that these asemblages were transpccted and ooncentrated throu^ sorting during a birbidi.tic event (e.g., Schröder, 1988).

- 376 - 5.4 - MOSPHOGROüPS AND PAIA60-ENVIR0NHENTS

Taçhcïioniic proceses (^ch as test disscdiition, microfaunal mixing and condensation, caused by environmental, fcáotic oc diagenetic factcrs) are widespread in the fossi! record {e.g., Fursich, 1978), Ih içper Aptian-lower Albian of Sergipe di.sqnlLit-ion of calcareous tests is commonly found in the darker, lese calcareous diales, where only a "residual* microfauna composed exdusLvely by agglutinated focras was recovered feee Chapter 8; weH 1-CA- 1-SE, Pig, 8.3), Post-mortera tranEpcct, mostLy by down-flow gravity currents, and mixing of assemblages also commonly occurred throu^out the successicn. Fcr instance, no hi^-energy diaDow carbonate püatfccm was preserved from the u£^>er Apdan to middle Albdan c£ Secgipe. Although scarce, theír représentative sédiments are mostly found rewocked and drifted to cxjber neritic-t^'per bathyal environments fcy down-flow gravity currents (e.g., site of the weE 1-OS-l-SE, wdth a sediraentary séquence about lOOOra thick of turbiditic deposits - Fig. 8.5). Despite alL that, the miorafoesüifarous associations of the Cretaceous ^élf deposits of the Sergipe Basin seem to be mostly locaEy derived and preserved without marpr large-scale post-mortem transpoctatáon and mixing being involved. Ih the foDowing paragcaphs the observed distributáonal pattems of the benthcmic focaminiferal mor^hogccxips in the marine palaeo-environments af the Cretaceous succession of Sergipe are su m marised. Asigned palaeobathymetdes of the studied sections were based cn the interprétation of the dlstributicffi of focaminiferal palaeocommumtíes and aœociated microfossils (radLolacians, diatoms and ostracods), lithofades and regicnial palaeogeogcaçhic framework and are dscussed in gceater detall in Chapter 8 fPalaeo-environmental Elvolutdon and Palacogeography") - see also discussion on sectiai 5.2. The c±ssrved distoibutdon pattems of the plankttmic foraminifecal assemblages are also triefly dìscussed.

5.4.1 - Paralle Biotopes

Pacalic ilagoonalì envicœiraents were recorded in upçec Aptian weU- sectiais (lowermost marine sediinents cf wélls 1-CA-l-SE and l-CN-l-SE; Figs 8.3-4) and lower Altdan outccops (locality A-32; Figs 8.1, 8.7). The microfauna is characterJqtdcaUy represented by abundant agglutinated

- 37 7 - ^jecdjnens with a pcedominance (over 80% a£ tìie total microfauna) of large elongate multirfiambered specijnens (iitiinTifi«gAmmobac"litP!q, haploghragmiidaHaploE^iragmium; AG-A) with care occurrences of flattened plani^iral focms (cyclamminiias: Bucdcrenata; AG-B.1) - Figs 5.2-3. The aasemhlages include abundant infaunal taxa, with a pasire bactsrial/detrital scavenging feeding-strategy (AG-A). The minor constituents (AG-B.1) were prcAiafciy epifaunal élements, with a trofiùc type of active hechlvore^depcsit feeders, browsing on seaweeds and/or grazing for diatoms and bacteria cn the sediment.

5.4.2 - Shelf Biotopes

Ih general, as opposed to c±her envirOTiments, calcareous-hyàlìne (the dominant group) and agglutinated epifaunal bcowsers and depcsìt-feeding foraminiferal ^lecdes with ^larp ^bacate to keeled) peripheries and tcoad, filano/concavo-convex, to low/hi^ conical tests are preferentialLy distributed cn shélf environments. Foraminiferal assemblages from inner to middle shélf environments, of late Aptian to early Albian age (e.g., Figs 8.1-7), are raostìy represented by gaveUnéHids (Cingulogavelinella; CH-A.2), pQlymorEdùnids (Eoguttulina, Globulina, Pyrulina - CH-B.1; Ramulina - CH- B,3), nodosariids (Dentalina,' lingulina), vaginulinids (AstaccQus - CH-A.6; Marginulina - CH-H.3; Citharina - CH-B.2), ichthycOadids (IdngulonodosaricO, hauerinids (Quinqueloculina (?) - CP-B), and agglutinated ^)ecimens (lituctiids; Ammobaculites; eggereUids: MarssonpUa, tExtulariLite: Textnlaria, and ^rircplectamminids: Quasi^àrqplectam mina - AG-A) - Figs 5.2-3. The assemblages are representatìve of the inner-middle ^élE Marsscnella AsBOciation cf Haig (1979).

The asemblages from middle-outer *elf envircximents, cf late Aptian to eafly Ccniacdan age (é.g., Figs 8.1-7, 8.9, 8.12-18), are dominated by semi-attached passive herbivores and epifaunal deposit feeders (grazing herbivores and detritivores). Ihe calcareous^yàline foraminiferal m

- 378- late Aptian - Albian

UPPER BATHYAL NERITIC UPPER 8ATHYAL INNER UIOOLE

u 00 o I I BOLIVINIDS ft TURRIUHIDS — — QAVELINELLA EERTHELINI - PLUMMEfiAE-REUSSI PLEXUS LINOULOGAVELINELLA ) Sß CF. L.THALMANNIFORMIS CENOMANIAN LINOULINA — I A VAOINULINIDS A I A PATELLINA A I POLTMORPHINIOS I A I 3PIRILLINID3 , I I SPIROLOCULINA — •:— I I I AMMOBACULITES MARSSOMELLA — I I TEXTULARIICS

I RADIOLARIANS "H a g cl NERITIC UPPER BATHYAL INNER MIDDLE

HETE ROHE Lie IOS I I u Ú. OLOeOTRUNCANIDS — 3 R I A eOLIVINIDS I TURRILINIOS ^mÊm^ammm CONORBOIDES

QAVELINELLIOS TURONIAN I VAOIHULINIDS I I A • PATELLINA PLARULINA s o SPIRI LLINIOS ' 0 I VALVULINERIA I TEXTULARIIDS TROCHAMUINA H, I I CALCISPHAERULICAE I RADIOLAHIANSj— I I ARCHAEOOLOBIOERINIDS - 8, HEDöERGELLIDS -;- EARLY I a- HETEROHELICIDS CONIACIAN I t ANOMALINA j— N0D0SARIID3 ET VALVULINERIA — § o Outa: áiélf environments, oE raid- to late Cretaceous age (late Aptian bo Maastdciltian; e.g., Figs 8.3-5, 8.7, 8.12-18, 8.20-24), commonly have à£h focaminifecal aseemfcilaqes with fsedominance c£ calcaceous-hyaliiie depcsit-feeding specimens. Itie most abundant and high-diversity popüla/tians, with generaEy mixed trc^hic grcxîs, occur in Campanian- Maastnchtian sectìjisìs [e.g., Figs 5.13^-D), 8.20-22]. Hhe assembüages are comraonly cepcesented fcy: (1) ^rifaunal deposit feeders (grazing herbLvores and detritivores): plano/concavo-convex, IDW trochoqjiral, hcoad morphcriypes (gavelineUids - CH-A.1/^; (2) active epifaunal/shaHow infaunal deposit feeders: lenticular, planispiral raorphotypes (coüed vaginulinids - -CH-A.6); (3) infaunal deposit-feeders Jíacterial/detrital scavengers): eicngate tîered raorôtypes (turdlinids, buUraineUids, bolivinids, lacosteinids, sôgenerinoidlds, fursenkoimds and caucasinids - CH-B.4/5), and élongate, sbrai^t to arcuate raorjhotypes pnodosariids, uncoiled vaginuünids and elcngate polymorphinids - CH-B.3); (4) epifaunal deposit feeders ftierbivores and detritivcces) : low-trochoepìral, asym raetiically low/high uinbiTico-comcail .(epdstomarüds, alaba minids, globorotalitíds, dbLcLdids and gavelineDids - CH-A.4) and bLconveylenticular morphotypes (epistoioinids, osangulariids, gaveÜneSids, epcnidids and püanulinids - CH-A.5) - Fig. 5.2. Late Cretaceous (late Coniadan-Santcaiian to Maastriditlan) outK ^élf bolivinaceans and buliminaceans mapr components of morjôgroups CH-B.4/5) bave les cmamented test-airface Üian deeper asemblages; there is also progresive increase and differentdatim of test- surface sculpture down the slope.

5.4.3 - Slope Biotopes

Rounded, inOated/globose raorphotypes of calcareous-^iyaline and agglutinated focaininifera, diaUow-infaunaVinfaunal deposit feeders, occur mostiy in slope biotopes. Oppa: bathyal environments, of Altáan age pigs 8.3-5, 8.7), have different háotic composition frora their Cenomanian and late Coniacian-Santonian to Maastrichtian counterparts. A áiaHow Calote Compensatdr»! Depth (C.C.D.) to mescpelagic depths during the Altáan [see Ch^jter 8, section 8,2.2.tìi)] contributed to distinct foraminLEeral com raunities in the i^per sflope. Ihe assemblages are co m monly

- 382 - diaractaised by variable nurabers of outer shélf depcsit-feeding individuáis (coiled vaginuünidsr gavelinellids, alabaminids, globocotaUtidSr e^dsbominids - Morphogroup CH-A; and élongate pQLymorfáTiniite - CH-B.3) with increased amounts (c. 20-100%) c£ agglutinated ^>eciinens (litucQids, ammosphaeraidinids, eggeireüii^ verneuiünids^ ^droplectamminids, textülariixte - AG-A; ammoqfeaercádinidSr tiocdiamminids - AG-B; battiysipáionids and hifpocrepinids - AG-C) - Fig. 5.3. Hemipelagic layers deposited below the C.C.D. are coinFiletely devoid of calcareous microfauna feüanktaiic and bentiicnic), cxMítaining exdusLvely a "residual" sfliceous agglutinated asemblage compoeed mostiy by prijnitive types, i.e., tubular- £haped single-chambered ^)eclmens (bathysif^cnids and hippocrepinids - AG- C), su^)ension feeders, with subordínate numbers of low trochoepical, multiidiambered morphotypes, epifaunaVîallow infaunal deposit feeders (ammoÂiaeroidinids: Budatêva^^Tig - AG-B.2) - (e.g., wéU 1-üS-l-^, core 5: 678.60m; Figs 8.5, 8,7-8; see álso section 5,3, Remarks of Mccíáiogroup AG-C).

Latest Caiomanian upper batiiyal environments, deposited under dysaerc^dc/quasL-anaerobLc bottom water conditjons ^ee section 5.5.2, and Chapter 8, Fi^ 8.12-13, 8.19), are dominated by minute (c 100-200^m in máximum diameter, width ce length), low-diversity deposit-feeding calcareous (gavelinelüds, conorboidids, rosalinids, bagginids - CH-A.1-2; ccdled vaginulinit^ - CH-A.6; tiirrüiníds, bolivinids, buUmineUiífe, fursenkcánids, caucasinids, pcdymorphinids - CH-B; ^ñroloculinids - CP-A) and agglutinated fccamimfera (litunlids: Ammobaculites, A m mo marginulina; eggerellids: Marsscmella; valvulinids: Tritayiiina(?); textulariids - AG-A; discamminids: Discammina, and trochamminii:^ - AG-B.1) - Fig. 5,4.

Focaminiferal assemblages feom uf^jer bathyal environments, of late Coniacian-Santonian to Maastrichtian age (Figs 8.20-24), are similar to outer diélf biotopes^ but differing in compcsition - specáfíc and intraq)eci.fic vaciaticxis - and relatdve abundance of morjáiogroups. Ttie asembüages have high abundance, hi^ diversity aind mixed trc^Aiic groups, witli a predominance of calcareous^iyaline foraminifera. líiese are (in deíxeasing order of abundance) characterised by: (1) epifaunal/shaUow infaunal deposit feeders (grazing herbivore^detritivoces antVor

- 3 83 - DEEP NERITIC BATHYAL SEA LEVEL UPPER I MIDDLE | LOWER

KEY ALABAUlMOS SANTONtAN BOLIVINIDS I NONIONIDS > 30 í POLYMORPHINIDS - 21-30 I I REUSSELUQS ' n-20 1 AMUODISCIDS I 6-10 AHH05PHAER0IDINID5 . I HAPLOPHRAGMOIOIOS - 1-OS SACCAHHINIDS — I BATHYSIPHON & HYPBtAHWNA —

GAVELINELÜDS

ANOMAL^IDS

EPONIOIDS

EPISTOMARIIOS B OSANGULARIIDS GLOeOHOTALITIOS

VAGINULINIDS —

NOOOSARIIOS— — — —

CHILOSTOMELUDS — •

QUADR1M0RPHINI0S

TURRILINIQS •

LACOSTEINIDS

SlPHOGENEHINOIOIQS

BUJ.1M1NEU.1DS •

BOLIVINIDS — —

HORUOSINIOS I VERNEUIU-INIDS CAMPAN 1 AN TTÍITAXIIDS I I MAASTRICHTIAN HAPLOPHRAGMCIDIDS j AMMOSPHAEROIDINIDS AMMODlSClOS & RZEHAKINIDS F BATHYSIPHON a HYPERAWMINA

FIGURE 5.6: Scheraatic palaeo-environinental distribution of msrpr taxononiic groups in the Santonian tío Maastriiditian succession c&. S^gipe.

384 bacterJAJ/detrital scavenger^: low trcxiicepiraVâd-y planiâra]/pl¿ini.spirál moTEôtypes with a tcoadly counded pedphery (gavelinellids, álabamiiiids, nonÍDnÍj3s and bagginiífe - CH-A.3) - 3arger Epecámens (>300um in máximum diameter) occur at upper-middle batiiyal d^Jthg (2) infaunal deposdt-feeders (bacterial/detrital scavengers): élongate t^)ered morphcrf^pes fturrüinjds, lacosteinids, siphogenerinoidids, bolivinids; CB-B.4-5); (3) epifaunal deposit feeders (herbLvores and detritivores): low trochoâral, umbdlioo-conical (epistomariids, alabaminids, globorotalii^ gavelineULds - CH-A.4) and biconvevlentLcular morphotypes (episbominids, osangularüds, rotalüds, gavelineDids, epoiidids and püanulinids - CH-A.5); (4) active ^áfaunal/aiallow infaunal deposit feeders: lenticular, plani.'fáral moríáiotypes (coiled vaginuünids - CH-A.6). Variable numbers (c 20-40%) of agglutinated ^lecimens (morfiíogroups AG-A, AG-B.1-4, AG-C) are also present - Fi^ 5.2, 5,6).

Turrüinaceans, bolivinaceans and buliminaceans are most abundant and diverse in the outer neritic-igiper bathyal, near the êlf edge (e.g., Fi^ 5,2, 5.6), where they make up ^ôximatiély cne-quarter of the fcraminiferal fauna. Tiiey decline in both abundance and species ckhness up on the dielf and down the slope. Bathyal spedLmens are also generally larger and more camamented than shelf individuáis [e.g., Orthokarstenia darki (Cuáiman & CarapbeH) in out^ shétf to ugper slope environments, and Ortfaokarîenia davata (Chenouard, de Klasz & Mei^) in the upp^ to middle slope]. Ihese trends also ^pear at the intraspecific level with, foc exampile, morphotypes of BcJivina ex gr. afira (Reymentj ôwing an incxease in overaU length and strength of costae down the i^per slope êe Ch^Jter 3). Ihe foreference of the turdlinaceans, bolivinaceans and buliminaceans fot deep water, often poody oxygenated ôwn to be able to tolérate levéis as low as O.lOml of O2A1 Boltovskoy, 1972) environments, raay be related to the explnitatdon of particiilate, detrital ocganic matter (Haynes, 1981). •ttophic resources decxease expcxientially with depth and selection favours species that can find and utüise packaged detritus such as faecal peUets and careases of metazoans (Haynes, op dt,). Por instance, some deep-sea, low-diversity, extant benthoúc fcraminiferal assemblages have also been diown to be ^«edalised feeders that tüoom oppcctunistically when the appropdate food (EArytodetritus) and aseodated microorganisms beoomes available (Gooday, 1988).

- 385 - Mií3dle-lDwer battiyal fccaminiferal asseroblages, of late Coniacian- Santonian to Maastrichtian age êctions of wélls 1-SE&-3, l-aB-24; Pigs 8,22-24), are characteristicalLy mricfaed in agglutinated ^jecúnens. Tíie deepest biotopes are representad by an abundant microfauna of large (>300um in maximum length), single-diambered ^tcaiît oc tcanched) mcrôtypes (bathysÍEhonids: BathysighCTi, hippocrepinids: Hypâmmina; rhabdamminids: Dendrophrya, Rhabdammina, Rhizammina, and asdiemoceHiás: Kalamopsis - AG-C), epifauml sugiension feeders, with variable asemblages of ^xifaunal and infaunal deposit feeders Metería]/ detritivorous scavangers, and omnivore^, such as hccmosinids: Hcrmosina, Rec^*iax; lituolidsr AmmobaciTites; vemeuüinids Gaudryina, Pseudoqaudryinena ; eggereHids: Dcrotfaia, KarrerieBa; Fseudogaudryirdds: Clavulincddes, Pseudodavulina - AG-A; hapilophragmoidíds: Asanospira, Critrostomoide^ Haplophragmcàdes; disczamminids: GlaiAiyrammina; am moqphaeroidi m'ds: Recurvoides; lituotutáds: Troc:hammin(ñdes - AG-B.2; ammodiscdds; Ammodiscus, Am movertePina, GJomo^ñra, Glomoepirélla; rzehcikinids: Rzâkina, Hfii r-psiqmoilina, SpircJocammina - AG-B.3; psammo^haerids: Psammosphaera; and saccamminids: Saccammina, Pili ili na - AG-4) - Fi^ 5.2, 5.6,

5.4.4 - Pelagic Biotopes and Palaeoceanographic Conditions

The water-mass depth stratificatim of Cretaceojs planktonic fcraminiferal cx>mmunities has been infmred by several wcrks (e,g., Hart & Baüey, 1979; Wonders, 1980; Carcm, 1983; Carón & Homewood, 1983; Hart & Ball, 1986; Lecdcie, 1987), mosüy based by analogy with present depth distributions of living species (e.g., Bé, 1977) and from local palaeotdogeographic distributions (e.g., Eicher, 1969; SUber, 1972; Hart & Baüey, op. cit.). Oxygen isotope studies (e.g., Douglas & Savin, 1978; Saito & van Dcnk, 1974; Corfield, HaE & Braaier, oral cx)mmunication, Aston, December 1988) have also given suppcrt to the thou^t that the Cretaceous assemblages ha^á depth distributions similar to modem analogs.

- 386- The Eflanktonic assemblages recovered firom tiie Cretaceous successicn c£ Sergipe show the fdlowiiig distribution patterns (see Figs 5.3-5, 5.7-10, 6.3): Inner neritic environments, of late Aptian age (e.g., locality A-38 and weDs 7-CP-252-SE, l-CEB-lR-SE; Figs 6.2, 8.1-2), are dominated ty favusellids Specimens wilh a hiÛy variable globdgerine chamber î^>e and arrangement and a characteristic surface omamentatiDn of fine-to-coarse ridges forming an hcxieycomtj-like pattern; the many morphotypes are intra^tecdfic variants and different ontogenetic stages of a single hedbergeDid taxcai; BedbergpTia (FavuseHa) wa:^Titensia - see Chapters 3 and 6, and Fig. 6.3). Abundant assemblages of favuseHl^ dominated by small ^)ecimens (100-250um in maximum diameter; mostly neanic fccms) are found in the neardiore inner neritic paleoenvircximents (Figs 5.3, 5.7, 6.3). In more cîen marine waters ^nner to middle neridc envircaiments - e.g., wells 1- CA-l-SE, 1-CN-l-SE, 1-US-l-SE; Fi^ 6,2, 8.1-5) and upwards in the succession, the favuseDid peculation diarpGy decline in number and is dominated by larger q)ecimens (300-500ura; g^âc and gerontic fccrns), with less morphological variability. Ihey are progressively replaced t:y numerous other planktonic focaminifara with a rugcee/^Mshilnoe (pustules and/or costeHae) chamber surface and in turn by abundant specimens of non-camamented He<33ergpTla, Ticip**'^^ and Globigeriry'Tl''''''^ (Fi^ 5.3, 5,7), GQobJqerjjv'nnides ferreolepg''^ (McniHade) appears to represent the deepest- dwelling planktcxiic taxon cf the late Apdan, as ^>ecimens are cnly recorded from outer neritdc-upper bathyal depcsits actions of weDs 1-US- l-SE, l-SES-3, l-SES-9, l-SES-24; Figs 5.7, 8,5-6). Higher up in the stcatdgraphic sequence, throuôut the middle to iîper Albian, deep-water dwelling (middle to outer neritic and deeper) planktomc asemblages are diaracberised by nrai-ocnamented Hedtjarg^Tla, TicinePa and Globigerinelloide^ together with abundant ^)ecimens of Ri'tHHnpTia in the upper Albian (Figs 5.3, 8.1, 8,3-5, 8.7, 8.9), Middle to outer êlf biotopes of the uppermost Alhdan îgs 8.3-5, 8.9) are diaracteriaed by calcareous mudstones containing numerous paanktonic foraminifera with a rugose/^xisbjlose chamber surface (Hedtaergella, TirinaTla, Praeglobotruncana) and other non-tugose hedbergeDids, TJcinpTla, heterdiîcdds (Heterohelix) and guembelitriids (Guembeljtria).

- 38 7 - late Aptian

u 01 00

O-M.Z.

FIGDRE 5.7: Planktonic foraminiferal assemblages and watet-depth stratìflcatÌDn during the late Aptian. (1) neanic and early epheblc favusellids; late epheblc and geronüc favusemas; (3) H. (H.) ex gr. délrioensis; (4) H. (H.) gorbachikae; (5) H. {HO ex gr. placará; {G¡ H. (H.) trocoidea; (7) T. roberti; (8) T. bepouaensis? (9) G. ferceòlensis. Rare specimens cf Rotaüpcrá, a typical single-keeled Tethyan group (and deep water planktcaiLc raocphotype; cf. Hart and Bailey, 1978; Lecdde, 1987), are first recorded in the towermcet C^wmanian (Fdgs 5.8, 8.4, 8.15). A mcudjaum in sea-level occurred dut±ig the üatest Cenomanian [Figs 5J.3{E3, 8.12-13, 8.16]. The aea-level rise is asociated witìi an increase in botton Oi^gen-depletion to hypoxio/anoxic conditions over the *é]f iêe sectim 5.5 and Chapter 8), a probatie consequence of periodic expansión and intensification of a mid-water oxygen-minimum zone. Similar conditions stai persisted during the earliest Turonian (Fig- 5.10). Ihe presence of rich and diverse pia nktenie biota (foraminifera and cadinlarians), throuôut the Cenomanian-Turonian succegánn, suggests widesjasad oj^genated epìpelagic laye^ cf variable thicknes in ^ce and time in the basin. The rich latest Cenomanian-earliest Turonian püankt^îic fcraminiferal asemblage (e.g., wéU 1-CA-l-SE, Fig. 8.13, and localities A-2, A-9, A-22, A-35, Fig. 8.12) is diaracteciscically dominated by large (e 300-400pim in maximum diameter) "glofcigerine-like" qpecimens [Hedbargpil^ (Hedbergella), HedbergpTia (WhiteineHa) and GlobigerineTlnides; e.g., Globigerippirtifipg bentonensis (Morrow), in the uppormost Cenomanian). A single smaU-sized (c 295fm in maximum diameter) ^jedLmen cf RotJ^lipcca greenhcmensis (Mcanrow) has been recorded in the onshcce iîpermost Cenomanian sections (locaUty A-9; Fig. 8.12), Ihe first of the two-keeled morphotypes, DìcaHrviTia primitiva (Dalhiez), are recorded in the ufpermost Turcnian (localitáes A-8; Figs 8.12, 8.18). ShaBower envircximents, of the mìddle-late Turcxiian (Fig. 8.12), have variable numbers of minute (<200pm in maximum diametzec, width or length) heterohelicids, guembelitrìLds and hedt>ergellids .

Ihe lower Coniacian, as found in the outorcps cf Sergipe (localities A- 10, A-11, Tabocas 2; Fi^ 8.12, 8.18), represents a time cf áiaHowing in the envircnment and of deposition under welL oxygenated water mas conditions. This resulted in a báotope characterised by âpetagic planktcMiic fcraminifâ morphotypes êdbargelUj:^ hetercêlicids and Archaeocjlobiqerina) of mixed test sizes.

Ihe upper Coniacian-Santonian has been recorded in the onshcre (wéDs 1-CA-l-SE, Fig. 8.20, and 1-CRL-l-SE) and of^ore area of Sergipe (wélls l-SES-3, Fig. 8.22, l-SES-9 and l-SES-24) - Fig. 8.23. The planktonis

- 389- 12

PEDRE 5.8: Planktanic foramimferal assGmfcOages and water-depth stratìfication during the earliest Cenoraanian to early-middlfi Cenomaman. (1) R. bcotzeni; (3 R. appenninica; (3) H. (H.) ex gr. planispira; (4) H. tW ) baltaca; (5) H. (H.) ex gr. delrioensis. ~ ~ -

390 FIGURE 5.9: EQanktonic fOTaminlfecal aasemhlages and water-depth BtratificatÌDn during the late Cenomanian. (1) Guembelitria cenomana; {2j H. (H.) ex gr. delrioensis; C3) H. (M.) baltica; {4) H. (W.) apnea; (5) H. (H.) ex gr. planispka; (6) G. bentonensis; (7) R. greenhornenas. FIGURE 5.10: Planktonic focaminìferal assemblages and water-depth stratificatiOT durìng the early Turonian. (1) Guembelitria cenomana; (2) HetecohelLx more mani; (3) H. (W.) baltica; (4) H. (H.) ex gr. delrioensis; (5) H. (w.) bcittonensis; (6) H. (H,) ex gr. planispira; (7) H. (W.) archaeocretacea. assemhiageSp &oni outer ^elf to middle-lower bathyaL environmentSr bave Averse keeled morf^otypes (Contusotruncana, Dicari neHa, M arginctruncana) wibh scarce hedbergeHiäSr heterohelicùte and Archaeoglobiqerina.

Campanian-Maasfcciditian planktoüc assemblages äiow a more dear diff^rentiatim in compcstticn. Middle-outer neritic environments feections onäioce Sergipe: tocalities A-18, A-19, weBs l-CA-l-a;, 1-AU-l-a; - see Figs 8.20, 8.24) are diaracterised by ridi rugose/^vstulose (with costeHae and/or pusbJÜae) assemblages o£ rugoglobigerinellids [Ardiaeoglobigerina and RuqoqlDbiqerina) witii abundant heterohelidds. Several smaU (<300;im in maximum diameter) rugose morphotypes [e.g., Ardiaeoglohigerina blowi Pefflagno; Ardiaeoglobigerina cretacea (d'Ortagn^; Rugoglobigerina ex 9:. rugosa ^^mmer); GlobotruncaneTIa havanensis (Voarw^)l occur. Rugose keeled morp^iotypes [Globotruncana aegyptiaca Nakka^ dobotruncana subdrcumnodifer (Gandolfi); Globotruncaniba ^ c£. G, calcarata (Cudiman), Gansserina gansseri (Bolli)] are recorded in variable numbers in outer neritic environments. Outer neritic-i^per bathyal enviraiments (e.g., weDs 1-CA-l- SE, 1-SES-lA, l-SES-9, Figs 8.20-21, 8.23-24) have qxjcadic rugose and non-rugoee asembuages of keeled-^danktonic moq^otypes (Gansserina, Globotruncana, Globotruncanita, Ccntusotruncana), but all viüi low to moderately hi^ trocho^rire. Specimens of rugoglobigerinellids, acchaeoglobigerinellids and heterohelidds, larger-sized (>300^m in maximum diameter) and in variable numbers, occur assodated with these assemblages. Middle-lower bathyal environments, from Campanian-Maastrichtian sections in distal offshore sites (weDs l-SES-3, 1-SE:S-24; see Figs 8.22, 8.24), yield abundant and high-diversity püanktaiic assemblages, together with several high trocho^riral morphotypes [e.g,, Ccotusotruncana contusa (Cu^man), Contusotruncana ex gr. famicata (Hummer) and Contusotruncana patpTliformis (Gandcüfi)], in lower numbers. Rare high trochcepiral ^)ecimens of CCTitusotruncana ex gr. fcmicata are further recorded from a scattered occurrence in an early-mixüdle Maastrixhtian upper bathyal sectim (weil 1- SES-9; Fig. 8.24).

The diaracteristic pattems of distribution of the Cretaceous pflanktraiic aSGemhlages of Sergipe are, th^efcre, further evidence fcr the wat^-mass stratiEcation of these foraminiferal commumtLes in distinctive pelagic niches, whidi Supports the condusions of several pcevious authors.

- 393- 5.5 - IiOir-OXTGEN TOLERANT PORAMIHIPESAL ASSBMBUGES

Distinctive sedimentological, geochemicaU isotopie and miaropaJaeontological cespcnses characterise the nature of Sediments depcedted under hypoxic/anoxic bottom conditìrms during the raid-Cretaceous of the wodd^ basins (e.g., Bernhard, 1986; Arthur et 1987; Sdilanger et 1987; Jarvis et aO., 1988 a, b; and references therein far review). Both the relative positdon of the mid-Cretaceous oxygen minimum zone and the degree of oxygen depleticn seem to have had a differential effect cn the selecticn (raorEhotypic coraposition), diversity, abundance and ^>ecimen sizes of the forarainifera in the water coluran and cn the sea flocx. The distri hution characteristics of foraminiferal assemblages tprimarily contarolled by pattems of community trcphic structures) permit an estimation of the extent of the oxygen-minimum layer over the shelf and slope, and an evaluation of the degree of oxygen depdeticn in the wat^ cblumn. The reoogniticn of distrihutdrai pattems cf low-oxygen tcüeréuit microfauna is, therefcce, of primary impoctance in evaluatdng and reconstructing the regional palaeoceamographic settings where such events took Edace.

5.5.1 - The upper Aptian to Albian succession

The Upper Aptdan-Altäan successim is exeraplified by the lower sections of wells 1-CA-l-SE, 1-CN-l-SE and 1-US-l-SE {Chapter 8; Figs 8.3-5. The micrafo^LL content is characteristicaly rieh in planktonic foraminiferal assemtdages of globular chambered specimens with tcochcddal, plani^nral cind, very rarely, Haprial tests (favuselüds, other hedbergeüids, ticdnellids, fji/ihrig0.1-1.0ml oxygenA water) to quasL-anaerofcdc (>0- O.lral/1) bottom conditdcns are presented in Table 5.2(A-B). The assemblages are, in several ways, aanilar to the fccaminiferal morphotypes recovered from Cenomanian-Turonian oxygen depileted Sediments. - 394 - • • -« - N M • a S « «t • A« 7•4» a . -4 M >4 . • M •H « —. -4 • ^ -u a a U a O. « « S * ^ 0,0* • M a « a a a a a 3 ? U ti ^ u B ^ U a >n --4 a *a• -—1H fl -4 • •H Jt « » A M -M « Q a a — 01 a o< -U * H r* a -4 m i ül Ot T* M - - -M « .4 1« a M . -HA -a4 4a1 4 a •«a* u»1 , AM --4 a m M o • m n }t •a -4 M 11 -.4 e « -« -4 « h V ts1 Oa • -rt-4 <-la -H - —-4 a 3 0 • a a a « - 3 « ft m m ¡4 a 1 i4 3 •*< a a —(4 a »1 -u a a e -H —-Q o u ^ ^1 «sua o i a — • • a a Îl0 . a a a a a -4 h Oi a o h «9 I4 a -u a o 3 —•a A •-D4 It -.4a 1a1 Qi M a p ¡3 « -H l4 M «• Jt a • I4 a a . ^ _ a 41 . « M a •> a a « a • > a ~ a • — •a a a B » i4 a • -H -.4 a O11l N A (—4 ae t •^ « -< -« * • u « }4 1 a ot-4 tt tl fi ^ o. • U -•a p o ^4 a « ig -1 -H a -4 D a a -M • TJ tn —.4 11 a *H *i a N a a -H s TaJ —-a 4-H -a• •a M -a -.4 A a -H •« .-4 -M o a,-M -4 e a •H 3 3 « a H4 ^ 0 a U fi -a fi a •H « • a • 0 • -H o —4 0 —4 -rt -.4 11 a tn <• -H M tit a • a o • a i M J3 01 a a Ol • 14 a -H B 0 a ^ a -u u -u a u 0 -a « •u -w s M a a »4 « . ~-4 >a Q a M •au -•u o •a B • a a a a -.4 M-:2 & • • « 3 > a 1 c ai u h a O u ~ a 0 A a fi, « E4 a •« » o a a T» -4 "O +• a -4 — u a O 5 -i 1 Q, U a a a a a b_ a ^ ^ — Dt W a a •0fi -C -H0 41- '—'-a â . u * -M • •u •« o a o ^ 3 - a T* _dJ • ^ -1 _4 a a a •u H a -.i a ^F-k^ 0 u a i> — -a a • h ~. a a a •« —1 a -4 a •-4 • « a M T» u -4 - a S a 0 fl -H0 3 -. 4T » M a-4 a â -a4 ~^4 a 0a> 11a —.-1 -r¡ a a s ^ ^ 1 s M a O a a • a fi r4 - B -H >1 2 au • -M 2 -.^4 a -H - • Oal a -u a -aw a . _ 'Q -r0t1 -a4 —-a M aB 1^4 % • a • •a m m u Q u o - H • a a I« a 14 a p w o, « •u—I» •~l -H —4 U Vi a ^ -1 -1 ** -M -H fl n a > p a -< ^ ai - u -u t4 a 0 > a I4 • ^ ni Ar" *" *t** H Cl a o • — ^1 OlE4 M 01 11 a u ta Q • » -q —1 a a h IH M a OM M - Q 0 a "B Ss ot a a 0 •—• :3 a Q -4 o u a -u 0 e a — q a Cn-u I* " a S a a a 41 a M a -4 j3 a Ua E4 -4 I4 <—--r4i ^ - Q14J a<^ • •« (91 • a a -a > a o • a •~i Ek. a ot -4 a « u a a ^ ^ Ol a a i4 a -H - 3" i; •ma u0 —a aM -4- — fi ^ "a -H * 0>-a a p •a ai a at a bi aas a I4 -n . a u M -o4 - o H -a1 aa > -.1 o ".i 0 -r4 a > Il a -4 a o -H -.4 > « « -u -;j — « u « B u « 0.-1 a 0 O a U ^ -Ms J^) —« 1•- •— i a B .Q a (4 « . -.4 -—»"0 a -4 -.4 3 D A a - "O • B a a a -M -.4 3 aas « V. I4 u a a 0 a fi fi 3 a 14 O « a ^ 3 a ~ -u a •a -u a a a « u a "Q fi -fi a 0 a .H 3 !• M M A a O o a M ot j3 -4 u M u a « o u « -HO B l4 a « « o a • o a - •u -t Ol . a 41 • 0 a Il rH u « Hl r4 -.4 «H ^ kl 11 Il -4 li Oa l a —U Bo. ^ -H u "4 -4 a 0 «1 — U a a a a>o >— tn -u i\ ai a a OI41 a a »

u -.4 ja — 0 « tj ^ u ra O U a a ja MU ja a -H afi 11a u o « o « u OlSr-m* 0 a «) l4 a n fi Il 1 fi 0) >>> A u a « -H a u a a u0 a o J >4 o a o >4 a H •a H •>o1 t—4 •OD- —

n -M (3 a c 01 o -Hu > •o O eu -»* o a a -p o a> u •o u *t o o •-io a •a U •-H cS •a di a .oaa -Ha e

TABE£ 5.2(A): Upper Aptian-Altaian Ecraminiferal assemblages from hypoxic shallow to deep neriüc environments.

395 A • N •« « ^ -H m VA MA -H ~H - D A • BI 4.4 - O H -H -< J « A a A I4• AN-HJ N IO •-H-.I I -a4 -H V "-4 ot'-* « OL A o a >4 ^ H • •*» Q~* -H u a a. I4 0 i — -4 A M A •M as»4aiM 3 • g-H > «4 3 • aIL "4 •> a J3 J3 H Ua A A a A QT -W -I A a O a, C • - M « • -a o. a. S 0 •A - —J» 5 S A 4 i4 —rat -AM « « a -u _ « ^ 3 A ai A 0-.4-Q« N A 3 A -Mi4 -^H C H• A 41 A N. A-43AIJL43 a 41 IL 0^ O 3 A OT -H 3 4J s ->< U E -4 O P4 -U O A a. >• 0»-•HU i4- .m4 -AH • -3U AB > . A, 14 CD • a 01—1 i4 i4 --• -4 14-4 -a MA A A A -4 0 a a A A DT>4 M 14 OT » a —' « -H DI - , , M a, A A — B mM •—•- •—•0 (0 A « A • A 3 A 9 a «M H-4 a G — a O « -U 0 - 4 A a a0 1A1 -aa aH«AAO-HU -4M* 4-4—4 u 140 0 SI Q a •1 0 4« -W a 14 3 -4 a -.4 o OS- --4 44 t4 A H -4 -4 N A A N • a ^ a -4 s -.4 -.4 -M A NO - •a a 3 "AOIAA .A-.*« 41 ••4 M -I4a<-|-Ul4l4a41 |4 ana 0>3L4 OINO A o» D) 0 L< I« -M A a a u a A QAMAIIT» p u A M -ai04 M > • â a^ —-- •-1« • -HB A-H - 4— 1 u0 A • —4 -4 a aoha OÏA-Q a — a A M •auo«3ÂBI3 -4 A 0 A -4 u a. M u A a ja Ü. _ a - M A -H 0 A i n -O4 l- Aa Aa -4 .— A -H A la U 0 A a -4 Aa Â •OÂAA., . A «UH A «4 >4 a 4t ^ -4 41 S -41 A -A 0,-4 Ä "O —T H4IA3AI43 . 41 a 3 ^-MA^NAO) 0. S-" a Q a A a ^ ~-SÈ ~ m ""N - M ja — OL

0 A —4 J3 — J3•H 0 01 T3 O # U a u OL U Al4 M a -4 A u aA -014 ^ Oj3 U 0 JA A A A A S OL u 01 0 a S a A T -4 • > • -4 -4 E OM A A CI ANO AU -a IH S- g. S a31 04 Sa '

n 1 a • s •M ^ o -H »4 a a > a a a o S< 0. o 0. a a ^n

TAB££ 5.2(B): Alhian focaminiferal assemblages from hypoxic cîeep neritic to upper bathyal environments.

396 Decreasing oxygen levais in bottom watas, at oc neat tiie sédiment/ vatBc interface, seera to have had a diffetential effect on the benthonic foraminiferal communities, contrituting to a processive impoverishment Qn diversity and total abondance) and test-size dirainutÎOTi of the calcareous assemblages. A maximum in oxygen depletÏCTi (dysaerobic to anaerobic conditions) occurred during late Aptian-eariiest Albian times, in middle-deep neritic to upper bathyal settings (e.g., Figs 8.3-5, 8,10), Ttàs event is diaracterised by argarac-cLcii fTOC 2-12%, iâs^ hydrogen -HT- and low oxygen indexes - Ch^iter 8, section 8.2.4) dark grey maris and calcareous black ^lales containing a very impovenshed low-diversity benthonic microfauna o£ calcareous (alabaminids - CH-A.3, and coiled vaginulinids - CH-A.6) and agglutdnated fccaminifera [usuaHy represented by bathysîphcnids, hippocrepinids - AG-C, ammos^haerodiniâs and eggerellids - AG-B.2, with minor occurrences of lituotuhids - AG-B.2, spirpFilectaraminids,

the planktonic spedmens ôw corrosicffi spcAs in their tests with pyrite infiHing of the cavities. Suth features are pcobabLy due to pœt-mortem difficQution under reducing conditions, ôrtly after bunal cr during the early stages of diagenesis of the more susceptible (thinner and porou^ calcareous tests, A "residual" microfauna composed exclusively by agglutinated forms (am mo^haeroidinids, bathysiphonids, ht^pocrepinids, vemeuHinids and textiilariids) charactedses the darker, less calcareous layers. Agglutinated foraminifera are both solution-résistant and have greata: tolérance to poody-oxygenated conditicns and low pH (e.g., Saidova, 1960, 1965; Mocsrkens, 1976; Berggren, 1984), Sédiments with no benthcnic ^ledmens and a dch pfLanktonic biota suggest depositir»! under hiîly oxygen-depletBd bottom conditions but with weH. oxygenated epipelagic layers above. Waning hypoxic/anoxic conditicns {dysaerctdc to aercidc) are apparent bowards the upper Albian successicn of the Sergipe Basin. Ihese are characterised by sédiments with moderate to low TOC contents {around and lower than 1%) containing a sli^tly more diversified benthonic assemblage of calcareous fcraminifera Oêpresented mostly by gavelineSids, alabaminids, baggirddSr conorboidids, epistominids, globorotalitids, patellinids, spidUinids, turrilinids, vaginulinids - CH-A, nodosariids, poLyraorphiniiite, turrilinids -

- 397 - CH-B) with fewer agglutinated ^lecdinens (laœtLy eggerellidSr batiiysifhonids and vemeuilinids) - (Figs 8.3-5).